Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 1795

Canto One

Chapter One Shri-Krishna-mahatmya-varnana Description of Shri-Krishna's Glories Text 1 om narayanam namaskritya naram caiva narottamam devim sarasvatim vyasam tato jayam udirayet omOm; narayanamthe Personality of Godhead; namaskrityaafter offering respectful obeisances; naram ca evaand Narayana Rishi; narottamamthe supermost human being; devimthe goddess; sarasvatimthe mistress of learning; vyasamVyasadeva; tatahthereafter; jayamall that is meant for conquering; udirayetbe announced. Before reciting this Garga-samhita, which is the very means of conquest, one should offer respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Narayana, unto Nara-Narayana Rishi, the supermost human being, unto mother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning, and unto Shrila Vyasadeva.* Text 2 sharad-vikaca-pankaja-shriyam ativa-vidveshakam milinda-muni-sevitam kulisha-kanja-cihnavritam sphurat-kanaka-nupuram dalita-bhakta-tapa-trayam calad-dyuti-pada-dvayam hridi dadhami radha-pateh sharatautumn; vikacablooming; pankajalotus; shriyambeauty; ativavidveshakamreviling; milindabees; muniby sages; sevitamserved; kulisha of lightning; kanjalotus; cihnawith marks; avritamcovered; sphurat glistening; kanakagolden; nupuramanklets; dalitabroken; bhaktaof the devotees; tapasufferings; trayamthree; calatmoving; dyutisplendor; pada of feet; dvayampair; hridiin my heart; dadhamiI place; radha-patehof Radha's Lord. In my heart I place the splendid feet of Radha's Lord, feet that eclipse the glory of autumn lotuses, are served by hosts of bumblebee sages, are marked with

lightning and lotus and decorated with glistening golden anklets, and break the three sufferings of the devotees. Text 3 vadana-kamala-niryadyasya piyusham adyam pibati jana-varo 'yam patu so 'yam giram me badara-vana-viharah satyavatyah kumarah pranata-durita-harah sarnga-dhanv-avatarah vadanaface; kamalalotus; niryadyasyasplendid; piyushamnectar; adyam transcendental; pibatidrink; jana-varahthe best of men; ayamhe; patumay protect; sah ayamhe; giramthe words; meof me; badara-vanain the forest Badarikashrama; viharahenjoys pastimes; satyavatyahof Satyavati; kumarah the son; pranataof surrendered souls; duritatroubles; harahremoving; sarngadhanuof Lord Krishna, who carries the Sharnga bow; avatarahan incarnation. May Satyavati's son Vyasa, who enjoys pastimes at Badarikasrama, who is the best of men, who drinks the transcendental nectar of the glory of Lord Krishna's lotus face, and who is an incarnation of the Lord who carries the Sharnga bow, protect my words. Text 4 kadacin naimisharanye shri-gargo jnaninam varah ayayau shaunakam drashtum tejasvi yoga-bhaskarah kadacitone time; naimisharanyein Naimisharanya; shri-gargahShri Garga Muni; jnaninamof the wise; varahthe best; ayayauwent; shaunakam Shaunaka; drashtumto see; tejasvipowerful; yogayoga; bhaskaraha splendid sun. Once Shri Garga Muni, who was the best of the wise, very powerful, and a brilliant sun of yoga, went to see Shaunaka Muni. Text 5 tam drishtva sahasotthaya shaunako munibhih saha pujayam asa padyadyair upacarair vidhanatah

tamhim; drishtvaseeing; sahasaat once; utthayarising; shaunakah Shaunaka; munibhih sahawith the sages; pujayam asaworshiped; padya-adyaih beginning with water for washing the feet; upacaraihwith many offerings; vidhanatahaccording to religious tradition. Seeing him, Shaunaka and the sages at once stood up and worshiped him by washing his feet and presenting many offerings according to ancient tradition. Text 6 shri-shaunaka uvaca satam paryatanam dhanyam grihinam shantaye smritam nrinam antas tamo-hari sadhur eva na bhaskarah shri-shaunakah uvacaShri Shaunaka said; satamof the saintly devotees; paryatanamwandering; dhanyamgood fortune; grihinamof the householders; shantayefor peace; smritamremembered; nrinamof men; antahof the heart; tamahdarkness; hariremoving; sadhuha saintly devotee; evacertainly; na not; bhaskarahthe sun. Shri Shaunaka said: The auspicious travels of saintly devotees bring peace to they who stay at home. It is a saintly devotee, and not the sun, the removes the darkness in people's hearts. Text 7 tasman me hridi sambhutam sandeham nashaya prabho katidha shri-harer vishnor avataro bhavaty alam tasmattherefore; memy; hridiin the heart; sambhutamborn; sandeham doubt; nashayaplease destroy; prabhahO lord; katidhahow many?; shri-hareh who removes all that is inauspicious; of Shri Hari; vishnohof Vishnu; avatarah incarnations; bhavatiare; alammany. Therefore, O lord, please destroy the doubt in my heart. How often does Lord Vishnu, who removes all that is inauspicious, descend to this world?

Text 8 shri-garga uvaca sadhu prishtam tvaya brahman bhagavad-guna-varnanam shrinvatam gadatam yad vai pricchatam vitanoti sham shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga Muni said; sadhuwell; prishtamasked; tvaya by you; brahmanO brahmana; bhagavatof the Lord; gunathe qualities; varnanamthe description; shrinvatamof they who hear; gadatamof they who speak; yatwhich; vaiindeed; pricchatamof they who ask; vitanotigives; sham auspiciousness. Shri Garga Muni said: O brahmana, you have asked a worthy question. The description of the Lord's transcendental qualities brings auspiciousness to they who hear, speak, and ask. Text 9 atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravana-matrena maha-doshah prashamyati atrahere; evaindeed; udaharantithey speak; imamthis; itihasamhistory; puratanamancient; yasyaof whom; shravanahearing; matrenaby merely; mahagreat; doshahfault; prashamyatiis pacified. Of this they tell the story of an event in ancient history, simply by hearing of which great sin is removed. Text 10 mithila-nagare purvam bahulashvah pratapavan shri-krishna-bhaktah shantatma babhuva nirahankritih mithila-nagarein Mithila City; purvamin ancient times; bahulashvah Bahulashva; pratapavanpowerful; shri-krishnaof Lord Krishna; bhaktaha devotee; shantapeaceful; atmaat heart; babhuvawas; nirahankritihfree from false ego.

In the city of Mithila in ancient times lived a powerful king named Bahulashva, who was peaceful at heart, free of false ego, and a great devotee of Lord Krishna. Text 11 ambarad agatam drishtva naradam muni-sattamam sampujya casane sthapya kritanjalir abhashata ambaratfrom the sky; agatamcome; drishtvaseeing; naradamNarada; muni-sattamamthe best of sages; sampujyaworshiping; caand; asanea seat; sthapyagiving; kritanjalihwith folded hands; abhashataspoke. Seeing the best of sages Narada decend from the sky, (the king) worshiped him, offered him a seat, and with folded hands addressed him. Text 12 shri-bahulashva uvaca yo 'nadir atma purusho bhagavan prakriteh parah kasmat tanum samadhatta tan me bruhi maha-mate shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; yahwho; anadih beginningless; atmaself; purushahperson; bhagavanthe Lord; prakriteh matter; parahabove; kasmatwhy?; tanuma form; samadhattaaccepted; tat that; meto me; bruhiplease tell; maha-mateO wise one. Shri Bahulashva said: O wise one, please tell me why the beginningless Supreme Person, who is beyond the material energy, places His transcendental form in this world? Text 13 shri-narada uvaca go-sadhu-devata-vipravedanam rakshanaya vai tanum dhatte harih sakshad

bhagavan atma-lilaya shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gahof the cows; sadhudevotees; devatademigods; viprabrahmanas; vedanamand Vedas; rakshanayafor protection; vaiindeed; tanumform; dhatteplaced; harihLord Krishna; sakshat directly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmaown; lilayaby pastimes. To protect the cows, devotees, demigods, and Vedas, Lord Hari, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, placed His own transcendental form and pastimes in this world. Text 14 yatha natah sva-lilayam mohito na paras tatha anye drishtva ca tan-mayam mumuhus te muhur muhuh yathaas; natahan actor; sva-lilayamby His won pastimes; mohitah bewildered; nanot; parahanother; tathaso; anyeothers; drishtvaseeing; ca also; tatHis; mayamillusory potency; mumuhuhbecome bewildered; te they; muhuhmuhuhagain and again. As a magician is not bewildered by His own magic tricks, although others may be bewildered, so the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not bewildered by the magic tricks He does with His illusory potency, although others who see them are bewildered again and again. Text 15 shri-bahulashva uvaca katidha shri-harer vishnor avataro bhavaty alam sadhunam rakshanartham hi kripaya vada mam prabho shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; katidhahow many times; shriharehof Lord Hari; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; avatarahincarnation; bhavatiis; alamgreatly; sadhunamof the devotees; rakshanaprotection; arthamfor the purpose; hiindeed; kripayaby the mercy; vadaplease tell; mamme; prabhah O lord.

Shri Bahulashva said: How often does Lord Vishnu, who removes all that is inauspicious, descend to this world to protect the devotees? O lord, please kindly tell me. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca amshamsho 'mshas tathaveshah kala purnah prakathyate vyasadyaish ca smritah shashthah paripurnatamah svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; amshaof a part; amshahof a part; amshaha part; tathathen; aveshahentrance; kalaa part; purnahfull; prakathyateis said; vyasa-adyaishby they who have Vyasa as their leader; ca also; smritahremembered; shashthahsix; paripurnatamahmost full; svayam personally. Shri Narada said: In the Smriti-shastra the great sages who have Vyasa as their leader explain that the Lord descends in six kinds of forms: 1. amshamsha (a part of a part), 2. amsha (a part), 3. avesha (entrance into a jiva), 4. kala (a full part), 5. purna (full), and 6. paripurnatama (most full). Text 17 amshamshas tu maricy-adir amsha brahmadayas tatha kalah kapila-kurmadya avesha bhargavadayah amshamshahamshamsha; tuindeed; mariciwith Marici; adihbeginning; amshaamsha; brahmawith Brahma; adayahbeginning; tathaso; kalahkala; kapilawith Kapila; kurmaand Kurma; adyahbeginning; aveshahavesha; bhargavawith Parashurama; adayahbeginning. The amshamsha incarnations begin with Marici, the amsha incarnations begin with Brahma, the kala incarnations begin with Kapila and Kurma, and the avesha incarnations begin with Parashurama. Text 18 purno nrisimho ramash ca shvetadvipadhipo harih

vaikuntho 'pi tatha yajno nara-narayanah smritah purnahfull; nrisimhahNrisimha; ramahRama; caand; shvetadvipadhipah the ruler of Shvetadvipa; harihHari; vaikunthahVaikuntha; apialso; tatha then; yajnahYajna; nara-narayanahNara-Narayana; smritahdecshribed in the Smriti. The Smriti-shastra explains that the purna incarnations are 1. Nrisimha, 2. Rama, 3. Lord Hari, the ruler of Shvetadvipa, 4. Vaikuntha, 5. Yajna, and 6. Nara-Narayana. Text 19 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir goloke dhamni rajate paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayampersonally; asankhyanumberless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe ruler; goloke dhamniin the abode of Goloka; rajateis splendidly manifested. The paripurnatama form of the Lord is Shri Krishna, who is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. He is the master of countless universes. He is splendidly manifest in the realm of Goloka. Text 20 karyadhikaram kurvantah sad-amshash te prakirtitah tat-karya-bharam kurvantas te 'mshamsha viditah prabhoh karyaof work; adhikaramoverseeing; kurvantahdooing; satof the Lord; amshahamsha incarnations; tethey; prakirtitahdescribed; tatof that; karya work; bharamthe burden; kurvantahdoing; tethey; amshamshathe amshamsha incarnations; viditahknown; prabhohof the Lord. The amsha incarnations are said to oversee the execution of the Lord's mission (in the world). The amshamsha incarnations are understood to perform the work of executing those missions.

Text 21 yesham antar-gato vishnuh karyam kritva vinirgatah nanaveshavataramsh ca viddhi rajan maha-mate yeshamof whom; antahwithin; gatahgone; vishnuhLord Vishnu; karyam mission; kritvahaving done; vinirgatahdeparts; nanavarious; avesha-avataran avesha incarnations; caalso; viddhiplease know; rajanO king; maha-mate great heart. O great soul, O king, please know that in the various avesha incarnations Lord Vishnu enters (a jiva), executes His mission, and then departs. Text 22 dharmam vijnaya kritva yah punar antaradhiyata yuge yuge vartamanah so 'vatarah kala hareh dharmamreligious principles; vijnayateaching; kritvahaving done; yah who; punahagain; antaradhiyatadisappears; yuge yugemillenium after millenium; vartamanahbeing so; sahHe; avatarahincarnation; kalakala; harehof Lord Hari. Millennium after millennium Lord Hari's kala incarnations teach and establish the principles of religion, and then disappear. Text 23 catur-vyuho bhaved yatra drishyante ca rasa nava atah param ca viryani sa tu purnah prakathyate catur-vyuhahthe catur-vyuha incarnations; bhavetare; yatrawhere; drishyanteare seen; caalso; rasahmellows; navanine; atahthen; param after; caalso; viryaniprowess; sahHe; tuindeed; purnahpurna; prakathyate is said.

The purna incarnations are said to include the catur-vyuha incarnations. They are said to be the places where heroic powers and the nine rasas are seen. Text 24 yasmin sarvani tejamsi viliyante sva-tejasi tam vadanti pare sakshat paripurnatamam svayam yasminin which; sarvaniall; tejamsiglories; viliyanteenter; sva-tejasiin His own glory; tamHim; vadantisay; pareothers; sakshatdirectly; paripurnatamamParipurnatama; svayampersonally. Others say that the form of the Lord where all powers and glories enter is His paripurnatama form, the original form of the Lord Himself. Text 25 purnasya lakshanam yatra tam pashyanti prithak prithak bhavenapi janah so 'yam paripurnatamah svayam purnasyaof the putna incarnation; lakshanamcharacteristic; yatrawhere; tamthat; pashyantisee; prithak prithakspecifically; bhavenaby nature; api also; janahpeople; sah ayamHe; paripurnatamahParipurnatama; svayam personally. The transcendental qualities people see distributed among the Lord's purna incarnations are all present in the Lord's original, paripurnatama form. Text 26 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno nanya eva hi eka-karyartham agatya koti-karyam cakara ha paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanot; anyahanother; evacertainly; hiindeed; ekaone; karyamission;

arthamfor the purpose; agatyacoming; kotimillions; karyammission; cakara did; haindeed. The Lord's original, paripurnatama form is Shri Krishna and no one else. Coming (to this world) to execute one mission, He executes millions of missions. Text 27 purnah puranah purushottamottamah parat paro yah purushah pareshvarah svayam sadanandamayam kripakaram gunakaram tam sharanam vrajamy aham purnahperfect; puranahancient; purushaof persons; uttamaof the best; uttamahthe best; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; yahwho; purushah the Supreme Person; paraof the exalted; ishvarahthe master; svayam personally; sat-anandamayamfull of transcendental bliss; kripaof mercy; akaram mine; gunaof transcendental virtues; akarama mine; tamof Him; sharanam vrajami ahamI take shelter. He is perfect and complete. He is the oldest. He is the most exalted of exalted persons. He is greater than the greatest. He is the Supreme Person. He is the master of the exalted. Of He who is full of bliss, who is jewel-mine of mercy, who is a jewel-mine of transcendental virtues, I take shelter. Text 28 shri-garga uvaca tac chrutva harshito raja romanci prema-vihvalah pramrishya netre 'shru-purne naradam vakyam abravit shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; tat shrutvahearing; harshitahdelighted; rajathe king; romancihis bodily hairs erect; premawith love; vihvalah overcome; pramrishyawiping; netrehis eyes; ashruwith tears; purnefilled; naradamto Narada; vakyama statement; abravitsaid. Shri Garga said: Hearing this, the king became very happy. Overcome with love and the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, he wiped his tear-filled eyes and spoke to Narada.

Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno kena hetuna agato bharate khande dvaravatyam virajate shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; kenaby what?; hetunareason; agatahcame; bharate khandeto theland of Bharata; dvaravatyamin Dvaraka; virajateis splendidly manifested. Shri Bahulashva said: Why did Shri Krishna, the original, paripurnatama form of the Lord, come to the land of Bharata and gloriously appear in Dvaraka? Text 30 tasya goloka-nathasya golokam dhama sundaram karmany aparimeyani bruhi brahman brihan-mune tasyaof Him; goloka-nathasyathe master of Goloka; golokam dhamathe realm of Goloka; sundarambeautiful; karmaniactivities; aparimeyanicountless; bruhiplease tell; brahmanO brahmana; brihatgreat; muneO sage. O brahmana, O great sage, please describe the countless deeds and beautiful Goloka realm of He who is the master of Goloka. Text 31 yada tirthatanam kurvan chata-janma-tapah-parah tada sat-sangam etyashu shri-krishnam prapnuyan narah yadawhen; tirthato holy places; atanamjourney; kurvandoing; shata 100; janmabirths; tapahausterities; parahintent; tadathen; satof devotees; sangamthe association; etyaattaining; ashuquickly; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; prapnuyatmay attain; naraha human being.

When a human being visits many holy places and devotedly performs a hundred years of austerities, he will attain the association of the devotees. Then he will attain Shri Krishna Himself. Text 32 shri-krishna-dasasya ca dasa-dasah kada bhaveyam manasardra-cittah yo durlabho deva-varaih paratma sa me katham gocara adi-devah shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; dasasyaof the servant; caand; dasaof the servant; dasahthe servant; kadawhen?; bhaveyamwill I become; manasa with thoughts; ardramelting; cittahhis heart; yaha person who; durlabhah rare; deva-varaihby the best of demigods; paratmathe Supreme Person; sah He; meof me; kathamwhether?; gocarein the range of perception; adithe original; devahLord. When, my heart melting with love, will I think "I am the servant of the servants of Shri Krishna's servants?" Will the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom even the greatest demigods cannot attain, appear before me? Text 33 dhanyas tvam raja-shardula shri-krishneshto hari-priyah tubhyam ca darshanam datum bhaktesho 'tragamishyati dhanyahfortunate; tvamyou; rajaof kings; shardulaO tiger; shri-krishna Shri Krishna; ishtahhonored; harito Lord Hari; priyahdear; tubhyamto you; caalso; darshanamsight; datumto give; bhaktaof the devotees; ishahthe Lord; atrahere; agamishyatiwill come. O tiger of kings, you are fortunate. Shri Krishna honors you. Lord Hari loves you. The Lord of the devotees will come to reveal Himself to you. Text 34 tvam nripam shrutadevam ca dvija-devo janardanah smaraty alam dvarakayam aho bhagyam satam iha

tvamyou; nripamking; shrutadevamShrutadeva; caalso; dvijaof the brahmanas; devahthe Lord; janardanahKrishna; smaratiremembers; alam greatly; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; ahahoh; bhagyamthe good fortune; satam of the devotees; ihahere. Lord Janardana, the master of the brahmanas remembers both Shrutadeva and you, the king. Ah, the good fortune of the devotees here in Dvaraka!

Chapter Two Shri-Goloka-dhama-nivarnanam Description of the Abode of Shri Goloka Text 1 jihvam labdhvapi yah krishnam kirtaniyam na kirtayet labdhvapi moksha-nishrenim sa narohati durmatih jihvamtoungue; labdhvaattaining; apialso; yahwho; krishnamShri Krishna; kirtaniyamto be glorified; nanot; kirtayetglorifies; labdhvaattaining; apialso; moksha-of liberation; nishrenimstaircase; sahhe; nanot; arohati climbs; durmatihfool. A person who has a tongue but does not glorify glorious Shri Krishna is a fool. Even if he somehow approaches the staircase to liberation, he cannot climb it. Text 2 atha te sampravakshyami shri-krishnagamanam bhuvi asmin varaha-kalpe vai yad bhutam tac chrinu prabho athanow; teto you; sampravakshyamiI will speak; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; agamanamthe arrival; bhuvion the earth; asminthis; varaha-kalpein the Varaha-kalpa; vaiindeed; yatwhat; bhutamwas; tatthat; shrinuplease hear; prabhahO lord.

Now I will describe to you Shri Krishna's coming to this earth during the Varahakalpa. O lord, please hear what happened. Texts 3 and 4 pura danava-daityanam naranam khalu bhubhujam bhuri-bhara-samakranta prithvi go-rupa-dharini anathavad rudantiva vedayanti nija-vyatham kampayanti nijam gatram brahmanam sharanam gata puraformerly; danavaof the danavas; daityanamand daityas; naranamof the humans; khaluindeed; bhubhujamof the kings; bhurigreat; bharawith a burden; samakrantaovercome; prithvithe earth; gahof a cow; rupain the form; dharinimanifesting; anathawithout a protector; vatlike; rudanticrying; ivalike; vedayantidescribing; nijaown; vyathamdistress; kampayanti making tremble; nijamown; gatrambody; brahmanamto Lord Brahma; sharanamshelter; gatawent. In ancient times the earth, overcome with a burden of many daityas, danavas, and human kings, assumed the form of a cow and, helplessly crying, trembling, and describing her troubles, took shelter of the demigod Brahma. Text 5 brahmathashvasya tam sadyah sarva-deva-ganair vritah shankarena samam pragad vaikuntham mandiram hareh brahmaBrahma; athathen; ashvasyacomforting; tamher; sadyahat once; sarvaall; devaof the demigods; ganaihby multitudes; vritah surrounded; shankarenaShiva; samamwith; pragatwent; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; mandiramthe palace; harehof Lord Hari. Brahma comforted her and then, accompanied by Shiva and the demigods, went to Lord Hari's palace in Vaikuntha. Text 6

natva catur-bhujam vishnum svabhiprayam jagada ha athodvignam deva-ganam shri-nathah praha tam vidhim natvabowing down; catur-bhujamwith four arms; vishnumto Lord Vishnu; svaown; abhiprayamintention; jagadaexplained; hacertainly; athathen; udvignamdistressed; deva-ganamto the demigods; shri-nathahthe husband of the goddess of fortune; prahaspoke; tamto him; vidhimBrahma. Brahma bowed down before four-armed Lord Vishnu and explained why he had come. Then He who is the husband of the goddess of fortune spoke to Brahma and the troubled demigods. Text 7 shri-bhagavan uvaca krishnam svayam viganitanda-patim paresham sakshad akhandam atidevam ativa-lilam karyam kadapi na bhavishyati yam vina hi gacchashu tasya vishadam padam avyayam tvam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; krishnamShri Krishna; svayamHimself; viganitacountless; andaof universes; patimthe master; paraof others; ishamthe master; sakshatdirectly; akhandam unbroken; atidevambeyond the demigods; ativa-lilamwho enjoys transcendental pastimes; karyammission; kadapisometimes; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; yam whom; vinawithout; hinot; gacchago; ashuat once; tasyaof Him; vishadampure; padamabode; avyayameternal; tvamyou. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Without Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless universes, perfect, above the demigods, and the enjoyer of transcendental pastimes, this problem will not be solved. You should go to His eternal and effulgent abode at once. Text 8 shri-brahmovaca tvattah param na janami paripurnatamam svayam yadi yo 'nyas tasya sakshal lokam darshaya nah prabho

shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; tvattahthan You; paramgreater; na not; janamiI know; paripurnatamammost perfect; svayampersonally; yadiif; yahwho; anyahanother; tasyaof Him; sakshatdirectly; lokamthe world; darshayaplease show; nahus; prabhahO Lord. Shri Brahma said: I do not know anyone greater and more perfect than You. If there is such a person, please show Him to us, O Lord. Texts 9 and 10 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto 'pi harih purnah sarvair deva-ganaih saha padavim darshayam asa brahmanda-shikharopari vama-padangushtha-nakhabhinna-brahmanda-mashtake shri-vamanasya vivare brahma-drava-samakule shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktahaddressed; apiindeed; harihLord Hari; purnahperfect; sarvaihall; deva-ganaihthe demigods; saha with; padavimthe path; darshayam asarevealed; brahmandathe universes; shikhara-upariabove; vamaleft; padangushtha-nakhatoenail; bhinnabroken; brahmandaof the universes; mashtakeon the head shri-vamanasyaof Shri Vamana; vivarein the hole; brahma-dravawith the spiritual river; samakule filled. Shri Narada said: When this was said, perfect Lord Hari showed all the demigods a spiritual river path flowing through the hole Shri Vamana made in the universe with His toenail. Text 11 jala-yanena margena bahis te niryayuh surah kalinga-bimba-vac cedam brahmandam dadrishus tv adhah jala-yanenaon a boat; margenaon the path; bahihoutside; tethey; niryayuhwent; surahthe demigods; kalinga-bimba-vatlike a tiny kutaja seed; caalso; idamthis; brahmandamuniverse; dadrishuhsaw; tuindeed; adhah below.

Going by boat on this path, the demigods left the universe. They saw the universe was like a round kutaja fruit far below. Text 12 indrayana-phalaniva luthanty anyani vai jale vilokya vismitah sarve babhuvus cakita iva indrayana-phalanikutaja fruits; ivalike; luthantimoving to and fro; anyani others; vaicertainly; jalein the water; vilokyaseeing; vismitahastonished; sarveall; babhuvuhbecame; cakitahfrightened; ivaas if. When the saw the other universes were like many kutaja fruits bobbing in the water (of the Karana Ocean), they all became frightened and surprised. Text 13 kotisho yojanordhvam vai puranam ashtakam gatah divya-prakara-ratnadidruma-vrinda-manoharam kotishahmillions; yojanaor yojanas; urdhvamabove; vaicertainly; puranamof cities; ashtakama group of eight; gatahwent; divya-prakara glistening; ratnajewels; adibeginning with; drumaof trees; vrindagroups; manoharamcharming. Millions of yojanas higher they came to eight cities charming with glistening jewel-forest groves. Text 14 tad-urdhvam dadrishur deva virajayas tatam shubham tarangitam kshauma-shubhram sopanair bhaskaram param

tad-urdhvamabove them; dadrishuhsaw; devahthe demigods; virajayahof the Viraja river; tatamthe shore; shubhamglorious; tarangitamwith waves; kshaumasilk; shubhramwhite; sopanaihwith steps; bhaskaramsplendid; paramgreatly. Higher still the demigods saw the Viraja river's splendid shore, which was splashed by waves white as silk and glorious with many staircases. Text 15 tam drishtva pracalantas te tat puram jagmur uttamam asankhya-koti-martandajyotisham mandalam mahat tamthat; drishtvahaving seen; pracalantahgoing; tethey; tat puramto that city; jagmuhwent; uttamamgreat; asankhyacountless; kotimillions; martandaof suns; jyotishamof the splendor; mandalamcircle; mahatgreat. After seeing this, they entered a city splendid as countless millions of suns. Text 16 drishtva prataditakshas te tejasa dharshitah sthitah namaskritvatha tat-tejo dadhyau vishnv-ajnaya vidhih drishtvahaving seen; prataditastruck; akshaheyes; tethey; tejasaby the splendor; dharshitahovercome; namaskritvabowing down; athathen; tat-tejah that splendor; dadhyaumeditated; vishnuof Lord Vishnu; ajnayaby the order; vidhihBrahma. As they looked at its splendor they became overpowered, their eyes struck by the light. By Lord Vishnu's order, Brahma offered obeisances to that light and meditated on it. Text 17 taj-jyotir-mandale 'pashyat sakaram dhama shantidam tasmin mahadbhutam dirgham

mrinala-dhavalam param sahasra-vadanam shesham drishtva nemuh suras tatah taj-jyotir-mandalein the circle of light; apashyathe saw; sakaramhaving a form; dhamaan abode; shantidampeaceful; tasminthere; mahavery; adbhutamwonderful; dirghamlong; mrinalalotus stem; dhavalamwhite; paramtranscendental; sahasraa thousand; vadanamfaces; sheshamLord Shesha; drishtvaseeing; nemuhoffered obeisances; surahthe demigods; tatah then. In that circle of light he saw the form of a peaceful transcendental realm. When the demigods saw in that realm the very wonderful white lotus stem of thousandfaced Lord Shesha, they bowed down to offer respects to Him. Texts 18 and 19 tasyotsange maha-loko goloko loka-vanditah yatra kalah kalayatam ishvaro dhama-maninam rajan na prabhaven maya manash cittam matir hy aham na vikaro vishaty eva na mahamsh ca gunah kutah tasyaof Him; utsangeon the head; mahagreat; lokahrealm; golokah Goloka; lokaby all the worlds; vanditahoffered obeisances; yatrawhere; kalah time; kalayatamsees; ishvarahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhama abodes; maninamwith glory; rajanO king; nanot; prabhavet-may prevail; maya illusion; manahmind; cittamheart; matihintelligence; hiindeed; aham false ego; nanot; vikarahchange; vishatienters; evacertainly; nanot; mahanMahat-tattva; caand; gunahthe modess of nature; kutahfrom where? On His head was the transcendental realm of Goloka, which is worshiped by all the worlds, and which is a realm where time, the conqueror of the proud, does not prevail, and where illusion, the material mind, heart, intelligence, and ego, material transformations and the mahat-tattva do enter. How can the modes of nature enter there? Text 20 tatra kandarpa-lavanyah

shyamasundara-vigrahah dvari gantum cabhyudita nyashedhan krishna-parshadah tatrathere; kandarpaof Kamadeva; lavanyahhandsomeness; shyamasundara-vigrahahbeautiful forms; dvariat the door; gantumto go; ca also; abhyuditahstanding; nyashedhanstayed; krishnaof Lord Krishna; parshadahthe asssociates. Their forms very beautiful, more beautiful than Kamadeva himself, Shri Krishna's associates stood at the entrance. Text 21 shri-deva ucuh loka-pala vayam sarve brahma-vishnu-maheshvarah shri-krishna-darshanarthaya shakradya agata iha shri-devah ucuhthe demigods said; loka-palahprotectors of the planets; vayamwe; sarveall; brahma-vishnu-maheshvarahBrahma, Vishnu, and Shiva; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; darshanaseeing; arthayafor the purpose; shakraby Indra; adyahheaded;' agatahcome; ihahere. The demigods said: We, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, all the protectors of the planets, and the demigods headed by Indra, have come here to see Shri Krishna. Text 22 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva tad-abhiprayam shri-krishnaya sakhi-janah ucur deva-pratiharah gatva cantah-puram param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; tadabhiprayamthe purpose; shri-krishnayafor Shri Krishna; sakhi-janahfriends; ucuhsaid; devademigods; pratiharahdoorkeepers; gatvahaving gone; ca also; antah-puraminside the palace; paramthen. Shri Narada said: Having heard this, the doorkeepers, girls who were the Lord's friends, went inside the palace and told Shri Krishna of (the visitors') wish.

Text 23 tada vinirgata kacic chatacandranana sakhi pitambara vetra-hasta sapricchad vanhitam suran tadathen; vinirgatacame out; kacita girl; shatacandranana Shatacandranana; sakhifriend; pitayellow; ambaragarments; vetraa stick; hastain hand; sashe; apricchatasked; vanhitamwished; surandemigods. Then a girl named Shatacandranana, who was dressed in yellow garments, who held a stick in her hand, and who was Shri Krishna's friend, came from inside and asked the demigods what they wished. Text 24 shri-shatacandrananovaca kasyandasyadhipa deva yuyam sarve samagatah vadatashu gamishyami tasmai bhagavate hy aham shri-shatacandranana uvacaShri Shatacandranana said; kasyaof what?;andasyauniverse; adhipahkings; devahO demigods; yuyamyou; sarve all; samagatahcome; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; gamishyamiI will go; tasmaito Him; bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hiindeed; ahamI. Shri Shatacandranana said: All you demigods who have come here, of what universe are you the kings? Tell me and I shall go to the Lord at once. Text 25 shri-deva ucuh aho andany utanyani nasmabhir darshitani ca ekam andam prajanimo 'tho 'param nasti nah shubhe shri-devah ucuhthe demgods said; ahahOh; andaniuniverses; uta certainly; anyaniother; nanot; asmabhihby us; darshitanishown; caand;

ekamone; andamuniverse; prajanimahwe know; athahthen; aparam another; nanot; astiis; nahof us; shubheO beautiful one. The demigods said: We have not seen any other universes. We know only one universe. O beautiful one, there is no universe beyond ours. Text 26 shri-shatacandrananovaca brahmadeva luthantiha kotisho hy anda-rashayah tesham yuyam yatha devas tathande 'nde prithak prithak shri-shatacandrananovacaShri Shatacandranana said; brahmadevaO demigod Brahma; luthanti-moving about; ihahere; kotishahmillions; hiindeed; anda-rashayahuniverses; teshamof them; yuyamyou; yathaas; devah demigods; tathaso; andein an universe; andein an universe; prithak prithak variously. Shri Shatacandranana said: O demigod Brahma, millions of universes bob up and down (in the Karana ocean). As you are demigods in one universe, so in each each universe there are many demigods. Text 27 nama-gramam na janitha kada vatra samagatah jada-buddhya prahrishyadhve grihan napi vinirgatah nama-gramamnames; nanot; janithayou know; kadawhen?; vaor; atra here; samagatahcome; jadastunted; buddhyawith intelligence; prahrishyadhveyou are happy; grihanhomes; nanot; apieven; vinirgatah having left. You do not even know their names. When did you even meet them? Never leaving your own homes, you remain happy with stunted minds. Text 28

brahmandam ekam jananti yatra jatas tatha janah mashaka ca yathantah-stha audumbara-phaleshu vai brahmandamuniverse; ekamone; janantiknow; yatrawhere; jatahborn; tathaso; janahpeople; mashakahmosquitoes; caalso; yathaas; antah inside; sthahstaying; audumbara-phaleshuin udumbara fruits; vaiindeed. You know one universe. Living entities are born in many universes, like mosquitoes in many udumbara fruits. Text 29 shri-narada uvaca upahasyam gata deva ittham tushnim sthitah punah cakitan iva tan drishtva vishnur vacanam abravit shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; upahasyamthe object of jokes; gatah attained; devahthe demigods; itthamthus; tushnimsilent; sthitahstood; punahagain; cakitanfrightened; ivaas if; tanthem; drishtvaseeing; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; vacanamwords; abravitsaid. Shri Narada said: Mocked in this way, the demigods were silent. Seeing them intimidated, Lord Vishnu spoke some words. Text 30 shri-vishnur uvaca yasminn ande prishnigarbho 'vataro 'bhut sanatanah trivikrama-nakhodbhinne tasminn ande sthita vayam shri-vishnuh uvacaShri Vishnu said; yasminin which; andeuniverse; prishnigarbhahPrishnigarbha; avatarahincarnation; abhutwas; sanatanah eternal; trivikramaof Lord Trivikrama; nakhaby the nails; udbhinnebroken; tasminin that; andeuniverse; sthitahsituated; vayamwe. Shri Vishnu said: We stay in the universe where eternal Lord Prishnigarbha descended, the universe broken by Lord Trivikrama's toenail.

Text 31 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva tam ca samshlaghya shighram antah-puram gata punar agatya devebhyo 'py ajnam dattva gatah puram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; tamHim; ca also; samshlaghyapraising; shighramfor a long time; antah-puramwithin the palace; gatagone; punahagain; agatyareturning; devebhyahto the demigods; apialso; ajnampermission; dattvagiving; gatahwent; puramto the palace. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, she praised Him for a long time, again entered the palace, returned, and gave the demigods permission (to enter. Then the demigods) entered the palace. Texts 32-34 atha deva-ganah sarve golokam dadrishuh param tatra govardhano nama giri-rajo virajate vasanta-malinibhish ca gopibhir go-ganair vritah kalpa-vriksha-lata-sanghai rasa-mandala-manditah yatra krishna nadi shyama tolika-koti-mandita vaidurya-krita-sopana svacchanda-gatir uttama athathen; deva-ganahthe demigods; sarveall; golokamGoloka; dadrishuh saw; paramthen; tatrathere; govardhanahGovardhana; namanamed; giri of mountains; rajahthe king; virajateis splendidly manifest; vasantaspring; malinibhihwith garlands; caalso; gopibhihby gopis; go-ganaihby cows; vritah surrounded; kalpa-vrikshakalpa-vriksha trees; latalalpa-lata vines; sanghaih with multitudes; rasaof the rasa dance; mandalawith the circle; manditah decorated; yatrawhere; krishnathe Yamuna; nadi-river; shyamadark; tolika gazebos; kotimillions; manditadecorated; vaiduryawith lapis lazuli; krita made; sopanasteps; svacchandameandering; gatihpaths; uttamasupreme.

Then the demigods saw Goloka, where the king of mountains, named Govardhana, which was filled with many cows and with gopis garlanded with forest flowers, and which was decorated with rasa-dance circles, is splendidly manifest, where the dark Yamuna river meandered as it wished, (its shores) made with lapis lazuli steps and decorated with millions of gazebos, . . . Text 35 vrindavanam bhrajamanam divya-druma-latakulam citra-pakshi-madhuvratair vamshi-vata-virajitam vrindavanamVrindavana; bhrajamanamshining; divyasplendid; druma trees; lataand vines; akulamfilled; citracolorful; pakshibirds; madhuvrataih with bees; vamshiof the flute; vatathe banyan tree; virajitamsplendid. . . . where the forest of Vrindavana, filled with splendid trees and vines, and glorious with bees, colorful birds, and the banyan tree where (Krishna) played the flute, was splendidly manifested, . . . Text 36 puline shitalo vayur manda-gami vahaty alam sahasra-dala-padmanam rajo vikshepayan muhuh pulineon the shore; shitalahcool; vayuhbreeze; mandaslowly; gami moving; vahatiblows; alamgreatly; sahasrathousand; dalapetal; padmanam of lotuses; rajahpollen; vikshepayantossing; muhuhagain and again. . . . where, carrying the pollen of many thousand-petal lotuses, a cool breeze gently blew to the shore, . . . Text 37 madhye nija-nikunjo 'sti dva-trimshad-vana-samyutah prakara-parikha-yuto 'runakshaya-vatajirah

madhyein the midst; nijaown; nikunjahforest grove; astiis; dva-trimshat 32; vanaforests; samyutahendowed; prakarawith a wall; parikhaand moat; yutahendowed; arunared; akshayaeternal; vatabanyan trees; ajirah courtyard. . . . where in the middle is the Lord's personal woodland of 32 forests, which is surrounded by walls and moats and endowed with a reddish courtyard of eternal banyan trees, . . . Text 38 saptadha padmaragagrajira-kudya-vibhushitah kotindu-mandalakarair vitanair gulika-dyutih saptadhaseven; padmaragaruby; agraendge; ajiracourtyards; kudya walls; vibhushitahdecorated; kotimillions; induof moons; mandalacircle; akaraihwith forms; vitanaihwith canopies; gulikawith pearls; dyutihsplendor. . . . a courtyard decorated with seven walls made of rubies and with a glory of pearls from awnings like many millions of moons, . . . Text 39 patat-patakair divyabhaih pushpa-mandira-vartmabhih jata-bhramara-sangito matta-barhi-pika-svanah patatmoving; patakaihwith flags; divyabhaihglorious; pushpaof flowers; mandirapalaces; vartmabhihwith pathways; jataborn; bhramaraof bees; sangitahsong; mattamaddened; barhipeacocks; pikaand cuckoos; svanah the sound. . . . .where there were splendid flags moving (in the breeze), pathways that were flower palaces, and the singing of many bees and many maddened peacocks and cuckoos, . . . Text 40

balarka-kundala-dharah shata-candra-prabhah striyah svacchanda-gatayo ratnaih pashyantyah sundaram mukham ratnajireshu dhavantyo hara-keyura-bhushitah kvanan-nupura-kinkinyas cuda-mani-virajitah balarkarising sun; kundalaearrings; dharahwearing; shatahundred; candramoons; prabhahsplendor; striyahwomen; svacchandaas they wished; gatayahgoing; ratnaihwith jewels; pashyantyahseeing; sundarambeautiful; mukhamface; ratnajewel; ajireshuin courtyards; dhavantyahrunning; hara necklaces; keyurabracelets; bhushitahdecorated; kvanattinkling; nupurakinkinyahanklets; cudacrown; manijewels; virajitahglorious. . . . where there were many women effulgent as a hundred moons, wearing sunrise earrings, walking about as they wished, noticing their beautiful faces reflected in the jewels, running in the jewel courtyard, decorated with necklaces, bracelets, and tinkling ankle-bells, and splendid with jewels in their hair, . . . Text 42 kotishah kotisho gavo dvari dvari manoharah shveta-parvata-sankasha divya-bhushana-bhushitah kotishahmillions; kotishahand millions; gavahcows; dvariat doorway; dvariafter doorway; manoharahbeautiful; shvetawhite; parvatamountains; sankashahglory; divyasplendid; bhushanawith ornaments; bhushitah decorated. . . . where at door after door there were millions of millions of beautiful cows glorious as white mountains, decorated with glittering ornaments, . . . Text 43 payasvinyas tarunyash ca shila-rupa-gunair yutah sa-vatsah pita-pucchash ca vrajantyo bhavya-murtikah

payasvinyahfull of milk; tarunyahyoung; caalso; shilagood character; rupabeauty; gunaihand virtues; yutahendowed; sawith; vatsahcalves; pita yellow; pucchahtails; caalso; vrajantyahgoing; bhavyaof happiness; murtikahforms. . . . young, full of milk, endowed with good character, virtues, and beauty, their tails yellow, personifications of happiness as they walked about with their calves, . . . Text 44 ghanta-manjira-samravah kinkini-jala-manditah hema-shringyo hema-tulyahara-mala-sphurat-prabhah ghantaof bells; manjiraand anklets; samravahthe sound; kinkiniwith small bells; jalamultitude; manditahdecorated; hemagolden; shringyah horns; hemagold; tulyaequal; haranecklaces; malagarlands; sphuratprabhahsplendid. . . . decorated with a network of tiny bells, their bells and anklets tinkling, splendid with golden necklaces and flower garlands, their horns of gold, . . . Text 45 patala haritas tamrah pitah shyama vicitritah dhumrah kokila-varnash ca yatra gavas tv anekadha patalahpink; haritahgreen; tamrahgreen; pitahyellow; shyamahblack; vicitritahmany wonderful colors; dhumrahthe color of smoke; kokilaof cuckoos; varnashthe color; caand; yatrawhere; gavahcows; tuindeed; anekadhamany. . . . many different wonderful colors, some pink, some green, some red, some yellow, some black, some smokey, and some the color of cuckoos, . . . Text 46

samudravad-dugdhadash ca taruni-kara-cihnikah kurangavad-vilanghadbhir govatsair manditah shubhah samudravatwith an ocean; dugdhamilk; dahgiving; caalso; taruniyouth; karamaking; cihnikahsigns; kurangavatlike a deer; vilanghadbhihwith jumping; govatsaihwith calves; manditahdecorated; shubhahbeautiful. . . . giving oceans of milk, marked with the signs of youth, leaping like deer, beautiful, decorated with many calves, . . . Text 47 itas tatash calantash ca go-ganeshu maha-vrishah dirgha-kandhara-shringadhya yatra dharma-dhurandharah itas tatahhere and there; calantahwandering; caalso; go-ganeshuamong the cows; mahagreat; vrishahbulls; dirghalong; kandharanecks; shringa horns; adhyahopulent; yatrawhere; dharma-dhurandharahgreat piety. . . . where, wandering among the cows were many great bulls opulent with long horns and necks and very pious, . . . Text 48 gopala vetra-hastash ca shyama vamshi-dharah parah krishna-lilam pragayanto ragair madana-mohanaih gopalahcowherd boys; vetrastick; hastahhand; caalso; shyamahdark; vamshiflutes; dharahholding; parahtranscendental; krishnaof Lord Krishna; lilampastimes; pragayantahsinging; ragaihwith melodies; madana-mohanaih charming. . . . where were many handsome cowherd boys, carrying flutes, holding sticks in their hands, and with charming melodies singing of Krishna's pastimes. Text 49

ittham nija-nikunjam tam natva madhye gatah surah jyotisham mandalam padmam sahasra-dala-shobhitam itthamthus; nijaown; nikunjamforest grove; tamthat; natvabowing down; madhyein the midst; gatahgone; surahthe demigods; jyotishamof light; mandalama circle; padmama lotus; sahasrathousand; dalapetals; shobhitambeautiful. Bowing down to offer respects, the demigods entered the Lord's personal forest grove, which was a thousand-petal lotus that was a great circle of light. Text 50 tad-urdhvam shodasha-dalam tato 'shta-dala-pankajam tasyopari sphurad dirgham sopana-traya-manditam tad-urdhvamabove that; shodasha16; dalampetals; tatahthen; ashta8; dalapetal; pankajamlotus; tasyathat; upariabove; sphuratglistening; dirghamlong; sopanastaircases; trayathree; manditamdecorated. Above that was a sixteen-petal lotus, above that an eight-petal lotus, and above that a long path decorated with three stairways. Text 51 simhasanam param divyam kaustubhaih khacitam shubhaih dadrishur devatah sarvah shri-krishnam radhaya yutam simhasanamthrone; paramgreat; divyamsplendid; kaustubhaihwith kaustubha jewels; khacitamstudded; shubhaihbeautiful; dadrishuhsaw; devatahthe demigods; sarvahall; shri-krishnamLord Krishna; radhayaRadha; yutamwith. There all the demigods saw, sitting on a splendid throne studded with beautiful kaustubha jewels, and accompanied by Shri Radha, Shri Krishna, . . .

Text 52 divyair ashta-sakhi-sanghair mohiny-adibhir anvitam shridamadyaih sevyamanam ashta-gopala-mandalaih divyaihsplendid; ashtaeight; sakhiof friends; sanghaihmultitudes; mohiniadibhihheaded by Mohini; anvitamwith; shridama-adyaihheaded by Shridama; sevyamanambeing served; ashtaeight; gopalacowherd boys; mandalaih served. . . . who was accompanied by eight splendid gopi friends headed by Mohini and served by eight gopas headed by Shridama, . . . Text 53 hamsabhair vyajanandolacamarair vajra-mushtibhih koti-candra-pratikashaih sevitam chatra-kotibhih hamhswans; abhaihlike; vyajana-andola-camaraihwith camaras; vajra diamond; mushtibhihhandles; kotimillions; candraof moons; pratikashaih splendid; sevitamserved; chatraparasols; kotibhihwith millions. . . . who was served with diamond-handled camaras glorious as swans and millions of parasols like millions of moons, . . . Text 54 shri-radhikalankrita-vama-bahum svacchanda-vakri-krita-dakshinanghrim vamshi-dharam sundara-manda-hasam bhru-mandalamohita-kama-rashim shri-radhikaby Shri Radha; alankritadecorated; vamaleft; bahumarm; svacchandaas He wished; vakri-kritabent; dakshinaright; anghrimfoot; vamshia flute; dharamholding; sundarahandsome; mandagentle; hasam smile; bhruof eyebrows; mandalacircle; amohitaenchanted; kamaof Kamadevas; rashimmultitude.

. . . whose left arm was decorated by Shri Radhika, whose right foot was bent as He wished, who held a flute, who smiled gently and gracefully, whose eyebrows enchanted hosts of Kamadevas, . . . Text 55 ghana-prabham padma-dalayutekshanam pralamba-bahum bahu-pita-vasasam vrindavanonmatta-milinda-shabdair virajitam shri-vana-malaya harim ghanaof a raincloud; prabhamsplendor; padmalotus; dalapetal; ayuta large; ikshanameyes; pralambalong; bahumarms; bahugreat; pitayellow; vasasamgarments; vrindavanain Vrindavan; unmattamaddened; milindaof bees; shabdaihby the sounds; virajitamsplendid; shribeautiful; vanaforest; malayawith a garland; harimShri Krishna. . . . who was splendid as a raincloud, whose large eyes were lotus petals, whose arms were long, who wore great yellow garments, who was splendid with a beautiful forest garland filled with the sounds of intoxicated bees. Text 56 kani-kala-kankana-nupura-dyutim lasan-manohari-mahojjvala-smitam shrivatsa-ratnottama-kuntala-shriyam kirita-harangada-kundala-tvisham kani-kalabelt; kankanabracelets; nupuraanklets; dyutimsplendor; lasat glistening; manoharicharming; mahavery; ujjvalasplendid; smitamsmile; shrivatsaShrivatsa; ratnajewel; uttamaabove; kuntalacurly hair; shriyam handsomeness; kiritacrown; haranecklace; angadaarmlets; kundalaearrings; tvishamglory. . . . who was splendid with bracekets, anklets, and a belt, who had a glittering, charming, very glorious smile, who was handsome with the mark of Shrivatsa and with a jewel placed in His curly locks of hair, and who was glorious with a crown, necklace, armlets, and earrings. Text 57

drishtva tam ananda-samudra-magna-vat praharshitash cashru-kalakulekshanah tatah surah pranjalayo natanana nemur murarim purusham parayanam drishtvaseeing; tamHim; anandaof bliss; samudrain an ocean; magna plunged; vatlike; praharshitashdelighted; caand; ashru-kalawith tears; akula filled; ikshanaheyes; tatahthen; surahthe demigods; pranjalayahwith folded hands; natabowed; ananahheads; nemuhoffered obeisances; murarim to Shri Krishna; purusham parayanamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Very happy, as if plunged in an ocean of bliss, by seeing Him, and their eyes now filled with tears, with folded hands and bowed heads the demigods offered their respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Chapter Three Agamanodyoga-varnanam Description of the Lord's Appearance Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca mune deva mahatmanam krishnam drishtva parat param agre kim cakrire tatra tan me bruhi kripam kuru shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; muneO sage; devaO lord; mahatmanamexalted; krishnamKrishna; drishtvaseeing; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; agrein the presence; kimwhat?; cakriredid; tatra there; tatthat; meto me; bruhitell; kripammercy; kurudo. Shri Bahulashva said; O sage, O lord, what did they do when they saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna, who is greater than the greatest? Please be kind and tell me. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca sarvesham pashyatam tesham vaikuntho 'pi haris tatah utthayashta-bhujah sakshal

lino 'bhut krishna-vigrahe shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; vaikunthoKrishna; apialso; harisLord Hari; tatahthen; utthayarising; ashta-bhujahwith eight arms; sakshatdirectly; linoentered; abhutbecame; krishna-vigrahein Krishna's form. Shri Narada said: As everyone looked on, Lord Hari, the eight-armed master of Vaikuntha, appeared and merged in the the body of Lord Krishna. Text 3 tadaiva cagatah purno nrisimhas canda-vikramah koti-surya-pratikasho lino 'bhut krishna-tejasi tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcame; purnoperfect; nrisimhas Nrisimha; canda-vikramahferocious; koti-surya-pratikashosplendid as millions of suns; linomerged; abhutbecame; krishna-tejasiin Lord Krishna's effulgence. The perfect, ferocious, and powerful Lord Nrsimha, who was effulgent as millions of suns, merged in Lord Krishna's effulgence. Text 4 rathe laksha-haye shubhre sthitash cagatavams tatah shvetadvipadhipo bhuma sahasra-bhuja-manditah rathein a chariot; lakshawith a hundred thousand; hayehorses; shubhre splendid; sthitashstanding; caalso; agatavanarrived; tatahthen; shvetadvipa-adhipothe master of Shvetadvipa; bhumathe Lord; sahasra-bhujamanditahdecorated with a thousand arms. Then the master of Shvetadvipa, who was decorated with a thousand arms, came in a splendid chariot drawn by a hundred thousand horses. Text 5

shriya yuktah svayudhadhyah parshadaih parishevitah sampralino babhuvashu so 'pi shri-krishna-vigrahe shriyathe goddess of fortune; yuktahwith; svaown; ayudhawith weapons; adhyahopulent; parshadaihby associates; parishevitahserved; sampralino merged; babhuvabecame; ashuat once; sohe; apialso; shri-krishna-vigrahe in Shri Krishna's form. Opulent with many weapons, accompanied by the goddess of fortune, and served by many associates, He suddenly merged in the body of Shri Krishna. Texts 6-8 tadaiva cagatah sakshad ramo rajiva-locanah dhanur-bana-dharah sitashobhito bhratribhir vritah dasha-koty-arka-sankashe camarair dolite rathe asankhya-vanarendradhye laksha-cakra-ghana-svane laksha-dhvaje laksha-haye shatakaumbhe sthitas tatah shri-krishna-vigrahe purnah sampralino babhuva ha tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcome; sakshaddirectly; ramo Ramacandra; rajivalotus; locanaheyes; dhanurbow; banaand arrows; dharah holding; sitawith Sita; shobhitoglorious; bhratribhirby brothers; vritah accompanied; dashaten; kotiten million; arkaof suns; sankashesplendor; camarairwith camaras; dolitemoved; ratheon the chariot; asankhya countless; vanaramonkey; indrakings; adhyeopulent; lakshaten thousand; cakrawheels; ghanadeep; svanesound; lakshaten thousand; dhvajeflags; lakshaten thousand; hayehorses; shatakaumbhegolden; sthitasstanding; tatahthen; shri-krishna-vigrahein Lord Krishna's body; purnahperfect; sampralinomerged; babhuvabecame; haindeed. Then, holding a bow and arrows, glorious with Sita, and accompanied by His brothers, lotus-eyed Lord Ramacandra came in a golden chariot that was effulgent as a hundred million suns, (decorated) with swaying camaras, opulent with countless monkey-kings, rumbling with ten thousand wheels, (decorated with) ten

thousand flags, and (pulled by) ten thousand horses, and merged in the body of Lord Krishna. Texts 9 and 10 tadaiva cagatah sakshad yajno narayano harih prasphurat-pralayatopajvalad-agni-shikhopamah rathe jyotirmaye drishye dakshinadhyah sureshvarah so 'pi lino babhuvashu shri-krishne shyama-vigrahe tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcame; sakshaddirectly; yajnas Yaj 24a; narayanoNarayana; harihHari; prasphurat-pralayatopa-jvalad-agniin the blazing fires of cosmic devastation; shikhaa flame; upamahlike; ratheona chariot; jyotirmayeeffulgent; drishyebeautiful; dakshinawith His consort Dekshina; dhyahopulent; suraof the demigods; ishvarahthe master; soHe; apieven; linomerged; babhuvabecame; ashusuddenly; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; shyamadark; vigraheform. Then Lord Yajna, who is known as Narayana and Hari, who is glorious like a flame in the fire of cosmic devastation, who is the master of the demigods, and who is glorious with His consort Dakshina, came in a splendid and beautiful chariot and suiddenly merged in the dark form of Lord Krishna. Texts 11-13 tada cagatavan sakshan nara-narayanah prabhuh catur-bhujo vishalaksho muni-vesho ghana-dyutih tadit-koti-jatajutah prasphurad-dipta-mandalah munindra-mandalair divyair mandito 'khandita-vratah sarvesham pashyatam tesham ashcarya-manasa nripa so 'pi lino babhuvashu shri-krishne shyama-sundare

tadathen; caalso; agatavancome; sakshatdirectly; nara-narayanah Nara-Narayana; prabhuhLord; catur-bhujofour arms; vishalalarge; aksho eyes; munias a muni; veshodressed; ghanaas a dark cloud; dyutihsplendor; taditof lightning flashes; kotimillions; jatajutahmatted hair; prasphurad-diptamandalahsplendid; munindra-mandalairby the great sages; divyairsplendid; manditodecorated; akhandita-vratahobserving an unbroken vow of celibacy; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; ashcaryawonder; manasaheart; nripaO king; soHe; apialso; linomerged; babhuvabecame; ashusuddenly; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; shyamadark; sundareand handsome. Then Lord Nara-Narayana, whose eyes were large, who had four arms, who was dressed as a sage, who was splendid like a dark cloud, whose matted hair was a lightning flash, who observed an unbroken vow (of celibacy), and who was surrounded by splendid multitudes of the kings of sages, suddenly merged in the handsome dark form of Lord Krishna as everyone looked on, their hearts filled with wonder. Text 14 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam ca svayam prabhum jnatva devah stutim cakruh param vismayam agatah paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead shrikrishnamShri Krishna; caalso; svayampersonally; prabhumthe Lord; jnatva knowing; devahthe demigods; stutimprayers; cakruhdid; paramgreat; vismayamwonder; agatahattained. Filled with wonder, and now understanding that Shri Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demigods offered many prayers. Text 15 shri-deva ucuh krishnaya purna-purushaya parat paraya yajneshvaraya para-karana-karanaya radha-varaya paripurnatamaya sakshadgoloka-dhama-dhishanaya namah parasmai shri-devasthe demigods; ucuhsaid; krishnayato Krishna; purna-purushaya the Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; parayagreater; yajneshvarayathe Lord of sacrifices; para-karana-karanayathe cause of causes;

radha-varayathe lover of Radha; paripurnatamayathe original Lord; sakshadgoloka-dhama-dhishanayawho resides in Goloka; namahobeisances; parasmai to the Supreme. The demigods said: Obeisances to Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of sacrifices, the cause of causes, the lover of Radha, the most perfect, and the Lord who resides in Goloka. Text 16 yogeshvarah kila vadanti mahah param tvam tatraiva satvatatamah krita-vigraham ca asmabhir adya viditam padayor dvayam te tasmai namo 'stu mahasam pataye parasmai yogeshvarahthe masters of yoga; kilaindeed; vadantisay; mahah effulgence; paramsupreme; tvamYou; tatrathere; evaindeed; satvatatamah the devotees; kritadone; vigrahamform; caalso; asmabhirby us; adya today; viditamknown; padayorof the feet; dvayampair; teto You; tasmai Him; namoobeisances; astumay be; mahasamof the effulgence; patayethe master; parasmaito the Supreme. The masters of yoga say You are the Brahman effulgence, and the great devotees say You have a form. Today we understand Your feet. Obeisances to You, the master of the Brahman effulgence. Text 17 vyangyena va na na hi lakshanaya kadapi sphotena yac ca kavayo na vishanti mukhyah nirdeshya-bhava-rahitam prakriteh param ca tvam brahma nirgunam ajam sharanam vrajamah vyangyenaby implication; vaor; nanot; nanot; hiindeed; lakshanaya indirectly; kadapiever; sphotenamanifest; yatwhat; caand; kavayo philosophers; nado not; vishantienter; mukhyahprimary meaning; nirdeshya indescribable; bhavanature; rahitamwithout; prakritehto matter; param superior; caand; tvamYou; brahmathe greatestBrahman; nirgunamwithout qualities; ajamunborn; sharanamshelter; vrajamahwe go. We take shelter of You, the unborn Supreme, who are free from the material modes, who are beyond the world of matter, and who cannot be described. The

greatest philosophers cannot describe You, either directly, indirectly, or by the most oblique hint. Text 18 tvam brahma kecid avayanti pare ca kalam kecit prasankhyam apare bhuvi karma-rupam purve ca yogam apare kila kartri-bhavam anyoktibhir na viditam sharanam gatah smah tvamYou; brahmathe greatest; kecidsome; avayantiteach; pareothers; caalso; kalamtime; kecitsome; prasankhyamthe sum of everything; apare others; bhuviin the world; karmaof karma; rupamthe form; purvethe first; ca also; yogamyoga; apareothers; kilaindeed; kartri-bhavamthe doer; anya of others; uktibhirby the words; nanot; viditamknown; sharanamshelter; gatahgone; smahwe. Some teach that You are the greatest, some that You are time, some that You are the sum total of everything, some that You are karma, some that You are yoga, and some that You are the first cause. We take shelter of You, who cannot be perfectly known by all their words. Text 19 shreyas-karim bhagavatas tava pada-sevam hitvatha tirtha-yajanadi tapash caranti jnanena ye ca vidita bahu-vighna-sanghaih santaditah kim u bhavanti na te kritarthah shreyasthe good; karimdoing; bhagavatasof the Lord; tavaof You; pada of the feet; sevamthe service; hitvaabandoning; athathen; tirthapilgrimage; yajanasacrifice; adibeginning; tapasausterity; carantiperform; jnanenawith knowledge; yewho; caand; viditaunderstood; bahu-vighna-sanghaihwith many great obstacles; santaditahstruck; kim uhow miserably; bhavantiare; na not; tethey; kritarthahsuccessful. O Lord, they who reject the auspicious service of Your feet, and instead visit holy places, perform sacrifices and austerities, and try to cultivate spiritual knowledge are beaten by a host of obstacles. How miserably will they fail. Text 20 vijnapyam adya kim u deva ashesha-sakshi

yah sarva-bhuta-hridayeshu virajamanah devair namadbhir amalashaya-mukta-dehais tasmai namo bhagavate purushottamaya vijnapyamto be known; adyatoday; kim uhow?; devaO Lord; asheshaof everything; sakshithe witness; yahwho; sarvaof all; bhutaliving entities; hridayeshuin the hearts; virajamanahmanifest; devairby the demigods; namadbhirbowing down; amalapure; ashayahearts; muktaliberated; dehais whose bodies; tasmaito Him; namoobeisances; bhagavateto the Lord; purushottamayathe Supreme Person. What request shall we place before You today? The pure-hearted devotees whose forms are not material offer respectful obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who, the witness of everything, stays in everyone's heart. Text 21 yo radhika-hridaya-sundara-candra-harah shri-gopika-nayana-jivana-mula-harah goloka-dhama-dhishana-dhvaja adi-devah sa tvam vipatsu vibudhan paripahi pahi yowho; radhikaof Radha; hridayain the heart; sundarahandsome; candra moon; harahnecklace; shri-gopikaof the gopis; nayanaof the eyes; jivana life; mularoot; harahtaking; goloka-dhama-dhishanaof the abode of Goloka; dhvajasthe flag; adithe original; devahLord; sasHe; tvamYou; vipatsuin calamities; vibudhanthe demigods; paripahiplease protect; pahiplease protect. O Lord, You are a necklace of moons Shri Radha places over Her heart. You are the source of life for the gopis' eyes. You are a flag over Goloka. You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. O Lord, from all calamities please protect, please protect the demigods. Text 22 vrindavanesha giriraja-pate vrajesha gopala-vesha-krita-nitya-vihara-lila radha-pate shrutidharadhipate 'ddhara tvam govardhanoddharana durdhara-dharma-dharin vrindavanaof Vrindavana; ishaO Lord; girirajaof the king of mountains; pateO Lord; vrajaof Vraja; ishaO Lord; gopala-veshaas a cowherd boy; krita done; nityaeternal; vihara-lilapastimes; radhaof Radha; pateO Lord; shrutidharaof the great philosophers; adhipateO Lord; uddharaplease rescue;

tvamYou; govardhanaof Govardhana Hill; uddharanaO lifter; durdhara impossible dharma-dharinthe doer. O king of Vrindavana, O king of the mountains' king, O king of Vraja, O king who enjoys cowherd-boy pastimes eternally, O king of Radha, O king of the great philosophers, O lifter of Govardhana Hill, O Lord who can do any impossible task, please save us! Text 23 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto bhagavan sakshac chri-krishno gokuleshvarah pratyaha pranatan devan megha-gambhiraya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktoaddressed; bhagavan sakshatSupreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnoShri Krishna; gokuleshvarahthe king of Gokula; pratyahareplied; pranatanoffering obeisances; devanto the demigods; megha-gambhirayathunder; girawith a voice. Shri Narada said: Addressed in this way, Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the king of Gokula, in a voice of thunder replied to the demigods prostrate before Him. Text 24 shri-bhagavan uvaca he sura-jyeshtha he shambho devah shrinuta mad-vacah yadaveshu ca janyadhvam amshaih stribhir mad-ajnaya shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; heO; suraof the demigods; jyeshthaeldest; heO; shambhoShiva; devahO demigods; shrinutaplease hear; madMy; vacahwords; yadaveshuin the Yadu dynasty; caalso; janyadhvamplease take birth; amshaihby partial expansions; stribhir with your wives; madby My; ajnayaorder. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Shiva, O eldest of the demigods, O demigods, hear My words. By My order you and your wives should take birth, by your amsha expansions, in the family of the Yadus.

Text 25 aham cavatarishyami harishyami bhuvo bharam karishyami ca vah karyam bhavishyami yadoh kule ahamI; caalso; avatarishyamiwill descend; harishyamiI will remove; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; karishyamiI will do; caalso; vahof you; karyamthe work; bhavishyamiI will be; yadohof the Yadus; kulein the family. I will also descend. I will remove the earth's burden. I will perform the work you (request). I will take birth in the Yadus' family. Text 26 veda me vacanam vipra mukham gavas tanur mama angani devata yuyam sadhavo hy asavo hridi vedahthe Vedas; meMy; vacanamword; viprasthe brahmanas; mukham mouth; gavasthe cows; tanurbody; mamaMy; anganilimbs; devatas demigods; yuyamyou; sadhavothe saintly devotees; hiindeed; asavothe breath; hridiin the heart. The Vedas are My words. The brahmanas are My mouth. The cows are My body. You demigods are My limbs. My devotees are the life-breath in My heart. Text 27 yuge yuge ca badhyeta yada pakhandibhir janaih dharmah kratur daya sakshat tad atmanam srijamy aham yuge yugemillennium after millennium; caalso; badhyetastopped; yada when; pakhandibhir janaihby blasphemers; dharmahreligion; kratursacrifice; dayamercy; sakshatdirectly; tadthen; atmanamMyself; srijamiappear; ahamI.

Millennium after millennium, whenever the blasphemers stop religion, sacrifice, and mercy, I descend Myself. Text 28 shri-narada uvaca ity uktavantam jagad-ishvaram harim radha patim praha viyoga-vihvala davagnina dava-lateva murchitashru-kampa-romancita-bhava-samvrita shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktavantamspoken; jagadof the universe; ishvaramthe master; harimLord Krishna; radhaShri Radha; patim Her master; prahasaid; viyogaseparation; vihvalaagitated; davagninawith a forest fire; davaon fire; lataa vine; ivalike; murchitafainted; ashrutears; kampatrembling; romancitahairs standing erect; bhavaecstasy; samvrita possessing. Shri Narada said: When Her husband, Lord Krishna, the master of the universes, had spoken, Shri Radha, overcome with fear of being separated from Him, and now like a flowering vine burning in a great forest fire, weeping, trembling, about to faint unconscious, and the hairs of her body erect, spoke to Him. Text 29 shri-radhovaca bhuvo bharam hartum alam bhuvam vraja kritam param me shapatham shrinushva tat gate tvayi prana-pate ca vigraham kadacid atraiva na dharayamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; hartumto remove; alamgreatly; bhuvamto the earth; vrajago; kritamdone; paramgreat; meof Me; shapathamvow; shrinushvahear; tatthat; gate gone; tvayiwhen You; pranaof life; pateO Lord; caalso; vigrahamform; kadacidever; atrahere; evaindeed; nanot; dharayamimaintain; ahamI. Shri Radha said: Go to the earth and remove its burden! Hear My great vow. O Lord of My life, when You are gone I will not keep my body (alive) in this place. Text 30

yadatha me tvam shapatham na manyase dvitiya-varam pravadami vak-patham pranash ca me gantum ativa-vihvalah karpura-dhuli-kanavad bhavishyati yadawhen; athathen; meMy; tvamYou; shapathamvow; nanot; manyasethink; dvitiyaa second; varamtime; pravadamiI speak; vak-patham the words; pranaslife; caalso; meof Me; gantumto go; ativa-vihvalahvery eager; karpura-dhuli-kanavadlike particles of camphor; bhavishyatiwill be. If You do not believe My words, I will say them a second time. (If You go) then My life, yearning to depart, will become like camphor dust. Text 31 shri-bhagavan uvaca tvaya saha gamishyami ma shokam kuru radhike harishyami bhuvo bharam karishyami vacas tava shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tvayaYou; sahawith; gamishyamiI will go; madon't; shokamunhappiness; kurudo; radhikeO Radha; harishyamiI will remove; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; karishyamiI will fulfill; vacaswords; tavaYour. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will go with You. O Radha, don't lament. I will remove the earth's burden and I will keep Your word. Text 32 shri-radhikovaca yatra vrindavanam nasti yatra no yamuna nadi yatra govardhano nasti tatra me na manah-sukham shri-radhika uvacaShri Radha said; yatrawhere; vrindavanamVrindavana; nanot; astiis; yatrawhere; nanot; uindeed; yamunathe Yamuna; nadi river; yatrawhere; govardhanoGovardhana Hill; nanot; astiis; tatrathere; meof Me; nanot; manahof the heart; sukhamhappiness.

Shri Radha said: My heart cannot be happy where there is no Vrindavana forest, no Yamuna river, and no Govardhana Hill. Text 33 shri-narada uvaca veda-naga-krosha-bhumim sva-dhamnah shri-harih svayam govardhanam ca yamunam preshayam asa bhupari shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; veda-naga47; kroshakroshas; bhumim land; sva-dhamnahown abode; shri-harihShri Krishna; svayampersonally; govardhanamGovardhana; caand; yamunaYamuna; preshayam asasent; bhu-uparito the earth. Shri Narada said: Then Lord Krishna sent to the earth Govardhana Hill, the Yamuna river, and a 47 krosha portion of His abode. Note: One krosha equals two miles. Text 34 tada brahma deva-ganair natva natva punah punah paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam samuvaca ha tadathen; brahmaBrahma; deva-ganairwith the demigods; natvabowing; natvaand bowing; punahagain; punahand again; paripurnatamam sakshatto the original Supreme Personality of Godhead shri-krishnamShri Krishna; samuvaca hasaid. Bowing and bowing again and again with the demigods, Brahma addressed the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna. Text 35 shri-brahmovaca aham kutra bhavishyami kutra tvam ca bhavishyasi ete kutra bhavishyanti

kair grihaih kaish ca namabhih shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; ahamI; kutrawhere?; bhavishyami will be; kutrawhere; tvamYou; caalso; bhavishyasiwill be; etethey; kutra where; bhavishyantiwill be; kairwith what?; grihaihhomes; kaiswith what?; caalso; namabhihnames. Shri Brahma said: Where will I take birth? Where will You take birth? Where will the (demigods) take birth? In what homes? With what names? Text 36 shri-bhagavan uvaca vasudevasya devakyam bhavishyami parah svayam rohinyam mat-kala shesho bhavishyati na samshayah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vasudevasya of Vasudeva; devakyamin Devaki; bhavishyamiI will be; parahtranscendental; svayampersonally; rohinyamin Rohini; mat-kalamy kala expansion; shesho Shesha; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will take birth in Devaki from Vasudeva. My transcendental kala expansion Shesha will take birth in Rohini. Of this there is no doubt. Text 37 shrih sakshad rukmini bhaishmi shiva jambavati tatha satya ca tulasi bhumau satyabhama vasundhara shrihthe goddess of fortune; sakshaddirectly; rukminiRukmini; bhaishmi the daughter of Bhishmaka; shivaParvati; jambavatiJambavati; tathaso; satya Satya; caalso; tulasiTulasi; bhumauon the earth; satyabhamaSatyabhama; vasundharaVasundhara. The goddess of fortune will take birth as Bhishmaka's daughter Rukmini. Lord Shiva's consort will take birth as Jambavati. Tulasi will take birth as Satya and Vasundhara as Satyabhama.

Text 38 dakshina lakshmana caiva kalindi viraja tatha bhadra hrir mitravinda ca jahnavi papa-nashini dakshinaDakshina; lakshmanaLakshmana; caalso; evaindeed; kalindi Kalindi; virajaViraja; tathaso; bhadraBhadra; hrirHri; mitravindaMitravinda; caalso; jahnaviJahnavi; papasins; nashinidestroying. Dakshina will become Lakshmana, Viraja will become Kalindi, Hri will become Bhadra, and Jhnavi, who destroys sins, will become Mitravinda. Text 39 rukminyam kamadevash ca pradyumna iti vishrutah bhavishyati na sandehas tasya tvam ca bhavishyasi rukminyamin Rukmini; kamadevasKamadeva; caand; pradyumna Pradyumna; itithus; vishrutahknown; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; sandehas doubt; tasyaof him; tvamyou; caand; bhavishyasiwill be. (Born) in Rukmini, Kamadeva will be known as Pradyumna. You will take birth as his son. Of this there is no doubt. Text 40 nando drono vasuh sakshad yashoda sa dhara smrita vrishabhanuh sucandrash ca tasya bharya kalavati nandoNanda; dronoDrona; vasuhVasu; sakshaddirectly; yashoda Yashoda; sashe; dharaDhara; smritaremembered; vrishabhanuh Vrishabhanu; sucandrasSucandra; caand; tasyaof him; bharyathe wife; kalavatiKalavati.

The Vasu Drona will become Nanda, and Dhara will be remembered as Yashoda. Sucandra will take birth as Vrishabhanu, and his wife Kalavati will also take birth. Text 41 bhumau kirtir iti khyata tasyam radha bhavishyati sada rasam karishyami gopibhir vraja-mandale bhumauon the earth; kirtirKirti; itithus; khyataknown; tasyamin her; radhaRadha; bhavishyatiwill take birth; sadaalways; rasamthe rasa dance; karishyamiI will do; gopibhirwith the gopis; vrajaof Vraja; mandalein the circle. On the earth she will be known as Kirti. In her Radha will take birth. Again and again I will perform the rasa dance in the circle of Vraja with the gopis.

Chapter Four Udyoga-prashna-varnana Description of Questions About the Lord's Appearance Text 1 shri-bhagavan uvaca nandopananda-bhavane shridama subalah sakha stoka-krishno 'rjuno 'mshush ca nava-nanda-grihe vidhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nandaof Nanda; upanandaand Upananda; bhavanein the home; shridamaShridama; subalahSubala; sakhafriends; stoka-krishnahStoka-krishna; arjunahArjuna; amshahpartial expansions; caalso; navanew; nandaof Nanda; grihein the home; vidheO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My friends Shridama and Subala will take birth in the homes of Nanda and Upananda. Stoka-krishna, Arjuna, and Amshu will take birth in the nine homes of Nanda's relatives. Text 2

vishalarishabha-tejasvidevaprastha-varuthapah bhavishyanti sakhayo me vraje sad vrishabhanushu vishalarishabha-tejasviVishala, Rishabha, and Tejasvi; devaprastha-varuthapah Devaprastha and Varuthapa; bhavishyantiwill be; sakhayahfriends; meMy; vrajein Vraja; shadsix; vrishabhanushuin the homes of the relatives of King Vrishabhanu. My friends Vishala, Rishabha, Tejasvi, Devaprastha, and Varuthapa will take birth among the six relatives of King Vrishabhanu. Text 3 shri-brahmovaca kasya vai nanda-padavi kasya vai vrishabhanuta vada deva-pate sakshad upanandasya lakshanam shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; kasyaof whom?; vaiindeed; nandaof Nanda; padavipath; kasyaof whom?; vaiindeed; vrishabhanutaof King Vrishabhanu; vadatell; devaof the demigods; pateO lord; sakshatdirectly; upanandasyaof Upananda; lakshanamthe characteristics. Shri Brahma said: Who is Nanda? Who is Vrishabhanu? O master of the demigods, please describe the nature of Upananda. Text 4 shri-bhagavan uvaca gah palayanti ghosheshu sada go-vrittayo 'nisham te gopala maya proktas tesham tvam lakshanam shrinu shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; gahcows; palayantiprotect; ghosheshuin the homes of the cowherds; sadaalways; gah for the cows; vrittayahactivities; anishamday and night; tethey; gopalah protectors of the cows; mayaby Me; proktahsaid; teshamof them; tvamyou; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: They are cowherd people. Day and night they protect the cows in the villages of cowherds. Listen and I will describe them. Text 5 nandah proktah sa-gopalair nava-laksha-gavam patih upanandash ca kathitah panca-laksha-gavam patih nandahNanda; proktahsaid; sa-gopalaihwith the gopas; nava-laksha 900,000; gavamof cows; patihthe master; upanandahUpananda; caalso; kathitahsaid; panca-laksha500,000; gavamof cows; patihthe master. The gopas say that Nanda is the master of 900,000 cows and Upananda is the master of 500,000 cows. Text 6 vrishabhanuh sa ukto yo dasha-laksha-gavam patih gavam kotir grihe yasya nanda-rajah sa eva hi vrishabhanuhVrishabhanu; sahhe; uktahsaid; yahwho; dasha-laksha one million; gavamof cows; patihthe master; gavamof cows; kotihten million; grihein the home; yasyaof whom; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; sahhe; evacertainly; hiindeed. They say that Vrishabhanu is the master of a million cows and at King Nanda's home are ten million cows. Text 7 koty-ardham ca gavam yasya vrishabhanu-varas tu sah etadrishau vraje dvau tu sucandro drona eva hi

koti-ardhamfive million; caand; gavamof cows; yasyaof whom; vrishabhanu-varahVrishabhanu; tuindeed; sahhe; etadrishaulike this; vraje in Vraja; dvautwo; tuindeed; sucandrahSucandra; dronahDrona; eva indeed; hicertainly. Vrishabhanuvara has five million cows, and Sucandra and Drona in Vraja each have that number. Text 8 sarva-lakshana-lakshyadhyau gopa-rajau bhavishyatah shata-candranananam ca sundarinam su-vasasam gopinam mad-vraje ramye shata-yutho bhavishyati sarva-lakshana-lakshya-adhyauopulent with all virtues; gopa-rajautwo gopa kings; bhavishyatahwill be; shatahundred; candramoons; anananamwhose faces; caalso; sundarinamof beautiful girls; su-vasasambeautifully dressed; gopinamgopis; matMy; vrajein Vraja; ramyebeautiful; shatahundreds; yuthahgroups; bhavishyatiwill be. These two gopa kings will be rich with all virtues. In My Vraja will also be hundreds of groups of beautiful, beautifully dressed gopis, their faces like hundreds of moons. Text 9 shri-brahmovaca he dina-bandho he deva jagat-karana-karana yuthasya lakshanam sarvam tan me bruhi pareshvara shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; heO; dinaof the poor; bandhah friend; heO; devaLord; jagatof the universes; karanaof the causes; karana the cause; yuthasyaof the groups; lakshanamcharacteristic; sarvamall; tat that; meto me; bruhiplease speak; para-ishvaraO Supreme Lord. Shri Brahma said: O friend of the poor, O Lord, O cause of the universes' causes, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please completely describe these groups (of gopis).

Text 10 shri-bhagavan uvaca arbudam dasha-kotinam munibhih kathitam vidhe dasharbudam yatra bhavet so 'pi yuthah prakathyate shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; arbudama hundred million; dashaten; kotinamten million; munibhihby sages; kathitam said; vidheO Brahma; dashaten; arbudama hundred million; yatrawhere; bhavetmay be; sahthat; apialso; yuthahgroup; prakathyateis said. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Brahma, the sages say that the number one hundred million is called one arbuda. In each group there are ten arbudas (one million). Text 11 goloka-vasinyah kashcit kashcid vai dvara-palikah shringara-prakara kashcit kashcit kashcic chayyopakarakah golokaof Goloka; vasinyahthe residents; kashcitsome; kashcitsome; vai indeed; dvara-palikahdoorkeepers; shringara-prakarahdecorators; kashcit some; kashcitsome; kashcitsome; shayya-upakarakaharranging the bed. Some of the gopis who live in Gokula are doorkeepers, some decorate (the divine couple), and some prepare the (divine couple's) bed. Text 12 parshadakhyas tatha kashcic chri-vrindavana-palikah govardhana-nivasinyah kashcit kunja-vidhayikah parshadaassociates; akhyahnamed; tathaso; kashcitsome; shrivrindavanaof Vrindavana; palikahthe protectors; govardhanaby Govardhana

Hill; nivasinyahresiding; kashcitsome; kunjain the forest groves; vidhayikah arranging. Some of these gopi associates of the Lord protect the forest of Vrindavana, some reside by Govardhana Hill, and some decorate the forest groves. Text 13 me nikunja-nivasinyo bhavishyanti vraje mama evam ca yamuna-yutho jahnavi-yutha eva ca meof Me; nikunjain the forest groves; nivasinyahresiding; bhavishyanti will be; vrajein Vraja; mamaMy; evamthus; caalso; yamunaof the Yamuna; yuthahthe group; jahnaviof the Ganges; yuthahthe group; evacertainly; ca also. Some will reside in the forests of My Vraja. Some will reside by the Yamuna and some by the Ganges. Text 14 ramaya madhu-madhavya virajayas tathaiva ca lalitaya vishakhaya maya-yutho bhavishyati ramayahof Rama; madhu-madhavyahof Madhu-Madhavi; virajayahof Viraja; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; lalitayahof Lalita; vishakhayahof Vishakha; maya-yuthahgroup; bhavishyatiwill be. Rama, Madhu-Madhavi, Viraja, Lalita, and Vishakha will each lead a group. Text 15 eta hy ashta-sakhinam3 ca sakhinam kila shodasha dvatrimshac ca sakhinam tu yutha bhavya vraje vidhe etahthey; hiindeed; ashtaeight; sakhinamof friends; caalso; sakhinam of friends; kilacertainly; shodashasixteen; dvatrimshat32; caand;

sakhinamof friends; tuindeed; yuthahgroups; bhavyahwill be; vrajein Vraja; vidheO Brahma. O Brahma, in Vraja there will be groups led by eight gopi friends, by sixteen gopi friends, and by thirty-two gopi friends. Text 16 shruti-rupa rishi-rupa maithilah kaushalas tatha ayodhya-pura-vasinyo yajna-sitah pulindakah shrutiof the Vedas; rupahforms; rishiof the sages; rupahforms; maithilah of the women of Mithila; kaushalahthe people of Koshala; tathaso; ayodhyapura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; yajna-sitahthe Yajna Sitas; pulindakah the Pulinda girls. Some of the gopis to be had been Personified Vedas, some great sages, some women in Mithila, some women in Koshala, some women in Ayodhya, some yajnsitas, and some Pulinda girls. Text 17 yasam maya varo datto purve purve yuge yuge tasam yutha bhavishyanti gopinam mad-vraje shubhe yasamto whom; mayaby Me; varahbenediction; dattahgiven; purve before; purvebefore; yuge yugein different yugas; tasamof them; yuthah groups; bhavishyantiwill be; gopinamof gopis; matMy; vrajein Vraja; shubhe beautiful. In previous millennia having received a benediction from Me, they will become various groups of gopis in My beautiful Vraja. Text 18 shri-brahmovaca etah katham vraje bhavyah kena punyena kair varaih

durlabham hi padam tad vai yogibhih purushottama shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; etahthey; kathamhow; vrajein Vraja; bhavyahwill be; kenaby what?; punyenapious deed; kaihby what?; varaihbenedictions; durlabhamdifficult to attain; hiindeed; padamstate; tat that; vaicertainly; yogibhihby yogis; purushottamaO Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shri Brahma said: How will they become (gopis) in Vraja? O Supreme Personality of Godhead, because of what pious deed or what benedictions will they attain this position even the great yogis cannot attain? Text 19 shri-bhagavan uvaca shvetadvipe ca bhumanam shrutayas tushtuvuh param ushatibhir girabhish ca prasanno 'bhut sahasra-pat shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shvetadvipe in Shvetadvipa; caalso; bhumanamthe Lord; shrutayahthe personified Vedas; tushtuvuhoffered prayers; paramgreatly; ushatibhihbeautiful; girabhihwith words; caalso; prasannahpleased; abhutbecame; sahasra-patthe universal form, who has a thousand feet. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: When in Shvetadvipa the personififed Vedas offered prayers to Him with eloquent words, the Lord's form who has thousands of feet became pleased. Text 20 shri-harir uvaca varam vrinita yuyam vai yan mano-vanchitam mahat yesham prasanno 'ham sakshat tesham kim durlabham bhuvi shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; varama benediction; vrinitachoose; yuyam you; vaicertainly; yatwhat; manahby the heart; vanchitamis desired; mahat great; yeshamby whom; prasannahpleased; ahamI am; sakshatdirectly; teshamof them; kimwhat?; durlabhamdifficult to attain; bhuvion the earth.

Shri Hari said: Choose a benediction, whatever your heart desires. What is difficult to attain for they with whom I am pleased? Text 21 shri-shrutaya ucuh van-mano-gocaratitam tato na jnayate tu tat ananda-matram iti yad vandantiha pura-vidah tad rupam darshayasmakam yadi deyo varo hi nah shri-shrutayah ucuhthe personified Vedas said; vakwords; manahand mind; gocarathe range; atitambeyond; tatahtherefore; nanot; jnayateknown; tu indeed; tatthat; anandabliss; matramonly; itithus; yatwhat; vandanti they say; ihahere; pura-vidahthe cholars of the Puranas; tatthat; rupam form; darshayaplease show; asmakamto us; yadiif; deyahto be given; varah a benediction; hiindeed; nahto us. The personified Vedas said: Because You are beyond the material mind and material words, we cannot perfectly understand You. If You wish to give us a benediction, then please directly show us Your transcendental form, which the scholars of the Puranas say is full of bliss. Text 22 shri-bhagavan uvaca shrutvaitad darshayam asa svam lokam prakriteh param kevalanubhavanandamatram aksharam avyayam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shrutva having heard; etatthis; darshayam asaHe showed; svamHis own; lokam realm; prakritehthe material world; parambeyond; kevalaonly; anubhava experience; anandabliss; matramonly; aksharamchangeless; avyayam indestructible. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Hearing this, the Lord showed them His own abode, where there is only bliss and there are neither decay nor death, . . . Text 23

yatra vrindavanam nama vanam kama-dughair drumaih manorama-nikunjadhyam sarvartu-sukha-samyutam yatrawhere; vrindavanamVrindavana; namanamed; vanam-forest; kamadughaihfulfilling desires; drumaihwith trees; manoramabeautiful; nikunja with forest groves; adhyamopulent; sarvain all; rituseasons; sukha-samyutam with happiness. . . . where there is the forest named Vrindavana, which is opulent with beautiful forests of trees that fulfill all desires, and which brings happiness in every season, . . . Text 24 yatra govardhano nama su-nirjhara-dari-yutah ratna-dhatu-mayah shriman su-pakshi-gana-sankulah yatrawhere; govardhanahGovardhana; namanamed; su-nirjharawith beautiful streams; dariand caves; yutahendowed; ratnajewels; dhatuand minerals; mayahconsisting; shrimatbeautiful; su-pakshi-gana-sankulahfilled with beautiful birds. . . . where there is the hill named Govardhana, which has beautiful caves and swiftly-moving streams, which is made of jewels and precious minerals, and which is filled with graceful birds, . . . Text 25 yatra nirmala-paniya kalindi saritam vara ratna-baddhobhaya-tati hamsa-padmadi-sankula yatrawhere; nirmalapure; paniyawater; kalindiYamuna; saritamof streams; varathe best; ratnawith jewels; baddhastudded; ubhayaboth; tati banks; hamsawith swans; padmaand lotuses; adibeginning; sankulafilled.

. . . where there is the Yamuna, which is the best of rivers, which has pure and delicious water, which is filled with lotuses, swans, and other flowers and birds, and which has shores made of precious jewels, . . . Text 26 nana-rasa-rasonmattam yatra gopi-kadambakam tat-kadambaka-madhya-sthah kishorakritir acyutah nanavarious; rasaof rasa dances; rasaby the nectar; unmattam intoxicated; yatrawhere; gopiof gopis; kadambakamthe multitude; tatkadambakaof that multitude; madhyain the middle; sthahstanding; kishora youthful; akritihform; acyutahthe infallible Lord. . . . and where the infallible Lord, whose form is that of a youth, stood among many gopis intoxicated by tasting the nectar of many rasa dances. Text 27 darshayitveti ca praha bruta kim karavani vah drito madiyo loko 'yam yato nasti param varam darshayitvahaving seen; itithus; caalso; prahasaid; brutaplease tell; kimwhat?; karavanishall I do; vahof you; driahseen; madiyahMy; lokah realm; ayamwhich; yatahthan which; nanot; astiis; parambetter; varam benediction. Having revealed this, the Lord said: What more shall I do for you? Tell Me. You have seen My realm. There is no benediction better than (seeing it). Text 28 shri-shrutaya ucuh kandarpa-koi-lavanye tvayi drie manamsi nah kamini-bhavam asadya smara-kshubdhany asamshayam

shri-shrutayah ucuhthe personified Vedas said; kandarpaof Kamadevas; koi millions; lavanyehandsomeness; tvayiwhen You; drieare seen; manamsi hearts; nahour; kaminiof beautiful and amorous girls; bhavamthe nature; asadyaattaining; smaraby amorous desires; kshubdhaniagitated; asamshayamwithout doubt. When we see You in this way, more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, our hearts become troubled with amorous desires and we yearn to become beautiful girls. Of this there is no doubt. Text 29 yatha goloka-vasinyah kaminitvena gopikah bhajanti ramanam matva cikirshajani nas tatha yathaas; goloka-vasinyahthe girls of Goloka; kaminitvenawith the status of being beautiful girls; gopikahgopis bhajantiworship; ramanama lover; matva considering; cikirshadesire; ajaniis born; nahof us; tathaso. We yearn to become beautiful gopis in Goloka who worship You as their lover. Text 30 shri-harir uvaca durlabho durghaash caiva yushmakam su-manorathah mayanumoditah samyak satyo bhavitum arhati shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; durlabhahdifficult to attain; durghaah impossible; caand; evaindeed; yushmakamyour; subeautiful; manorathah desire; mayaby Me; anumoditahallowed; samyakcompletely; satyahtrue; bhavitumto be; arhatiis worthy. Shri Hari said: Although your glorious desire is impossible and can never be attained, I will grant it. It will become true. Text 31

agamini virincau tu jate sriy-artham udyate kalpa-sarasvatam prapya vraje gopyo bhavishyatha agaminicome; virincauwhen Brahma; tuindeed; jateis born; srii creation; arthamfor the purpose; udyateis manifested; kalpa-sarasvatamthe Sarasvata-kalpa; prapyaattaining; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyatha you will become. When a new Brahma is born to create (the universe), and the time of Sarasvatakalpa arrives, you will become gopis in Vraja. Text 32 prithivyam bharate kshetre mathure mama mandale vrindavane bhavishyami preyan vo rasa-mandale prithivyamon the earth; bharatein Bharata-varsha; kshetrein the place; mathurein the district of Mathura; mamaMy; mandalecircle; vrindavanein Vrindavana; bhavishyamiI will become; preyanthe beloved; vahof you; rasa of the rasa dance; mandalein the circle. On the earth, in Bharata-varsha, in the circle of Mathura, in Vrindavana, in the rasa-dance circle, I will become your beloved. Text 33 jara-dharmena su-sneham su-dridham sarvato 'dhikam mayi samprapya sarva hi kritakritya bhavishyatha jara-dharmenaas a paramour; su-snehamaffection; su-dridhamfirm; sarvatahthan all; adhikamgreater; mayifor Me; samprapyaattaining; sarvah all; hiindeed; kritakrityahusccessful; bhavishyathayou will become. Passionately loving Me as your paramour, you will all become perfect. Text 34

shri-bhagavan uvaca tash ca gopyo bhavishyanti purva-kalpa-varan mama anyasam caiva gopinam lakshanam shrinu tad vidhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tahthey; ca also; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill become; purvaprevious; kalpafrom the kalpa; varanbenedictions; mamaMy; anyasamof other; caalso; eva certainly; gopinamgopis; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear; tat that; vidheO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Because of the previous kalpa's benediction they will become gopis. O Brahma, now hear the description of the other gopis. Text 35 suranam rakshanarthaya rakshasanam vadhaya ca tretayam ramacandro 'bhud viro dasharathatmajah suranamof the devotees; rakshanarthayafor protection; rakshasanamof the demons; vadhayafor the killing; caalso; tretayamin Treta-yuga; ramacandrah Ramacandra; abhutwas; virahhero; dasharathaof Dasharatha; atmajahthe son. To protect the devotees and kill the demons the Lord appeared in Treta-yuga as Dasharatha's son, the hero Ramacandra. Text 36 sita-svayamvaram gatva dhanur-bhangam cakara sah uvaha janakim sitam ramo rajiva-locanah sitaof Sita; svayamvaramto the svayamvara; gatvahaving gone; dhanuh of the bow; bhangambreaking; cakaradid; sahHe; uvahamarried; janakim Janaka's daughter; sitamSita; ramahRama; rajivalotus; locanaheyed.

Lotus-eyed Rama went to Sita's svayamvara, broke the bow, and married Janaka's daughter Sita. Text 37 tam driva maithilah sarvah purandhryo mumuhur vidhe rahasy ucur mahatmanam bharta no bhava he ragho tamHim; drivaseeing; maithilahthe women of Mithila; sarvahall; purandhryahmarried; mumuhuhbecame agitated; vidheO Brahma; rahasiin a secluded place; ucuhsaid; mahatmanamto the Lord; bhartathe husband; nah of us; bhavaplease become; heO; raghahRaghu. O Brahma, when they saw Him, all the married women of Mithila were overcome with desire. In a secluded place they all approached the Lord and said, "O descendent of Raghu, please become our husband." Text 38 ta aha raghavendrash ca ma shocam kuruta striyah dvaparante karishyami bhavatinam manoratham tahto them; ahasaid; raghavaof the Raghava dynasty; indrahthe king; ca also; madon't; shocamlament; kurutado; striyahwomen; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; karishyamiI will do; bhavatinamof you; manorathamthe desire. Rama, the king of the Raghavas, said to them, "O women, don't be unhappy. At the end of Dvapara-yuga and I will fulfill your desire." Text 39 tirtham danam tapo shaucam samacarata tattvatah shraddhaya paraya bhaktya vraje gopyo bhavishyatha

tirthampilgrimage; danamcharity; tapahausterity; shaucamcleanliness; samacarataperform; tattvatahin truth; shraddhayawith faith; parayawith great; bhaktyadevotion; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. With great faith and devotion honestly go on pilgrimages, give charity, perform austerities, and follow the rules of cleanliness. Then you will become gopis in Vraja. Text 40 iti tabhyo varam datva shri-ramah karuna-nidhih koshalan prayayau dhanvi tejasa jita-bhargavah itithus; tabhyahto them; varambenediction; datvagiving; shri-ramah Shri Rama; karunaof mercy; nidhihan ocean; koshalanto the country of the Koshalas; prayayauwent; dhanviwith His bow; tejasawith power; jita conquered; bhargavahParashurama. After giving them this benediction, Shri Rama, who is an ocean of mercy and an expert bowman, with His great prowess defeated Parashurama and then went to the country of the Koshalas. Text 41 marge ca kaushala naryo ramam drivati-sundaram manasa vavrire tam vai patim kandarpa-mohanam margeon the road; caalso; kaushalah naryahthe women of Koshala; ramam Lord Rama; drivaseeing; ativery; sundaramhandsome; manasawith their hearts; vavrirechose; tamHim; vaiindeed; patimas their husband; kandarpathan many Kamadevas; mohanamcharming. Seeing on the path very handsome Lord Rama, who is more charming than a host of Kamadevas, the women of Koshala in their hearts chose Him to be their husband. Text 42

manasapi varam ramo dadau tabhyo hy ashesha-vit manoratham karishyami vraje gopyo bhavishyatha manasawith the heart; apialso; varamchoice; ramahRama; dadaugave; tabhyahthem; hiindeed; asheshaall; vitknowing; manorathamdesire; karishyamiI will do; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. In His heart all-knowing Rama gave them this benediction: "You will become gopis in Vraja, and then I will fulfill your desire." Text 43 agatam sitaya sardham sainyena raghu-nandanam ayodhya-pura-vasinyah shrutva drashum samayayuh agatamarrived; sitayaSita; sardhamwith; sainyenaarmy; raghunandanamthe joy of the Raghus; ayodhya-pura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; shrutvahearing; drashumto see; samayayuhcame. When He came with Sita and with His army, the women of Ayodhya went to see the joy of the Raghus. Text 44 vikshya tam moham apanna murchitah prema-vihvalah tepus tapas tah sarayutire rama-dhrita-vratah vikshyaseeing; tamHim; mohamagitation; apannahattained; murchitah fainted; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; tepus tapahthey performed austerities; tahthey; sarayuof the Sarayu river; tireon the shore; rama-dhritavratahwith a vow to attain Lord Rama. Seeing Him, they become bewildered and fainted, overcome with love. With a vow to attain Lord Rama they performed austerities on the Sarayu's bank.

Text 45 akasha-vag abhut tasam dvaparante manorathah bhavishyati na sandehah kalindi-tira-je vane akashafrom the sky; vaka voice; abhutwas; tasamof them; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; manorathahdesire; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; sandehahdoubt; kalindiof the Yamuna; tiraon the bank; jeborn; vanein the forest. A voice from the sky (said) to them, "At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in the forest by the Yamuna's shore, (your) desire will be fulfilled. Of this there is no doubt." Text 46 pitur vakyad yada ramo dandakakhyam vanam gatah cacara sitaya sardham lakshmanena dhanushmata pituhof His father; vakyatby the statement; yadawhen; ramahRama; dandakaDandaka; akhyamnamed; vanamto the forest; gatahgone; cacara went; sitayaSita; sardhamwith; lakshmanenaand Lakshmana; dhanushmata the expert bowman. Then, because of His father's words, He went with Sita and the expert bowman Lakshmana to the Dandaka forest. Text 47 gopalopasakah sarve dandakaranya-vasinah dhyayantah satatam mam vai rasartham dhyana-tat-parah gopalaof Lord Gopala; upasakahworshipers; sarveall; dandakaranyavasinahthe residents of the Dandaka forest; dhyayantahmeditating; satatam always; mamon Me; vaiindeed; rasathe rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; dhyana-tat-parahrapt in meditation.

All the sages in the Dandaka forest were worshipers of Lord Gopala. To attain the rasa dance they always meditated on Me. Text 48 yesham ashramam asadya dhanur-bana-dharo yuva tesham dhyane gato ramo jaa-mukua-manditah yeshamof whom; ashramamthe hermitage; asadyaattaining; dhanuh bow; banaand arrows; dharahholding; yuvayoung; teshamof them; dhyane in meditation; gatahgone; ramahrama; jaa-mukua-manditahdecorated with matted locks of hair. He came to their ashrama as a youth carrying bow and arrows. Then He appeared in their meditation as a sage with matted hair. Text 49 anyakritim te tam vikshya param vismita-manasah dhyanad utthaya dadrishuh koi-kandarpa-sannibham anyaanother; akritimform; tethey; tamHim; vikshyaseeing; param then; vismitasurprised; manasahat heart; dhyanatfrom meditation; utthaya rising; dadrishuhthey saw; koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadeva's; sannibham like. Surprised at heart by seeing this other form, they rose from their meditation and saw Lord Rama, who was like millions of Kamadevas. Text 50 ucus te 'yam nu gopalo vamshi-vetre vina prabhuh ittham vicarya manasa nemush cakruh stutim param

ucuhsaid; tethey; ayamHe; nuindeed; gopalahis Gopala; vamshia flute; vetreand stick; vinawithout; prabhuhthe Lord; itthamthus; vicarya thinking; manasawith their heart; nemuhbowed down; cakruhdid; stutim prayers; paramgreat. They said, "He is Lord Gopala, who has come without His flute and stick." Thinking in this way in their hearts, they bowed down and offered eloquent prayers. Text 51 varam vrinita munayah shri-ramas tan uvaca ha yatha sita tatha sarve bhuyah sma iti vadinah varama benediction; vrinitaplease choose; munayahO sages; shri-ramah Shri Rama; tanto them; uvacasaid; haindeed; yathaas; sitaSita; tathaso; sarveall; bhuyah smalet us become; itithus; vadinahsaying. Shri Rama said to them, "O sages, please choose a benediction." They said, "As Sita is, so let us all become." Text 52 shri-rama uvaca yatha hi lakshmano bhrata tatha prarthyo varo yadi adyaiva sa-phalo bhavyo bhavadbhir mat-prasangatah shri-ramah uvacaShri Rama said; yathaas; hiindeed; lakshmanah Lakshmana; bhratabrother; tathaso; prarthyahrequested; varahbenediction; yadiif; adyatoday; evaindeed; sa-phalahfruitful; bhavyahwill be; bhavadbhihby you; matof Me; prasangatahby the association. Shri Rama said: If you had asked this of My brother Lakshmana, I would arrange that today your wish would bear its fruit. Text 53 sita yatheti vakyena

durghao durlabho varah eka-patni-vrato 'ham vai maryada-purushottamah sitaSiata; yathaas; itithus; vakyenaby the statement; durghaah impossible; durlabhahunattainable; varahbenediction; ekaone; patniwife; vratahvow; ahamI; vaiindeed; maryadaof the rules of religion; purushaof persons; uttamahthe best. This request, to become "as Sita is" is impossible and can never be granted. I have vowed to accept only one wife, and I am the best of they who follow the rules of religion. Text 54 tasmat tu mad-varenapi dvaparante bhavishyatha manoratham karishyami bhavatam vanchitam param tasmattherefore; tuindeed; matof Me; varenaby the benediction; api also; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bhavishyathayou will become; manorathamdesire; karishyamiI will do; bhavatamof you; vanchitamdesired; paramthen. For this reason, by My benediciton, at the end of Dvapara-yuga you will become (as She). Then I will fulfill your wish. Text 55 iti datva varam ramas tatah pancavatim gatah parna-shalam samasadya vana-vasam cakara ha itithus; datvahaving given; varambenediction; ramahRama; tatahthen; pancavatimto the Pa 24cavati forest; gatahwent; parnaof leaves; shalama cottage; samasadyaattaining; vanain the forest; vasamresidence; cakara did; haindeed. After giving this benediction, Rama went to Pa 24cavati. He went to a leaf-hut, and there He lived in the forest.

Text 56 tad-darshana-smara-rujah pulindyah prema-vihvalah shrimat-pada-rajo dhritva pranams tyaktum samudyatah tatof Him; darshanaby the sight; smarawith amorous desires; rujah agitated; pulindyahPulinda girls; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; shrimat of the handsome Lord; padaof the feet; rajahthe dust; dhritvaholding; prananlife; tyaktumto abandon; samudyatahwere ready. When they saw Him, some aborigine girls became tortured with lust. Overcome with love, they grasped the dust of His feet, intent on then giving up their lives. Text 57 brahmacari-vapur bhutva ramas tatra samagatah uvaca prana-santyagam ma kuryata striyo vritha brahmacariof a brahmacari; vapuhthe form; bhutvabecoming; ramah Rama; tatrathere; samagatahwent; uvacasaid; pranaof life; santyagam giving up; madon't; kuryatado; striyahO women; vrithauselessly. Assuming the form of a brahmacari, Rama went to them and said, "O women, do not give up your lives without good reason. Text 58 vrindavane dvaparante bhavita vo manorathah ity uktva brahmacari tu tatraivantaradhiyata vrindavanein Vrindavana; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bhavita will become; vahof you; manorathahthe desire; itithus; uktvasaying; brahmacarithe brahmacari; tucertainly; tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared.

"In Vrindavana, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, your desire will be fulfilled." Saying this, the brahmacari disappeared. Text 59 atha ramo vanarendrai ravanadin nishacaran jitva lankam etya sitapushpakena puram yayau athathen; ramahRama; vanaraof monkeys; indraihwith the kings; ravanaadinbeginning with ravana; nishacarandemons, who move in the night; jitva defeating; lankamLanka; etyagoing; sitaSita; pushpakenaon a flowerchariot; puramto His own city; yayauwent. Then, aided by the monkey-kings, Rama defeated the nocturnal demons headed by Ravana, entered Lanka and, on a flower-chariot carrying Sita, returned to His own city. Text 60 sitam tatyaja rajendro vane lokapavadatah aho satam api bhuvi bhavanam bhuri-duhkha-dam sitamSita; tatyajarenouncing; rajaof kings; indrahthe king; vanein the forest; lokaof the people; apavadatahbecause of the criticism; ahahah; satam of the saintly devotees; apialso; bhuviin the world; bhavanammanifestation; bhurigreat; duhkhapain; damgiving. Then, because of the criticism of the ordinary people, Rama, the king of kings, abandoned Sita in the forest. Ah, this brought great pain to the saintly devotees in the world. Text 61 yada yadakarod yajnam ramo rajiva-locanah tada tada svarnamayim sitam kritva vidhanatah

yada yadawhenever; akarotperformed; yajnama sacrifice; ramahRama; rajivalotus; locanaheyed; tadathen; tadathen; svarnamayimgolden; sitam Sita; kritvamaking; vidhanatahaccording to the rules of religion. Whenever he performed a yajna, lotus-eyed Rama, following the rules of religion, had made a golden Deity of Sita. Text 62 yajna-sita-samuho 'bhun mandire raghavasya ca tash chaitanya-ghana bhutva rantum ramam samagatah yajna-sita-samuhaha multitude of these Deities; abhutwas; mandirein the palace; raghavasyaof Rama; caand; tahthey; chaitanya-ghana bhutvahaving come to life; rantumto enjoy; ramamto Rama; samagatahwent. In Rama's palace there were many of these yajna Deities of Sita. (One day) they came to life and approached Rama to enjoy (with Him). Text 63 ta aha raghu-vamshendro naham grihnami he priyah tadocus tah prema-para ramam dasharathatmajam tahto them; ahasaid; raghu-vamsha-indrahthe king of the Raghu dynasty; nanot; ahamI; grihnamiI accept; heO; priyahO beloveds; tadathen; ucuh said; tahthey; prema-parahfull of love; ramamto Rama; dasharathaof Dasharatha; atmajamthe son. To them Rama, the king of the Raghu dynasty, said, O beloved wives, I cannot accept you". Then, filled with love, they said to Rama, the son of Dasharatha, . . . Text 64 katham casman na grihnasi bhajantir maithilih satih ardhangi yajna-kaleshu

satatam karya-sadhinih kathamwhy?; caand; asmanus; nanot; grihnasiYou accept; bhajantih the worshiping; maithilih satihchaste women of Mithila; ardhahalf; angiYour body; yajnaof the yajna; kaleshuat the times; satatamalways; karya-sadhinih performing duties with You. . . . "Why do You not accept us? We are all Sita, the chaste daughter of the king of Mithila. We are half of Your body. At the time of the yajnas we were Your assistants. Text 65 dharmishhas tvam shruti-dharo 'dharmavad bhashase katham karam grihitva tyajasi tatah papam avapsyasi dharmishhahreligious; tvamYou; shruti-dharahaware of the teachings of the Vedas; adharmavatlike an impious person; bhashaseYou speak; katham why?; karamhand; grihitvataking; tyajasiYou reject; tatahthen; papamsin; avapsyasiYou will attain. "You are a pious person. You know the teaching of the Vedas. Why do You speak as one who is impious? First You take our hand and then You reject us. From this You will incur sin." Text 66 shri-rama uvaca samicinam vacah satyam yushmabhir gaditam ca me eka-patni-vrato 'ham hi rajarshih sitayaikaya shri-ramah uvacaShri Rama said; samicinamright; vacahstatement; satyam truth; yushmabhihby you; gaditamsaid; caalso; meof Me; ekaone; patni wife; vratahvow; ahamI; hiIndeed; rajaking; rishihsage; sitayaby Sita; ekayaalone. Shri Rama said: Your words are right. What you say to Me is true. (Still,) I am religious king, and I have vowed to accept only Sita as My wife.

Text 67 tasmad yuyam dvaparante punye vrindavane vane bhavishyatha karishyami yushmakam tu manoratham tasmattherefore; yuyamyou; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; punyespiritual; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vaneforest; bhavishyathayou will be; karishyamiI will do; yushmakamof you; tucertainly; manorathamthe desire. Therefore at the end of Dvapara-yuga you will take birth in the spiritual land of Vrindavana, and there I will fulfill your desire. Text 68 ta vraje 'pi bhavishyanti yajna-sitash ca gopikah anyasam caiva gopinam lakshanam shrinu tad vidhe tshthey;a vrajein Vraja; apiand; bhavishyantiwill be; yajna-sitahthe yajn-sitas; caalso; gopikahgopis; anyasamof other; caalso; evaindeed; gopinamgopis; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear; tatthat; vidhe O Brahma. These yajna Deities of Sita will also become gopis in Vraja. Now hear, O Brahma, of the other gopis.

Chapter Five Bhagavad-agamanodyoga-purana The Lord's Appearance Texts 1 and 2 shri-bhagavan uvaca rama-vaikunha-vasinyah shvetadvipa-sakhi-janah urdhva-vaikunha-vasinyas

tathajita-padashrayah shri-lokacala-vasinyah shri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah ta gopyo 'pi bhavishyanti lakshmi-pati-varad vraje shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ramavaikunha-vasinyahthe women of Rama-Vaikunha; shvetadvipa-sakhi-janahthe women of Shvetadvipa; urdhva-vaikunha-vasinyahthe women of UrdhvaVaikunha; tathaso; ajita-pada-ashrayahthe women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita; shri-lokacala-vasinyahthe women of Lokacala; shri-sakhyo api samudra-jahthe women born from the ocean; tahthey; gopyahgopis; api also; bhavishyantiwill become; lakshmi-patiof Lord Narayana, the husband of Lakshmi; varatfrom the benediction; vrajein Vraja. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The women of Rama-Vaikunha, the women of Shvetadvipa, the women of Urdhva-Vaikunha, the women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet, the women of Lokacala, and the daughters of Varuna will become gopis in Vraja because of a benediction offered by Lord Narayana, the husband of Lakshmi. Text 3 kashcid divya adivyash ca tatha tri-guna-vrittayah bhumi-gopyo bhavishyanti punyair nana-vidhaih kritaih kashcitsome; divyahwomen of the heavenly planets; adivyahwomen not from the heavenly planets; caand; tathaso; tri-guna-vrittayahthe actions of the three modes; bhumion the earth; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill become; punyaihby pious deeds; nana-vidhaihvarious; kritaihdone. Some women from the heavenly planets, some women not from the heavenly planets, and some women acting in the three modes will, because of various kinds of pious activities, become gopis on the earth. Text 4 yajnavataram ruciram ruci-putram divas-patim mohitah pratibhavena vikshya deva-jana-striyah

yajnaas; avataramincarnation; ruciramhandsome; ruci-putramthe son of Ruci; divahof the heavenly planets; patimthe master; mohitahcharmed; pritibhavenawith love; vikshyaseeing; deva-jana-striyahthe demigoddesses. When the saw handsome Yajna-avatara, who is the son of Ruci and the master of the heavenly planets, the demigoddesses were overcome with love for Him. Text 5 tash ca devala-vakyena tapas tepur himacale bhaktya paramaya ta me gopyo bhavya vraje vidhe tahthey; caalso; devalaof Devala Muni; vakyenaby the words; tapas tepuhperformed austerities; himacalein the Himalayas; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; tahthey; meMy; gopyahgopis; bhavyahwill be; vrajein Vraja; vidheO Brahma. On Devala Muni's advice with great devotion to Me they performed austerities in the Himalayas. O Brahma, they will become gopis in Vraja. Text 6 antarhite bhagavati deve dhanvantarau bhuvi aushadhyo duhkham apanna nishphala bharate 'bhavan antarhitedisappeared; bhagavati deve dhanvantarauwhen Lord Dhanvantari; bhuviin the earth; aushadhyahmedicines; duhkhamunhappiness; apanna attained; nishphalafruitless; bharatein Bharata-varsha; abhavanbecame. When Lord Dhanvantari disappeared from the earth, all the medicines in Bharata-varsha became unhappy. They all became useless and ineffective. Text 7 siddhy-artham tas tapas tepuh striyo bhutva manoharah catur-yuge vyatite tu prasanno 'bhud dharih param

siddhiperfection; arthamfor the purpose; tahthey; tapas tepuhperformed austerities; striyahwomen; bhutvabecoming; manoharahbeautiful; catur-yuge when the four yugas; vyatitehad passed; tuindeed; prasannahpleased; abhutbecame; dharihLord Hari; paramthen. To regain their powers they transformed themselves into beautiful women and performed austerities. When four yugas had passed Lord Hari became pleased with them. Text 8 varam vrinita cety uktam shrutva naryo maha-vane tam driva moham apanna ucur bharta bhavatra nah varama benediction; vrinitachoose; caalso; iti-thus; uktamsaid; shrutva hearing; naryahthe women; maha-vanein the great forest; tamHim; driva seeing; moham apannabecame enchanted; ucuhsaid; bhartahusband; bhava become; atrahere; nahof us. Seeing the Lord in a great forest, they became completely enchanted by Him. Hearing Him say, "Please choose a benediction," they said, "Please become our husband here". Text 9 shri-harir uvaca vrindavane dvaparante lata bhutva manoharah bhavishyatha striyo rase karishyami vacash ca vah shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; vrindavanein Vrindavana; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; latahvines; bhutvabecoming; manoharahbeautiful; bhavishyathayou will become; striyahwomen; rasein the rasa dance; karishyamiI will make; vacahwords; caalso; vahof you. Shri Hari said: In Vrindavana, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, you will become flowering vines and then you will change into women in the arena of the rasa dance. I promise this to you.

Text 10 shri-bhagavan uvaca bhakti-bhava-samayukta bhuri-bhagya varanganah lata-gopyo bhavishyanti vrindaranye pitamaha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhakti-bhava with devotional love; samayuktahendowed; bhurivery; bhagyahfortunate; vara-anganahbeautiful women; latavines; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill be; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; pitamahaO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In Vrindavana they will become beautiful and very fortunate flowering-vine gopis filled with love (for Me). Text 11 jalandharyash ca ya naryo vikshya vrinda-patim harim ucur vayam harih sakshad asmakam tu varo bhavet jalandharyahthe women of Jalandhara; caand; yahwho; naryahwomen; vikshyaseeing; vrinda-patimthe husband of Vrinda; harimLord Hari; ucuh said; vayamwe; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; asmakamof us; tuindeed; varahchoice; bhavetis. When the women of the Jalandhara country saw Lord Hari, the husband of Vrinda, they said (to themselves), "May Lord Hari be our chosen husband". Text 12 akasha-vag abhut tasam bhajatashu rama-patim yatha vrinda tatha yuyam vrindaranye bhavishyatha akasha-vaka voice from the sky; abhutwas; tasamof them; bhajata worship; ashuat once; rama-patimthe husband of the goddess of fortune; yatha as; vrindaVrinda; tathaso; yuyamyou; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; bhavishyathawill become.

Then a voice from the sky said to them, "Worship Lord Narayana, the husband of Rama, and in Vrindavana you will become like Vrinda." Text 13 samudra-kanyah shri-matsyam harim driva ca mohitah ta hi gopyo bhavishyanti shri-matsyasya varad vraje samudra-kanyahthe daughters of Varuna; shri-matsyamShri Matsya; harim Lord Harim; drivahaving seen; caand; mohitahenchanted; tahthey; hi indeed; gopygopis; bhavishyantiwill become; shri-matsyasyaof Shri Matsya; varatby the benediction; vrajein Vraja. When Varuna's daughters saw Lord Hari as Shri Matsya, they became bewildered with love for Him. By Lord Matsya's benediction they will become gopis in Vraja. Text 14 asid raja prithuh sakshan mamamshash canda-vikramah jitva shatrun nripa-shreshho dharam kaman dudoha sah asitwas; raja prithuhKing Prithu; sakshatdirectly; mamaMy; amshah partial incarnation; canda-vikramahpowerful; jitvaafter conquering; shatrunHis enemies; nripa-shreshhahthe best of kings; dharamfrom the earth; kaman desires; dudohamilked; sahHe. There was a powerful king named Prithu who was a partial incarnation of Me. After defeating His enemies, He, the best of kings, milked many desirable things from the earth. Text 15 barhishmati-bhavas tatra prithum driva pura-striyah atreh samipam agatya ta ucur moha-vihvalah

barhishmati-bhavahborn in Barhishmati; tatrathere; prithumPrithu; driva seeing; pura-striyahwomen of the city; atrehof Atri Muni; samipamnear; agatyaarriving; tahthey; ucuhsaid; moha-vihvalahovercome with love. When the women of Barhishmati City saw Lord Prithu they became overwhelmed with love for Him. Approaching Atri Muni, they said: Text 16 ayam tu raja-rajendrah prithuh prithula-vikramah katham varo bhaven no vai tad vada tvam maha-mune ayamHe; tuindeed; rajaof kings; rajaof kings; indrahthe king; prithuh Prithu; prithula-vikramahvery powerful; kathamhow?; varahhusband; bhaven may be; nahof us; vaicertainly; tatthat; vadatell; tvamyou; maha-mune O great sage. "O great sage, please tell us how powerful Prithu, the king of the kings of kings, may become our husband." Text 17 shri-atrir uvaca go-doham kurutashv adya prithviyam dharanamayi sarvam dasyati vo durgam manoratha-maharnavam shri-atrih uvacaAtri said; go-dohamcow's milk; kurutado; ashuat once; adyanow; prithvi iyamthe earth; dharanamayiin meditation; sarvam everything; dasyatiwill give; vahto you; durgamdifficult to attain; manoratha of desires maha-arnavamthe great ocean. Shri Atri Muni said: In meditation make an offering of milk to her and the earth will give you a great and impassable ocean of fulfilled desires. Text 18 shri-bhagavan uvaca

manoratham praduduhur manah-patrena tash ca gam tasmad gopyo bhavishyanti vrindaranye pitamaha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; manoratham desire; praduduhuhmilked; manahof the mind; patrenawith a milk-pail; tah they; caalso; gamthe earth; tasmatfrom that; gopyahgopis; bhavishyanti will become; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; pitamahaO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Using their thoughts as a milk-pail, they milked their desire from the cow-earth. In this way they will become gopis in Vrindavana, O Brahma. Text 19 kama-sena-mohanartham divya apsaraso varah narayanasya sahasa babhuvur gandha-madane kamaof Kamadeva; senathe army; mohanabewilderment; arthamfor the purpose; divyaheavenly; apsarasahApsara girls; varahbest; narayanasyaof Narayana; sahasaat once; babhuvuhbecame; gandha-madaneon Gandhamadana Mountain. To bewilder Kamadeva's army, on Mount Gandhamadana Narayana Rishi manifested a host of the most beautiful divine Apsara girls. Text 20 bhartri-kamash ca ta aha siddho narayano munih manoratho vo bhavita vraje gopyo bhavishyatha bhartrias their husband; kamahdesiring; caalso; tahto them; ahasaid; siddhahperfect; narayano munihNarayana Rishi; manorathahthe desire; vah of you; bhavitawill be; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. When they wished Him as their husband, perfect Narayana Rishi said to them, "You will become gopis in Vraja. Then your desire will be fulfilled."

Text 21 striyah sutala-vasinyo vamanam vikshya mohitah tapas taptva bhavishyanti gopyo vrindavane vidhe striyahwomen; sutalain Sutala; vasinyahresiding; vamanamLord Vamana; vikshyaseeing; mohitahcharmed; tapas taptvaperforming austerities; bhavishyantiwill be; gopyahgopis; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vidhe O Brahma. When the women of Sutalaloka saw Lord Vamana, they fell in love with Him and (to attain Him) they performed austerities. They will become gopi in Vraja, O Brahma. Text 22 nagendra-kanyakah shesham bhejur bhaktya varecchaya sankarshanasya rasartham bhavishyanti vraje ca tah nagaof snakes; indraof the king; kanyakahthe daughters; sheshamLord Shesha; bhejuhworshiped; bhaktyawith devotion; varaa husband; icchaya with the desire; sankarshanasyaof Lord Sankarshana; rasaof the rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; bhavishyantiwill be; vrajein Vraja; caalso; tahthey. Snake princesses that, desiring Him as their husband, worshiped Lord Shesha, will take birth in Vraja (to attain) Lord Balarama's rasa dance. Text 23 kashyapo vasudevash ca devaki caditih para shurah prano dhruvah so 'pi devako 'vatarishyati kashyapahKashyapa; vasudevahVasudeva; caand; devakiDevaki; ca also; aditihAditi; paragreat; shurahShurasena; pranahlife; dhruvahDhruva; sahhe; apiindeed; devakahDeavaka; avatarishyatiwill descend.

Kashyapa will descend as Vasudeva, exalted Aditi as Devaki, Prana Vasu as Shurasena, and Dhruva Vasu as Devaka. Text 24 vasush caivoddhavah sakshad daksho 'kruro daya-parah hridiko dhanadash caiva kritavarma tv apam patih vasuhVasu; caalso; evaindeed; uddhavahUddhava; sakshatdirectly; dakshahDaksha; akrurahAkrura; daya-parahmerciful; hridikahHridika; dhanadahKuvera; caalso; evaindeed; kritavarmaKritavarma; tindeed; apam of waters; patihthe lord. Vasu will decsned as Uddhava, Daksha as kind Akrura, Kuvera as Hridika, and Varuna as Kritavarma. Text 25 gadah pracinabarhish ca maruto hy ugrasena ut tasya raksham karishyami rajyam datva vidhanatah gadahGada; pracinabarhihPracinabarhi; caand; marutahMaruta; hi indeed; ugrasenaUgrasena; utindeed; tasyaof him; rakshamprotection; karishyamiI will do; rajyamthe kingdom; datvahaving given; vidhanatah properly. Pracinabarhi will descend as Gada and Maruta as Ugrasena. I will give the kingdom to Ugrasena and I will protect him. Text 26 yuyudhanash cambarishah prahladah satyakis tatha kshirabdhih shantanuh sakshad bhishmo drono vasuttamah

yuyudhanahYuyudhana; caand; ambarishahAmbarisha; prahladah Prahlada; satyakihSatyakis; tathaso; kshirabdhihthe ocean of milk; shantanuh Shantanu; sakshatdirectly; bhishmahBhishma; dronahDrona; vasuttamah the best of the Vasus. Ambarisha will descend as Yuyudhana, Prahlada as Satyaki, Kshirabdhi as Shantanu, and Drona Vasuttama as Bhishma. Text 27 shalyash caiva divodaso dhritarashro bhago ravih panduh pusha satam shreshho dharmo raja yudhishhirah shalyahShalya; cacertainly; evaindeed; divodasahDivodasa; dhritarashrahDhritarashra; bhagahBhaga; ravihRavi; panduhPandu; pusha Pusha; satamof the devotees; shreshhahthe best; dharmahDharma; raja king; yudhishhirahYudhishhira. Divodasa will decsend as Shalya, Bhaga as Dhritarashra, Pusha as Pandu, and King Dharma, the best of the devotees, as Yudhishhira. Text 28 bhimo vayur balishhash ca manuh svayambhuvo 'rjunah shatarupa subhadra ca savita karna eva hi bhimahBhima; vayuhVayu; balishhahstrong; caalso; manuhManu; svayambhuvahSvayambhuva; arjunahArjuna; shatarupaShatarupa; subhadra Subhadra; caalso; savitaSavita; karnaKarna; evaindeed; hicertainly. Powerful Vayu will descend as Bhima, Svayambhuva Manu as Arjuna, Shatarupa as Subhadra, and Savita as Karna. Text 29 nakulah sahadevash ca smritau dvav ashvini-sutau dhata bahlikavirash ca

vahnir dronah pratapavan nakulahNakula; sahadevahSahadeva; caand; smritauconsidered; dvav ashvini-sutauthe two Ashvini-kumaras; dhataDhata; bahlikavirahthe hero Bahlika; caand; vahnihVahni; dronahDrona; pratapavanpowerful. The two Ashvini-kumaras will descend as Nakula and Sahadeva. Dhata will descend as heroic Bahlika, and powerful Vahni as Dronacarya. Text 30 duryodhanah kaler amsho 'bhimanyuh soma eva ca draunih sakshac chivasyapi rupam bhumau bhavishyati duryodhanahDuryodhana; kalehof Kali; amshaha part; abhimanyuh Abhimanyu; somaSoma; evacertainly; caindeed; draunihDrona's son Ashvatthama; sakshatdirectly; shivasyaof Lord Shiva; apialso; rupamthe form; bhumauon the earth; bhavishyatiwill be. A partial incarnation of Kali will descend as Duryodhana. Soma will descend as Abhimanyu. Lord Shiva will place His own form on the earth as Dronacarya's son Ashvatthama. Text 31 ittham yadoh kauravanam anyesham bhu-bhujam nrinam kule kule bhavantash ca svamshaih stribhir mad-ajnaya itthamthus; yadohof the Yadus; kauravanamof the Kurus; anyeshamof others; bhu-bhujamkings; nrinamhuman; kule kulein family after family; bhavantahbeing; caalso; svaown; amshaihpartial expansions; stribhihwith their wives; matof Me; ajnayaby the order. In this way, by My order (the demigods) and their wives will take birth in the families of the Yadus, Kurus, and other human kings. Text 32

ye ye 'vatara me purvam tesham rajnyo ramamshakah bhavishya raja-rajnishu sahasrani ca shodasha ye yewhoever; avatarahincarnations; meof Me; purvampreviously; teshamof Them; rajnyahkings; ramaof the goddess of fortune; amshakah partial expansions; bhavishyahwill be; raja-rajnishuin queens; sahasrani thousands; caand; shodashasixteen. Whenever in the past I incarnated in the world, the goddess of fortune would also incarnate as My queen. This time she will incarnate as My sixteen-thousand queens. Text 33 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva shri-haris tatra brahmanam kamalasanam divya-rupam bhagavatim yogamayam uvaca ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; shri-harih Shri Hari; tatrathere; brahmanamto Brahma; kamalasanamwho sits on a lotus throne; divya-rupamwhose form is spiritual; bhagavatimgoddess; yogamayam Yogamaaya; uvaca hasaid. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words to the demigod Brahma, who sits on a lotus throne, Shri Hari spoke to goddess Yogamaya, whose form is spiritual. Texts 34 and 35 shri-bhagavan uvaca devakyah saptamam garbham sannikrishya maha-mate vasudevasya bharyayam kamsa-trasa-bhayat punah nanda-vraje sthitayam ca rohinyam sanniveshaya nanda-patnyam bhava tvam vai kritvedam karma cadbhutam

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; devakyahof Devaki; saptamamthe seventh; garbhamembryo; sannikrishyadragging; maha-mate+O noble-hearted one; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; bharyayamin the wife; kamsaof Kamsa; trasaof the fear; bhayatof the fear; punahagain; nandaof Nanda; vrajein Vraja; sthitayamstaying; caalso; rohinyamin Rohini; sanniveshayaplace; nanda-patnyamin Nanda's wife; bhavabe; tvam you; vaicertainly; kritvahaving done; idamthis; karmawork; caalso; adbhutamwonderful. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O noble-hearted one, take the seventh embryo from Vasudeva's wife Devaki and place it in Rohini, who is staying in Vraja out of fear of Kamsa. When you have done that wonderful deed, you yourself become an embryo in Nanda's wife. Text 36 shri-narada uvaca shrutva brahma deva-ganair natva krishnam parat param bhumim ashvasya vanibhih sva-dhama nijam ayayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; brahmaBrahma; deva-ganaihwith the demigods; natvabowing; krishnamto Lord Krishna; parat than the greatest; paramgreater; bhumimthe earth; ashvasyaconsoling; vanibhihwith words; sva-dhama nijameach to their own abode; ayayauwent. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, Brahma and the demigods bowed down before Lord Krishna, who is greater than the greatest, and, comforted the earth-goddess, and each went to his own abode. Text 37 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam viddhi maithila kamsadinam vadharthaya prapto 'yam bhumi-mandale paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shrikrishnamShri Krishna; viddhiknow; maithilaO king of Mithila; kamsaby Kamsa; adinamheaded by; vadhakilling; arthayafor the purpose; praptah attained; ayamHe; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth.

O king of Mithila, please understand that Shri Krishna, who went to the earth to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 38 roma-matram tanau jihva bhavantittham yada nripa tadapi shri-hares tasya varnyate na guno mahan roma-matramhairs; tanauon the body; jihvahtongues; bhavantiare; itthamthen; yadawhen; nripaO king; tadathen; apieven; shri-harehof Shri Hari; tasyaof Him; varnyateis described; nanot; gunahglory; mahan great. O king, If I had as many tongues as there are hairs on my body, I could still not properly describe Shri Hari's great and glorious qualities. Text 39 nabhah patanti vihaga yatha hy atma-samam nripa tatha krishna-gatim divyam vadantiha vipashcitah nabhahin the sky; patantigo; vihagahbirds; yathaas; hicertainly; atma self; samamequal; nripaO king; tathaso; krishnaof Lord Krishna; gatim activities; divyamtranscendental; vadantisay; ihahere; vipashcitahthe wise. O king, as different birds have different capacities to fly in the sky, so the wise philosophers have different capacities to describe Lord Krishna's transcendental activities. Chapter Six Kamsa-bala-varnana Description of Kamsa's Strength Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca kah kamso 'yam pura daityo

maha-bala-parakramah tasya janmani karmani bruhi devarshi-sattama shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kahwho?; kamsahis Kamsa; ayamhe; purabefore; daityaha demon; maha-bala-parakramahvery powerful; tasyaof him; janmanibirths; karmanideeds; bruhidescribe; devarshi-sattamaO great sage. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this very powerful demon Kamsa? O great sage, please describe his births and deeds. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca samudra-mathane purvam kalanemir mahasurah yuyudhe vishnuna sardham yuddhe tena hato balat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; samudraof the ocean; mathanein churning; purvambefore; kalanemihKalanemi; mahasuraha great demon; yuyudhefought; vishnunaVishnu; sardhamwith; yuddhein the fight; tenaby Him; hatahkilled; balatby the strength. Shri Narada said: At the time of churning the ocean a great demon named Kalanemi fought with Lord Vishnu and was violently killed by Him. Text 3 shukrena jivitas tatra sanjivinya sva-vidyaya punar vishnum yoddhu-kama udyogam manasakarot shukrenaby Shukracarya; jivitahbrought to life; tatrathere; sanjivinya sanjivini; sva-vidyayaby his science; punahagain; vishnumwith Vishnu; yoddhuto fight; kamahdesiring; udyogamdetermination; manasawith the mind; akarotdid. When with his sanjivini science Shukracarya revived him, in his heart Kalanemi yearned to fight again with Lord Vishnu.

Text 4 tapas tepe tada daityo mandaracala-sannidhau nityam durva-rasam pitva bhajan devam pitamaham tapas tepeperformed austerities; tadathen; daityahthe demon; mandaracala-sannidhauat Mount Mandara nityamregularly; durvaof durva grass; rasamjuice; pitvadrinking; bhajanworshiping; devam pitamahamthe demigod Brahma. On Mount Mandara he performed severe austerities, drinking durva-grass juice and worshiping the demigod Brahma. Text 5 divyeshu shata-varsheshu vyatiteshu pitamahah asthi-shesham sa-valmikam varam bruhity uvaca tam divyeshucelestial; shataa hundred; varsheshuyears; vyatiteshupassed; pitamahahBrahma; asthionly bones; sheshamremaining; sa-valmikamwith an anthill; varambenediction; bruhisay; itithus; uvacasaid; tamto him. When a hundred celestial years had passed all that remained of him was bones in an anthill. Then Brahma said to him, Ask for a benediction," and Kalanemi spoke a reply. Text 6 kalanemir uvaca brahmande ye sthita deva vishnu-mula maha-balah tesham hastair na me mrityuh purnanam api ma bhavet kalanemih uvacaKalanemi said; brahmandein the universe; yewho; sthitah stays; devahdemigods; vishnuVishnu; mulahat the root; maha-balahvery powerful; teshamof them; hastaihby the hands; nanot; meof me; mrityuh death; purnanamall; apieven; mamay not; bhavetbe.

Kalanemi said: May my death not come from the hands of any or all of the very powerful demigods, who have Lord Vishnu as their root. Text 7 shri-brahmovaca durlabho 'yam varo daitya yas tvaya prarthitah parah kalantare te praptah syan mad-vakyam na mrisha bhavet shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; durlabhahdifficult to attain; ayamthis; varahbenediction; daityaO demon; yahwhich; tvayaby you; prarthitahis asked; parahgreat; kala-antareat this time; teby you; praptahattained; syat is; mad-vakyammy statement; nanot; mrishafalse; bhavetis. Shri Brahma said: O demon, the benediction you request is difficult to attain. Still, you have now attained it. My words are not false. Text 8 shri-narada uvaca ugrasenasya patnyam kau janma lebhe 'surah punah kaumare 'pi maha-mallaih satatam sa yuyodha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ugrasenasyaof Ugrasena; patnyamin the wife; kauevil; janmabirth; lebheattained; asurahthe demon; punah again; kaumarein childhood; apieven; mahagreat; mallaihwith wrestlers; satatamalways; sahhe; yuyodha hafought. Shri Narada said: In Ugrasena's wife the demon attained another demonic birth. Even in childhood he would regularly fight with great wrestlers. Text 9 jarasandho magadhendro dig-jayarthi vinirgatah yamuna-nikae tasya

shibiro 'bhud itas tatah jarasandhahJarasandha; magadhaof Magadha; indrahthe king; dikthe directions; jayaconquest; arthiwith the purpose; vinirgatahwent; yamunanikaeby the Yamuna; tasyaof him; shibirahcamp; abhutwas; itas tatah here and there. Wishing to conquer all directions, Jarasandha, the king of Magadha, set his royal camp at different places by the Yamuna's shore. Text 10 dvipah kuvalayapidah sahasra-dvipa-sattva-bhrit babhanja shrinkhala-bandham dudrava shibiran madi dvipahelephant; kuvalayapidahKuvalayapida; sahasraof a thousand; dvipa elephants; sattvathe strength; bhrithaving; babhanjabroke; shrinkhalabandhamchains; dudravaran; shibiratfrom the camp; madimaddened. Then the elephant Kuvalayapida, who was strong as thousands of other elephants, became angry, broke his chains, and ran from the royal camp. Text 11 nipatayan sa shibiran mandiran bhubhritas taan ranga-bhumyam ajagama yatra kamso 'pi yudhyati nipatayancausing to fall; sahhe; shibiratfrom the royal camp; mandiranto the residences; bhubhritasmountains; taansurfaces; ranga-bhumyamthe arena; ajagamaentered; yatrawhere; kamsahKamsa; apieven; yudhyati fights. It ran from the royal camp to the mountains and entered an arena where Kamsa was fighting. Text 12

palayiteshu malleshu kamsas tam ca samagatam shunda-dande sangrihitva patayam asa bhu-tale palayiteshufled; malleshuwhen the wrestlers; kamsahKamsa; tamit; ca also; samagatamapproached; shunda-dandethe trunk; sangrihitvagrasping; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. When wrestlers fled and the elephant approached him, Kamsa grabbed its trunk and threw it to the ground. Text 13 punar grihitva hastabhyam bhramayitvograsenajah jarasandhasya senayam cikshepa dasha-yojanam punahagain; grihitvagrabbing; hastabhyamwith both hands; bhramayitva whirling around; ugrasenajahKamsa; jarasandhasyaof Jarasandha; senayam into the army; cikshepathrew; dasha-yojanam80 miles. Again grabbing it, Kamsa threw it into Jarasandha's army eighty miles away. Text 14 tad adbhutam balam driva prasanno magadheshvarah asti-prapti dadau kanye tasmai kamsaya tam dvipam tatthis; adbhutamamazing; balamstrength; drivaseeing; prasannah pleased; magadheshvarahthe king of Magadha; asti-praptiAsti and Prapti; dadau gave; kanyetwo daughters; tasmaito him; kamsayato Kamsa; tamthat; dvipamelephant. Pleased by seeing this amazing strength, the king of Magadha gave his two daughters, Asti and Prapti, as well as that elephant, to Kamsa. Text 15

ashvarbhudam hasti-laksham rathanam ca tri-lakshakam ayutam caiva dasinam paribarham jara-sutah ashvahorses; arbhudama hundred million; hastielephants; lakshama hundred thousand; rathanamof chariots; caalso; tri-lakshakamthree hundred thousand; ayutamten thousand; caand; evaindeed; dasinammaidservants; paribarhamwedding present; jara-sutahJarasandha. For a wedding present Jarasandha gave a hundred million horses, a hundred thousand elephants, three hundred thousand chariots, and ten thousand maidservants. Text 16 dvandva-yodhi tatah kamso bhuja-virya-madotkaah mahishmatim yayau viro 'thaikaki canda-vikramah dvandva-yodhieager to fight; tatahthen; kamsahKamsa; bhuja-viryamadotkaahproud of the strength of his arms; mahishmatimto Mahishmati; yayauwent; virahthe hero; athathen; ekakialone; canda-vikramah powerful. Then, very proud of the strength of his arms, and eager to fight, powerful Kamsa went, all alone, to Mahishmati City. Text 17 canuro mushikah kuah shalas toshalakas tatha mahishmati-pateh putra malla yuddha-jayaishinah canurahCanura; mushikahMushika; kuahKua; shalahShala; toshalakahToshalaka; tathathen; mahishmati-patehof the king of Mahishmati; putrahthe sons; mallahwrestlers; yuddhain battle; jayato defeat; aishinah wishing.

Canura, Mushika, Kua, Shala, and Toshala, who were the sons of the king of Mahishmati, were wrestlers very eager to defeat their opponents in fighting. Text 18 kamsas tan aha samnapi duryuddham karavamahe aham daso bhaveyam vo bhavanto jayino yadi kamsahKamsa; tanto them; ahasaid; samnacalmly; apialso; duryuddhamfight; karavamahelet us do; ahamI; dasahslave; bhaveyam will be; vahof you; bhavantahyou; jayinahvictorious; yadiif. Kamsa calmly said to them: "Let us fight. If you win, I will become your servant. Text 19 aham jayi ced bhavato dasan sarvan karomy alam sarvesham pashyatam tesham nagaranam mahatmanam iti pratijnam kritvatha yuyudhe tair jayaishibhih ahamI; jayivictorious; cetif; bhavatahyou; dasanservants; sarvanall; karomiI do; alamgreatly; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; nagaranamliving in the city; mahatmanamgreat souls; itithus; pratijnam promise; kritvahaving done; athathen; yuyudhefought; taihwith them; jayavictory; aishibhihdesiring. "If I win, I will make you all my servants." All these great fighters looked at him and agreed. Then Kamsa fought with them and they tried to defeat him. Text 20 yadagatam sa canuram grihitva yadaveshvarah bhu-prihe pothayam asa shabdam uccaih samuccaran

yadawhen; agatamcame; sahhe; canuramCanura; grihitvagrabbing; yadaveshvarahthe Yadu king; bhu-priheon the ground; pothayam asathrew; shabdamsound; uccaihgreat; samuccaranmaking. When Canura rushed at him, Kamsa made a great sound and threw him to the ground. Text 21 tadayantam mushikakhyam mushibhir yudhi durgamam ekena mushina tam vai patayam asa bhu-tale tadathen; ayantamcoming; mushikakhyamnamed Mushika; mushibhih with fists; yudhiin a fight; durgamamgreat; ekenawith one; mushinafist; tamhim; vaiindeed; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. When Mushika rushed at him with ferocious punches, with one punch Kamsa knocked him to the ground. Text 22 kuam samagatam kamso grihitva padayosh ca tam patayitva bhumi-madhye cikshepa gagane balat kuamKua; samagatamcome; kamsahKamsa; grihitvagrabbed; padayoh feet; caand; tamhim; patayitvathrowing; bhumi-madhyeon the ground; cikshepathrew; gaganein the sky; balatviolently. When Kua rushed at him, Kamsa knowcked him to the ground, grabbed his feet, and violently threw him into the sky. Text 23 bhujam asphoya dhavantam shalam nitva bhujena sah patayitva punar nitva bhumau tam vicakarsha ha

bhujamarm; asphoyawaving; dhavantamrunning; shalamShala; nitva bringing; bhujenaby the arm; sahhe; patayitvathrew; punahagain; nitva bringing; bhumauon the ground; tamhim; vicakarshadragged; haindeed. When Shala, waving his arms, rushed at him, Kamsa grabbed an arm, pulled him down, and dragged him about. Text 24 atha toshalakam kamso grihitva bhujayor balat nipatya bhumav utthapya cikshepa dasha-yojanam athathen; toshalakamToshala; kamsahKamsa; grihitvagrabbing; bhujayohof the arms; balatby the power; nipatyafalling; bhumauon the ground; utthapyarising; cikshepathrew; dasha-yojanam80 miles. Then Kamsa grabbed Toshala, knocked him to the ground, and, by the power of his arms, threw him eighty miles away. Text 25 dasa-bhave ca tan kritva taih sardham yadavadhipah mad-vakyena jagamashu pravarshana-girim varam dasa-bhavethe status of servants; caalso; tanthem; kritvamaking; taih them; sardhamwith; yadavadhipahthe king of the Yadus; matof me; vakyena by the statement; jagamawent; ashuat once; pravarshana-girimto Pravarshana Mountain; varamgreat. Then Kamsa made them all his servants and, on my advice, went with them to great Mount Pravarashana. Text 26 tasmai nivedyabhiprayam yuyudhe vanarena sah

dvividenapi vimshatya dinaih kamso hy avishramam tasmaito him; nivedyaappealing; abhiprayamintention; yuyudhefought; vanarenawith the gorilla; sahhe; dvividenaDvivida; apialso; vimshatyafor twenty; dinaihdays; kamsahKamsa; hiindeed; avishramamwithout fatigue. After presenting his proposal before him, Kamsa fought with the gorilla Dvivida for twenty days without becoming tired. Text 27 dvivido girim utpatya cikshepa tasya murdhani kamso girim grihitva ca tasyopari samakshipat dvividahDvivida; girima mountain; utpatyauprooting; cikshepathrew; tasyaof him; murdhanion the head; kamsahKamsa; girima mountain; grihitvagrabbing; caalso; tasyahim; uparion; samakshipatthrew. Dvivida uprooted a mountain and threw it on Kamsa's head. Kamsa also grabbed a mountain and threw it on Dvivida. Text 28 dvivido mushina kamsam ghatayitva nabho gatah dhavan kamsas ca tam nitva patayam asa bhu-tale dvividahDvivida; mushinawith a fist; kamsamKamsa; ghatayitvahitting; nabhahto the sky; gatahgone; dhavanrunning; kamsahKamsa; caalso; tam him; nitvabringing; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleon the ground. Dvivida punched Kamsa and jumped into the sky. Kamsa chased him and threw him to the ground. Text 29 murchitas tat-praharena

param kashmalatam yayau kshina-sattvas curnitasthir dasa-bhavam gatas tada murchitahunconscious; tat-praharenaby that blow; paramgreat; kashmalatamdepression; yayauattained; kshina-sattvahweak; curnita crushed into a powder; asthihbones; dasa-bhavamthe state of a servant; gatah attained; tadathen. In this way Dvivida was knocked unconscious. Dispirited, weakened, and his bones broken, he became Kamsa's servant. Text 30 tenaivatha gatah kamsa rishyamuka-vanam tatah tatra keshi maha-daityo haya-rupi ghana-svanah tenaby this; evaindeed; athathen; gatahwent; kamsahKamsa; rishyamuka-vanamto Rishyamuka forest; tatahthen; tatrathere; keshiKeshi; maha-daityaha great demon; haya-rupiin the form of a horse; ghana-svanah thundering. Then Kamsa went to Rishyamuka forest, where there was a great demon named Keshi, who had the form of a horse whinnying like thunder. Text 31 mushibhir ghatayitva tam vashi-kritvaruroha tam ittham kamso maha-viryo mahendrakhyam girim yayau mushibhihwith punches; ghatayitvahitting; tamhim; vashi-kritva subduing; arurohaclimbed; tamon him; itthamthus; kamsahKamsa; mahaviryahvery powerful; mahendrakhyamnamed Mahendra; girimto the mountain; yayauwent. Punching it again and again, Kamsa subdued the horse. Mounting it, very powerful Kamsa rode to Mount Mahendra.

Text 32 shata-varam cojjahara girim utpatya daitya-ra punas tatra sthitam ramam krodha-samrakta-locanam pralayarka-prabham driva nanama shirasa munim punah pradakshini-krityo tad-anghryor nipapata ha shataa hundred; varamtimes; caalso; ujjaharalifting; girimthe hill; utpatyauprooting; daitya-rathe king of mountains; punahagain; tatrathere; sthitamplaced; ramamrama; krodhawith anger; samraktared; locanam eyes; pralayaof devastation; arkaof the sun; prabhamthe splendor; driva seeing; nanamabowed down; shirasawith his head; munimto the sage; punah again; pradakshini-krityahcircumambulating; tad-anghryohat His feet; nipapatafell; hacertainly. A hundred times the demon-king Kamsa uprooted the mountain, held it high, and set it again in its place. When he saw Lord Parashurama, who was as effulgent as the sun at the time of cosmic dissolution, and whose eyes were now red with anger, Kamsa bowed his head before the sage, circumambulated Him, and fell at His feet. Text 34 tatah shanto bhargavo 'pi kamsam praha mahogra-drik he kia karkai-dimbha tuccho 'si mashako yatha tatahthen; shantahpacified; bhargavahParashurama; apialso; kamsam to Kamsa; prahasaid; mahavery; ugraferocious; drikeyes; heO; kia worm; karkaicrab; dimbhababy; tucchahinsignificant; asiyou are; mashakahmosquito; yathaas. Pacified by this, Parashurama, his eyes very fierce, said to Kamsa, "O worm! O baby crab! You are insignificant as a mosquito. Text 35 adyaiva tvam hanmi dusha-

kshatriyam vira-maninam mat-samipe dhanur idam laksha-bhara-samam mahat adyatoday; evaindeed; tvamyou; hanmiI will kill; dushawicked; kshatriyamkshatriya; virastrong; maninamthinking yourself; mat-samipe near Me; dhanuhbow; idamthis; laksha-bhara-samamas heavy as a hundred thousand bharas; mahatgreat. Today I will kill you, who are a wicked kshatriya falsely proud of his strength. This great bow by My side weighs a hundred thousand bharas. Text 36 idam ca vishnuna dattam sambhave traipure yudhi shambhoh karad iha praptam kshatriyanam vadhaya ca idamthis; caand; vishnunaby Lord Vishnu; dattamgiven; sambhave traipure yudhiin the battle with Tripura; shambhohof Lord Shiva; karatfrom the hand; ihahere; praptamattained; kshatriyanamof the kshatriyas; vadhaya for the killing; caalso. This bow was given by Lord Vishnu in the battle for Tripura City. To kill the kshatriyas I received it from Lord Shiva's own hand. Text 37 yadi cedam tanoshi tvam tada ca kushalam bhavet ced asya karshanam na syad ghatayishyami te balam yadiif; caand; idamthis; tanoshistretch; tvamyou; tadathen; caalso; kushalamauspiciousness; bhavetmay be; cetif; asyaof it; karshanam drawing; nanot; syatis; ghatayishyamiI will kill; teof you; balamthe strength. If you can draw this bow it will be good for you. If you cannot draw it I will destroy your strength. Text 38

shrutva vacas tada daityah ko-dandam sapta-talakam grihitva pashyatas tasya sajjam kritvatha lilaya shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tadathen; daityahthe demon; ko-dandam the bow; sapta-talakammade of seven palm trees; grihitvaholding; pashyatah watching; tasyaof Him; sajjampreparation; kritvadoing; athathen; lilaya easily. Hearing these words, the demon Kamsa picked up the bow made of seven palm trees. As Parashurama watched, Kamsa easily strung it. Text 39 akrishya karna-paryantam shata-varam tatana ha pratyancasphoanenaiva ankaro 'bhut tadit-svanah akrishyadrawing; karna-paryantamto his ear; shata-varama hundred times; tatanastretched; haindeed; pratyanca asphoanenaby releasing the bowstring; evaindeed; ankarahtwanging sound; abhutwas; tadit-svanah thunder. A hundred times he drew the bowstring back to his ear and released it with a thunderous sound. Text 40 nanada tena brahmandam sapta-lokair bilaih saha vicelur dig-gajas tara 'patan bhu-khanda-mandalam nanadasounded; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaih with seven planetary systems; bilaihwith the spaces between them; sahawith; viceluhtrembled; dikof the directions; gajahthe elephants; tarahthe stars; apatanfell; bhu-khanda-mandalamto the earth.

That sound echoed in the universe of seven planetary systems and outer space. It made the elephants that support the directions tremble and it made the stars fall to the earth. Text 41 dhanuh samsthapya tat kamso natva natvaha bhargavam he deva kshatriyo nasmi daityo 'ham te ca kinkarah dhanuhthe bow; samsthapyaputting down; tatthat; kamsahKamsa; natva natvabowing down again and again; ahasaid; bhargavamto Parashurama; he O; devaLord; kshatriyaha kshatriya; nanot; asmiI am; daityaha demon; ahamI am; teYou; caand; kinkarahservant. Putting the bow back in its place, and bowing again and again to Lord Parashurama, Kamsa said, "O Lord, I am not a kshatriya. I am a demon, and I am Your servant. Text 42 tava dasasya daso 'ham pahi mam purushottama shrutva prasannah shri-ramas tasmai pradad dhanush ca tat tavaof You; dasasyaof the servant; dasahthe servant; ahamI am; pahi protect; mamme; purushottamaO Supreme Person; shrutvahearing; prasannahpleased; shri-ramahShri Parashurama; tasmaito him; pradatgave; dhanuhbow; caalso; tatthat. "I am the servant of Your servant. O Supreme Person, please protect me." Hearing this, Lord Parashurama was pleased with him and gave him that bow. Text 43 shri-jamadagny uvaca yat ko-dandam vaishnavam tad yena bhangi-bhavishyati paripurnatamenatra so 'pi tvam ghatayishyati

shri-jamadagni uvacaShri Parashurama said; yatwhat; ko-dandambow; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu; tatthat; yenaby which; bhangi-bhavishyatiwill break; paripurnatamenacompletely; atrahere; sah apithat person; tvamyou; ghatayishyatiwill kill. Shri Parashurama said: Whoever breaks this bow of Lord Vishnu will kill you. Text 44 shri-narada uvaca atha natva munim kamso vicaran sa mahotkaah na ke 'pi yuyudhus tena rajanash ca balim daduh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; natvabowing; munimto the sage; kamsahKamsa; vicaranconsidering; sahhe; maha-utkaahvery proud; nanot; ke apiwhoever; yuyudhahfighting; tenawith that; rajanah kings; caalso; balimoffering; daduhgave. Shri Narada said: Then Kamsa bowed down before the sage Parashurama. As Kamsa thought of all this, he became filled with pride. No king could fight with him. They only brought him gifts. Text 45 samudrasya tae kamso daityam namna hy aghasuram saprakaram ca phutkarair lelihanam dadarsha ha samudrasyaof the ocean; taeon the shore; kamsahKamsa; daityama demon; namnaby name; hiindeed; aghasuramAghasura; sarpaof a snake; akaramthe form; caalso; phutkaraihwith hissing; lelihanamlicking; dadarsha hasaw. On the seashore Kamsa saw a a demon named Aghasura who, licking its tongue and hissing, had a serpent's body. Text 46

agacchantam dashantam ca grihitva tam nipatya sah cakara sva-gale haram nirbhayo daitya-rad bali agacchantamcoming; dashantambiting; caand; grihitvagrasped; tamit; nipatyafalling; sahhe; cakaradid; sva-galeon the neck; haramnecklace; nirbhayahfearless; daityaof the demons; radthe king; balistrong. When the serpent approached and bit him, the fearless and very powerful demon-king Kamsa jumped on it and became like a necklace squeezing its neck. Text 47 pracyam tu vanga-desheshu daityo 'risho maha-vrishah tena sardham sa yuyudhe gajenapi gajo yatha pracyamin the east; tualso; vanga-desheshuin Bengal; daityaha demon; arishahArisha; mahagreat; vrishahbull; tenahim; sardhamwith; sahhe; yuyudhefought; gajenawith an elephant; apialso; gajahan elephant; yatha as. In the east a great bull-demon named Arisha fought with Kamsa as one elephant fights with another elephant. Text 48 shringabhyam parvatam nitva cikshepa kamsa-murdhani kamso girim sangrihitva prakshipat tasya mastake shringabhyamwith horns; parvatama mountain; nitvauprooting; cikshepa threw; kamsa-murdhaniat Kamsa's head; kamsahKamsa; girima mountain; sangrihitvagrasping; prakshipatthrew; tasyaof it; mastakeat the head. With its horns it uprooted a mountain and threw it at Kamsa's head. Then Kamsa took a mountain and threw it at Arisha's head.

Text 49 jaghana mushinarisham kamso vai daitya-pungavah tenodicim disham gatah

murchitam tam vinirjitya

jaghanastruck; mushinawith fist; arishamArisha; kamsahKamsa; vai indeed; daityaof demons; pungavahthe best; murchitamfainted; tamhim; vinirjityadefeating; tenaby that; udicimnorth; dishamdirection; gatahwent. With a single punch the great demon Kamsa made Arisha fall unconscious. After this victory Kamsa went to the north. Text 50 pragjyotisheshvaram bhaumam narakakhyam maha-balam uvaca kamso yuddharthi yuddham me dehi daitya-ra pragjyotishaof Pragjyotisha; ishvaramthe king; bhaumamthe son of the earth-goddess; naraka-akhyamnamed Naraka; maha-balamvery strong; uvaca said; kamsahKamsa; yuddhato fight; arthidesiring; yuddhamfight; meto me; dehigive; daitya-raO king of the demons. There, eager to fight, Kamsa said to Narakasura, Pragjyotisha City's very powerful king, who was a son of the earth-goddess, "O king of the demons, please give me a fight. Text 51 aham daso bhaveyam vo bhavanto jayino yadi aham jayi ced bhavato dasan sarvan karomy aham ahamI; dasaha servant; bhaveyamwill be; vahof you; bhavantahyou; jayinahvictorious; yadiif; ahamI; jayivictorious; cetif; bhavatahof you; dasanservant; sarvanall; karomimake; ahamI. "If you are victorious, I will become your servant. If I am victorious I will make you my servant."

Text 52 shri-narada uvaca purvam pralambo yuyudhe kamsenapi maha-balah mrigendrena mrigendro va udbhaena yathodbhaah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; purvambefore; pralambahPralamba; yuyudhefought; kamsenawith Kamsa; apialso; maha-balahvery powerful; mrigendrenawith a lion; mrigendraha lion; vaiindeed; udbhaenawith a great; yathaas; udbhaaha great. First a very powerful demon named Pralambasura fought with Kamsa. They fought as one great lion fights with another great lion. Text 53 malla-yuddhe grihitva tam kamso bhumau nipatya ca punar grihitva cikshepa pragjyotisha-purodare malla-yuddhein wrestling; grihitvagrasping; tamhim; kamsahKamsa; bhumauon the ground; nipatyafalling; caalso; punahagain; grihitva grasping; cikshepathrew; pragjyotisha-pura-udareinto Pragjyotisha City. Kamsa wrestled him to the ground and threw him into Pragjyotisha City. Text 54 agato dhenuko namna kamsam jagraha roshatah nodayam asa durena balam kritvatha darunam agatahcame; dhenukahDhenuka; namnaby name; kamsamKamsa; jagrahagrasped; roshatahangrily; nodayam asathrew; durenafar away; balamstrength; kritvadoing; athathen; darunamfearsome.

Then a demon named Dhenuka came and grabbed Kamsa. With fearsome strength Kamsa angrily threw him far away. Text 55 kamsas tam nodayam asa dhenukam shata-yojanam nipatya curnayam asa tad-anga-mushibhir dridhaih kamsahKamsa; tamhim; nodayam asathrew; dhenukamDhenuka; shatayojanameight hundred miles; nipatyafalling; curnayam asacrushed; tad-angamushibhihwith punches; dridhaihhard. Kamsa threw Dhenuka eight hundred miles, jumped on him, and crushed him with many hard punches. Text 56 trinavarto bhauma-vakyat kamsam nitva nabho gatah tatraiva yuyudhe daitya urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam trinavartahTrinavarta; bhauma-vakyatfrom the words of Narakasura; kamsamKamsa; nitvabrought; nabhahin the sky; gatahwent; tatrathere; evaindeed; yuyudhefought; daityahthe demon; urdhvamabove; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles. On Narakasura's order a demon named Trinavarta pulled Kamsa into the sky and fought with him eight hundred thousand miles in outer space. Text 57 kamso 'nanta-balam kritva daityam nitva tadambarat bhumyam sampatayam asa vamantam rudhiram mukhat kamsahKamsa; anantalimitless; balamstrength; kritvadoing; daityam the demon; nitvabringing; tadathen; ambaratfrom outer space; bhumyamto

the earth; sampatayam asamade fall; vamantamvomiting; rudhiramblood; mukhatfrom his mouth. With limitless strength Kamsa dragged the demon from outer space to the earth and made him vomit blood from his mouth. Text 58 tundenatha grasantam ca bakam daityam maha-balam kamso nipatayam asa mushina vajra-ghatina tundenawith its beak; athathen; grasantamswallowing; caalso; bakam Bakasura; daityamdemon; maha-balamvery powerful; kamsahKamsa; nipatayam asamade fall; mushinawith a punch; vajra-ghatinahard as a lightning bolt. When a powerful and demonic duck named Bakasura tried to swallow him with its beak, Kamsa made it fall with a single punch hard as a thunderbolt. Text 59 utthaya daityo balavan sita-paksho ghana-svanah krodha-yuktah samutpatya tikshna-tundo 'grasac ca tam utthayalifting; daityahthe demon; balavanpowerful; sitawhite; pakshah wings; ghana-svanahsound of thunder; krodha-yuktahangry; samutpatya lifting; tikshnasharp; tundahbeak; agrasatswallowed; caand; tamhim. Lifting itself up, the white-winged demon made a sound like thunder and angrily swallowed Kamsa with its sharp beak. Text 60 nigirno 'pi sa vajrangas tad-gale rodha-kric ca yah sadyash caccharda tam kamsam kshata-kanho maha-bakah

nigirnahswallowed; apialso; sahhe; vajrathunderbolt; angahbody; tat its; galethroat; rodha-kritangry; caalso; yahwho; sadyahat once; cacchardavomited; tamhim; kamsamKamsa; kshatabroken; kanhahneck; maha-bakahgreat duck. When he was swallowed, Kamsa became angry and his body became like a thunderbolt. Its throat breaking, the great duck Bakasura spat Kamsa out at once. Text 61 kamso bakam sangrihitva patayitva mahi-tale karabhyam bhramayitva ca yuddhe tam vicakarsha ha kamsahKamsa; bakamthe duck; sangrihitvagrasping; patayitvathrew; mahi-taleon the ground; karabhyamwith both hands; bhramayitvaspun around; caalso; yuddhein the fight; tamit; vicakarsha hadragged. Kamsa grabbed Bakasura and threw it to the ground. As they fought, Kamsa grabbed it with both hands, whirled it around, and dragged it here and there. Text 62 tat-svasaram putanakhyam yoddhu-kamam avasthitam tam aha kamsah prahasan vakyam me shrinu putane tathis; svasaramsister; putana-akhyamnamed Putana; yoddhu-kamam desiring to fight; avasthitamstood; tamher; ahasaid; kamsahKamsa; prahasanlaughing; vakyamwords; memy; shrinuhear; putaneO Putana. Then Bakasura's sister, who was named Putana, came and wished to fight. Kamsa laughed and said to her, "Hear my words, O Putana. Text 63 striya sardham aham yuddham na karomi kadacana

bakasurah syan me bhrata tvam ca me bhagini bhava striyaa woman; sardhamwith; ahamI; yuddhama fight; nanot; karomiI do; kadacanaever; bakasurahBakasura; syathas become; memy; bhrata brother; tvamyou; caand; memy; bhaginisister; bhavashould be. "I will never fight with a woman. Bakasura has become my brother, so you should be my sister." Text 64 tato 'nanta-balam kamsam vikshya bhaumo 'pi dharshitah cakara sauhridam kamse sahayyartham suran prati tatahthen; anantalimitless; balamstrength; kamsamKamsa; vikshya seeing; bhaumahNarakasura; apialso; dharshitahwas defeated; cakaradid; sauhridamfriendship; kamsewith Kamsa; sahayya-arthamfor an alliance; suran the demigods; pratiagainst. Then, seeing that Kamsa had endless strength, Narakasura accepted defeat. He made friendship with Kamsa and they formed an alliance against the demigods.

Chapter Seven Dig-vijaya-varnana Description of the Conquest of All Directions Text 1 atha kamsah pralambadyair anyaih purva-jitaish ca taih shambarasya puram pragat svabhiprayam nivedayan athathen; kamsahKamsa; pralamba-adyairheaded by Pralamba; anyaih with others; purvabefore; jitaisdefeated; caalso; taihwith them; shambarasyaof Shambara; puramto the city; pragatwent; svaown; abhiprayamintention; nivedayanspeaking. Then, accompanied by Pralamba and the other demons he had defeated before, Kamsa went to the city of Shambara and made his offer.

Text 2 shambaro hy ati-viryo 'pi na yuyodha sa tena vai cakara sauhridam kamse sarvair ati-balaih saha shambaroShambara; hiindeed; ati-viryovery powerful; apialthough; na not; yuyodhafought; sashe; tenawith him; vaiindeed; cakaramade; sauhridamfriendship; kamsewith Kamsa; sarvairwith all; ati-balaihvery powerful; sahawith. Although he was very powerful, Shambara would not fight. Instead, he made friends with Kamsa and all his very powerful allies. Text 3 tri-shringa-shikhare shete vyomo namasuro bali kamsa-pada-prabuddho 'bhut krodha-samrakta-locanah tri-shringa-shikhareon the summit of Mount Trikua; sheteslept; vyomo Vyoma; namanamed; asurodemon; balipowerful; kamsaof Kamsa; padaby the foot; prabuddhoawakened; abhutbecame; krodhawith anger; samrakta red; locanaheyes. A very strong demon named Vyoma slept on the summit of Mount Trikua. When Kamsa awakened him with a kick, his eyes became red with rage. Text 4 kamsam jaghana cotthaya prabalair dridha-mushibhih tayor yuddham abhud ghoram itaretara-mushibhih kamsamKamsa; jaghanastruck; caand; utthayastood; prabalairwith strong; dridhaclenched; mushibhihfists; tayorof them; yuddhamfight; abhudwas; ghoramterribel; itaretaraof each other; mushibhihwith punches. He stood up and attacked Kamsa with hard punches. Then they fought a terrible battle with their fists.

Text 5 kamsasya mushibhih so 'pi nihsattvo 'bhud bhramaturah bhrityam kritvatha tam kamsah praptam mam prananama ha kamsasyaof Kamsa; mushibhihwith punches; sah apihe; nihsattvo weakened; abhudbecame; bhrama-aturahdizzy; bhrityamservant; kritva doing; athathen; tamhim; kamsasKamsa; praptamattained; mamme; prananamabowed down; haindeed. Kamsa's punches weakened him and made him dizzy. Kamsa made Vyoma his servant. Then Kamsa came to me and bowed down to offer respects. Text 6 he deva yuddha-kankshasti kva yami tvam vadashu me provaca tam tada gaccha daityam banam maha-balam heO; devademigod; yuddhato fight; kankshathe desire; astiis; kva where?; yamiI go; tvamyou; vadatell; ashuquickly; meto me; provaca said; tamto him; tadathen; gacchago; daityamto the demon; banamBana; maha-balamvery powerful. He said, "O lord, I yearn to fight. Where should I go?" I said to him, "Go to the very powerful demon Banasura." Text 7 preritash ceti kamsakhyo maya yuddhi-didrikshuna bhuja-virya-madonnaddhah shonitakhyam puram yayau preritassent; caalso; itithus; kamsaKamsa; akhyonamed; mayaby me; yuddhia fight; didrikshunawith the desire to see; bhujaof his arms; virya by the power; mada-unnaddhahovercome with pride; shonita-Akhyamnamed Shonita; puramto the city; yayauwent.

Thus sent by me, Kamsa, who was filled with pride in the strength of his arms and was looking for a fight, went to the city named Shonita. Text 8 banasuras tat-pratijnam shrutva kruddho hy abhud bhrisham tatada lattam bhu-madhye jagarja ghanavad bali banasurasBanasura; tat-pratijnamhis offer; shrutvahearing; kruddho angry; hicertainly; abhudbecame; bhrishamvery; tatadastruck; lattama kick; bhu-madhyeon the ground; jagarjaroared; ghanavadlike thunder; bali powerful. When he heard Kamsa's offer, powerful Banasura became very angry. He kicked the ground and roared like thunder. Text 9 a-janu-bhumi-gam lattam patalantam upagatam kritva tam aha banas tu purvam cainam samuddhara a-januto his knees; bhumito the ground; gamgone; lattamkick; patalantamto Patala; upagatamgone; kritvahaving done; tamto him; aha spoke; banasBana; tuindeed; purvambefore; caand; enamthis; samuddharalift. That kick pushed his leg through the ground up to his knee as his foot reached Patalaloka. Then Banasura said, Please pull me up as I was before." Text 10 shrutva vacah karabhyam tam ujjahara madotkaah pracanda-vikramah kamsah khara-dandam gajo yatha shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; karabhyamwith both hands; tamhim; ujjaharalifted; mada-utkatahfull of pride; pracanda-vikramahpowerful; kamsahKamsa; khara-dandama lotus; gajoan elephant; yathaas.

Hearing these words, with both hands proud and powerful Kamsa pulled him up as an elephant pulls up a lotus. Text 11 taya coddhritayotkhata lokah sapta-tala dridhah nipetur girayo 'neka vicelur dridha-dig-gajah tayaby this; caalso; uddhritayalifted; utkhatasdevastated; lokahthe worlds; sapta-talaseven tala planets; dridhahsolid; nipeturfell; girayo mountains; anekasmany; vicelurstumbled; dridhasturdy; dikof the directions; gajahthe elephants. By this pulling the seven Tala planets were devastated, many great mountains fell, and the sturdy elephants holding the directions stumbled. Text 12 yoddhum tam udyatam banam drivagatya vrishadhvajah sarvan sambodhayam asa provaca bali-nandanam yoddhumto fight; tamhim; udyatameager; banamBana; drivaseeing; agatyacoming; vrishadhvajahLord Shiva; sarvaneveryone; sambodhayam asa addressed; provacasaid; bali-nandanamto Bana, the son of Bali. Seeing that Banasura was very eager to fight, Lord Shiva arrived, greeted everyone, and to Bali Maharaja's son, Banasura, said: Text 13 krishnam vinaparam cainam bhumau ko 'pi na jeshyati bhargavena varam dattam dhanur asmai ca vaishnavam krishnamKrishna; vinawithout; aparamanother; caalso; enamhim; bhumauon the earth; ko 'pisomeone; nanot; jeshyatiwill defeat; bhargavena by Parashurama; varambenediction; dattamgiven; dhanurbow; asmaito him; caalso; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu.

Except for Lord Krishna, no one in the world can defeat him. Lord Parashurama gave him that benediction and also gave him Lord Vishnu's own bow. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva sauhridam hridyam sadyo vai kamsa-banayoh cakara paraya shantya shivah sakshan maheshvarah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; sauhridam friendship; hridyamsincere; sadyoat once; vaicertainly; kamsa-banayohof Kamsa and Bana; cakaradid; parayawith great; shantyapeacefulness; shivah Lord Shiva; sakshatdirectly; maheshvarahthe great Lord. Shri Narada said: By speaking these words Lord Shiva, who is the Supreme Lord Himself, brought peace between Kamsa and Banasura and made them great friends. Text 15 atha kamso dik-praticyam shrutva vatsam mahasuram tena sardham sa yuyudhe vatsa-rupena daitya-ra athathen; kamsoKamsa; dik-praticyamin the west; shrutvahaving heard; vatsamVatsa; mahasurama great demon; tenahim; sardhamwith; sashe; yuyudhefought; vatsa-rupenain the form of a calf; daitya-rathe demon king. Hearing of a great demon named Vatsasura who lived in the west, the demonking Kamsa fought with him, a demon who had the form of a calf. Text 16 pucche grihitva tam vatsam pothayam asa bhu-tale vashi-kritvatha tam shighram mleccha-deshams tato yayau puccheby the tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamthat; vatsamcalf; pothayam asa threw; bhu-taleto the ground; vashi-kritvasubduing; athathen; tamit; shighramquickly; mlecchaof the barbarians; deshanto the countries; tato then; yayauwent.

Kamsa grabbed the calf Vatsasura by the tail and threw it to the ground, in this way bringing it under his dominion. Then he quickly went to the countries of the barbarian mlecchas. Text 17 man-mukhat kalayavanah shrutva daityam maha-balam niryayau sammukhe yoddhum rakta-smashrur gada-dharah matof me; mukhatfrom the mouth; kalayavanahKalayavana; shrutva hearing; daityamdemon; mahavery; balampowerful; niryayauwent; sammukhebefore; yoddhumto fight; raktared; smashrurbeard; gadaa club; dharahholding. Hearing about him from my mouth, red-bearded Kalayavana picked up a club and went before the powerful demon Kamsa to fight with him. Text 18 kamso gadam grihitva svam laksha-bhara-vinirmitam prakshipad yavanendraya simha-nadam athakarot kamsoKamsa; gadama club; grihitvataking; svamown; laksha-bharavinirmitamas heavy as a hundred thousand bharas; prakshipadthrew; yavana of the Yavanas; indrayaat the king; simhaof a lion; nadamthe sound; atha then; akarotdid. Kamsa picked up his own club, which weighed a hundred thousand bharas, threw it at the barbarian king, and then roared like a lion. Text 19 gada-yuddham abhut tatra ghoram hi kamsa-kalayoh visphulingan ksharantyau dve gade curni-babhuvatuh gadaclub; yuddhambattle; abhutwas; tatrathere; ghoramterrible; hi indeed; kamsa-kalayohof Kamsa and Kalayavana; visphulingansparks;

ksharantyautossing; dveboth; gadeclubs; curni-babhuvatuhbecame broken into dust. Then Kamsa and Kalayavana fought a terrible duel with clubs, a duel where, throwing many sparks, the clubs were ground to powder. Text 20 kamsah kalam sangrihitva patayam asa bhu-tale punar grihitva nishpatya mrita-tulyam cakara ha kamsahKamsa; kalamKalayavana; sangrihitvagrabbing; patayam asa threw; bhu-taleon the ground; punaragain; grihitvagrabbing; nishpatyafell; mritadeath; tulyamlike; cakaramade; haindeed. Kamsa grabbed Kalayavana, threw him to the gound, jumped on him, and attacked him so violently he almost died. Text 21 bana-varsham prakurvantim senam tam yavanasya ca gadaya pothayam asa kamso daityadhipo bali banaof arrows; varshama shower; prakurvantimdoing; senamarmy; tam it; yavanasyaof Kalayavana; caalso; gadayawith a club; pothayam asa threw; kamsasKamsa; daityaof the demons; adhipothe king; balipowerful. When Kalayavana's army showered him with arrows, the powerful demon-king Kamsa knocked it to the ground with his club. Text 22 gajams turangan sa-rathan viran bhumau nipatya ca jagarja ghanavad viro gada-yuddhe mridhangane gajanthe elephants; turanganhorses; sa-rathanwith chariots; viran warriors; bhumauto the ground; nipatyaknocking; caalso; jagarjaroared;

ghanavadlike thunder; virohero; gadaclub; yuddhein the fight; mridhaanganein the battlefield. When he knocked down the elephants, horses, chariots and warriors in the club battlefield, powerful Kamsa roared like thunder. Text 23 tatash ca durdruvur mlecchah tyaktva svam svam ranam param bhitan palayitan mlecchan na jaghanatha niti-vit tatasthen; caalso; durdruvurfled; mlecchahthe barbarians; tyaktva abandoning; svam svamtheir own; ranambattlefield; paramvery; bhitan afraid; palayitanfleeing; mlecchanbarbarians; nanot; jaghanaattacked; atha then; nitimorality; vitknowing. Then the barbarians fled the battlefield. Aware of the code of chivalry, Kamsa did not attack the frightened, fleeing barbarians. Texts 24-26 ucca-pado dirgha-januh stambhorur laghima kaih kapaa-vakshah pinamsah pushah pramshur brihad-bhujah padma-netro brihat-kesho 'runa-varno 'sitambarah kirii kundali hari padma-mali layarka-ruk khadgi nishangi kavaci mudgaradhyo dhanur-dharah madotkao yayau jetum devan kamso 'maravatim uccaraised; padofeet; dirghalong; januhknees; stambhapillar; urur thighs; laghimaslender; kaihwaist; kapaaa great door; vakshahchest; pina broad; amsahshoulders; pushahbroad; pramshurtall; brihadbroad; bhujah arms; padmalotus; netroeyes; brihatgreat; keshohair; arunared; varno color; asitablack; ambarahgarments; kiriiwearing a helmet; kundaliwearing earrings; hariwearing a necklace; padmaof lotuses; maliwearing a garland; layaat the time of cosmic devastation; arkasun; ruksplendor; khadgiwielding a sword; nishangicarrying a quiver of arrows; kavacicarrying a shield; mudgaradhyocarrying a club; dhanur-dharahcarrying a bow; madotkao

proud; yayauwent; jetumto conquer; devanthe demigods; kamsoKamsa; amaravatimto Amaravati. Lifting his feet and knees, his thighs like pillars, his waist slender, His chest a great door, his shoulders broad, His arms massive, His eyes lotus flowers, his hair long, his complexion ruddy, his garments black, wearing a helmet, earrings, necklace, and lotus garland, effulgent as the sun at the time of cosmic dissolution, wielding a sword, shield, quiver of arrows, and club, proud Kamsa went to Amaravati to conquer the demigods. Text 27 canura-mushikarishashala-toshala-keshibhih pralambena bakenapi dvividena samavritah trinavartagha-kuaish ca bhauma-banakhya-shambaraih vyoma-dhenuka-vatsaish ca rurudhe so 'maravatim canura-mushikarishawith Canura, Mushik, and Arisha; shala-toshalakeshibhihwith Shala, Toshala, and Keshi; pralambenawith Pralamba; bakena with Baka; apialso; dvividenawith Dvivida; samavritahaccompanied; trinavartaghawith Trinavarta and Agha; kuaiswith Kua; caalso; bhaumabanakhya-shambaraihwith Narakasura; Bana, and Shambara; vyoma-dhenukavatsaishwith Vyoma, Dhenuka, and Vatsa; caalso; rurudhebesieged; sohe; amaravatimAmaravati. Aided by Canura, Mushika, Arisha, Shala, Toshala, Keshi, Pralamba, Baka, Dvivida, Trinavarta, Agha, Kua, Narakasura, Bana, Shambara, Vyoma, Dhenuka, and Vatsa, he besieged the city of Aamaravati. Text 29 kamsadin agatan driva shakro devadhipah svara sarvair deva-ganaih sardham yoddhum kruddho viniryayau kamsaby Kamsa; adinheaded; agatanarrived; drivaseeing; shakro Indra; devaof the demigods; adhipahthe king; svaraindependent; sarvair with all; deva-ganaihthe hosts of demigods; sardhamwith; yoddhumto fight; kruddhoangry; viniryayauwent.

Seeing the demons headed by Kamsa had come, Indra, the sovereign king of the demigods became angry and, accompanied by a great host of demigods, went to fight with them. Texts 30 and 31 tayor yuddham abhud ghoram tumulam roma-harshanam divyaish ca shastra-sampatair banais tikshnaih sphurat-prabhaih shastrandhakare sanjate ratharudho maheshvarah cikshepa vajram kamsaya shata-dharam tadid-dyuti tayorof them; yuddhambattle; abhudwas; ghoramterrible; tumulam tumult; roma-harshanammasking the hairs stand erect; divyaiswith divine; ca also; shastra-sampatairweapons; banaiswith arrows; tikshnaihsharp; sphuratprabhaiheffulgent; shastraof weapons; andhakareblinding darkness; sa 24jate manifested; rathaon a chariot; arudhoriding; maheshvarahking Indra; cikshepathrew; vajramthunderbolt; kamsayaat Kamsa; shataa hundred; dharamstreams; tadidlightning; dyutisplendor. Then they fought a terrible, tumultuous battle that made hairs stand up. When hosts of sharp and glistening arrows and divine weapons created a blinding darkness, King Indra, riding on a chariot, threw his thunderbolt, flowing with a hundred streams and glittering with lightning, at Kamsa. Text 32 mudgarenapi tad-vajram taadashu mahasurah papata kulisham yuddhe chinna-dharam babhuva ha mudgarenawith his club; apialso; tad-vajramthe thunderbolt; taada struck; ashuat once; mahathe great; asurahdemon; papatafell; kulisham the thunderbolt; yuddhein battle; chinnabroken; dharamstreams; babhuva ha became. With his club the great demon Kamsa struck the thunderbolt. Its streams of lightning broken, it fell in the battle. Text 33

tyaktva vajram tada vajri khadgam jagraha roshatah kamsam murdhni taadashu nadam kritvatha bhairavam tyaktvaabandoning; vajramthe thunderbolt; tadathen; vajriIndra; khadgamsword; jagrahatook; roshatahangrily; kamsamKamsa; murdhnion the head; taadastruck; ashuat once; nadama sound; kritvamaking; atha then; bhairavamterrible. Abandoning the thunderbolt, Indra took up a sword and angrily struck Kamsa on the head, making a terrible sound. Text 34 sa kshato nabhavat kamso mala-hata iva dvipah grihitva sa gadam gurvim asha-dhatu-mayim dridham sashe; kshatohurt; nanot; abhavatwas; kamsoKamsa; malaby a garland; hatasstruck; ivalike; dvipahan elephant; grihitvataking; sashe; gadamclub; gurvimheavy; ashaeight; dhatumetals; mayimmade; dridhamfirm. Kamsa remained unhurt, like an elephant struck by a flower garland. Then he took a great and heavy club made of eight metals. Text 35 laksha-bhara-samam kamsash cikshependraya daitya-ra tam samapatatim vikshya jagrahashu purandarah lakshaa hundred thousand; bharabharas; samamlike; kamsasKamsa; cikshepathrew; indrayaat Indra; daitya-rathe demon-king; tamthat; samapatatimcoming; vikshyaseeing; jagrahatook; ashuat once; purandarah Indra. Then the demon-king Kamsa threw that club weighing a hundred thousand bharas at Indra. Seeing it coming, Indra caught it.

Text 36 tatash cikshepa daityaya gadam namuci-sudanah cacara yuddhe vidalann arin matali-sarathih tatasthen; cikshepathrew; daityayaat the demon; gadamthe club; namuci-sudanahIndra, the killer of Namuci; cacarawent; yuddhein the fight; vidalanbreaking; arinthe enemies; matali-sarathihIndra, whose charioteer is Matali. Indra, the killer of Namuci, threw the club back at the demon. Then Indra, cutting his enemies to pieces, and his chariot driven by Matali, went into the battle. Text 37 kamso grihitva parigham taadamse 'sura-dvishah tat-praharena devendrah kshanam murcham avapa ha kamsoKamsa; grihitvataking; parighaman iron club; taadastruck; amse on the shoulder; asura-dvishahIndra, the enemy of the demons; tat-praharena by that blow; devendrahthe king of the demigods; kshanamfor a moment; murchamunconsciousness; avapaattained; haindeed. Taking an iron club, Kamsa struck Indra on the shoulder. Because of that blow, Indra, the king of the demigods and enemy of the demons, became momentarily unconscious. Text 38 kamsam marud-ganah sarve gridhra-pakshaih sphurat-prabhaih banaughaish chadayam asuh pravrit-suryam ivambudah kamsamKamsa; marud-ganahthe Maruts; sarveall; gridhra-pakshaihwith the eagles' feathers; sphurat-prabhaihsplendid; banaof arrows; aughaisa flood; chadayam asuhcovered; pravritmonsoon; suryamsun; ivalike; ambudahcloud.

Then all the Maruts coverd Kamsa with a great and splendid flood of gridhrafeathered arrows like a monsoon cloud covering the sun. Text 39 doh-sahasra-yuto viras capams ankarayan muhuh tada tan kalayam asa banair banasuro bali dohof arms; sahasrathousands; yutoendowed; viraswarrior; capan bows; ankarayantwanging; muhuhagain and again; tadathen; tanthem; kalayam asapushed back; banairwith arrows; banasuroBanasura; bali powerful. Making a great sound as he worked many bows with his thousand arms, the powerful warrior Banaasura drove them back with a host of arrows. Text 40 banam ca vasavo rudra aditya ribhavah surah jaghnur nana-vidhaih shastraih sarvato 'drim yatha gajah banamto Bana; caalso; vasavothe Vasus; rudrasthe Rudras; adityasthe Adityas; ribhavahthe Ribhus; surahthe Suras; jaghnurstruck; nana-vidhaih with many kinds; shastraihwith weapons; sarvatoeverywhere; adrima mountain; yathaas; gajahelephants. Surrounding him as a host of elephants might surround a mountain, the Vasus, Rudras, Adityas, Ribhus, and Suras attacked Banasura with a great variety of weapons. Text 41 tato bhaumasurah praptah pralambady-asurair nadan tena nadena devas te nipetur murchita rane tatothen; bhaumasurahNarakasura; praptahattained; pralamba-adi headed by Pralamba; asurairby the demons; nadansounding; tenaby that; nadenasound; devasdemigods; tethe; nipeturfell; murchitasunconscious; ranein the battleground.

Then, assisted by Pralamba and the other demons, Narakasura came and made a great sound. That sound made the demigods fall unconscious on the battleground. Texts 42-45 utthayashu tada sakro gajam aruhya rakta-drik nodayam asa kamsaya mattam airavatam gajam ankushasphalanat kruddham patayantam padair dvishah shunda-dandasya phutkarair mardayantam itas tatah sravan-madam catur-dantam himadrim iva durgamam nadantam srnkhalam shundam calayantam muhur muhuh ghanadhyam kinkini-jalaratna-kambala-manditam go-sutra-caya-sindurakasturi-patra-bhrin-mukham utthayarising; ashuquickly; tadathen; sakroIndra; gajaman elephant; aruhyamounting; raktared; drikeyes; nodayam asacharged; kamsayaat Kamsa; mattamfurious; airavatamAiravata; gajamelephant; ankushaof the goad; asphalanatby the blows; kruddhamangered; patayantamfalling; padair with feet; dvishahof the enemy; shunda-dandasyaof the tusk; phutkarairwith loud sounds; mardayantamattacking; itas tatahhere and there; sravatflowing; madamichor; caturfour; dantamtusks; himaof snow; adrimmountain; iva like; durgamamunassailable; nadantammaking a sound; srnkhalamchains; shundamtrunk; calayantammoving; muhuragain; muhuhand again; ghanta with bells; adhyamopulent; kinkiniof tinkling ornaments; jalanet; ratna jewel; kambalasaddle; manditamdecorated; go-mutra-cayacow's urine; sindurared sindura; kasturimusk; patradesigns; bhritholding; mukham face. Quickly rising, and his eyes now red, Indra mounted his furious four-tusked elephant Airavata, now provoked by the striking of the goad, trumpeting with its trunk, crushing its enemies under its moving feet, its rut flowing, unapproachable as a mountain of snow, jingling its chains, moving its trunk again and again, opulent with bells, decorated with a jewel saddle and a network of tinkling ornaments, and its face decorated with pictures and designs drawn in musk, sindura and gomutra, and made it charge Kamsa.

Text 46 dridhena mushina kamsas tam taada maha-gajam dvitiya-mushina shakram sa jaghana ranangane dridhenawith a hard; mushinafist; kamsasKamsa; tamit; taadastruck; mahagreat; gajamelephant; dvitiyawith a second; mushinafist; shakram Indra; sashe; jaghanastruck; rananganein the battleground. With a hard punch Kamsa struck the great elephant and with a second punch he struck Indra in that battleground. Text 47 tasya mushi-praharena dure shakrah papata ha janubhyam dharanim sprishva gajo 'pi vihvalo 'bhavat tasyaof him; mushi-praharenaby the punch; durefar away; shakrah Indra; papata hafell; janubhyamwith both knees; dharanimthe ground; sprishvatouching; gajothe elephant; apialso; vihvalotroubled; abhavat became. With that punch Indra fell far away and the elephant was wounded and fell, its knees touching the ground. Text 48 punar utthaya nagendro dantaish cahatya daityapam shunda-dandena coddhritva cikshepa laksha-yojanam punaragain; utthayarising; nagaof elephants; indrothe king; dantais with tusks; caand; ahatyastriking; daityapamthe king of the demons; shundadandenawith its trunk; caand; uddhritvalifting; cikshepathrew; lakshayojanameight hundred thousand miles. Again standing, the king of elephants attacked the demon-king Kamsa with its tusks, picked him up with its trunk, and threw him eight-hundred thousand miles.

Text 49 patito 'pi sa vajrangah kincid-vyakula-manasah sphurad-oshho 'ti-rushangi yuddha-bhumim samayayau patitofell; apialthough; sashe; vajralightning; angahbody; kincid somewhat; vyakulaupset; manasahay heart; sphuradtrembling; oshholips; ati-rushangivery angry; yuddha-bhumimto the battleground; samayayau went. His body hard as a thunderbolt, when he fell he was only a little upset in his heart. Angry, and his lips trembling, he returned to the battleground. Text 50 kamso grihitva nagendram sannipatya ranangane nishpidya shundam tasyapi dantams curni-cakara ha kamsoKamsa; grihitvagrabbing; nagendramthe king of elephants; sannipatyathrew; rananganeonj the battleground; nishpidyastrangled; shundamto the trunk; tasyaof him; apialso; dantantusks; curni-cakara broke into pieces; hacertainly. Kamsa grabbed the elephant-king Airavata, threw him onto the battleground, strangled its trunk, and broke its tusks into pieces. Text 51 atha cairavato nago dudravashu rananganat nipatayan maha-viran devadhanim purim gatah athathen; caalso; airavatoAiravata; nagoelephant; dudravafled; ashu quickly; rananganatfrom the battleground; nipatayanknocking over; maha-viran great heroes; devadhanim purimto the capitol of the demigods; gatahwent. Knocking over many great heroes, the elephant Airavata fled the battleground and went to the capitol of the demigods.

Text 52 grihitva vaishnavam capam sajjam kritvatha daitya-ra devan vidravayam asa banaughaish ca dhanuh-svanaih grihitvataking; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu; capamthe bow; sajjam preparation; kritvahaving done; athathen; daitya-rathe king of the demons; devanthe demigods; vidravayam asadrove away; banaof arrows; aughais with floods; caalso; dhanuhof the bow; svanaihwith sounds. Taking the bow of Lord Vishnu and stringing it, with a flood of arrows accompanied by the twanging sound of the bow, the demon-king Kamsa made the demigods flee. Text 53 tatah suras tena nihanyamana vidudruvur dina-dhiyo disham te kecid rane mukta-shikha babhuvur bhitah sma ittham yudhi vadinas te tatahthen; surasthe demigods; tenaby that; nihanyamanasbeing killed; vidudruvurfled; dinaunhappy; dhiyoat heart; dishamthe direction; tethey; kecidsome; ranein the battleground; muktaabandoned; shikhashelmets; babhuvurbecame; bhitahfrightened; smaindeed; itthamthus; yudhiin the fight; vadinassaying; tethey. As Kamsa was attacking and killing them, the dispirited demigods fled in all directions. Some, their helmets lost, screamed in terror. Text 54 kecit tatha pranjalayo 'ti-dina-vat sannyasta-shastra yudhi mukta-kacchakah sthatum rane kamsa-nri-deva-sammukhe gatepsitah kecid ativa-vihvalah kecitsome; tathaso; pranjalayowith folded hands; ati-dina-vatas a poor and humble person; sannyastadropped; shastrasweapons; yudhiin the battle; muktaabandoned; kacchakahlower garments; sthatumto stay; ranein the battle; kamsa-nri-deva-sammukhebefore King Kamsa; gatagone; ipsitah desired; kecidsome; ativavery; vihvalahagitated.

Some, dropping their weapons and armor, humbly surrendered with folded hands. Others, very troubled, had lost all desire to stand before King Kamsa. Text 55 ittham sa devan pragatan nirikshya tan nitva ca simhasanam atapatravat sarvais tada daitya-ganair janadhipah sva-rajadhanim mathuram samayayau itthamthus; sashe; devanthe demigods; pragatanfleeing; nirikshya seeing; tanthem; nitvabringing; caalso; simhasanamthrone; atapatravatas a parasol; sarvaisby all; tadathen; daityaof demons; ganairby the hosts; janadhipahthe king; svaown; rajadhanimcapitol; mathuramto Mathura; samayayauwent. Seeing that the demigods had fled, Kamsa took (Indra's) throne and parasol and returned with all the demons to his own capitol Mathura.

Chapter Eight Shri Radhika-janma-varnana Description of Shri Radhika's Birth Text 1 shri-garga uvaca shrutva tada shaunaka bhakti-yuktah shri-maithilo jnana-bhritam varishhah natva punah praha munim mahantam devarshi-varyam hari-bhakti-nishhah shri-gargah uvaca - Shri Garga Muni said; shrutva - hearing; tada - then; shaunaka - O Shaunaka; bhakti-yuktah - full of devotion; shri-maithilo - the King of Mithila; jnana-bhritam - of the wise; varishhah - the best; natva - bowing doen; punah - again; praha - said; munim - to the sage; mahantam - great; devarshivaryam - the best of the divine sages; hari - to Lord Hari; bhakti - devotional service; nishhah - faith. Shri Garga Muni said: O Shaunaka, when Bahulashva, the king of Mithila, who was filled with faith and devotion to Lord Hari and who was the best of the wise, heard this, he again bowed down and spoke to the great sage Narada, the best of the devarshis.

Text 2 shri-bahulashva uvaca tvaya kulam kau vishadi-kritam me shubham harer yad yashasamalena shri-krishna-bhakta-kshana-sangamena jano 'pi sat syad bahuna kim u svit shri-bahulashvah uvaca - Shri Bahulashva said; tvaya - by you; kulam - the family; kau - bad; vishadi-kritam - purified; me - of me; shubham - auspicious; harer - of Lord Hari; yad - which; yashasa - by the fame; amalena - pure; shri-krishna - of Shri Krishna; bhakta - of the devotees; kshana - a moment's; sangamena - by the contact; jano - a person; api - also; sat - saint; syad - becomes; bahuna - more; kim u svit - what? Shri Bahulashva said: By giving it the narrations of Lord Hari's pure glories you purified my materialistic family and made it auspicious. By a moment's touch with Lord Krishna's devotee even an ordinary person will become a saint. What more need I say? Text 3 shri-radhaya purnatamas tu sakshad gatva vraje kim caritam cakara tad bruhi me deva rishe rishisha tri-tapa-duhkhat paripahi mam tvam shri-radhaya - with Shri Radha; purnatamas - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tu - indeed; sakshad - directly; gatva - having gone; vraje - to Vraja; kim what?; caritam - activities; cakara - did; tad - that; bruhi - please tell; me - to me; deva - lord; rishe - O sage; rishi - of the sages; isha - O lord; tri - three; tapa - of the sufferings; duhkhat - from the miseries; paripahi - protect; mam - me; tvam - you. What did the Supreme Personality of Godhead do when He came with Shri Radha to Vraja? O Lord, O great sage, please tell me. O king of the sages, please save me from the three miseries. Text 4 shri-narada uvaca dhanyam kulam yan nimina nripena shri-krishna-bhaktena parat-parena purni-kritam yatra bhavan prajatah shuktau hi mukta-bhavanam na citram

shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; dhanyam - fortunate; kulam - family; yat what; nimina nripena - by King Nimi; shri-krishna-bhaktena - a devotee of Shri Krishna; parat parena - greater than the greatest; purni-kritam - perfected; yatra where; bhavan - you; prajatah - born; shuktau - in an oyster; hi - indeed; mukta - of a pearl; bhavanam - the birth; na - not; citram - surprising. Shri Narada said: The family of your birth is fortunate for it was made perfect by King Nimi, who was a very great devotee of Lord Krishna. It is not surprising that a pearl is born in an oyster. Text 5 atha prabhos tasya pavitra-lilam su-mangalam samshrinutam parasya abhut satam yo bhuvi rakshanartham na kevalam kamsa-vadhaya krishnah atha - then; prabhos - of the Lord; tasya - of Him; pavitra - pure; lilam - pastimes; su-mangalam - very auspicious; samshrinutam - should be heard; parasya - of the Supreme; abhut - was; satam - of the devotees; yo - who; bhuvi - the earth; rakshanartham - to protect; na - not; kevalam - only; kamsa-vadhaya - to kill Kamsa; krishnah - Krishna. Please hear the purifying pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord did not only come to kill Kamsa. He also came to protect the devotees. Text 6 athaiva radha vrishabhanu-patnyam aveshya rupam mahasah parakhyam kalindaja-kula-nikunja-deshe su-mandire savatatara rajan atha - then; eva - indeed; radha - Radha; vrishabhanu-patnyam - in the wife of Vrishabhanu; aveshya - entering; rupam - form; mahasah - of glory; para transcendental; akhyam - named; kalindaja - of the Yamuna; kula - shore; nikunjadeshe - in the forest grove; su-mandire - in a great palace; sa - She; avatatara descended; rajan - O king. Then, placing Her glorious transcendental form in (the womb of) King Vrishabhanu's wife, Shri Radha descended into a great palace in a garden by the Yamuna's shore. Text 7

ghanavrite vyomni dinasya madhye bhadre site naga-tithau ca some avakiran deva-ganah sphuradbhis tan-mandire nandanajaih prasunaih ghana - with clouds; avrite - covered; vyomni - the sky; dinasya - of the day; madhye - in the middle; bhadre - in the month of Bhadra; site - during the bright fortnight; naga-tithau - on the eighth day; ca - also; some - on the day of the moon (Monday); avakiran - scattered; deva-ganah - the demigods; sphuradbhis - with blossoming; tan-mandire - on that palace; nandanajaih - grown in the Nandana gardens; prasunaih - flowers. In the month of Bhadra (August-September), on a Monday that was the eighth day of the bright fortnight of the moon, at midday, when the sky was covered with clouds, (to celebrate Radha's descent) the demigods scattered flowers that had blossomed in the Nandana gardens. Text 8 radhavatarena tada babhuvur nadyo 'malambhash ca dishah praseduh vavush ca vata aravinda-ragaih su-shitalah sundara-manda-yanah radha - of Shri Radha; avatarena - by the descent; tada - then; babhuvur became; nadyo - the rivers; amala - pure; ambhas - waters; ca - and; dishah - the directions; praseduh - became happy and auspicious; vavus - blew; ca - also; vatas breezes; aravinda - of lotus flowers; ragaih - with pollen; su-shitalah - very cool; sundara - beautiful; manda - slowly; yanah - going. Because of Radha's descent the rivers became very pure and clear, the directions became auspicious and happy, and graceful, gentle, cooling breezes carried the pollen of lotus flowers. Text 9 sutam sharac-candra-shatabhiramam drivatha kirtir mudam apa gopi shubham vidhayashu dadau dvijebhyo dvi-laksham ananda-karam gavam ca sutam - daughter; sharat - autumn; candra - moons; shata - hundred; abhiramam - beautiful; driva - seeing; atha - then; kirtir - Kirti; mudam - happiness; apa attained; gopi - the gopi; shubham - auspicious; vidhaya - giving; ashu - at once;

dadau - gaving; dvijebhyo - to the brahmanas; dvi-laksham - two hundred thousand; ananda - bliss; karam - donation; gavan - cows; ca - also. Gazing at her daughter beautiful as hundreds of moons, the gopi Kirti became happy. To bring auspiciousness she gave two hundred thousand cows in charity to please the brahmanas. Text 10 prenkhe khacid-ratna-mayukha-purne suvarna-yukte krita-candanange andolita sa vavridhe sakhi-janair dine dine candra-kaleva bhabhih prenkhe khacid-ratna-mayukha-purne suvarna-yukte krita-candanange andolita sa vavridhe sakhi-janair dine dine candra-kaleva bhabhih Text 11 yad-darshanam deva-varaih su-durlabham yajnair na vaptam jana-janma-koibhih sa-vigraham tam vrishabhanu-mandire lalanti loka lalana-pralalanaih yad-darshanam deva-varaih su-durlabham yajnair na vaptam jana-janmakoibhih sa-vigraham tam vrishabhanu-mandire lalanti loka lalana-pralalanaih Text 12 shri-rasa-rangasya vikasha-candrika dipavalir ya vrishabhanu-mandire goloka-cuda-mani-kanha-bhushanam dhyatva param tam bhuvi paryaamy aham shri-rasa-rangasya vikasha-candrika dipavalir ya vrishabhanu-mandire golokacuda-mani-kanha-bhushanam dhyatva param tam bhuvi paryaamy aham Text 13 shri-bahulashva uvaca vrishabhano raho-bhagyam yasha radha sutabhavat

kalavatya sucandrena kim kritam purva-janmani shri-bahulashva uvaca vrishabhano raho-bhagyam yasha radha sutabhavat kalavatya sucandrena kim kritam purva-janmani Text 14 shri-narada uvaca nriga-putro maha-bhagah sucandro nripatishvarah cakravarti harer amso babhuvativa-sundarah shri-narada uvaca nriga-putro maha-bhagah sucandro nripatishvarah cakravarti harer amso babhuvativa-sundarah Text 15 pitrinam manasi-kanyas tisro 'bhuvan manoharah kalavati ratnamala menaka nama namatah pitrinam manasi-kanyas tisro 'bhuvan manoharah kalavati ratnamala menaka nama namatah Text 16 kalavatim sucandraya harer amsaya dhimate vaidehaya ratnamalam menakam ca himadraye paribarhena vidhina svecchabhih pitaro daduh kalavatim sucandraya harer amsaya dhimate vaidehaya ratnamalam menakam ca himadraye paribarhena vidhina svecchabhih pitaro daduh

Text 17

sitabhud ratnamalayam menakayam ca parvati dvayosh caritram viditam puraneshu maha-mate sitabhud ratnamalayam menakayam ca parvati dvayosh caritram viditam puraneshu maha-mate Text 18 sucandro 'tha kalavatya gomati-tiraje vane divyair dvadashabhir varshais tatapa brahmanas tapah sucandro 'tha kalavatya gomati-tiraje vane divyair dvadashabhir varshais tatapa brahmanas tapah Text 19 atho vidhis tam agatya varam bruhity uvaca ha shrutva valmika-deshac ca niryayau divya-rupa-dhrik atho vidhis tam agatya varam bruhity uvaca ha shrutva valmika-deshac ca niryayau divya-rupa-dhrik Text 20 tam natvovaca me bhuyad divyam moksham parat-param tac chrutva duhkhita sadhvi vidhim praha kalavati tam natvovaca me bhuyad divyam moksham parat-param tac chrutva duhkhita sadhvi vidhim praha kalavati Text 21 patir eva hi narinam daivatam paramam smritam

yadi moksham asau yati tada me ka gatir bhavet patir eva hi narinam daivatam paramam smritam yadi moksham asau yati tada me ka gatir bhavet Text 22 etad vina na jivami yadi moksham pradasyasi tubhyam shapam pradasyami pati-vikshepa-vihvala etad vina na jivami yadi moksham pradasyasi tubhyam shapam pradasyami pativikshepa-vihvala Text 23 shri-brahmovaca tvac-chapad bhaya-bhito 'ham me varo 'pi mrisha na hi tasmat tvam prana-patina sardham gaccha tripishapam shri-brahmovaca tvac-chapad bhaya-bhito 'ham me varo 'pi mrisha na hi tasmat tvam prana-patina sardham gaccha tripishapam Text 24 bhuktva sukhani kalena yuvam bhumau bhavishyathah ganga-yamunayor madhye dvaparante ca bharate bhuktva sukhani kalena yuvam bhumau bhavishyathah ganga-yamunayor madhye dvaparante ca bharate Text 25 yuvayo radhika sakshat paripurnatama-priya bhavishyati yada putri tada moksham gamishyathah

yuvayo radhika sakshat paripurnatama-priya bhavishyati yada putri tada moksham gamishyathah Text 26 shri-narada uvaca ittham brahma-varenatha divyenamogha-rupina kalavati-sucandrau ca bhumau tau dvau babhuvatuh shri-narada uvaca ittham brahma-varenatha divyenamogharupina kalavati-sucandrau ca bhumau tau dvau babhuvatuh Text 27 kalavati kanyakunje bhalandana-nripasya ca jati-smara hy abhud divya yajna-kunda-samudbhava kalavati kanyakunje bhalandana-nripasya ca jatismara hy abhud divya yajna-kunda-samudbhava Text 28 sucandro vrishabhanv-akhyah surabhanu-grihe 'bhavat jati-smaro gopa-varah kamadeva ivaparah sucandro vrishabhanv-akhyah surabhanu-grihe 'bhavat jati-smaro gopa-varah kamadeva ivaparah Text 29 sambandham yojayam asa nanda-rajo maha-matih tayosh ca jati-smarayor icchator icchaya dvayoh

sambandham yojayam asa nanda-rajo maha-matih tayosh ca jati-smarayor icchator icchaya dvayoh Text 30 vrishabhanoh kalavatya akhyanam shrinute narah sarva-papa-vinirmuktah krishna-sayujyam apnuyat vrishabhanoh kalavatya akhyanam shrinute narah sarvapapa-vinirmuktah krishna-sayujyam apnuyat

Chapter Nine Vasudeva-vivaha-varnana Description of Vasudeva's Wedding Text 1 shri-narada uvaca tatraikada shri-mathura-pure vare purohitah sarva-yaduttamaih kritah surecchaya garga iti pramanikah samayayau sundara-raja-mandiram shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tatra there; ekada once; shrimathura-pure in Mathura City; vare excellent; purohitah the priest; sarvayaduttamaih by all the best of the Yadus; kritah done; sura of the demigods; icchaya by the desire; gargah Garga Muni; iti thus; pramanikah great scholar; samayayau came; sundara handsome; raja of the king; mandiram to the palace. Shri Narada said: One day the great scholar Garga Muni, whom all the Yadus had made their chief priest, by his own wish went in Mathura City to the king's handsome palace, . . . Text 2 hira-khacid-dhema-lasat-kapaakam dvipendra-karnahata-bhrnga-naditam ibha-sravan-nirjhara-ganda-dharaya

samardritam mandapa-khanda-manditam hira diamonds; khacit studded; hema gold; lasat glistening; kapaakam door; dvipa of elephants; indra king; karna by the ear; ahata struck; bhrnga bee; naditam sounded; ibha elephant; sravat flowing; nirjhara streams; ganda cheek; dharaya with a stream; samardritam wet; mandapa pavilion; khanda part; manditam decorated. . . . which had great glistening golden doors studded with diamonds, which was filled with the sounds of bees and the flapping of elephants' ears, which was wet with streams of ichor flowing from the elephants, and which was decorated with many pavilions, . . . Text 3 mahodbhaair vira-janaih sa-kancukair dhanur-dharaish carma-kripana-panibhih ratha-dvipashva-dhvajini-baladibhih su-rakshitam mandala-mandalibhih mahodbhaaih great soldiers; vira-janaih heroic; sa-ka 24cukaih wearing armor; dhanur-dharaih holding bows; carma shields; kripana and swords; panibhih in hand; ratha chariots; dvipa elephants; ashva horses; dhvajini of an army; bala the might; adibhih beginning with; su well; rakshitam protected; mandala-mandalibhih with groups. . . . and which was well protected by great heroic soldiers wearing armor, carrying bows, holding swords and shields in their hands, and by the great power of an army riding on chariots, elephants, and horses. Text 4 dadarsha gargo nripadevam ahukam shvaphalkina devaka-kamsa-sevitam shri-shakra-simhasana unnate pare sthitam vritam cchatra-vitana-camaraih dadarsha saw; gargah Garga; nripadevam the king of kings; ahukam Ugrasena; shvaphalkina by Akrura; devaka Deavaka; kamsa Kamsa; sevitam served; shri-shakra of Indra; simhasane on the throne; unnate raised; pare great; sthitam situated; vritam surrounded; chatra parasol; vitana awning; camaraih and camaras.

There Garga Muni saw emperor Ugrasena who was accompanied Akrura, served by Devaka and Kamsa, and surrounded by parasols, awnings, and camaras as he sat on Indra's great throne Text 5 driva munim tam sahasasanashayad utthaya raja prananama yadavaih samsthapya sampujya subhadra-pihake stutva parikramya natah sthito 'bhavat driva seeing; munim sage; tam the; sahasa as tonce; asanashayat from the throne; utthaya rising; raja the king; prananama bowed; yadavaih with the Yadus; samsthapya placing; sampujya worshiping; subhadra-pihake on the throne; stutva offering prayers; parikramya circumambulating; natah bowing; sthitah stood; abhavat was.

Seeing the sage, the emperor at once rose from his throne, offered respectful obeisances with the Yadavas, placed the sage on the throne, worshiped him, glorified him, circumambulated him, and bowed down before him. Text 6 dattvashisham garga-munir nripaya vai papraccha sarvam kushalam nripadishu shri-devakam praha maha-mana rishir mahaujasam niti-vidam yaduttamam dattva giving; ashisham benediction; garga-munih Garga Muni; nripaya to the king; vai certainly; papraccha asked; sarvam all; kushalam welfare; nripa-adishu beginning with the king; shri-devakam Shri Devaka; praha said; maha-mana the great soul; rishih the sage; mahaujasam very powerful; nitividam wise; yaduttamam the best of the Yadus. Garga Muni blessed the king and asked about the welfare of the king and his associates. Then the saintly sage spoke to powerful and wise Shri Devaka, the best of the Yadavas. Text 7 shri-garga uvaca shaurim vina bhuvi nripeshu varas tu nasti

cintyo maya bahu-dinaih kila yatra tatra tasman nri-deva vasudeva-varaya dehi shri-devakim tava sutam vidhinodvahasva shri-gargah uvaca Shri Garga Muni said; shaurim Vasudeva; vina without; bhuvi on the earth; nripeshu among the kings; varah best; tu indeed; na not; asti is; cintyah considered; maya by me; bahu-dinaih with many days; kila indeed; yatra where; tatra there; tasmat from that; nri-devah the king; vasudeva-varaya great Vasudeva; dehi please give; shri-devakim Shri Devaki; tava your; sutam daughter; vidhina following tradition; udvahasva marry. Shri Garga Muni said: After thinking for many days I have decided that in this world no king is better than Vasudeva. Therefore, O king, please give your daughter Devaki in marriage to Vasudeva. Text 8 shri-narada uvaca kritva tadaiva puri nishcaya-nagavallim shri-devakah sakala-dharma-bhritam varishhah gargecchaya tu vasudeva-varaya putrim kritvatha mangalam alam pradadau vivahe shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; kritva having done; tada then; eva indeed; puri in the city; nishcaya decision; nagavallim betelnuts; shri-devakah Shri Devaka; sakala all; dharma of religious principles; bhritam of they who possess; varishhah the best; garga of Garga Muni; icchaya by the desire; tu indeed; vasudeva-varaya to Vasudeva; putrim daughter; kritva doing; atha then; mangalam auspiciousness; alam great; pradadau gave; vivahe in marriage. Shri Narada said: After offering (the sage) betelnuts to show his assent, Shri Devaka, who was the best of all pious men, performed the auspicious ceremonies and gave his daughter in marriage to Vasudeva according to Garga Muni's desire. Text 9 kritodvahah shaurir ativa-sundaram ratham prayane samalankritam hayaih sardham taya devaka-raja-kanyaya samaruhat kancana-ratna-shobhaya

krita performed; udvahah marriage; shaurih Vasudeva; ativa-sundaram very beautiful; ratham chariot; prayane in the journey; samalankritam decorated; hayaih horses; sardham with; taya with her; devaka-raja-kanyaya King Devaka's daughter; samaruhat ascended; kancana with gold; ratna and jewels; shobhaya beautiful. When the marriage ceremony was over Vasudeva, accompanied by King Devaka's daughter, who was beautiful with gold and jewels, climbed a very graceful decorated chariot drawn by many horses. Text 10 svasuh priyam kartum ativa kamso jagraha rashmims calatam hayanam uvaha vahams chaturanginibhir vritah kripa-sneha-paro 'tha shaurau svasuh to his sister; priyam a favor; kartum to do; ativa very; kamsah Kamsa; jagraha took; rasmin the reins; calatam moving; hayanam of the horses; uvaha carried; vahan the chariots; chaturanginibhih with an army; vritah surrounded; kripa-sneha-parah filled with kindness; atha then; shaurau for Vasudeva. To please his sister, Kamsa took the reins of the moving horses. Kind and affectionate to Vasudeva, and surrounded by an army, he drove the chariot. Text 11 dasi-sahasram tv ayutam gajananam sat-paribarham niyutam hayanam laksham rathanam ca gavam dvi-laksham pradad duhitre nripa-devako vai dasi of maidservants; sahasram a thousand; tu indeed; ayutam ten thousand; gajananam of elephants; sat-paribarham a wedding pressent; niyutam a million; hayanam of horses; laksham a hundred thousand; rathanam of chariots; ca and; gavam of cows; dvi-laksham two hundred thousand pradat gave; duhitre to his daughter; nripa-devah King Devaka; vai indeed. King Devaka gave to his daughter a wedding present of a thousand maidservants, ten thousand elephants, a million horses, a hundred thousand chariots, and two hundred thousand cows.

Text 12 bheri-mridangoddhara-gomukhanam dhundhurya-vinanaka-venukanam mahat-svano 'bhuc calatam yadunam prayana-kale pathi mangalam ca bheri bheris; mridanga mridangas; uddhara uddharas; gomukhanam and gomukhas; dhundhurya dhundhuryas; vina vinaa; anaka anakas; venukanam and venus; mahat great; svanah sound; abhut was; calatam moving; yadunam of the Yadavas; prayana of departure; kale at the time; pathi on the path; mangalam auspicious; ca and. At the time of the Yadavas' departure, on the path was a great auspicious sound of many bheris, mridangas, uddharas, gomukhas, dhundhuryas, vinas, anakas, and venus. Text 13 akasha-vag aha tadaiva kamsam tvam ashamo hi prasavo 'njasasyah hanta na janasi ca yam ratha-stham rashmim grihitva vahase 'budhas tvam akasha from the sky; vak a voice; aha said; tada then; eva indeed; kamsam to Kamsa; tvam you; ashamah the eighth; hi indeed; prasavah son; anjasa certainly; asyah of her; hanta killer; na not; janasi you know; ca also; yam whom; ratha-stham staying on the chariot; rashmin the reins; grihitva taking; vahase you carry; abudhah a fool; tvam you. Then a voice from the sky said to Kamsa: You are a fool. You do not know that the eighth son of the girl riding in the chariot you drive, holding the reins, will kill you. Text 14 kusanga-nishho 'ti-khalo hi kamso hantum svasaram dhishanam cakara kace grihitva sita-khadga-panir gata-trapo nirdaya ugra-karma ku-sanga-nishhah whose friends were demons; ati-khalah very wicked; hi indeed; kamsah Kamsa; hantum to kill; svasaram his sister; dhishanam the

ground; cakara did; kace by the hair; grihitva grabbing; sita sharp; khadga sword; panih in his hand; gata-trapah shameless; nirdayah merciless; ugra horrible; karma deeds. Wicked, shameless, merciless Kamsa, whose friends were demons and whose deeds were horrible, threw his sister to the ground, grabbed her by the hair, and grasped a sharp sword in his hand to kill her. Text 15 vaditra-kara rahita babhuvur agre sthitah syus cakita hi pashcat sarveshu va shveta-mukheshu satsu shauris tam ahashu satam varishhah vaditra karah musicians; rahitah without; babhuvuh became; agresthitah in the presence; syuh were; cakitah afraid; hi indeed; pashcat behind; sarveshu all; va or; shveta white; mukheshu faces; satsu being so; shaurih Vasudeva; tam to him; aha said; ashu at once; satam of the devotees; varishhah the best. The musicians dropped their instruments. They who were in front went to the rear. When all faces turned white, Vasudeva, the best of devotees, spoke to Kamsa. Text 16 shri-vasudeva uvaca bhojendra bhoja-kula-kirti-karas tvam eva bhaumadi-magadha-bakasura-vatsa-banaih shlaghya gunas tava yudhi pratiyoddhu-kamaih sa tvam katham tu bhaginim asinatra hanyat shri-vasudevah uvaca Shri Vasudeva said; bhoja-indra O king of the Bhojas; bhoja-kula of the Bhoja family; kirti-karah the glory; tvam you; eva indeed; bhauma narakasura; adi beginning with; magadha the king of Magadha; bakasura Bakasura; vatsa Vatsa; banaih by bana; shlaghyah glorified; gunah virtues; tava your; yudhi in battle; pratiyoddhu-kamaih desiring to fight; sah he; tvam you; katham why?; tu certainly; bhaginim sister; asina with a sword; atra here; hanyat will kill. Shri Vasudeva said: O king of the Bhojas, you are the glory of the Bhoja dynasty. Narakasura, Jarasandha, Bakasura, Vatsasura, and Banasura, who all yearned to

fight with you, praise your virtues in battle. Why are you now on the verge of killing with a sword your own sister? Text 17 jnatva striyam kila bakim pratiyoddhu-kamam yuddham kritam na bhavata nripa-niti-vrittya sa tu tvayapi bhaginiva krita prashantyai sakshad iyam tu bhagini kim u te vicarat jnatva understanding; striyam a woman; kila indeed; bakim Putana; pratiyoddhu-kamam desiring to fight; yuddham fight; kritam done; na not; bhavata by you; nripa-niti-vrittya by the proper conduct of a king; sa she; tu certainly; tvaya by you; api also; bhagini a sister; iva like; krita made; prashantyai to pacify; sakshat directly; iyam she; tu certainly; bhagini sister; kim u why?; te of you; vicarat by the thought. Following the royal code of chivalry you would not fight with Putana, a woman who yearned to fight with you, and to pacify her you treated her as if she were your sister. This girl is your real sister. Why do you wish to act in this way? Text 18 udvaha-parvani gata ca tavanuja ca bala suteva kripana shubhada sadaisha yogyo 'si natra mathuradhipa hantum etam tvam dina-duhkha-harane krita-citta-vrittih udvaha of the wedding; parvani the festival; gata gone; ca also; tava your; anuja younger sister; ca also; bala a girl; suta daughter; iva like; kripana object of mercy; shubhada auspicious; sada always; esha she; yogyah proper; asi are; na not; atra here; mathuradhipa O king of Mathura; hantum to kill; etam her; tvam you; dina of the poor; duhkha of the sufferings; harane in the removal; krita done; citta of the heart; vrittih the action. On this, her festive wedding-day, you should be kind to your younger sister and treat her as a daughter. O king of Mathura, you should not kill her. You should fix your heart on remving the sufferings of the distressed. Text 19

shri-narada uvaca namanyathettham pratibodhito 'pi ku-sanga-nishho 'ti-khalo hi kamsah tada hareh kala-gatim vicarya shaurih prasannah punar aha kamsam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; na not; amanyatha think; ittham thus; pratibodhitah enlightened; api even; ku-sanga-nishhah whose friends were demons; ati-khalah very wicked; hi certainly; kamsah Kamsa; tada then; hareh of Lord Krishna; kala of time; gatim the way; vicarya considering; shaurih Vasudeva; prasannah cheerful; punah again; aha said; kamsam to Kamsa. Shri Narada said: Although given this good instruction, wicked Kamsa, whose friends were demons, did not take it seriously. Then, reflecting on the ways of Lord Hari's time, Vasudeva, now cheerful, again spoke to Kamsa. Text 20 shri-vasudeva uvaca nasyas tu te deva bhayam kadacid yad deva-vanya kathitam ca tac chrinu putran dadamiti yato bhayam syan ma te vyathasyah prasava-prajatat shri-vasudevah uvaca Shri Vasudeva said; na not; asyah of her; tu certainly; te of you; deva O lord; bhayam fear; kadacit ever; yat what; deva divine; vanya by the voice; kathitam spoken; ca also; tat that; shrinu listen; putran sons; dadami i will give; iti thus; yatah because of whom; bhayam fear; syat may be; ma don't; te of you; vyatha agitation; asyah of her; prasava-prajatat from the birth of sons. Shri Vasudeva said: O lord, you never need to fear this girl. Hear what the divine voice said. I will give you the sons that frighten you. Don't be afraid of the sons that may be born from her. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca shrutva ca nishcitya vaco 'tha shaureh kamsah prashamsyashu griham gato 'bhut shauris tada devaka-raja-putrya bhayavritah san griham ajagama

shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; shrutva hearing; ca also; nishcitya considering; vacah words; atha then; shaureh of Vasudeva; kamsah Kamsa; prashamsya praising; ashu at once; griham home; gatah went; abhut became; shaurih Vasudeva; tada then; devaka-raja-putrya with the daughter of King Devaka; bhaya-avritah filled with fear; san being; griham home; ajagama came. Shri Narada said: Hearing and agreeing with Vasudeva's words, Kamsa praised him and then went home. Then, frightened Vasudeva, accompanied by King Devaka's daughter, went to his home.

Chapter Ten Shri-Balabhadra-janma-varnana Description of the Birth of Lord Balarama Text 1 shri-narada uvaca bhitah palayate nayam yoddharah kamsa-noditah ayutam shastra-samyukta rurudhuh shauri-mandiram shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; bhitah - frightened; palayate - flees; na not; ayam - he; yoddharah - soldiers; kamsa - by Kamsa; noditah - sent; ayutam ten thousand; shastra-samyuktah - with weapons; rurudhuh - stopped; shauri Vasudeva's; mandiram - palace. Frightened Vasudeva could not flee, for ten thousand armed soldiers sent by Kamsa surrounded Vasudeva's palace. Text 2 shaurih kalena devakyam ashau putran ajijanat anuvarsham catha kanyam ekam mayam sanatanim shaurih - Vasudeva; kalena - in time; devakyam - in Devaki; ashau - eight; putran - sons; ajijanat - begat; anuvarsham - every year; ca - and; atha - then; kanyam - daughter; ekam - one; mayam - Maya; sanatanim - eternal.

In the course of time, year after year, Vasudeva begat in Devaki eight sons and a daughter who was the eternal goddess Maya. Text 3 kirtimantam sutam hy adau jatam anakadundubhih nitva kamsa-sabham etya dadau tasmai parartha-vit kirtimantam - Kirtiman; sutam - son; hi - certainly; adau - in the beginning; jatam - born; anakadundubhih - Vasudeva; nitva - bringing; kamsa - of Kamsa; sabham to the assembly; etya - coming; dadau - gave; tasmai - to him; para-artha-vit knowing the supreme benefit. Vasudeva, who knew the ultimate goal of life, went to Kamsa's assembly and offered his first son Kirrtiman. Text 4 satya-vakya-sthitam shaurim drishva kamso ghrini tv abhut duhkham sadhur na sahate satye kasya kshama na hi satya-vakya-sthitam - whose word is true; shaurim - Vasudeva; drishva - seeing; kamsah - Kamsa; ghrini - kind; tu - indeed; abhut - became; duhkham - sadness; sadhuh - a saint; na - not; sahate - bears; satye - in truth; kasya - of what?; kshama - tolerance; na - not; hi - indeed. Seeing that Vasudeva had kept his promise and his word was true, Kamsa became softened with kindness. In truth, what suffering will a saint not bear? What will he not tolerate? Text 5 kamsa uvaca esha balo yatu griham etasman na hi me bhayam yuvayor ashamam garbham hanishyami na samsayah

kamsah uvaca - Kamsasaid; eshah - this; balah - child; yatu - may go; griham home; etasmat - of him; na - not; hi - indeed; me - of me; bhayam - fear; yuvayoh of you; ashamam - the eighth; garbham - child; hanishyami - I will kill; na - no; samsayah - doubt. Kamsa said: This child may go home. I do not fear him. I will kill your eighth son. Of this there is no doubt. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto vasudevas tu sa-putro griham agatah satyam namanyata manag vakyam tasya duratmanah shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; uktah - said; vasudevah Vasudeva; tu - certainly; sa-putrah - with his son; griham - home; agatah went; satyam - truth; na - not; amanyata - thought; manak - at all; vakyam statement; tasya - of him; duratmanah - the demon. Shri Narada said: Told this, Vasudeva went home with his son. However, he did not think the demon would make his words true. Text 7 tadambarad agatam mam natva pujyograsenajah papraccha devabhiprayam pravocam tam nibodha me tada - then; ambarat - from the sky; agatam - come; mam - me; natva - bowing; pujya - worshiping; ugrasenajah - Kamsa; papraccha - asked; deva - of the demigods; abhiprayam - intention; pravocam - i told; tam - him; nibodha - learn; me - from me. Then I came there from the sky. Kamsa bowed before me, worshiped me, and asked me about the demigods' plans. I said to him, "Learn this from me. Text 8

nandadya vasavah sarve vrishabhanv-adayah surah gopyo veda-ricadyash ca santi bhumau nripeshvara nanda - by Nanda; adyah - headed; vasavah - the Vasus; sarve - all; vrishabhanu - by Vrishabhanu; adayah - headed; surah - the suras; gopyah - the gopis; veda-rica - by the Vedic hymns; adyah - headed; ca - also; santi - are; bhumau - on the earth; nripa-ishvara - O king of kings. "O king of kings, all the Vasus have become the people that have Nanda as their leader. The suras have become the people that have Vrishabhanu as their leader. A group that has the Vedic hymns as its leader has become gopis. They are all now on the earth. Text 9 vasudevadayo deva mathurayam ca vrishnayah devaky-adyah striyah sarva devatah santi nishcayah vasudeva - by Vasudeva; adayah - headed; devah - the demigods; mathurayam in mathura; ca - and; vrishnayah - the Vrishnis; devaki - by Devaki; adyah - headed; striyah - their wives; sarvah - all; devatah - demigods; santi - are; nishcayah concluded. "The devas have become the Vrishnis headed by Vasudeva and all the demigoddesses have become their wives, headed by Devaki. Text 10 sapta-vara-prasankhyanad ashamah sarva eva hi te hantuh sankhyayayam vai devanam vamato gatih sapta-vara-prasankhyanat - after the seventh; ashamah - the eighth; sarve - all; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; te - they; hantuh - of the killer; sankhyaya - by the number; ayam - he; vai - indeed; devanam - of the demigods; vamato gatih crookedness.

"Depending on how they are counted, any of Vasudeva's sons can be the eighth one. Any of them can be the one that will kill you. That is the crookedness of the demigods. Text 11 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva tam mayi gate krite daitya-vadhodyame kamsah kopa-vritah sadyo yadun hantum mano dadhe shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; uktva - saying; tam - to him; mayi - when I; gate - had gone; krite - done; daitya - of the demons; vadha - killing; udyame - in determination; kamsah - Kamsa; kopa - with anger; vritah - filled; sadyah - at once; yadun - the Yadavas; hantum - to kill; manah - mind; dadhe placed. Shri Narada said: After I had gone, Kamsa became filled with anger at this plan (of the demigods) to kill the demons. In his heart he decided to kill all the Yadavas. Text 12 vasudevam devakim ca baddhvatha nigadair dridhaih mamarda tam shila-prishhe devaki-garbhajam shishum vasudevam - Vasudeva; devakim - Ddvaki; ca - and; baddhva - binding; atha then; nigadaih - in chains; dridhaih - firm; mamarda - beat; tam - him; shila - of stone; prishhe - on the surface; devaki-garbhajam shishum - Devaki's son. Kamsa tightly bound Vasudeva and Devaki in chains. Then he crushed Devaki's son against a stone surface. Text 13 jati-smaro vishnu-bhayaj jatam jatam jaghana ha iti dusha-vibhavac ca bhumau bhutam na samshayam

jati - birth; smarah - remembering; vishnu - of Lord Vishnu; bhayat - out of fear; jatam - born; jatam - born; jaghana - killed; ha - indeed; iti - thus; dusha-vibhavat out of wickedness; ca - also; bhumau - on the earth; bhutam - manifested; na - no; samshayam - doubt. Remembering his previous birth, out of his demonic nature and out of fear of Lord Vishnu he killed each son as it was born. Of this there is no doubt. Text 14 ugrasenas tada kruddho yadavendro nripeshvarah varayam asa kamsakhyam vasudeva-sahaya-krit ugrasenah - Ugrasena; tada - then; kruddhah - angry; yadavendrah - the king of the Yadavas; nripeshvarah - the king of kings; varayam asa - stopped; kamsakhyam - Kamsa; vasudeva - to Vasudeva; sahaya - help; krit - did. Angry at this, emperor Ugrasena, who was the master of the Yadavas, stopped Kamsa and helped Vasudeva. Text 15 kamsasya durabhiprayam drishvottasthur maha-bhaah ugrasenanuga raksham cakrus te khadga-panayah kamsasya - of Kamsa; durabhiprayam - the wicked plan; drishva - seeing; uttasthuh - rose; maha-bhaah - great soldiers; ugrasenanugah - followers of Ugrasena; raksham - protection; cakruh - did; te - they; khadga - swords; panayah in hand. Seeing Kamsa's demonic intentions, with swords in their hands, Ugrasena's soldiers protected (Vasudeva and Devaki). Text 16 ugrasenanugan drishva kamsa-virah samutthitah taih sardham abhavad yuddham

sabha-mandapa-madhyatah ugrasenanugan - the followers of Ugrasena; drishva - seeing; kamsa-virah Kamsa's soldiers; samutthitah - risen; taih - them; sardham - with; abhavat - was; yuddham - battle; sabha-mandapa-madhyatah - in the midst of the assembly. Seeing Ugrasena's soldiers, Kamsa's soldiers rose against them and fought a great battle with them in the midst of the assembly. Text 17 dvara-deshe 'pi viranam yuddham jatam parapsparam khadga-praharair ayutam jananam nidhanam gatam dvara-dese - in the doorway; api - even; viranam - of the soldiers; yuddham battle; jatam - was born; parapsparam - mutual; khadga - of swords; praharaih with blows; ayutam - ten thousand; jananam - of people; nidhanam - to death; gatam - went. The soldiers fought a great battle in the doorway. By the blows of their swords ten thousand people died. Texts 18 and 19 kamso grihitvatha gadam pituh senam mamarda ha kamsasya gadaya sprishah kecic chinna-lalaakah bhinna-pada bhinna-mukhash chinnamsas chinna-bahavah adho-mukha urdhva-mukhah sa-shastrah patitah kshanat kamsah - Kamsa; grihitva - grasping; atha - then; gadam - a club; pituh - of his father; senam - the army; mamarda ha - crushed; kamsasya - of Kamsa; gadaya by the club; sprishah - touched; kecit - some; chinna - broken; lalaakah foreheads; bhinna - broken; padah - legs; bhinna - broken; mukhah - faces; chinna broken; amsah - shoulders; chinna - broken; bahavah - arms; adhah - bowed down; mukhah - faces; urdhva - up; mukhah - faces; sa - with; shastrah - weapons; patitah - fallen; kshanat - in a moment.

Then Kamsa took his club and crushed his father's army. Touched by his club, in a moment many fell with their weapons, their faces down or up, and their foreheads, legs, faces, shoulders, or arms broken. Text 20 vamanto rudhiram vira murchita nidhanam gatah sabha-mandapam araktam drishyate kshataja-sravat vamantah - vomiting; rudhiram - blood; virah - the soldiers; murchitah - fell unconscious; nidhanam - to death; gatah - went; sabha-mandapam - the assembly hall; araktam - red; drishyate - is seen; kshataja - blood from the wounds; sravat from the streams. Many soldiers vomited blood, fell unconscious, and died. The assembly hall was seen to be red with streams of blood from their wounds. Text 21 ittham mahotkaah kamsah sa nipatyodbhaan ripun krodhadhyo raja-rajendro jagraha pitaram khalah ittham - thus; mahotkaah - arrogant; kamsah - Kamsa; sah - he; nipatya falling; udbhaan - on the soldiers; ripun - enemy; krodha - with anger; adhyah rich; raja-rajendrah - the king of kings of kings; jagraha - grabbed; pitaram - his father; khalah - demon. In this way Kamsa fell upon the enemy soldiers. Then, rich with anger, the demonic king of the kings of kings grabbed his father. Text 22 nripasanat sangrihitva baddhva pashaish ca tam khalah tan-mitraish ca nripaih sardham karagare rurodha ha

nripasanat - from the royal throne; sangrihitva - taking; baddhva - binding; pashaih - with ropes; ca - also; tam - him; khalah - the demon; tan-mitraih - with his friends; ca - also; nripaih - kings; sardham - with; karagare - in a prison cell; rurodha - imprisoned; ha - indeed. The demon dragged him from the royal throne, bound him with ropes, and with his royal friends locked him in a prison cell. Text 23 madhunam shurasenanam deshanam sarva-sampadam simhasane copavishya svayam rajyam cakara ha madhunam - of the Madhus; shurasenanam - of the Shurasenas; deshanam - of the countries; sarva - all; sampadam - opulences; simhasane - on the throne; ca also; upavishya - sitting; svayam - personally; rajyam - the kingdom; cakara ha did. Sitting on the throne, Kamsa then personally ruled the opulent kingdoms of the Madhus and Shurasenas. Text 24 pidita yadavah sarve sambandhasya mishais tvaram catur-disho 'ntaram deshan vivishuh kala-vedinah piditah - distressed; yadavah - the Yadavas; sarve - all; sambandhasya - of the relationship; mishaih - on the preText; tvaram - quickly; catur-dishah - to the four directions; antaram - in; deshan - countries; vivishuh - entered; kala - time; vedinah - aware. Harassed by Kamsa, all the Yadavas fled to other countries on the preText of visiting relatives and waited for a better time. Texts 25 and 26 devakyah saptame garbhe

harsha-soka-vivardhane vrajam pranite rohinyam anante yogamayaya aho garbhah kva vigata ity ucur mathura janah devakyah - of Devaki; saptame - in the seventh; garbhe - embryo; harsha happiness; soka - and grief; vivardhane - increasing; vrajam - to Vraja; pranite brought; rohinyam - in Rohini; anante - Ananta; yogamayaya - by Yogamaya; ahah Oh; garbhah - embryo; kva - where?; vigatah - gone; iti - thus; ucuh - said; mathurah janah - the people of Mathura. When Yogamaya carried Devaki's seventh fetus, which brought her both joy and grief, to Vraja and placed it in Rohini's womb, the people of Mathura said, "Where did the child go?" Texts 27 and 28 atha vraje panca-dineshu bhadre tithau ca shashhyam ca site budhe ca uccair grahaih pancabhir avrite ca lagne tulakhye dina-madhya-deshe sureshu varshatsu su-pushpa-varsham ghaneshu muncatsu ca vari-bindun babhuva devo vasudeva-patnyam vibhasayan nanda-griham sva-bhasa atha - then; vraje - in Vraja; panca-dineshu - in five days; bhadre - in Bhadra; tithau - in the day; ca - and; shashhyam - on the sixth; ca - also; site - in the bright fortnight; budhe - in mercury; ca - and; uccaih - exalted; grahaih - with planets; pancabhih - with five; avrite - covered; ca - and; lagne - on the horizon; tula-akhye in Libra; dina-madhya-deshe - at midday; sureshu - as the demigods; varshatsu showered; su - beautiful; pushpa - of flowers; varsham - a rain; ghaneshu - as the clouds; muncatsu - released; ca - also; vari-bindun - drops of water; babhuva became; devah - the Supreme Lord; vasudeva-patnyam - in the wife of Vasudeva; vibhasayan - illuminating; nanda-griham - Nanda's home; sva - with His own; bhasa - splendor. Then, in Vraja, after five days, in the month of Bhadra (August-September), on the sixth day of the bright fortnight, when Mercury, five exalted planets, and the constellation Libra were on the horizon, at midday, as the demigods showered a beautiful rain of flowers and the clouds sprinkled drops of water, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, illuminating Nanda's home with His splendor, was born from Vasudeva's wife (Rohini). Text 29

nando 'pi kurvan chishu-jata-karma dadau dvijebhyo niyutam gavam ca gopan samahuya su-gayakanam ravair maha-mangalam atanoti nandah - Nanda; api - indeed; kurvan - performing; shishu - of the child; jatakarma - the birth-ceremony; dadau - gave; dvijebhyah - to the brahmanas; niyutam - a million; gavam - of cows; ca - also; gopan - the gopas; samahuya - calling; sugayakanam - of singers; ravaih - with the music; maha-mangalam - great auspiciousness; atanoti - gave. Nanda performed the child's birth ceremony and gave in charity a million cows to the brahmanas. Then he called the gopas and observed a very auspicious festival with the music of many singers and instrumentalists. Text 30 dvaipayano devala-devaratavashishha-vacaspatibhir maya caagatya tatraiva samasthito 'bhut padyadibhir nanda-kritaih prasannah dvaipayanah - Vyasa; devala - Devala; devarata - Devarata; vashishha Vashishha; vacaspatibhih - with Brihaspati; maya - with me; ca - also; agatya coming; tatra - there; eva - indeed; samasthitah - situated; abhut - became; padya with water for washing the feet; adibhih - beginning with; nanda - by Nanda; kritaih - done; prasannah - pleased. Coming there with Devala, Devarata, Vashishha, Brihaspati, and myself (Narada), Vyasadeva was pleased when Nanda washed his feet and worshiped Him in many ways. Text 31 shri-nanda uvaca sundaro balakah ko 'yam na drishyo yat-samah kvacit katham panca-dinaj jatas tan me bruhi maha-mune shri-nandah uvaca - Shri Nanda said; sundarah - handsome; balakah - boy; kah who?; ayam - He; na - not; drishyah - visible; yat - with whom; samah - equal;

kvacit - anywhere; katham - how?; panca - after five; dinat - days; jatah - born; tat that; me - me; bruhi - please tell; maha-mune - O great sage. Shri Nanda said: Who is this handsome boy, whose equal cannot be seen anywhere? How is it He was born after only five days (in the womb)? O great sage, please tell me. Text 32 shri-vyasa uvaca aho bhagyam tu te nanda shishuh sheshah sanatanah devakyam vasudevasya jato 'yam mathura-pure shri-vyasah uvaca - Shri Vyasa said; ahah - Oh; bhagyam - good fortune; tu indeed; te - of you; nanda - O Nanda; shishuh - child; sheshah - Shesha; sanatanah eternal; devakyam - in Devaki; vasudevasya - of Vasudeva; jatah - born; ayam - He; mathura-pure - in Mathura City.. Shri Vyasa said: Nanda, you are very fortunate. This child is eternal Ananta Shesha. In Mathura City He was conceived by Vasudeva in Devaki. Text 33 krishnecchaya tad-udarat pranito rohinim shubham nanda-raja tvaya drishyo durlabho yoginam api krishna - of Lord Krishna; icchaya - by the wish; tat - of her; udarat - from the womb; pranitah - brought; rohinim - to Rohini; shubham - beautiful; nanda-raja - O King Nanda; tvaya - by you; drishyah - to be seen; durlabhah - difficult; yoginam by the yogis; api - even. By Lord Krishna's wish He was brought to beautiful Devaki. O King Nanda, you may see Him even though the great yogis cannot. Text 34 tad-darshanartham prapto 'ham

vedavyaso maha-munih tasmat tvam darshayasmakam shishu-rupam parat param tad-darshana-artham - to see Him; praptah - attained; aham - I; devakya - by Devaki; asau - he; maha-munih - a great sage; tasmat - therefore; tvam - you; darshaya - please show; asmakam - to us; shishu - child; rupam - form; parat param - greater than the greatest. I, Vedavyasa, have come here to see Him. Therefore, please show Him, the Supreme Person who is greater than the greatest and who now displays the form of an infant, to us. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca atha nandah shishum shesham darshayam asa vismitah drishva prenkha-sthitam praha natva satyavati-sutah shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; atha - then; nandah - Nanda; shishum the child; shesham - Shesha; darshayam asa - showed; vismitah - astonished; drishva - seeing; prenkha - on the swinging-cradle; sthitam - situated; praha - said; natva - bowing; satyavati - of Satyavati; sutah - the son. Shri Narada said: Then Nanda showed them the child Aannta Shesha. Gazing at the child in the cradle, Vyasa, struck with wonder, bowed down, and spoke. Text 36 shri-vyasa uvaca devadhideva bhagavan kama-pala namo 'stu te namo 'nantaya sheshaya sakshad-ramaya te namah shri-vyasah uvaca - Shri Vyasa said; deva - of gods; adhideva - O Lord; bhagavan - O master of opulences; kama - of desires; pala - O protector; namah - obeisances; astu - may be te - to You; namah - obeisances; anantaya sheshaya - to Lord Ananta Shesha; sakshad-ramaya - directly Lord Balarama; te - to You; namah - obeisances.

Shri Vyasa said: O master of the demigods, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, O Lord who grants desires, obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, who are Lord Aananta Shesha! Obeisances to You, who are directly Lord Rama! Text 37 dhara-dharaya purnaya sva-dhamne sira-panaye sahasra-shirase nityam namah sankarshanaya te dhara - of the earth; dharaya - to the holder; purnaya - perfect and complete; sva-dhamne - self-effulgent; sira - a plow; panaye - in hand; sahasra - a thousand; shirase - heads; nityam - eternally; namah - obeisances; sankarshanaya Sankarshana; te - to You. Eternal obeisances to You, Lord Sankarshana, the maintainer of the earth, perfect and complete, effulgent and glorious, holding a plow in Your hand, and having a thousand heads! Text 38 revati-ramana tvam vai baladevo 'cyutagrajah halayudhah pralamba-ghnah pahi mam purushottama revati-ramana - O husband of Revati; tvam - You; vai - indeed; baladevah Baladeva; acyuta - of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; agrajah - the elder broehter; hala - plow; ayudhah - weapon; pralamba - of Pralambasura; ghnah the killer; pahi - protect; mam - me; purushottama - O Supreme Person. You are Baladeva, Revati's husband and the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead's elder brother. You are armed with a plow. You are Pralambasura's killer. O Supreme Person, please save me! Text 39 balaya balabhadraya talankaya namo namah nilambaraya gauraya rauhineyaya te namah

balaya - Bala; balabhadraya - Balabhadra; talankaya - whose mark is the palm tree; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances; nila - blue; ambaraya garments; gauraya - fair complexion; rauhineyaya - the son of Rohini; te - to You; namah - obeisances. Obeisances! Obeisances to You, who are known as Bala and Balabhadra, and who carry a palm-tree flag! Obeisances to You, Rohini's fair-complexioned son dressed in blue garments! Text 40 dhenukarir mushikarih kuarir balvalantakah rukmy-arih kupakarnarih kumbhandaris tvam eva hi dhenuka - of Dhenuka; arih - the enemy; mushika - of Musika; arih - the enemy; kua - of Kua; arih - the enemy; balvala - of Balvala; antakah - the end; rukmi - of Rukmi; arih - enemy; kupakarna - of Kupakarna; arih - the enemy; kumbhanda - of Kumbhanda; arih - the enemy; tvam - You; eva - certainly; hi certainly. You are the enemy of Dhenuka, Mushtika, Kua, Rukmi, Kupakarna, and Kumbhanda. You put an end to Balvala. Text 41 kalindi-bhedano 'si tvam hastinapura-karshakah dvividarir yadavendro vraja-mandala-mandanah kalindi - the yamuna; bhedanah - dividing; asi - are; tvam - You; hastinapura - of Hastinapura; karshakah - the puller; dvivida - of Dvivida; arih - the enemy; yadava of the Yadavas; indrah - the king; vraja - of Vraja; mandala - of the circle; mandanah - the decoration. You divided the Yamuna and dragged Hastinapura. You are the enemy of Dvivida. You are the king of the Yadavas and the decoration of the circle of Vraja. Text 42

kamsa-bhratri-prahatasi tirtha-yatrakarah prabhuh duryodhana-guruh sakshat pahi pahi prabho jagat kamsa - of Kamsa; bhratri - of the brothers; prahata - the killer; asi - You are; tirtha-yatrakarah - the pilgrim who goes to holy places; prabhuh - the Lord; duryodhana-guruh - the teacher of Duryodhana; sakshat - directly; pahi - protect; pahi - protect; prabhah - O Lord; jagat - the universe. You are the killer of Kamsa's brothers, a pilgrim who goes to holy places, the Supreme Master, and the teacher of Duryodhana. O Lord, please protect, please protect the world! Text 43 jaya jayacyuta deva parat para svayam ananta dig-anta-gatam yashah sura-munindra-phanindra-varaya te musaline baline haline namah jaya - glories; jaya - glories; acyuta - O infallible; deva - Lord; parat para - greater than the greatest; svayam - personally; ananta - Ananta; dik - the directions; anta the end; gatam - gone; yashah - fane; sura - the demigods; muni - of sages; indra kings; phani - of serpents; indra - kings; varaya - top the best; te - to You; musaline who hold a club; baline - powerful; haline - who hold a plow; namah - obeisances. O infallble Lord, O greater than the greatest, O Lord Ananta, O Lord whose fame is everywhere, glory, glory to You! Obeisances to You, who hold a plow and a club and are the master of the demigods, great sages, and regal serpents! Text 44 iha pahet satatam stavanam tu yah sa tu hareh paramam padam avrajet jagati sarva-balam tv ari-mardanam bhavati tasya jayah sa-janam dhanam iha - here; pahet - reads; satatam - regularly; stavanam - prayer; tu - certainly; yah - who; sah - he; tu - certainly; hareh - of Lord Hari; paramam - the supreme; padam - abode; avrajet - goes; jagati - in the world; sarva - all; balam - strength; tu -

indeed; ari - enemies; mardanam - crushing; bhavati - becomes; tasya - of him; jayah - victory; sa-janam - with followers; dhanam - wealth. A person who regularly reads or recites these prayers attains Lord Hari's supreme abode. Even in this world he attains all strength. He crushes his enemies. For him are victory, wealth, and followers. Text 45 shri-narada uvaca balam parikramya shatam pranamya tair dvaipayano deva parasharatmajah vishala-buddhir muni-badarayanah sarasvatim satyavati-suto yayau shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; balam - Lord Balarama; parikramya circumambulating; shatam - a hundred times; pranamya - bowing down; taih - with them; dvaipayanah - Vyasadeva; deva - O lord; parasharatmajah - the son of Parashara Muni; vishala - great; buddhih - intelligence; muni-badarayanah - Vyasa Muni; sarasvatim - to the Sarasvati; satyavati-sutah - the son of satyavati; yayau went. Shri Narada said: After circumambulating Lord Balarama and bowing down before Him a hundred times in the company of (the other sages), intelligent Vyasa Muni, who was the son of Parashara and Satyavati, went to the Sarasvati river.

Chapter Eleven Shri Krishnacandra-janma-varnana Description of Shri Krishnacandra's Birth Text 1 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam vivesha vasudevasya manah purvam parat parah paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; viveshaentered; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; manahthe heart; purvambefore; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater. Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest, personally entered Vasudeva's heart.

Text 2 suryendu-vahni-sankasho vasudevo maha-manah babhuvatyanta-mahasa sakshad yajna ivaparah suryasun; indumoon; vahnifire; sankashahglorious; vasudevah Vasudeva; maha-manahthe great soul; babhuvabecame; atyanta-mahasawith great splendor; sakshatdirectly; yajnahthe Supreme Lord who is the master of all Vedic sacrifices; ivalike; aparahanother. The great soul Vasudeva shone with a glory like the sun, moon, and fire. He was like a double of the Supreme Lord, the master of all sacrifices. Text 3 devakyam agate krishne sarvesham abhayankare raraja tena sa gehe ghane saudamini yatha devakyamin Devaki; agatearrived; krishnewhen Lord Krishna; sarvesham of everyone; abhayankaregiving fearlessness; rarajashone; tenaby Him; sa she; gehein the home; ghaneintense; saudaminilightning; yathaas. When Lord Krishna, who gives fearlessness to everyone, entered Devaki, she shone as if a great lightning flash had entered her home. Text 4 tejovatim ca tam vikshya kamsah praha bhayaturah prapto 'yam prana-hanta me purvam esha na cedrishi tejovatimeffulgent; caand; tamher; vikshyaseeing; kamsahKamsa; prahasaid; bhaya-with fear; aturahovercome; praptahattained; ayamthis; pranaof life; hantathe killer; meof me; purvambefore; eshashe; nanot; caand; idrishilike this. Seeing her so effulgent, Kamsa became frightened. He said, "Now the destroyer of my life has come. She was not like this before. Text 5 jata-matram hanishyamity uktvaste bhaya-vihvalah pashyan sarvatra ca harim purva-shatrum vicintayan

jataborn; matramonly; hanishyamiI will kill; ititthus; uktvasayinh; aste is; bhaya-vihvalahovercome with fear; pashyanlooking; sarvatraeverywhere; caalso; harimLord Hari; purvabefore; shatrumenemy; vicintayanthinking. "As soon as He is born I will kill Him." Saying this, looking in all directions, and thinking of his former enemy Lord Hari, he became filled with fear. Text 6 aho vairanubandhena sakshat krishno 'pi drishyate tasmad vairam prakurvanti krishna-prapty-artham asurah ahahah; vaira-anubandhenawith hatred; sakshatdirectly; krishnah Krishna; apieven; drishyateis seen; tasmatfrom that; vairamhatred; prakurvantido; krishnaKrishna; prapti-arthamto attain; asurahthe demons. Even by hating Him one is able to see Krishna. For this reason, in order to attain the association of Lord Krishna, the demons hate Him. Text 7 atha brahmadayo deva munindrair asmad-adibhih shauri-gehopari praptah stavam cakruh pranamya tam athathen; brahma-adayahheaded by Brahma; devahthe demigods; muniindraihwith the kings of the sages; asmad-adibhihheaded by me; shauriof Vasudeva; gehahome; upariabove; praptahattained; stavamprayers; cakruh did; pranamyabowing down; tamto Him. Then the demigods headed by Brahma and the great sages headed by me went to Vasudeva's home, bowed down before Lord Krishna, and offered many prayers. Text 8 shri-deva ucuh yaj-jagaradishu bhaveshu param hy ahetur hetuh svid asya vicaranti gunashrayena naitad vishanti mahad-indriya-deva-sanghas tasmai namo 'gnim iva vistrita-visphulingah shri-devah ucuhthe demigods said; yatwhich; jagarawaking; adishu beginning with; bhaveshuin states of being; paramsupreme; hiindeed; ahetuh not the cause; hetuhthe cause; svitwhether?; asyaof Him; vicarantithink; gunathe modes; ashrayenaby the shelter; nanot; etatthis; vishantienter; mahatmahat; indriyasenses; devademigods; sanghahmultitudes; tasmaito

Him; namahobeisances; agnimfire; ivalike; vistritaexpanded; visphulingah sparks. The demigods said: Taking shelter of the modes of nature, the philosophers wonder, "Is the Supreme the origin of consciousness and other states of being, or is not their origin?" As sparks come from a fire (but do not enter it), so the mahattattva, senses, and demigods (come from Him but) do not enter Him. Obeisances to Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 9 naiveshitum prabhur ayam balinam baliyan maya na shabda uta no vishayi-karoti tad brahma purnam amritam paramam prashantam shuddham parat parataram sharanam gatah smah nanot; evaindeed; ishitumto control; prabhuhable; ayamHe; balinam than the strongest; baliyanstronger; mayaillusion; nanot; shabdahsound; utaindeed; nanot; uindeed; vishayi-karotibecome in the realm of perception; tatthat; brahmaSupreme; purnamperfect and complete; amritameternal; paramamsupreme; prashantampeaceful; shuddhampure; parat parataram greater than the greatest; sharanamshelter; gatahgone; smahwe. The strongest of the strong cannot conquer Him. The potency of illusion cannot conquer Him. The Vedas cannot bring Him within their realm of perception. Of Him, the perfect, complete, eternal, peaceful, and pure Supreme Personality of Godhead, we take shelter. Text 10 amshamshakamshaka-kalady-avatara-vrindair avesha-purna-sahitaish ca parasya yasya sargadayah kila bhavanti tam eva krishnam purnat param tu paripurnatamam natah smah amshaof a part; amshakaof a part; amshakaof a part; kalaa part; adi beginning; avataraof incarnations; vrindaihwith hosts; aveshaentrance; purna full; sahitaihwith; caand; parasyaof the Supreme; yasyaof whom; sarga creation; adayahbeginning with; kilaindeed; bhavantiare; tamto Him; eva certainly; krishnamto Krishna; purnatthan the perfect; parambetter; tu indeed; paripurnatamammost merfect and complete; natahbowed down; smah we are. With His amsha-avatara, amshamsha-avatara, kala-avatara, avesha-avatara, purna-avatara, and many other avataras, He creates (maintains, and destroys the material universes). To Him, Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the purna-avatara, we offer our respectful obeisances. Text 11

manvantareshu ca yugeshu gatagateshu kalpeshu camsha-kalaya sva-vapur bibharshi adyaiva dhama paripurnatamam tanoshi dharmam vidhaya bhuvi mangalam atanoshi manvantareshuin the manvantaras; caalso; yugeshuin the yugas; gata gone; agateshucome; kalpeshuin the kalpas; caand; amsha-kalayaby a part; svaown; vapuhform; bibharshimanifest; adyanow; evaindeed; dhama abode; paripurnatamammost perfect; tanoshiYou manifest; dharmamreligion; vidhayaplacing; bhuvion the earth; mangalamauspicious; atanoshiYou give. In manvantaras, yugas, and kalpas past and future You manifest Your own form in partial incarnations, but now You manifest Your original and most perfect form. Establishing the real religion, You bring auspiciousness to the earth. Text 12 yad durlabham vishada-yogibhir apy agamyam gamyam dravadbhir amalashaya-bhakti-yogaih ananda-kanda caratas tava manda-yanam padaravinda-makaranda-rajo dadhamah yatwhat; durlabhamdifficult to attain; vishadapure; yogibhihby the yogis; apieven; agamyamunapproachable; gamyamapproachable; dravadbhih running; amalapure; ashayaheart; bhakti-yogaihby they who engage in the yoga of devotional service; anandaof bliss; kandathe root; caratahmoving; tavaof You; mandaslow; yanamgoing; padafeet; aravindalotus; makaranda honey; rajahpollen; dadhamahwe place. O blissful Lord, we place (in our hearts) the nectar-pollen gently blowing from Your lotus feet as You walk, rare pollen not attained by even the purest yogis but only by they whose pure hearts melt with love for You. Text 13 purvam tathatra kamaniya-vapushmayam tvam kandarpa-koi-shata-mohanam adbhutam ca goloka-dhama-dhishana-dyutim adadhanam radha-patim dharani-dhurya-dhanam dadhamah purvambefore; tathaso; atrahere; kamaniyahandsome; vapushmayam with a form; tvamYou; kandarpaof Kamadevas; koi-shataa hundred million; mohanamcharming; adbhutamwonderful; caand; golokaof Goloka; dhama the abode; dhishanaabode; dyutimsplendor; adadhanamtaking; radha-patim the master of Radha; dharaniof the earth; dhuryato be held; dhanamwealth; dadhamahwe place.

(In our hearts) we place wonderful You, whose handsome form is more charming than a hundred million Kamadevas, who are the glory of the realm of Goloka, who are the master of Radha and the wealth of the earth. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca natva harim tada deva brahmadya munibhih saha gayantas tam prashamsantah sva-dhamani yayur muda shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; tadathen; devahthe demigods; brahma-adyahheaded by Brahma; munibhihthe sages; sahawith; gayantahsinging; tamHim; prashamsantah praising; sva-dhamanito their own abodes; yayuhwent; mudahappily. Shri Narada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari and singing His praises, the demigods headed by Brahma went with the sages to their own abodes. Text 15 atha maithila-rajendra janma-kale hareh sati ambaram nirmalam bhutam nirmalash ca disho dasha athathen; maithila-rajendraO great king of Mithila; janmaof birth; kaleat the time; harehof Lord Hari; satibeing; ambaramthe sky; nirmalampure; bhutambecome; nirmalahpure; caalso; dishahdirections; dashaten. O great king of Mithila, at the time of Lord Hari's birth the sky and the ten directions became very pure. Text 16 ujjvalas taraka jatah prasannam bhumi-mandalam nada nadyah samudrash ca prasannapah sarovarah ujjvalahbrilliant; tarakahstars; jatahborn; prasannamhappy; bhumimandalamthe earth; nadahrivers; nadyahstreams; samudrahoceans; ca and; prasannaclear; apahwaters; sarovarahlakes. The stars were bright, the earth happy, and the rivers, streams, oceans, and lakes filled with pure waters. Text 17

sahasra-dala-padmani shata-patrani sarvatah vicakani marut-sparshaih patad-gandhi-rajamsi ca sahasrathousand; dalapetal; padmanilotuses; shatahundred; patrani leaves; sarvataheverywhere; vicakaniblooming; marutof the breeze; sparshaih with the touch; patatfalling; gandhifragrant; rajamsipollen; caand. The breezes' touch spreading their fragrant pollen, thousand-petal hundred-leaf lotuses bloomed everywhere. Text 18 teshu nedur madhukara nadantash citra-pakshinah shitala manda-yanash ca gandhakta vayavo vavuh teshuamong them; neduhsounded; madhukarahbees; nadantah humming; citracolorful; pakshinahbirds; shitalahcool; manda-yanahslowly moving; caand; gandhaktahfragrant; vayavahbreezes; vavuhblew. Bees hummed, colorful birds sang, and fragrant cooling breezes gently blew. Text 19 riddha janapada grama nagara mangalayanah deva vipra naga gavo babhuvuh sukha-samvritah riddhahwealthy; janapadahcountries; gramahvillages; nagarahtowns; mangalayanahauspicious; devahdemigods; viprahbrahmanas; nagahtrees; gavahcows; babhuvuhbecame; sukha-samvritahfilled with happiness. The countries became wealthy, the towns and villages auspicious, and the demigods, brahmanas, trees, and cows happy. Text 20 deva-dundubhayo nedur jaya-dhvani-samakulah yatra tatra maha-raja sarvesham mangalam param deva-dundubhayahthe drums of the demigods; neduhsounded; jayaof victory; dhvaniwith sounds; samakulahfilled; yatrawhere; tatrathere; maharajaO great king; sarveshamof all; mangalamauspiciousness; paramgreat.

The drums of the demigods were filled with sounds of victory. Everywhere was great auspiciousness. Text 21 vidyadharash ca gandharvah siddha-kinnara-caranah jaguh sunayaka devas tushuvuh stutibhih param vidyadharahVidyadharas; caalso; gandharvahGandharvas; siddha Siddhas; kinnaraKinnaras; caranahCaranas; jaguhsang; sunayakahgreat; devahdemigods; tushuvuhpraised; stutibhihwith prayers; paramthe Supreme. The Vidyadharas, Gandharvas, Siddhas, Kinnaras, and Caranas sang, and the great demigods offered prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Texts 22-24 nanritur divi gandharva vidyadharyo mudanvitah parijataka-mandaramalati-sumanamsi ca mumucur deva-mukhyash ca garjantash ca ghana jale bhadre budhe krishna-pakshe dhatrarkshe harshane vrishe karne 'shamyam ardha-ratre nakshatresha-mahodaye andhakaravrite kale devakyam shauri-mandire avirasid dharih sakshad aranyam adhvare 'gni-vat nanrituhdanced; diviin heaven; gandharvahthe Gandharvas; vidyadharyah the Vidhyadharas; muda-anvitahwith happiness; parijatakaparijatas; mandara mandaras; malatimalatis; sumanamsiand sumanahs; caand; mumucuh released; deva-mukhyahthe great demigods; caand; garjantahroaring; ca and; ghanahthe clouds; jalein water; bhadrein the month of Bhadra; budhe mercury; krishna-pakshein the dark fortnight; dhatra-rikshethe star Rohini; harshaneharshana-yoga; vrisheTaurus; karneon the horizon; ashamyamon the eighth day; ardhain the middle; ratreof the night; nakshatreshaof the moon; mahagreat; udayein the rising; andhakarawith darkness; avrite covered; kaleat the time; devakyamin Devaki; shauriof Vasudeva; mandirein the palace; avirasitappeared; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; aranyamon the arani stick; adhvarein a yajna; agnifire; vatlike.

The happy Gandharvas and Vidyadharas danced in heaven, the great demigods threw many parijata, mandara, malati, and sumanah flowers, and the clouds thundered and sprinkled water. Then, in the month of Bhadra (August-September), during the eighth tithi of the dark fortnight, when Mercury, Taurus, and the Rohini star were on the horizon, and the planets were in harshana-yoga, in the middle of the night, when everything was covered with darkness and the moon was rising, in Vasudeva's palace Lord Hari appeared from Devaki as in a yajna fire appears from the arani wood. Texts 25-29 sphurad-aksha-vicitra-harinam vilasat-kaustubha-ratna-dharinam paridhi-dyuti-nupurangadam dhrita-balarka-kiria-kundalam calad-adbhuta-vahni-kankanam tadid-urjita-guna-mekhalancitam madhubhrid-dhvani-padma-malinam nava-jambunada-divya-vasasam sa-tadid-ghana-divya-saubhagam cala-nilalaka-vrinda-bhrin-mukham calad-amshu tamo-haram param shubhadam sundaram ambujekshanam krita-patra-vicitra-mandanam satatam koi-manoja-mohanam paripurnatamam parat param kala-venu-dhvani-vadya-tat-param tam avekshya sutam yaduttamo hari-janmotsava-phulla-locanah atha vipra-janeshu cashu vai niyutam san manasa gavam dadau sphuratglittering; akshaof jewels; vicitracolorful; harinamwearing a necklace; vilasatglittering; kaustubhaKaustubha; ratnajewel; dharinam wearing; paridhicircle; dyutilight; nupuraanklets; angadamarmlets; dhrita held; balarkarising sun; kiriahelmet; kundalamearrings; calatmoving; adbhutawonderful; vahnifire; kankanambracelets; taditlightning; urjita glorious; guna-mekhala-ancitamwearing a belt; madhubhritof bees; dhvani with the sounds; padmaof lotuses; malinamwearing a garland; navanew; jambunadaof gold; divyasplendid; vasasamgarments; sawith; tadit lightning; ghanacloud; divyasplendid; saubhagamopulence; calamoving; nila dark; alaka-vrindacurly locks of hair; bhritholding; mukhamface; calat moving; amshusplendor; tamahdarkness; haramremoving; paramsupreme; shubhaauspiciousness; damgiving; sundaramhandsome; ambujalotus; ikshanameyes; kritadone; patrapictures; vicitrawonderful and colorful; mandanamdecoration; satatamalways; koiof ten million; manoja

Kamadevas; mohanamcharming; paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; kalasweet; venuflute; dhvani-vadyamusic; tat-paramdevoted; tamHim; avekshyaseeing; sutam his son; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; hariof Lord Hari; janmabirth; utsavafestival; phullablossomed wide; locanaheyes; athathen; vipra-janeshu to the brahmanas; caalso; ashuat once; vaiindeed; niyutama million; san being; manasain his mind; gavamcows; dadaugave. As he gazed at his son, who wore a glittering and colorful jewel necklace, a glittering Kaustubha gem, splendid armlets and anklets, earrings and a helmet like the rising sun, bracelets like wonderful flickering flames, a belt splendid as lightning, a lotus garland filled with the buzzing of bees, and splendid garments of new gold, and who was splendid as a dark cloud with lightning, His face with moving black locks of hair, His splendor removing the darkness, auspicious, handsome, His eyes lotus flowers, decorated with wonderful and colorful pictures and designs, more charming than ten million Kamadevas, and who was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest and fond of sweetly playing the flute, then Vasudeva, the best of the Yadavas, his eyes blossomed wide with the festive joy of seeing the birth of Lord Hari, in his heart at once gave a million cows in charity to the brahmanas. Text 30 harim anakadundubhih stavaih stavanam tam pranipatya vismitah akarod udita-prabhudayo gata-bhih suti-grihe kritanjalih harimto Lord Hari; anakadundubhihVasudeva; stavaihwith prayers; stavanampraise; tamto Him; pranipatyabowing down; vismitahfilled with wonder; akarotdid; uditamanifested; prabhuof the Lord; udayahappearance; gatagone; bhihfear; suti-grihein the maternity room; krita-anjalihwith folded hands. Standing before the Lord in the maternity-room, astonished Vasudeva bowed down. Now fearless, with folded hands he glorified the Lord with many prayers. Text 31 shri-vasudeva uvaca eko yah prakriti-gunair anekadhasi harta tvam janaka utasya palakas tvam nirliptah sphaika ivadya deha-varnais tasmai shri-bhuvana-pate namami tubhyam shri-vasudevah uvacaShri Vasudeva said; ekahone; yahwho; prakritiof matter; gunaihwith the modes; anekadhamany; asiare; hartaremover; tvam you; janakaO father; utaindeed; asyaof him; palakahprotector; tvamYou; nirlpitahuntouched; sphaikahcrystal; ivalike; adyatoday; dehaof the

body; varnaihwith the colors; tasmaito Him; shri-bhuvana-pateO master of the world; namamiI offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyamto You. Although You are one, the modes of material nature make You (seem to be) many. You are the creator, maintainer, and destroyer (of the worlds). As crystal is colorless, You are untouched by material qualtities. O master of the worlds, I bow down before You. Text 32 edhahsu tv anala ivatra vartamano yo 'nta-stho bahir api cambaram yatha hi adharo dharanir ivasya sarva-sakshi tasmai te nama iva sarva-go nabhasvan edhahsuin fuel; tuindeed; analahfire; ivalike; atrahere; vartamanah being; yahwho; antahwithin; sthahsituated; bahihwithout; apialso; ca also; ambaramthe sky; yathaas; hiindeed; adharahmaintainer; dharanih the earth; ivalike; asyaof that; sarvaof all; sakshithe witness; tasmaito Him; teto You; namahobeisances; ivalike; sarva-gahall-pervading; nabhasvanthe air. Your are inside, like fire in fuel. You are outside, like the sky. You are the maintainer, like the earth. You see everything. You are present everywhere, like the air. Obeisances to You! Text 33 bhu-bharodbhaa-haranartham eva jato go-deva-dvija-nija-vatsa-palako 'si gehe me bhuvi purushottamottamas tvam kamsan mam bhuvana-pate prapahi papat bhuof the earth; bharaburden; udbhaasoldiers; haranaremoval; artham for the purpose; evaindeed; jatahborn; gahof the cows; devademigods; dvijabrahmanas; nijaown; vatsachildren; palakahprotector; asiare; gehe in the home; memy; bhuvion the earth; purusha-uttama-uttamahO most exalted of exalted persons; tvamYou; kamsatfrom Kamsa; mamme; bhuvanapateO master of the worlds; prapahiplease protect; papatsinful. You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the protector of the cows, demigods, brahmanas, and Your own children, who has taken birth in my home on earth in order to remove the great armies that now burden the earth. O master of the worlds, please protect me from sinful Kamsa. Note: The "children" here are the Vaishnavas. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca

paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam shyama-sundaram jnatva natvatha tam praha devaki sarva-devata shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; shyamadark; sundaramhandsome; jnatvaunderstanding; natvabowing down; athathen; tamto Him; prahasaid; devakiDevaki; sarva-devatawho was equal to all the demigods. Shri Narada said: Understanding that handsome and dark Shri Krishna was the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Devaki, who was equal to all the demigods, bowed before Him and spoke. Text 35 shri-devaky uvaca he krishna he viganitanda-pate paresha goloka-dhama-dhishana-dhvaja adi-deva purnesha purna paripurnatama prabho mam tvam pahi pahi parameshvara kamsa-papat shri-devaki uvacaShri Devaki said; heO; krishnaKrishna; heO; viganita countless; andaof universes; pateO master; pareshaO Supreme Lord; golokadhama-dhishana-dhvajaO flag of the abode of Goloka; adi-devaO original Lord; purneshaO master of the perfect; purnaO perfect; paripurnatamaO most perfect, original Supreme Personality of Godhead; prabhahO Lord; mamme; tvamYou; pahiplease protect; pahiplease protect; parameshvaraO Supreme Lord; kamsaof Kamsa; papatfrom the atrocities. Shri Devaki said: O Krishna, O master of countless universes, O Supreme Lord, O flag of Goloka-dhama, O original Lord, O master of the perfect, O perfect one, O most perfect original Supreme Personality of Godhead, O Supreme Controller, please protect, please protect me from Kamsa's atrocities! Text 36 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva bhagavan krishnah paripurnatamah svayam sa-smito devakim shaurim praha sa vrijinardanah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; bhagavan Lord; krishnahKrishna; paripurnatamah svayamthe original Supreme Personality

of Godhead; sa-smitahwith a smile; devakimto Devaki; shaurimand Vasudeva; prahasaid; sahHe; vrijina-ardanahthe destroyer of sins. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the destroyer of sins, smiled and spoke to Vasudeva and Devaki. Text 37 shri-bhagavan uvaca iyam ca prishnih pati-devata ca tvam purva-sarge sutapa prajarthi brahmajnaya divya-tapo yuvabhyam kritam param nirjala-bhojanabhyam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; iyamshe; ca also; prishnihPrishni; pati-devatathe chaste wife; caalso; tvamyou; purvasargein the previous creation; sutapahSutapa; praja-arthidesiring children; brahmaof Brahma; ajnayaby the order; divyasplendid; tapahausterity; yuvabhyamby you both; kritamwas done; paramgreat; nirjalawithout water; bhojanabhyamor food. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In the previous creation she was chaste Prishni, who worshiped her husband as if he were a god, and you were Sutapa, who desired to create children. By Brahma's order you both performed great and splendid austerities, fasting from food and drink. Text 38 kaleshu manvantarake vyatite tapah param tat tapasah prajarthi tada prasanno yuvayor abhuvam varam param bruta maya tadoktam kaleshuin time; manvantarakewhen the manvantara; vyatitehad passed; tapahausterity; paramgreat; tatthat; tapasahof austerity; prajachildren; arthidesiring; tadathen; prasannahhappy; yuvayohwith you both; abhuvam I became; varambenediction; paramgreat; brutaplease speak; mayaby Me; tadathen; uktamsaid. When in time the manvantara had passed, your austerity to attain children continued. Then I became pleased with you and I said, "Ask a benediction." Text 39 shrutva yuvabhyam kathitam tadaiva bhuyas sutas tvat-sadrishah kilavayoh tathastu coktvatha gate mayi prajapati hy abhuta sva-kritena dam-pati

shrutvaheard; yuvabhyamby you both; kathitamsaid; tadathen; eva indeed; bhuyahwill be; sutahson; tvatYou; sadrishahlike; kilaindeed; avayohof us; tathaso; astube it; caalso; uktvasaying; athathen; gate gone; mayiwhen I; praja- patiprajapatis; hiindeed; abhutabecame; svakritenaby that deed; dam-patiman and wife. Hearing this, you both said, "May we have a son like You." I said, "So be it," and left. Then you became a prajapati couple. Text 40 na mat-samah ko 'pi suto jagaty alam vicarya tad vam abhavam pareshvarah shri-prishnigarbho bhuvi vishrutah punar dvitiya-kale 'ham upendra-vamanah nanot; matto Me; samahequal; kah apianyone; sutahson; jagatiin the universe; alamgreatly; vicaryathinking; tatthen; vamof you; abhavamI became; pareshvarahthe Supreme Lord; shri-prishnigarbhahShri Prishnigarbha; bhuviin the world; vishrutahfamous; punahagain; dvitiyaa second; kale time; ahamI; upendrathe younger brother of Indra; vamanahVamana. Thinking, "No one is like Me," I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, became your son, famous in the world as Shri Prishnigarbha. Then a second time I again became your son as Indra's younger brother Vamana. Text 41 tathabhavam hy adyatane parat paro nitvatha mam prapaya nanda-mandiram ato na bhuyad bhayam augrasenatah sutam samadaya sukhi bhavishyathah tathaso; abhavamI became; hiindeed; adyatanetoday; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; nitvabringing; athanow; mamMe; prapayagive; nandaof Nanda; mandiramthe palace; atahthen; nanot; bhuyatmay be; bhayamfear; augrasenatahof Kamsa; sutamthe daughter; samadaya attaining; sukhihappy; bhavishyathahwill be. Now I, the Supreme Lord, greater than the greatest, have again become your son. Take Me to Nanda's palace. Don't fear Kamsa. Take (Nanda's) daughter and you will become happy. Text 42 shri-narada uvaca tushnim bhutva haris tatra tad bhuyah pashyatos tayoh drishyam hy aprakaam kritva

balo 'bhut kau yatha natah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tushnimsilent; bhutvabecoming; harih Lord Hari; tatrathere; tatthat; bhuyahwill be; pashyatohlooking; tayohof them both; drishyamvisible; hiindeed; aprakaamunmanifest; kritvabecome; balaha child; abhutbecame; kauon the earth; yathaas; naahan actor; Shri Narada said: Now silent, Lord Hari became invisible and, as an actor does, reappeared as an infant on the ground. Text 43 prenkhe dhritvatha tam shaurir tavad vraje nanda-patynam yogamayajani svatah yavad gantum samudyatah

prenkheon the cradle; dhritvataking; athathen; tamHim; shaurih Vasudeva; yavatas; gantumto go; samudyatahabout; tavatthen; vrajein Vraja; nandaof Nanda; patynamin the wife; yogamayaYogamaya; ajaniwas born; svatahherself. As Vasudeva was placing the infant in a cradle and was about to depart, goddess Yogamaya was born in Vraja from Nanda's wife. Text 44 taya shayane vishvasmin rakshakeshu svapatsu ca dvara udghaitah sarvah prasphuac-chrnkhalargalah tayawith her; shayaneon the bed; vishvasmineverywhere; rakshakeshuas the guards; svapatsuslept; caalso; dvaraby the doors; udghaitahopened; sarvahall; prasphuatopened; shrnkhalashackles; argalahand bolts. Goddess Yogamya put all the guards to sleep, unfastened the shackles and locks, and opened all the doors. Text 45 nirgate vasudeve ca murdhni shri-krishna-shobhite suryodaye yatha sadyas tamo-nasho 'bhavat svatah nirgategone; vasudeveVasudeva; caalso; murdhnion the head; shrikrishnawith Shri Krishna; shobhitebeautified; surya-udayein the sunrise; yatha as; sadyahat once; tamahof the darkness; nashahdestruction; abhavat became; svatahspontaneously.

When, his head decorated with Shri Krishna, Vasudeva left, the darkness became at once destroyed, as if the sun had suddenly risen. Text 46 ghaneshu vyomni varshatsu sahasra-vadanah svara nivarayan dirgha-phanair asaram shaurim anvagat ghaneshuas the clouds; vyomniin the sky; varshatsurained; sahasravadanahthousand-faced Lord Ananta; svaraindependent; nivarayanwarding off; dirghalong; phanaihwith hoods; asaramtorrents of rain; shaurim Vasudeva; anvagatfollowed. As the clouds in the sky rained, thousantheaded Ananta Shesha, His great hoods giving protection from the torrents of rain, followed Vasudeva. Text 47 urmy-avartakulavegaih simha-sarpadi-vahini sadyo margam dadau tasmai kalindi saritam vara urmiwaves;avartawhirlppols; akulafilled; avegaihwith turbulence; simha lions; sarpaand snakes; adibeginning with; vahiniriver; sadyahat once; margama path; dadaugave; tasmaito him; kalindithe Yamuna; saritam vara the best of rivers. Filled with great waves and whirlpools and (its shores) filled with lions, snakes, and other wild creatures, the Yamuna, the best of rivers, gave a path to Vasudeva. Text 48 nanda-vrajam sametyasau prasuptam sarvatah param shishum yasoda-shayane nidhayashu dadarsha tam nanda-vrajamNanda's Vraja; sametyaattaining; asauhe; prasuptam asleep; sarvatahall; paramtranscendental; shishuminfant; yasoda-shayane on Yashoda's bed; nidhayaplacing; ashuat once; dadarshasaw; tamher. Entering Nanda's Vraja, he placed the sleeping infant on Yashoda's bed and glanced at Yogamaya. Text 49 tat-sutam samupadaya

punar gehaj jagama sah tirtva shri-yamunam shaurih svagare purvavat sthitah tat-sutamher daughter; samupadayataking; punahagain; gehatfrom the house; jagamawent; sahhe; tirtvacrossing; shri-yamunamShri Yamuna; shaurihVasudeva; svagareto his own prison cell; purvavatas before; sthitah situated. Picking up the infant Yogamaya, Vasudeva left the house, crossed the Yamuna, entered his prison cell, and became as he had been before. Text 50 sutam sutam va jatam cajnatva gopi yashomati parishranta sva-shayane sushvapananda-nidraya sutama son; sutama daughter; vaor; jatamborn; caalso; ajnatvanot knowing; gopithe gopi; yashomatiYashoda; parishrantaexhausted; svashayaneon her bed; sushvapaslept; anandaof bliss; nidrayawith a sleep. Not knowing whether a son or daughter had been born, exhausted Yashoda-gopi slept in bed with a sleep of bliss. Text 51 atha bala-dhvanim shrutva rakshakah samupasthitah ucuh kamsaya viraya gatva tad-raja-mandiram athathen; balaof an infant; dhvanimthe sound; shrutvahearing; rakshakahthe guards; samupasthitahstanding by; ucuhsaid; kamsayato Kamsa; virayathe warrior; gatvahaving gone; tad-raja-mandiramto his royal palace. Hearing the sounds of an infant, the guards went to the royal palace and told the warrior Kamsa. Text 52 suti-griham tvaram pragat kamso vai bhayakaturah svasatha bhrataram praha rudati dinavat sati suti-grihamto the maternity room; tvaramquickly; pragatwent; kamsah Kamsa; vaiindeed; bhayakawith fear; aturahovercome; svasathe sister; atha

then; bhrataramto the brother; prahasaid; rudatiweeping; dinavatlike a wretched person; satithe chaste woman. Overcome with fear, Kamsa rushed to the maternity room. Weeping like the most wretched person, the chaste sister (Devaki) spoke to her brother (Kamsa). Text 53 shri-devaky uvaca sutam ekam dehi me tvam putreshu pramriteshu ca striyam hantum na yogyo 'si bhratas tvam dina-vatsalah shri-devaki uvacaShri Devaki said; sutamdaughter; ekamone; dehigive; meto me; tvamyou; putreshusons; pramriteshudied; caand; striyama woman; hantumto kill; nanot; yogyahis right; asiyou are; bhratahO brother; tvamyou; dinato they who suffer; vatsalahkind. Shri Devaki said: Now that my sons are dead, please give me this one daughter. O brother, it is not right for you to kill a girl. You are kind to they who are miserable. Text 54 te 'nujaham hata-suta karagare nipatita datum arhasi kalyana kalyanim tanujam ca me teof you; anujathe younger sister; ahamI am; hatakilled; sutasons; karagarein a prison cell; nipatitathrown; datumto give; arhasiyou deserve; kalyanaO noble one; kalyanimbeautiful; tanujamdaughter; caalso; meto me. I am your younger sister. You killed my sons and threw me in a prison cell. O noble one, please give this beautiful daughter to me. Text 55 shri-narada uvaca ashru-mukhya mohitaya samacchadyatmajam bahu prarthito 'nkad vinirbhartsya tam sa acicchide khalah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashrutears; mukhyaface; mohitaya bewildered; samacchadyacovering; atmajamdaughter; bahumany times;

prarthitahbegged; ankatfrom the lap; vinirbhartsyarebuking; tamher; sah he; acicchideattacked; khalahthe demon. Shri Narada said: Bewildered, and her face covered with tears, Devaki pleased and tried to hold the child in her lap. The demon Kamsa rebuked her and grabbed the child. Text 56 kusanga-nitarah papah khalo yadu-kuladhamah svasuh sutam shila-prishhe grihitvanghryor nyapatayat ku-sanga-nitarahwhose friends were demons; papahsinful; khalahdemon; yadu-kuladhamahthe lowest of the Yadavas; svasuhof his sister; sutamthe daughter; shila-prishheon a stole slab; grihitvabrabbing; anghryohby the feet; nyapatayatthrew. Then the sinful demon Kamsa, the lowest of the Yadavas, his friends all demons, holding his sister's daughter by her feet, threw her against a stone slab. Text 57 kamsa-hastat samutpatya tvaram sa cambare gata shata-patre rathe divye sahasra-haya-sevite kamsaof Kamsa; hastatfrom the hand; samutpatyarising; tvaramquickly; sashe; caalso; ambareto the sky; gatawent; shata-patrea hundred-petal lotus; ratheon a chariot; divyesplendid; sahasrathousand; hayahorses; seviteserved. Form Kamsa's hand the girl flew into the sky and entered a splendid hundredpetal-lotus chariot pulled by a thousand horses. Text 58 camarandolite shubhre sthitadrishyata divya-drik sayudhasha-bhuja maya parshadaih parisevita shata-surya-pratikasha kamsam aha ghana-svana camarawith camaras; andolitemoved; shubhresplendid; sthitasituated; adrishyatawas seen; divyadivine; drikappearance; sawith; ayudha weapons; ashaeight; bhujaarms; mayathe goddess Yogamaya; parshadaih by associates; parisevitaserved; shataa hundred; suryasuns; pratikasha splendor; kamsamto Kamsa; ahasaid; ghana-svanawith a voice like thunder.

He saw her standing on a splendid chariot with moving camaras. Then Goddess Yogamaya, served by many attendants, her glorious form splendid as a hundred suns, her eight arms holding weapons, and her voice like thunder, spoke to Kamsa. Text 59 shri-yogamayovaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam jatah kva va tu te hanta vritha dinam dunoshi vai shri-yogamaya uvacaShri Yogamaya said; paripurnatamah sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnahShri Krishna bhagavan Lord; svayampersonally; jatahborn; kvawhere?; vaor; tuindeed; teof you; hantathe killer; vrithauselessly; dinamthis poor girl; dunoshiyou trouble; vaicertainly. Shri Yogamaya said: Lord Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, is already born. Where is He born? He will kill you. You torture this poor girl in vain. Text 60 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva tam tato devi gata vindhyacale girau yogamaya bhagavati bahu-nama babhuva ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; tamto him; tatahthen; devithe goddess; gatawent; vindhyacaleto the Vindhya Hills; girauon a hill; yogamayaYogamaya; bhagavatigoddess; bahumany; nama names; babhuvabecame; haindeed. Shri Narada said: After saying this, the goddess went to the Vindhya hills. There goddess Yogamaya assumed many names. Text 61 atha kamso vismito 'bhuc chrutva mata-vacah param devakim vasudevam ca mocayam asa bandhanat athathen; kamsahKamsa; vismitahastonished; abhutbecame; shrutva hearing; mataof his mother; vacahthe words; paramthen; devakimDevaki;

vasudevamVasudeva; bondage.

caand;

mocayam

asareleased;

bandhanatfrom

At this Kamsa became astonished. Listening to his mother's words, he released Vasudeva and Devaki from their bonds. Text 62 kamsa uvaca papo 'ham papa-karmaham khalo yadu-kuladhamah yushmat-putra-prahantaram kshamadhvam me kritam bhuvi kamsah uvacaKamsa said; papahsinful; ahamI am; papasinful; karma deeds; ahamI am; khalaha demon; yadu-kulaof the Yadu family; adhamah the lowest; yushmatof you; putrathe sons; prahantaramthe killer; kshamadhvamplease forgive; meby me; kritamdone; bhuviin the world. Kamsa said: I am a sinner. I have done many sins. I am a demon. I am the lowest of the Yadavas. Please forgive what I have done in this world. (Please forgive) the killer of your sons. Text 63 he svasah shrinu me shaure manye kala-kritam tv idam yena nishcalyamano va vayuneva ghanavalih he svasahO sister; shrinulisten; meto me; shaureO Vasudeva; manyeI think; kalaby time; kritamdone; tucertainly; idamthis; yenaby which; nishcalyamanahimmovable; vaor; vayunaby the wind; ivalike; ghanaof clouds; avaliha host. O sister, hear me. O Vasudeva, I think this was all done by time, which, as the wind moves the clouds, moves what cannot be moved. Text 64 vishvasto 'ham deva-vakye devas te 'pi mrisha-girah na janami kva me shatrur jatah kau kathito 'naya vishvastahbelieved; ahamI; devaof the demigods; vakyein the words; devahthe demigods; tethey; apialso; mrishafalse; girahwords; nanot; janamiI know; kvawhere; meof me; shatruhthe enemy; jatahborn; kauon the earth; kathitahsaid; anayaby her.

I believed the words of the demigods. The demigods also lie. She said my enemy is already born on the earth. Where? I don't know. Text 65 shri-narada uvaca ittham kamsas tad-anghryosh ca patito 'shru-mukho rudan cakara sevam paramam sauhridam darshayams tayoh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamin this way; kamsahKamsa; tadanghryohat his feet; caalso; patitahfallen; ashrutears; mukhahface; rudan weeping; cakaradid; sevamservice; paramamgreat; sauhridamfriendship; darshayamhshowing; tayohto them. Shri Narada said: Weeping, and his face covered with tears, Kamsa fell at their feet. He rendered great service to them and he showed friendship to them. Text 66 aho shri-krishnacandrasya paripurnatama-prabhoh dana-dakshaih kaakshaish ca kim na syad bhumi-mandale ahahoh; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishnacandra; paripurnatama-prabhoh the Supreme Personality of Godhead; danacharity; dakshaihexpert; kaakshaihwith sidelong glances; caalso; kimwhether; nanot; syatmay be; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth. Ah, will the charitable glances of Shri Krishnacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not come to the circle of the earth? Text 67 pratah-kale tada kamsah pralambadin mahasuran samahuya khalas tebhyo 'vadad uktam ca mayaya pratahmorning; kaleat the time; tadathen; kamsahKamsa; pralamba-adin headed by Pralamba; mahagreat; asurandemons; samahuyacalling; khalah the demon; tebhyahto them; avadatspoke; uktamsaid; caand; mayaya by Yogamaya. Early in the morning the demon Kamsa called together the great demons headed by Pralambasura and told them what Yogamaya said.

Text 68 kamsa uvaca jato me hy anta-krid bhumau kathito yogamayaya anirdashan nidarshams ca shishun yuyam hanishyatha kamsah uvacaKamsa said; jatahborn; meof me; hiindeed; antathe end; kritdoing; bhumauon the earth; kathitahspoken; yogamayayaby Yogamaya; anirdashanyounger than ten days; nidarshanolder than ten days; caand; shishuninfants; yuyamyou; hanishyathashould kill. Kamsa said: Yogamaya said the person that will bring my end is already born on the earth. Therefore all of you please kill all infants, whether they are younger or older than ten days. Text 69 daitya ucuh sajjasya dhanusho yuddhe bhavata dvandva-yodhina tankarenodgata deva manyase taih katham bhayam daityahthe demons; ucuhsaid; sajjasyapreparing; dhanushahbows; yuddhein the battle; bhavataby you; dvandva-yodhinain a duel; tankarena with the sound of the bow udgatahcome; devahthe demigods; manyaseyou think; taihby them; kathamhow?; bhayamfear. The demons said: When you ready your bow for a fight, the twang of its string makes the demigods flee. Why do you fear them? Text 70 go-vipra-sadhu-shrutayo deva dharmadayah pare vishnosh ca tanavo hy esham nashe daitya-balam smritam gahthe cows; viprabrahmanas; sadhudevotees; shrutayahand Vedas; devahthe demigods; dharmathe principles of religion; adayahbeginning with; pareothers; vishnoshof Lord Vishnu; caalso; tanavahbodies; hiindeed; eshamof them; nashein the destruction; daityaof the demons; balamthe power; smritamremembered.

The cows, brahmanas, devotees, Vedas, demigods, and others headed by the principles of religion, are the limbs of Lord Vishnu. When they are destroyed, the power of the demons will be remembered. Text 71 jato yadi maha-vishnus te shatrur yo mahi-tale ayam caitad vadhopayo gavadinam vihimsanam jatahborn; yadiif; maha-vishnuhLord Maha-Vishnu; teyour; shatruh enemy; yahwho; mahiof the earth; taleon the surface; ayamHe; caalso; etatthis; vadhakilling; upayahmeans; gavacows; adinambeginning with; vihimsanamviolence. If your enemy Lord Maha-Vishnu is indeed born on the earth then the way to kill Him is to attack the cows and these others. Text 72 shri-narada uvaca ittham mahodbhaa dusha daiteyah kamsa-noditah dudruvuh kham gavadibhyo jaghnur jatams ca balakan shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; mahagreat; udbhaah powerful; dushahwicked; daiteyahdemons; kamsaby Kamsa; noditahsent; dudruvuhran; khamto the sky; gavaby the cows; adibhyahheaded; jaghnuh killed; jatanborn; caalso; balakaninfants. Shri Narada said: Sent by Kamsa, these powerful and sinful demons flew in the sky. They killed many newborn infants and many cows and other pious beings. Text 73 a-samudrad bhumi-tale vishantash ca grihe grihe kama-rupa-dhara-daityash ceruh sarpa ivabhavan a-samudratfrom the ocean; bhumi-taleto the land; vishantahgoing; ca also; grihe grihefrom house to house; kamaaccording to their own desire; rupa forms; dharaaccepting; daityahdemons; ceruhwent; sarpahserpents; iva like; abhavanbecame. From sea to sea traveling over the earth and entering house after house, these demons, who could assume any form they wished, moved about like so many snakes.

Text 74 utpatha udbhaa daityas tatrapi kamsa-noditah kapih surapo 'li-hato bhuta-grasta ivabhavan utpathahleft the path; udbhaahgreat; daityahdemons; tatrathere; api also; kamsa-noditahsent by Kamsa; kapiha monkey; surapaha drunkard; ali by drink; hatahdestroyed; bhutaby a ghost; grastahhaunted; ivalike; abhavanbecame. The great demons sent by Kamsa were far from the path (of religion). They were like a monkey, or a drunkard destroyed by drink, or a man possessed by a ghost. Text 75 vaideha maithila narendra upendra-bhakta dharmishha-mukhya sutapo janaka pratapin etat satam ca bhuvi helanam anga rajan sarvam chinatti bahulashva catushpadarthan vaidehaO king of Videha; maithilaO king of Mithila; naraof men; indraO lord; upendraof Lord Upendra; bhaktaO devotee; dharmishhaof they who follow the principles of religion; mukhyaO first; sutapahO austere one; janaka O father; pratapinO powerful one; etatthis; satamof the devotees; caalso; bhuvion earth; helanamharassment; angaO pious one; rajanO king; sarvam everything; chinattibroke; bahulashvaO Bahulashva; catushpada-arthanthe four goals of life. O king of Videha, O king of Mithila, O lord of men, O devotee of Lord Upendra, O first of the pious, O austere one, O father, O powerful one, in this way (the demons) harassed the devotees on the earth. O pious king Bahulashva, (the demons) broke apart the four goals of pious life.

Chapter Twelve Shri Nanda-mahotsava-varnana Description of Shri Nanda's Festival Text 1 atha putrotsavam jatam shrutva nanda ushah-kshane brahmanamsh ca samahuya karayam asa mangalam

athathen; putraof his son; utsavamfestival; jatamborn; shrutvahearing; nandahNanda; ushah-kshaneat dawn; brahmananthe brahmanas; caalso; samahuyacalling; karayam asamade; mangalamauspciousness. Hearing the happy news of his son's birth, Nanda called the brahmanas at dawn and had them perform the auspicious ceremonies. Text 2 sa-vidhi jatakam kritva nanda-rajo maha-manah viprebhyo dakshinabhish ca muda laksham gavam dadau sa-vidhifollowing tradition; jatakamthe birth ceremony; kritvahaving done; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; maha-manahwho had a noble-heart; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; dakshinabhihwith priestly rewards; caalso; mudahappily; lakshama hundred thousand; gavamcows; dadaugave. When the traditional birth-ceremony was performed, noble-hearted King Nanda happily gave the brahmanas a hundred thousand cows as dakshina. Text 3 krosha-matram ratna-sanun suvarna-shikharan girin sa-rasan sapta-dhanyanam dadau viprebhya anatah kroshatwo miles; matramsize; ratnaof jewels; sanunmountain peaks; suvarnaof gold; shikharanmountain peaks; girinmountains; sa-rasanwith nectar; saptaseven; dhanyanamof wealth; dadaugave; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; anatahhis head bowed. With bowed head he gave many hills of seven grains with peaks of jewels and gold to the brahmanas. Text 4 mridanga-vina-shankhadya nedur dundubhayo muhuh gayakash ca jagur dvare nanritur vara-yoshitah

mridanga-vina-shankhadyahbeginning with mridangas, vinas, and shankhas; neduhsounded; dundubhayahdrums; muhuhagain and again; gayakah singers; caalso; jaguhsang; dvareat the door; nanrituhdanced; vara-yoshitah varaaganas. Mridangas, vinas, shankhas, dundubhis, and other instruments sounded again and again, singers sang, and at the entrance varaaganas danced. Text 5 patakair hema-kalashair vitanais toranaih shubhaih aneka-varnaish citraish ca babhau shri-nanda-mandiram patakaihwith flags; hemagolden; kalashaihwith pots; vitanaihwith awnings; toranaihwith arches; shubhaihglorious; anekamany; varnaihcolors; citraihwonderful; caalso; babhaushone; shri-nanda-mandiramShri Nanda's palace. Decorated with beautiful and wonderfully colorful flags, awnings, gateways, and golden pots, Shri Nanda's palace was glorious. Text 6 rathya vithyash ca dehalyo bhitti-prangana-vedikah tolika-mandapa-sabha rejur gandha-jalambaraih rathyahighways; vithyahfootpaths; caalso; dehalyahentranceways; bhitti walls; pranganacourtyards; vedikahplatforms; tolika-mandapa-sabha gazebos and assembly-halls; rejuhshone; gandhafragrant; jala-ambaraihwith water. The highways, footpaths, entanceways, walls, courtyards, platforms, gazebos, and assembly-halls glistened with drops of fragrant water. Text 7

gavah suvarna-shriagyash ca hema-mala-lasad-galah ghana-manjira-jhankara rakta-kambala-manditah gavahthe cows; suvarnagold; shriagyahwiith horns; caalso; hemaof gold; malawith necklaces; lasatshining; galahnecks; ghanabells; manjira and tinkling ornaments; jhankarahthinking; raktared; kambalablankets; manditahdecorated. The cows were decorated with red cloths and their horns were covered with gold. Their necks glistened with golden necklaces and they tinkled with many bells and ornaments. Text 8 pita-puccha sa-vatsash ca taruni-kara-cihnikah haridra-kuakumair yuktas citra-dhatu-vicitritah pitayellow; pucchahtails; sa-vatsahwith calves; caalso; taruniof young girls; karaof the hand; cihnikahwith the marks; haridrawith turmeric; kuakumaihand kuakuma; yuktahendowed; citracolorful; dhatuwith mineral pigments; vicitritahdecorated with pictures and designs. Their tails were yellow, their calves were by their sides, they were decorated with taruni-karas, they were anointed with turmeric and kuakuma, and they were decorated with designs and pictures drawn in mineral colors. Text 9 barhi-pucchair gandha-jalair vrisha dharma-dhurandharah itas tato virejuh shrinanda-dvari manoharah barhipeacock; pucchaihwith feathers; gandhascented; jalaihwith water; vrishabulls; dharma-dhurandharahbearing the principles of religion; itas tatah here and there; virejuhshone; shri-nanda-dvariat Nanda's door; manoharah handsome. Decorated with peacock feathers and sprinkled with scented water, many bulls bearing the principles of religion shone gloriously at Shri Nanda's door.

Text 10 go-vatsa hema-maladhya mukta-hara-virajitah itas tato vilanghanto manjira-caranah sitah go-vatsahcalves; hemagold; malanecklaces; adhyahopulent; muktaof pearls; haranecklaces; virajitahsplendid; itas tatahhere and there; vilanghantahleaping; manjiratinkling ornaments; caranahhooves; sitah white. Opulent with golden necklaces, spkendid with strands of pearls, and their hooves decorated with tinkling ornaments, white calves jumped here and there. Text 11 shrutva putrotsavam tasya vrishabhanu-varas tatha kalavatya gajarudho nanda-mandiram ayayau shrutvahearing; putraof the son; utsavamthe festival; tasyaof him; vrishabhanu-varahKing Vrishabhanu; tathaso; kalavatyawith kalavati; gajaarudhahon an elephant; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; ayayauwent. Hearing of the festival celebrating a son's birth, King Vrishabhanu and Kalavati came, riding on an elephant, to Nanda's palace. Text 12 nanda navopanandash ca tatha shad vrishabhanavah nanopayana-samyuktah sarve te 'pi samayayuh nandahNandas; navanine; upanandahUpanandas; caalso; tathathen; shadsix; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus; nanavarious; upayanagifts; samyuktahbearing; sarveall; tethey; apialso; samayayuhcame.

The nine Nandas and Upanandas and the six Vrishabhanus all came, bringing many gifts. Text 13 ushnishopari maladhyah pita-kancuka-shobhitah barha-gunja-baddha-kesha vana-mala-vibhushanah ushnishaturban; upariabove; malawith garlands; adhyahopulent; pita yellow; kancukaupper garment; shobhitahdecorated; barhapeacock feather; gunjaand gunja; baddhatied; keshahhair; vanaforest; malagarlands; vibhushanahdecorated. Their turbans opulent with flower garlands and their hair tied with guna and peacock feathers, they were decorated with forest garlands and handsome with yellow garments. Text 14 vamsi-dhara vetra-hastah su-patra-tilakarcitah baddha-varnah parikara gopas te 'pi samayayuh vamsiflutes; dharahholding; vetrasticks; hastahin hand; su-patrawith beautiful pictures and designs; tilakawith tilaka; arcitahanointed; baddhabarhahwith peacock feathers; parikarahmultitudes; gopahgopas; tethey; api also; samayayuhcame. Carrying flutes, sticks in hand, and decorated with peacock feathers and tilaka decorations, many cowherd men came. Text 15 nrityantah parigayanto dhunvanto vasanani ca nanopayana-samyuktah smashrulah shishavah pare

nrityantahdancing; parigayantahsinging; dhunvantahshaking; vasanani garments; caand; nanavarious; upayanagifts; samyuktahwith; smashrulah bearded men; shishavahchildren; pareothers. Dancing, singing, and shaking their garments, many bearded men, accompanied by their sons, brought many different gifts. Text 16 haiyangavina-dugdhanam dadhy-ajyanam balin bahun nitva vriddha yashi-hasta nanda-mandiram ayayuh haiyangavinaof fresh butter; dugdhanammilk; dadhiyogurt; ajyanamand ghee; balinofferings; bahunmany; nitvabringing; vriddhahelderly; yashi sticks; hastahin hand; nandaof Nanda; mandiramto the palace; ayayuh came. Sticks in hand, and bringing many offerings of butter, ghee, milk, and yogurt, many elder cowherd men came to Nanda's palace. Text 17 putrotsavam vrajeshasya kathayantah parasparam prema-vihvala-bhavaih svair anandashru-samakulah putra-utsavamthe festival of a son; vrajeshasyaof the king of Vraja; kathayantahtalking; parasparamamong themselves; prema-vihvala-bhavaih overcome with love; svaihown; anandaof bliss; ashruwith tears; samakulah filled. Overcome with love and their eyes filled with tears of bliss, they talked about the birth-festival of the king of Vraja's son. Text 18 jate putrotsave nandah svanandashrv-akulekshanah

pujayam asa tan sarvams tilakadyair vidhanatah jatemanifested; putrotsavethe festival of a son; nandahNanda; svananda of bliss; ashruwith tears; akulafilled; ikshanaheyes; pujayam asaworshiped; tanthem; sarvanall; tilakadyaihbeginning with tilaka; vidhanatahby placing. His eyes filled with tears of bliss, Nanda worshiped everyone with tilaka and other gifts during the festival celebrating his son's birth. Text 19 shri-gopa ucuh he vrajeshvara he nanda jatah putrotsavas tatha anapatyasyecchato 'lam atah kim mangalam param shri-gopah ucuhthe cowherd men said; heO; vrajeshvaraking of Vraja; he O; nandaNanda; jatahborn; putrotsavahthe festival of a son; tathaso; anapatyasyaof one who is childless; icchatahdesiring; alamgreatly; atah then; kimwhat?; mangalamauspiciousness; paramgreater. The cowherd men said: O king of Vraja, O Nanda, for a chuldless man who desires a son, what can be more auspicious than this festival of a son's birth? Text 20 daivena darshitam cedam dinam vo bahubhir dinaih krita-krityash ca bhutah smo drishva shri-nanda-nandanam daivenaby fate; darshitam-shown; caalso; idamthis; dinamday; vahof us; bahubhihwith many; dinaihdays; krita-krityahsuccessful; caalso; bhutah become; smahwe; drishvaseeing; shri-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda. After many days, destiny shows this day to us. As we gaze at Nanda's son, our lives have attained success. Text 21

he mohaneti durat tam ankam nitva gadishyasi yada lalana-bhavena bhavita nas tada sukham heO; mohanacharming one; itithus; duratfrom far away; tamHim; ankamon the lap; nitvataking; gadishyasiYou will say; yadawhen; lalanabhavenawith fondling; bhavitawill be; nahof us; tadathen; sukham happiness. When, placing Him on your lap, you fondle Him and say, {.sy 168}O my charming one," then we will be happy. Text 22 shri-nanda uvaca bhavatam ashishah punyaj jatam saukhyam idam shubham ajna-varti hy aham gopa gopanam vraja-vasinam shri-nandah uvacaShri Nanda said; bhavatamof you; ashishahthe blessings; punyatfrom piety; jatamborn; saukhyamhappiness; idamthis; shubhamauspiciousness; ajnathe order; vartispeaking; hiindeed; ahamI; gopaO cowherd men; gopanamof the cowherd men; vraja-vasinamof the residents of Vraja. Shri Nanda said: Your pious blessings make me very happy. O cowherd men, I am a servant obedient to the orders of the cowherd men of Vraja. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca shri-nanda-raja-suta-sambhavam adbhutam ca shrutva visrijya griha-karma tadaiva gopyah turnam yayuh sa-balayo vraja-raja-gehan udyat-pramoda-paripurita-hrin-mano-'agah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shri-nanda-rajaof King Nanda; sutaof the son; sambhavamthe birth; adbhutamwonderful; caalso; shrutvahearing; visrijyaabandoning; grihahousehold; karmaduties; tadathen; evaindeed; gopyahthe gopis; turnamquickly; yayuhwent; sa-balayahwith offerings; vraja-raja-gehanto the palace of the king of Vraja; udyatrising; pramoda happiness; paripuritaflooded; hrithearts; manahminds; 'agahand limbs.

Shri Narada said: Hearing of the wonderful birth of King Nanda's son, the gopis at once abandoned their household duties. Their hearts, minds, and limbs flooded with rising happiness, they rushed with gifts to the palace of Vraja's king. Text 24 a-nanda-mandira-purat sva-grihad vrajantyah sarva itas tata uta tvaram avrajantyah yana-shlathad-vasana-bhushana-kesha-bandha rejur narendra pathi bhupari mukta-muktah aup to; nanda-of Nanda; mandira-puratthe palace; svaown; grihatfrom the home; vrajantyahgoing; sarvahall; itas tatahhere and there; utaindeed; tvaramquickly; avrajantyahcoming; yanafrom coming; shlathatloosened; vasanagarments; bhushanaornaments; kesha-bandhahand hair; rejuhshone; narendraO king; pathion the path; bhuparion the ground; muktareleased; muktahpearls. O king, running from their own homes to Nanda's palace, their garments, ornaments, and hair becoming loose as they went, and dropping pearls on the ground, they all were splendidly beautiful. Text 25 jhankara-nupura-navaagada-hema-ciramanjira-hara-mani-kundala-mekhalabhih shri-kanha-sutra-bhuja-kankana-bindukabhih purnendu-mandala-nava-dyutibhir virejuh jhankarajingling; nupuraanklets; navanew; angadaarmlets; hema golden; ciragarments; manjiraornaments; haranecklaces; manijewels; kundalaearrings; mekhalabhihwith belts; shri-kanha-sutranecklaces; bhujakankanawith bracelets; bindukabhihwith dots; purnafull; indumoon; mandalacircle; navanew; dyutibhihwith splendor; virejuhshone. Decorated with tinkling anklets, armlets, gold ciras, anklebells, necklaces, jewel earrings, sashes, kanha-sutras, bracelets, and bindukas, they shone with the glory of a host of full moons. Text 26

shri-rajika-lavana-ratri-vishesha-curnair go-dhuma-sarshapa-yavaih kara-lalanaish ca uttarya balaka-mukhopari cashishas tah sarva dadur nripa jagur jagadur yashodam shri-rajika-lavana-ratri-vishesha-curnaihwith ground mustard and salt; godhuma-sarshapa-yavaihwith wheat and barley flour; karaof the hand; lalanaih with gentle strokes; caalso; uttaryalifting; balakaof the child; mukhaface; upariabove; caand; ashishahbenedictions; tahthey; sarvahall; daduh gave; nripaO king; jaguhthey sang; jagaduhthey spoke; yashodamto Yashoda. With gentle strokes they anointed the child's face with a paste of wheat and barley flours, black mustard, and salt. They all gave many blessings. O king, they sang, and then they spoke to Yashoda. Text 27 shri-gopya ucuh sadhu sadhu yashode te dishya dishya vrajeshvari dhanya dhanya para kukshir yayayam janitah sutah shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; sadhuwell done; sadhuwell done; yashode O Yasoda; teto you; dishyaby good fortune; dishyaby good fortune; vraja of Vraja; ishvariO queen; dhanyafortunate; dhanyafortunate; paraexalted; kukshihwomb; yayaby which; ayamHe; janitahborn; sutahson. The gopis said: O Yashoda, well done! Well done! O queen of Vraja, your fortune is very great! Your fortune is very great! Your noble womb, which gave birth to such a son, is very fortunate, very fortunate! Text 28 iccha-yuktam kritam te vai devena bahu-kalatah raksha balam padma-netram su-smitam shyama-sundaram icchadesire; yuktamendowed; kritamdone; teby you; vaiindeed; devenaby the Lord; bahu-kalatahafter a long time; rakshaplease protect; balamthe child; padmalotus; netrameyes; su-smitamwith a charming smile; shyamadark; sundaramand handsome.

After a long time the Lord fulfilled your desire. (O Lord,) please protect this lotuseyed, sweetly smiling, handsome, dark boy. Text 29 shri-yashodovaca bhavadiya-dayashirbhir jatam saukhyam param ca me bhavatinam api param dishya bhuyad atah param shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; bhavadiyayour; dayaof mercy; ashirbhihwith blessings; jatamcreated; saukhyamhappiness; paramgreat; ca also; meof me; bhavatinamof you; apialso; paramthen; dishyaby good fortune; bhuyatmay be; atah paramthen. Shri Yashoda said: Your kind blessings bring me great happiness. May you always be very fortunate. Text 30 he rohini maha-buddhe pujanam tu vrajaukasam agatanam sat-kulanam yathesham hipsitam kuru he rohiniO Rohini; mahavery; buddheintelligent; pujanamworship; tu indeed; vraja-okasamof the people of Vraja; agatanamarrived; sat-kulanamof good families; yathaas; ishamdesired; hiindeed; ipsitamdesire; kuru please fulfill. O very intelligent Rohini, please worship the noble people of Vraja who have come here. Please fulfill their desires. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca rohini raja-kanyapi tat-karau dana-shilinau tatrapi nodita dane

dadav ati-maha-manah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; rohiniRohini; rajaof a king; kanyathe daughter; apieven; tatthat; karauhands; dana-shilinaugenerous; tatra there; apialso; noditasent; danecharity; dadaugave; ati-maha-manahvery noble-hearted. Shri Narada said: Even though she was a princess, when asked in this way noblehearted Rohini gave charity with two generous hands. Text 32 garua-varna divya-vasa ratnabharana-bhushita vyacarad rohini sakshat pujayanti vrajaukasah garuafair; varnacolor; divyaglistening; vasagarments; ratnajewel; abharanaornaments; bhushitadecorated; vyacaratdid; rohiniRohini; sakshat directly; pujayantiworshiping; vraja-okasahthe people of Vraja. Then fair-complexioned, splendidly dressed, jewel decorated Rohini worshiped the people of Vraja. Text 33 paripurnatame sakshac chri-krishne vrajam agate nadatsu nara-turyeshu jaya-dhvanir abhun mahan paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishneShri Krishna; vrajamto Vraja; agatecame; nadatsusounding; naraturyeshuthe four kinds of men; jayaof victory; dhvanihsound; abhutbecame; mahangreat. When Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, came to Vraja Village, many turyas sounded and a great cry of "Victory!" rose up. Text 34 dadhi-kshira-ghritair gopa

gopyo haiyangavair navaih shishicur harshitas tatra jagur uccaih parasparam dadhiwith yogurt; kshiramilk; ghritaihand ghee; gopahthe gopas; gopyah gopis; haiyangavair navaihwith fresh butter; shishicuhsprinkled; harshitah jubilant; tatrathere; jaguhsang; uccaihloudly; parasparamtogether. Then the happy gopas and gopis sprinkled each other with fresh butter and loudly sang. Text 35 bahir antah-pure jate sarvato dadhi-kardame vriddhash ca sthula-dehash ca petur hasyam kritam paraih bahihoutside; antah-pureinside their homes; jatecreated; sarvatah completely; dadhiwith yogurt; kardamemud; vriddhahelder; caand; sthula large; dehahbodies; caalso; petuhfell; hasyamlaughter; kritamdone; paraihby the others. When a large elder gopa fell in the yogurt-mud that was everywhere, inside and outside the homes, the others laughed. Text 36 sutah pauranikah prokta magadha vamsa-samshakah vandinas tv amala-prajnah prastava-sadrishoktayah sutahthe sutas; pauranikahthe pauranikas; proktahsaid; magadhahthe magadhas; vamsha-samshakahthe reciters of genealogies; vandinahthe vandis; tualso; amalapure; prajnahchildren; prastavaprayers; sadrishalike that; uktayahwords. Then many intelligent and pure sutas, pauranikas, magadhas, vamshashamsakas, and vandis recited many prayers. Text 37

tebhyo nando maha-rajo sahasram gah prithak prithak vaso-'lankara-ratnani hayebhan akhilan dadau tebhyahto them; nandahNanda; maha-rajahthe great king; sahasrama thousand; gahcows; prithak prithakto each; vasahgarments; alankara ornaments; ratnanijewels; hayahorses; ibhanand elephants; akhilanall; dadaugave. To each one Nanda Maharaja gave a thousand cows and many garments, ornaments, jewels, horses, and elephants. Text 38 vandibhyo magadhebhyash ca sarvebhyo bahulam dhanam vavarsha dhanavad-gopo nanda-rajo vrajeshvarah vandibhyahto the vandis; magadhebhyahto the magadhas; caand; sarvebhyahto everyone; bahulamabundant; dhanamwealth; vavarsha showered; dhanavatwealthy; gopahgopa; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; vrajeshvarahthe ruler of Vraja. King Nanda, the wealthy gopa ruler of Vraja, showered great wealth on the vandis, magadhas, and everyone else. Text 39 nidhih siddhish ca vriddhish ca bhuktir muktir grihe grihe vithyam vithyam luhantiva tad-iccha kasyacin na hi nidhihwealth; siddhihmystic perfection; caand; vriddhihglory; caand; bhuktihsense gratification; muktihliberation; grihe griheat every home; vithyam vithyamon every pathway; luhantiroll on the ground; ivaas if; tadicchathe desire; kasyacinof someone; nanot; hiindeed.

Wealth, mystic powers, glory, sense gratification, and liberation rolled about on the ground in every home and on every pathway. No one had any desires left to be fulfilled. Text 40 sanat-kumara-kapilashuka-vyasadibhih saha hamsa-datta-pulastyadyair maya brahma jagama ha sanat-kumara-kapila-shuka-vyasadibhihheaded by Sanat-kumara, Kapila, Shuka, and Vyasa; sahawith; hamsa-datta-pulastyadyaihthose headed by Hamsa, Datta, and Pulastya; mayawith me; brahmaBrahma; jagama hawent. Then, accompanied by me and by the great sages headed by Sanat-kumara, Kapila, Shukadeva, Vyasa, Hamsa, Datta, and Pulastya, the demigod Brahma went there. Text 41 hamsarudho hema-varno mukui kundali sphuran catur-mukho veda-karta dyotayan mandalam disham hamsaon a swan; arudhahriding; hema-varnahgolden color; mukui wearing a crown; kundaliwearing earrings; sphuransplendid; catur-mukhah with four faces; vedaof the Vedas; kartathe author; dyotayanilluminating; mandalam dishamthe directions. Wearing a crown and earings, his complexion the color of gold, and filling the directions with light, four-faced Brahma, the author of the Vedas, came, riding on a swan. Text 42 tatha tam anu bhutadhyo vrisharudho maheshvarah ratharudho ravih sakshad gajarudhah purandarah

tathaso; tamhim; anuafter; bhutaby ghosts and demons; adhyah accompanied; vrisha-arudhahriding on a bull; maheshvarahLord Shiva; rathaarudhahriding on a chariot; ravihthe sun-god; sakshatdirectly; gaja-arudhah riding on an elephant; purandarahIndra. Accompanied by many ghosts and demons, Lord Shiva came, riding on a bull. The sun-god came riding on a chariot. Indra came riding on an elephant. Text 43 vayush ca khanjanarudho yamo mahisha-vahanah dhanadah pushpakarudho mrigarudho kshapeshvarah vayuhVayus; caalso; khanjana-arudhahriding on a khanjana bird; yamah Yama; mahisha-vahanahriding on a buffalo; dhanadahKuvera; pushpakaarudhahriding on a flower chariot; mriga-arudhahriding on a deer; kshapeshvarahthe moon-god. Vayu came riding on a khanjana bird. Yamaraja came riding on a buffalo. Kuvera came riding on a flower chariot. The moon-god came riding on a deer. Text 44 ajarudho vitihotro varuno makara-sthitah mayura-sthah karttikeyo bharati hamsa-vahini aja-arudhahriding on a ram; vitihotrahAgni; varunahVaruna; makarasthitahriding on a shark; mayura-sthahriding on a peacock; karttikeyah Karttikeya; bharatiSarasvati; hamsa-vahiniriding on a swan. Agni came riding on a ram. Varuna came riding on a shark. Karttikeya came riding on a peacock. Sarasvati came riding on a swan. Text 45 lakshmish ca garudarudha durgakhya simha-vahini

go-rupa-dharini prithvi vimana-stha samayayau lakshmihLakshmi; caand; garuda-arudhariding on Garuda; durga-akhya Durga; simha-vahiniriding on a lion; go-rupa-dharinimanifesting the form of a cow; prithvithe earth-goddess; vimana-sthariding in a airplane; samayayau came. Lakshmi came riding on Garuda. Durga came riding on a lion. Manifesting the form of a cow, the earth-goddess came riding in an airplane. Text 46 dolarudha divya-varna mukhyah shodasha-matriikah shashhi ca shibikarudha khadgini yashi-dharini dola-arudhahriding in a swing; divyasplendid; varnahcolors; mukhyahthe most important; shodasha-matriikahthe sixteen Matriikas; shashhiShashhi; ca also; shibika-arudhariding on a palanquin; khadginiholding a sword; yashidhariniholding a stick. The sixteen Matrikas came riding on a swing, and Goddess Shashthi, holding a sword and club, came riding on a palanquin. Text 47 mangalo vanararudho bhasarudho budhah smritah gishpatih krishnasara-sthah shukro gavaya-vahanah mangalahthe ruler of the planet mars; vanara-arudhahriding on a gorilla; bhasa-arudhahriding on a rooster; budhahthe ruler of the planet mercury; smritahconsidered; gishpatihthe ruler of the planet jupiter; krishnasara-sthah riding on a black-deer; shukrahthe ruler of the planet Venus; gavaya-vahanah riding on an ox. The ruler of the planet Mars came riding on a gorilla. The ruler of the planet Mercury came riding on a rooster. The ruler of the planet Jupiter came riding on a black stag. The ruler of the planet Venus came riding on an ox.

Text 48 shanish ca makararudha ushra-sthah simhika-sutah koi-balarka-sankasha ayayau nanda-mandiram shanihthe ruler of the planet Saturn; caalso; makara-arudhahriding on a shark; ushra-sthahriding on a camel; simhika-sutahthe ruler of the planet Rahu; koimillions; balarkaof rising suns; sankashahsplendid; ayayauthey came; nandaof Nanda; mandiramto the palace. The ruler of the planet Saturn came riding on a shark. The ruler of the planet Rahu came riding on a camel. Splendid as millions of suns, they came to Nanda's palace. Text 49 kolahala-samayuktam gopa-gopi-ganakulam nanda-mandiram abhyetya kshanam sthitva yayuh surah kolahalawith a tumult; samayuktamendowed; gopaof gopas; gopiand gopis; ganawith multitudes; akulamfilled; nanda-mandiramNanda's palace; abhyetyaattaining; kshanamfor a moment; sthitvastanding; yayuhwent; surahthe dmeigods. Finally coming to Nanda's palace, which was filled with many gopas and gopis making a great tumult, the demigods paused for a moment, and then entered. Text 50 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam bala-rupinam natva drishva tada devas cakrus tasya stutim param paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnamShri Krishna; bala-rupinamin the form of a child; natvaoffering obeisances; drishvaseeing; tadathen; devahthe demigods; cakruhdid; tasyato Him; stutimprayers; paramexcellent.

After offering obeisances to Him and gazing at Him, the demigods offered many eloquent prayers to Shri Krishna who, although manifesting the form of a child, was the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 51 vikshya krishnam tada deva brahmadya rishibhih saha sva-dhamani yayuh sarve harshitah prema-vihvalah vikshyaseeing; krishnamLord Krishna; tadathen; devahthe demigods; brahmadyahheaded by Brahma; rishibhihthe sages; sahawith; svaown; dhamanito the abodes; yayuhwent; sarveall; harshitahhappy; premawith love; vihvalahovercome. After gazing at Lord Krishna, Brahma and the demigods and sages, now very happy and overwhelmed with feelings of love, went to their own abodes. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Putana-moksha The Liberation of Putana Texts 1 and 2 shri-narada uvaca shaury-anamaya-pricchartham karam datum nripasya ca putrotsavam kathayitum nande shri-mathuram gate kamsena preshita dusha putana ghata-karini pureshu grama-ghosheshu caranti gharghara-svana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shauriof Vasudeva; anamayathe welfare; pricchaquestion; arthamfor the purpose; karamtax; datumto give; nripasyato the king; caalso; putraof his son; utsavamthe festival; kathayitumto describe; nandewhen Nanda; shri-mathuramto Shri Mathura; gatewent; kamsenaby Kamsa; preshitasent; dushademon; putanaPutana;

ghata-karinimurderess; pureshu in cities; gramatowns; ghosheshuand cowherd villages; carantigoing; gharghara-svanamaking a rumbling sound. While, to ask about Vasudeva's welfare, to pay his tax to the king, and to describe his son's birth-festival, Nanda was in Shri Mathura, the murderess Putana, sent by Kamsa, was traveling among cities, towns, and cowherd villages, making a menacing rumbling sound. Text 3 atha gokulam asadya gopa-gopi-ganakulam rupam dadhara sa divyam vapuh shodasha-varshikam athathen; gokulamGokula; asadyaattaining; gopaof gopas; gopiand gopis; ganawith multitudes; akulamfilled; rupama form; dadharaassumed; sashe; divyamglorious; vapuhform; shodashasixteen; varshikamyears. Coming to Gokula, which was filled with many gopas and gopis, the demoness assumed the form of a splendid sixteen-year old girl. Text 4 na ke 'pi rurudhur gopah sundarim tam ca gopikah shacim vanim ramam rambham ratim ca kshipatim iva nanot; ke apianyone; rurudhuhstopped; gopahgopas; sundarim beautiful; tamher; caalso; gopikahgopis; shacimShaci; vanimSarasvati; ramamlakshmi; rambhamRambha; ratimRati; caalso; kshipatimeclipsing; iva as if. No gopa or gopi stopped this beautiful girl, who seemed to eclipse the goddesses Shaci, Sarasvati, Lakshmi, Rambha, and Rati. Text 5 rohinyam ca yashodayam dharshitayam sphurat-kuca

ankam adaya tam balam lalayanti punah punah rohinyamwhen Rohini; caalso; yashodayamYashoda; dharshitayamwere arrogantly ignored; sphuratmanifest; kucabreasts; ankamon her lap; adaya taking; tamHim; balamthe infant; lalayantifondling; punah punahagain and again. Ignoring Rohini and Yashoda, she took the infant on her lap, fondled Him again and again, and then exposed her breasts. Text 6 dadau shishor maha-ghora kalakutavritam stanam pranaih sardham papau dugdham kaum roshavrito harih dadauplaced; shishohof the infant; mahavery; ghoraterrible; kalakuta with poison; avritamcovered; stanambreast; pranaihlife breath; sardham with; papaudrank; dugdhammilk; kaumbitter; roshawith anger; avritah filled; harihLord Hari. When the very horrible demoness gave her poison-covered breast to Him, infant Lord Hari became angry and drank her life-breath along with the bitter milk. Text 7 munca munca vadantittham dhavanti pidita-stana nitva bahir gata tam vai gata-maya babhuva ha muncaleave!; muncaleave!; vadantisaying; itthamthus; dhavanti running; piditatortured; stanabreasts; nitvabringing; bahihoutside; gata gone; tamHim; vaiindeed; gatagone; mayaillusion; babhuvabecame; ha indeed. Screaming "Leave me! Leave me!", and her breast filled with pain, she ran outside, bringing the infant with her and her magical illusion now gone. Text 8

patan-netra shveta-gatra rudanti patita bhuvi nanada tena brahmandam sapta lokair bilaih saha patatfalling; netraeyes; shvetaperspiring; gatralimbs; rudanti screaming; patitafallen; bhuvito the ground; nanadamade a sound; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaihthe seven planetary systems; bilaih and the expanses of outer space; sahawith. Screaming, her eyes bulging and limbs perspiring, she fell to the ground, making a sound that filled the universe with its seven planetary systems and empty regions of outer space. Texts 9 and 10 cacala vasudha dvipais tad adbhutam ivabhavat sha-krosham sa dridhan dirghan vrikshan prishha-tale gatan curni-cakara vapusha vajraagena nripeshvara vadantas te gopa-gana vikshya ghoram vapur mahat cacalamoved; vasudhathe earth; dvipaihwith its continents; tatthat; adbhutama wonder; ivalike; abhavatwas; sha-kroshamtwelve miles; sa she; dridhanhard; dirghantall; vrikshantrees; prishha-taleto the ground; gatanwent; curni-cakarabroke into pieces; vapushawith the body; vajraagena lightning bolt; nripeshvaraO king of kings; vadantahsaying; tethey; gopaganahthe gopas; vikshyaseeing; ghoramhorrible; vapuhform; mahatgreat. A great wonder happened. The earth and all its continents moved. She became twelve mils long and her thunderbolt body broke many tall and strong trees and made them fall to the ground. O king of kings, when the gopas saw her horrible gigantic body, they said: Texts 11 and 12 asya anguli-go balo na jivati kadacana

tasya urasi sanandam kridantam su-smitam shishum dugdham pitva jrimbhamanam tam drishva jagrihuh striyah yashodaya ca rohinya nidhayorasi vismitah asyahof her; anguli-gahgone on a finger; balahinfant; nanot; jivatilives; kadacanaever; tasyahof her; urasion the breast; sanandamhappily; kridantamplaying; su-smitamsmiling; shishumchild; dugdhammilk; pitva having drunk; jrimbhamanamyawning; tamHim; drishvaseeing; jagrihuh grabbed; striyahthe women; yashodayaby Yashoda; caalso; rohinyaby Rohini; nidhayaplacing; urasion the breast; vismitahastonished. "The child was crushed by her fingers. He could not have remained alive." Then, seeing the smiling infant yawn after drinking the demoness' milk, and then play on her breast, the astonished women, along with Yashoda and Rohinia, grabbed Him, and pulled Him down from the breast. Text 13 sarvato balakam nitva raksham cakrur vidhanatah kalindi-punya-mrit-toyair go-puccha-bhramanadibhih sarvatahcompletely; balakamthe infant; nitvataking; rakshamprotection; cakruhdid; vidhanatahproperly; kalindiof the Yamuna; punyasacred; mrit with mud; toyaihand water; gahof the cows; pucchatails; bhramanawith the movements; adibhihbeginning. Then they took the child and acted to give Him protection by anointing Him with the Yamuna's sacred water and clay, by having a cow wave its tail before Him, and by doing other things also. Text 14 go-mutra-go-rajobhish ca snapayitva tv idam jaguh gahcow; mutraurine; gahcow; rajobhihwith dust; caand; snapayitva bathing; tuindeed; idamthis; jaguhsang.

Bathing Him with cow dust and cow urine, they chanted: Text 15 shri-gopya ucuh shri-krishnas te shirah patu vaikunhah kanham eva hi shvetadvipa-patih karnau nasikam yajna-rupa-dhrik shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; shri-krishnahmay Shri Krishna; teYour; shirahhead; patuprotect; vaikunhahmay Lord Vaikunha; kanhamneck; evacertainly; hiindeed; shvetadvipa-patihthe Lord od Shvetadvipa; karnau ears; nasikamnose; yajna-rupa-dhrikHe who has the form of Lord Yajna. The gopis said: May Shri Krishna protect Your head. May Lord Vaikunha protect Your neck. May the Lord of Shvetadvipa protect Your ears. May Lord Yajna protect Your nose. Text 16 nrisimho netra-yugmam ca jihvam dasharathatmajah adharav avatam te tu nara-narayanav rishi nrisimhahNrisimha; netraeyes; yugmampair; caand; jihvamtongue; dasharathatmajahLord Rama, the son of Dasharatha; adharaulips; avatammay protect; teYour; tuindeed; nara-narayanau rishiNara-Narayana Rishi. May Lord Nrisimha protect Your two eyes. May Lord Rama protect Your tongue. May Lord Nara-Narayana Rishi protect Your lips. Text 17 kapolau pantu te sakshat sanakadyah kala hareh bhalam te sveta-varaho narado bhru-late 'vatu

kapolaucheeks; pantumay protect; tethey; sakshatdirectly; sanakadyah the four Kumaras; kalahkala expansions; harehof Lord Hari; bhalam forehead; teYour; sveta-varahahShveta Varaha; naradahNarada; bhru-late the two vines of Your eyebrows; avatumay protect. May the four Kumaras. who are Lord Hari's kala expansions, protect Your cheeks. May Lord Shveta Varaha protect Your forehead. May Lord Narada protect the two vines of Your eyebrows. Text 18 cibukam kapilah patu dattatreya uro 'vatu skandhau dvav rishabhah patu karau matsyah prapatu te cibukamchin; kapilahKapila; patumay protect; dattatreyaDattatreya; urahchest; avatumay protect; skandhaushoulders; dvautwo; rishabhah Rishabha; patumay protect; karauhands; matsyahMatsya; prapatumay protect; teYour. May Lord Kapila protect Your chin. May Lord Dattatreya protect Your chest. May Lord Rishabha protect both Your shoulders. May Lord Matsya protect Your hands. Text 19 dor-dandam satatam rakshet prithuh prithula-vikramah udaram kamahah patu nabhim dhanvantarish ca te dor-dandamarms; satatamalways; rakshetmay protect; prithuhPrithu; prithula-vikramahvery powerful; udarambelly; kamahahLord Kurma; patu may protect; nabhimnavel; dhanvantarihDhanvantari; caand; teYour. May powerful Lord Prithu always protect Your arms. May Lord Kurma protect Your abdomen. May Lord Dhanvantari protect Your navel. Text 20 mohini guhya-desham ca

kaim te vamano 'vatu prishham parashuramash ca tavoru badarayanah mohiniMohini; guhya-deshamprivate parts; caalso; kaimhips; teYour; vamanahVamana; avatumay protect; prishhamback; parashuramah Parashurama; caalso; tavaYour; uruthighs;' badarayanahVyasa. May Shrimati Mohini protect Your private parts. My Lord Vamana protect Your hips. May Lord Parashurama protect Your back. May Lord Vyasa protect Your thighs. Text 21 balo janu-dvayam patu janghe buddhah prapatu te padau patu sa-gulphau ca kalkir dharma-patih prabhuh balahBalarama; janu-dvayamtwo knees; patumay protect; janghelegs; buddhahBuddha; prapatumay protect; teYour; padaufeet; patumay protect; sawith; gulphauankles; caalso; kalkihKalki; dharmaof religion; patihthe master; prabhuhthe Lord. May Lord Balarama protect Your knees. May Lord Buddha protect Your shins. May Lord Kalki, the master of religion, protect Your ankles and feet. Text 22 sarva-raksha-karam divyam shri-krishna-kavacam param idam bhagavata dattam brahmane nabhi-pankaje sarva-raksha-karamall protection; divyamglorious; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; kavacamthe armor; paramgreat; idamthis; bhagavataby the Lord; dattamgiven; brahmaneto Brahma; nabhinavel; pankajeon the lotus. The Supreme Personality of Godhead gave this glorious and transcendental Shri Krishna-kavaca (armor of Lord Krishna), which gives all protection, to the demigod Brahma on the lotus flower of His navel. Text 23

brahmana shambhave dattam shambhur durvasase dadau durvasah shri-yashomatyai pradac chri-nanda-mandire brahmanaby Brahma; shambhaveto Lord Shiva; dattamgivem; shambhuh Lord Shiva; durvasaseto Durvasa; dadaugave; durvasahDurvasa; shriyashomatyaito Shri Yashoda; pradatgave; shri-nandaof Shri Nanda; mandire in the palace. Then Brahma gave it to Lord Shiva. Lord Shiva gave it to Durvasa Muni. Durvasa Muni gave it to Shri Yashoda in Shri Nanda's palace. Text 24 anena raksham kritvasya gopibhih shri-yashomati payayitva stanam danam viprebhyah pradadau mahat anenaby it; rakshamprotection; kritvadoing; asyaof Him; gopibhihby the gopis; shri-yashomatiShri Yashoda; payayitvacausing to drink; stanam breast; danamcharity; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; pradadaugave; mahat great. In this way Shri Yashoda and the gopis gave protection to (infant Krishna). Then Shri Yashoda gave Him her breast milk to drink, and then she gave great charity to the brahmanas. Text 25 tada nandadayo gopa agata mathura-purat drishva ghoram putanakhyam babhuvur bhaya-vihvalah tadathen; nanda-adayahheaded by Nanda; gopahthe gopas; agatah arrived; mathura-puratfrom the city of Mathura; drishvaseeing; ghoram horror; putana-akhyamnamed Putana; babhuvuhbecame; bhayawith fear; vihvalahoverwhelmed.

When, just returned from Mathura City, the gopas headed by Nanda saw horrible Putana, they were overcome with fear. Text 26 chitva kuharais tad-deham gopah shri-yamuna-tae anekash ca citah kritva dahayam asur eva tam chitvacutting; kuharaihwith axes; tad-dehamher body; gopahthe gopas; shri-yamuna-taeon the Yamuna's shore; anekahmany; caalso; citahpyres; kritvamaking; dahayam asuhburned; evaindeed; tamit. Cutting it up with axes, and making many pyres by Shri Yamuna's shore, the gopas burned her body. Text 27 ela-lavanga-shrikhandatagaraguru-gandhi-bhrit dhumo dagdhasya dehasya pavitrasya samutthitah ela-lavanga-shrikhandaof ela, lavanga, and shrikhanda; tagaraof tagara; aguruand of aguru; gandhithe scent; bhritmanifesting; dhumahsmoke; dagdhasyaof the burned; dehasyabody; pavitrasyapurified; samutthitah risen. The smoke that rose from her now purified burning body was fragrant as ela, lavanga, shrikhanda, tagra, and aguru. Text 28 aho krishnam rite kam va vrajama sharanam tv iha putanayai moksha-gatim dadau patita-pavanah ahahoh; krishnamfor Krishna; riteexcept; kamto whom?; vaor; vrajama we go; sharanamshelter; tucertainly; ihahere; putanayaito Putana;

moksha-gatimthe destination of liberation; dadaugave; patitaof the fallen; pavanahthe purifier. Of whom else but Krishna will we take shelter? The purifier of the fallen, He gave liberation to Putana. Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca keyam va rakshasi purvam putana bala-ghatini visha-stana dusha-bhava param moksham katham gata shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kawho?; iyamshe; vaor; rakshasithe demoness; purvambefore; putanaPutana; balaof children; ghatinithe murderess; vishapoison; stanabreast; dusha-bhavawicked; paramultimate; mokshamlibreation; kathamhow?; gataattained. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this demoness in her previous birth? Why did evil Putana, who murdered children by giving them her poisoned breast, attain ultimate liberation? Text 30 shri-narada uvaca bali-yajne vamanasya drishva rupam atah param bali-kanya ratnamala putra-sneham cakara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; baliof Bali Maharaja; yajnein the sacrifice; vamanasyaof Lord Vamana; drishvaseeing; rupamthe form; atah paramthen; baliof Bali; kanyathe daughter; ratnamalaRatnamala; putrato a son; snehamaffection; cakara hadid. Seeing the form of Lord Vamana in Bali Maharaja's yajna, Bali's daughter Ratnamala felt for the Lord (a mother's) love for her son. Text 31

etadrisho yadi bhaved balas tam hi shuci-smitam payayami stanam tena prasannam me manas tada etadrishahlike that; yadiif; bhavetwould be; balahboy; tamHim; hi certainly; shucipure; smitamsmile; payayamiI give to drink; stanambreast; tenaby that; prasannamhappy; memy; manahheart; tadathen. (She thought:) If I had a son like Him, then I would give that gloriously smiling son the milk from my breast to drink. In that way my heart would become happy. Text 32 baleh parama-bhaktasya sutayai vamano harih manorathas tu te bhuyan manasy api varam dadau balehof Bali Maharaja; paramagreat; bhaktasyadevotee; sutayaito the daughter; vamanahVamana; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; manorathahthe desire; tucertainly; teof you; bhuyatmay be; manasiin His heart; apialso; varamthe benediction; dadaugave. "may your desire be fulfilled." In this way the Personality of Godhead, Lord Vamana, gave a blessing in his heart to the daughter of His great devotee Bali Maharaja. Text 33 sabhavad dvaparante vai putana nama vishruta shri-krishna-sparsha-sambhuta param prapta-manoratha sashe; abhavatbecame; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; vai indeed; putanaPutana; namanamed; vishrutafamous; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; sparshaby the touch; sambhutamanifested; paramthen; prapta attained; manorathadesire. At the end of Dvapara-yuga she became known as Putana. Then, by Lord Krishna's touch, she attained her desire.

Text 34 yah putana-moksham imam shrinoti krishnasya devasya parat parasya bhaktir bhavet prema-yutapi tasya tri-varga-shuddhih kim u maithilendra yahwho; putanaof Putana; mokshamliberation; imamthe; shrinotihears; krishnasya devasyaof Lord Krishna; parat parasyagreater than the greatest; bhaktihdevotion; bhavetis; prema-yutawith love; apialso; tasyaof Him; trivargain the three goals of life; shuddhihpurification; kim uwhat to speak of?; maithila-indraO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, a person who hears of Putana's liberation will become purified of the three material desires and will attain pure love and devotion for Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest.

Chapter Fourteen Shakaasura-trinavarta-mokshah The Liberation of Shakaasura and Trinavarta Text 1 shri-garga uvaca ity evam kathitam divyam shri-krishna-caritam varam yah shrinoti naro bhaktya sa kritartho na samshayah shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga Muni said; itithus; evamin thjis way; kathitam said; divyamtranscendental; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; caritampastimes; varamexcellent; yahone who; shrinotihears; naraha person; bhaktyawith devotion; sahhe; kritarthahsuccessful; nanot; samshayahdoubt. Shri Garga Muni said: A person who with devotion hears Lord Krishna's transcendental pastimes becomes perfect and successful. Of this there is no doubt. Text 2 shri-shaunaka uvaca sudha-kandat param misham shri-krishna-caritam shubham shrutva tan-mukhatah sakshat kritarthah smo vayam mune

shri-shaunakah uvacaShri Garga said; sudha-kandatthan nectar; param more; mishamsweet; shri-krishna-caritamShri Krishna's pastimes; shubham beautiful; shrutvahearing; tan-mukhatahfrom his mouth; sakshatdirectly; kritarthahsuccessful; smahbecome; vayamwe; muneO sage. Shri Shaunaka said: O sage, hearing from your mouth Shri Krishna's beautiful pastimes, which are sweeter than nectar, we have now become successful. Text 3 shri-krishna-bhaktah shantatma bahulashvah satam varah atho munim kim papraccha tan me bruhi tapo-dhana shri-krishna-bhaktaha devotee of Shri Krishna; shantapeaceful; atmaat heart; bahulashvahBahulashva; satamof the pious; varahthe best; athah then; munimthe sage; kimwhat?; papracchaasked; tatthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; tapahausterity; dhanawealth. What did Bahulashva, who was a peaceful-hearted devotee of Lord Krishna, and who was the best of the pious, ask the sage then? O saint wealthy in austerity, please tell me this. Text 4 shri-garga uvaca atha raja maithilendro harshitah prema-vihvalah naradam praha dharmatma paripurnatamam smaran shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; athathen; raja maithilendrahthe kin gof Mithila; harshitahhappy; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; naradamto Narada; prahasaid; dharmaof religion; atmathe heart; paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; smaranremembering. Shri Garga Muni said: Happy, overcome with love, and meditating on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the saintly-hearted king of Mithila spoke to Narada. Text 5 shri-bahulashva uvaca dhanyo 'ham ca kritartho 'ham bhavata bhuri-karmana sango bhagavadiyanam durlabho durghao 'sti hi

shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; dhanyahfortunate; ahamI am; caand; kritarthahsuccessful; ahamI; bhavataby you; bhurigreat; karmanadeeds; sangahassociation; bhagavadiyanamof the great devotees of the Lord; durlabhahdifficult to attain; durghaahdifficult to be; astiis; hi indeed. Shri Bahulashva said: Because of you, whose devotional service is very great, I have become fortunate and successful. Association with the Lord's great devotees is very rare and difficult to attain. Text 6 shri-krishnas tv arbhakah sakshad adbhuto bhakta-vatsalah agre cakara kim citram caritam vada me mune shri-krishnahShri Krishna; tuindeed; arbhakahinfant; sakshatdirectly; adbhutahwonderful; bhaktato the devotees; vatsalahaffectionate; agrein the first; cakaradid; kimwhat?; citramwonderful; caritamactivities; vadaplease tell; meme; muneO sage. What wonderful activities did wonderful infant Krishna, who loves His devotees, do? O sage, please tell me. Text 7 shri-narada uvaca sadhu prisham tvaya rajan bhavata krishna-dharmina sangamah khalu sadhunam sarvesham vitanoti sham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sadhuwell; prishamasked; tvayaby you; rajanO king; bhavataby you; krishna-dharminaa devotee of Lord Krishna; sangamahassociation; khaluindeed; sadhunamof saintly devotees; sarvesham all; vitanotigives; shamhappiness and auspiciousness. Shri Narada said: O king, as a devotee of Lord Krishna, you have asked a very good question. Association with saintly devotees brings happiness and auspicious to everyone. Text 8 ekada krishna-janmarkshe yashoda nanda-gehini gopi-gopan samahuya mangalam cakarod dvijaih

ekadaone day; krishna-janma-riksheon the day of Krishna's birth-star; yashodaYashoda; nanda-gehiniNanda's wife; gopithe gopis; gopanand gopas; samahuyacalling; mangalamauspiciousness; caalso; akarotdid; dvijaihby the brahmanas. On the day of Krishna's birth-star, Nanda's wife Yashoda called together the gopas and gopis and had the brahmanas perform auspicious ceremonies. Text 9 raktambaram kanaka-bhushana-bhushitangam balam pragrihya kalitanjana-padma-netram shyamam sphurad-dhari-nakhavrita-candra-haram devan pranamya su-dhanam pradadau dvijebhyah raktared; ambaramgarments; kanakagolden; bhushanaornaments; bhushitadecorated; angambody; balamboy; pragrihyataking; kalita decorated; anjanablack anjana; padmalotus; netrameyes; shyamamdark; sphuratglittering; harilion; nakhanails; avritafilled; candramoon; haram neclace; devanto the demigods; pranamyabowing down; su-dhanamgreat wealth; pradadaugave; dvijebhyahto the brahmanas. Taking her dark boy, who was dressed in red garments and who, His limbs decorated with golden ornaments and His lotus eyes with black anjana, wore a glittering moon necklace of lion's nails, she offered respectful obeisances to the demigods and gave great wealth to the brahmanas. Text 10 prenkhe nidhaya nijam atmajam ashu gopi sampujya mangala-dine prati gopikas tah naivashrinot su-ruditasya sutasya shabdam gopeshu mangala-griheshu gatagateshu prenkheon the cradle; nidhayaplacing; nijamown; atmajamson; ashuat once; gopithe gopi; sampujyarespectfully greeting; mangala-dineon that auspicious day; pratito; gopikahgopis; tahthe; nanot; evaindeed; ashrinot heard; su-ruditasyacrying; sutasyason; shabdamthe sound; gopeshu among the gopas; mangalaauspicious; griheshuin the homes; gatagoing; agateshuand coming. On that auspicious day she placed her son in His cradle, and quickly greeted the gopis. As the cowherd people came and went in the auspicious rooms, the gopi Yashoda did not hear the sound of her crying son. Text 11 tatraiva kamsa-khala-nodita utkacakhyo daityah prabhanjana-tanuh shakaam sa etya

balasya murdhni paripatayitum pravrittah krishno 'pi tam kila tatada padarunena tatraithere; evaindeed; kamsa-khalaby the demon Kamsa; noditahsent; utkaca-akhyahnamed Utkaca; daityaha demon; prabhanjanamade of the wind; tanuha body; shakaamthe cart; sahhe; etyaentering; balasyaof the boy; murdhnion the head; paripatayitumto throw to the ground; pravrittah engaged; krishnahKrishna; apieven; tamhim; kilaindeed; tatadastruck; padawith a foor; arunenared. Then, when a demon named Utkaca, who had been sent by the demon Kamsa, and who had a body made of air, went to a cart and tried to make it fall on Krishna's head, infant Krishna kicked the cart with the red sole of His foot. Text 12 curne gate 'tha shakae patite ca daitye tyaktva prabhanjana-tanum vimalo babhuva natva harim shata-hayena rathena yukto goloka-dhama nija-lokam alam jagama curneto pieces; gategone; athathen; shakaewhen the cart; patitefell; caalso; daityethe demon; tyaktvaabandoning; prabha 24janaof air; tanum body; vimalahpure; babhuvabecame; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; shataa hundred; hayenahorses; rathenawith a chariot; yuktah endowed; goloka-dhamato the abode of Goloka; nija-lokamHis own abode; alam greatly; jagamawent. When the cart broke into pieces the demon fell. Leaving his body of air, he attained a pure spiritual body and, after respectfully bowing down before Lord Hari, in a chariot pulled by a hundred horses went to the Lord's own abode of Goloka. Text 13 nandadayo vraja-jana vraja-gopikash ca sarve sametya yugapat prithukams tad ahuh esha svayam ca patitah sakaah katham hi janitha he vraja-sutah su-gatash ca yuyam nandawith Nanda; adayahbeginning; vraja-janathe people of Vraja; vrajagopikahthe gopis of Vraja; caand; sarveall; sametyagoing; yugapatat the same moment; prithukanto the children; tatthis; ahuhsaid; eshahthis; svayamby itself; caand; patitahfallen; sakaahcart; kathamhow?; hi indeed; janithayou know; hehe; vrajaof Vraja; sutahO children; su-gatah present; caalso; yuyamyou all. Headed by Nanda, the men and gopis of Vraja at once converged on that place and asked the children, "How could this cart have fallen by itself? O children of Vraja, you were here. You know."

Text 14 shri-bala ucuh prenkha-stho 'yam kshipan padau rudan dugdhartham eva hi tatada padam shakae tenedam patitam khalu shri-balah ucuhthe children said; prenkhaon the cradle; sthahsituated; ayamHe; kshipankicking; padauboth feet; rudancrying; dugdhamilk; arthamfor the purpose; evaindeed; hicertainly; tatadastruck; padamon foot; shakaeon the cart; tenaby that; idamit; patitamfell; khalucertainly. The children said: Staying in the cradle, crying for milk, and kicking His feet, the child hit the cart with one foot and it fell. Text 15 shraddham na cakrur balokte gopa gopyash ca vismitah traimasikah kva balo 'yam kva caitad bhara-bhrit tv anah shraddhamfaith; nanot; cakruhdid; balaof the children; uktein the words; gopahthe gopas; gopyahgopis; caand; vismitahamazed; traimasikah three months old; kvawhere?; balahinfant; ayamHe; kvawhere?; caand; etatthis; bharaa great burden; bhritholding; tuindeed; anahcart. Astonished, the gopas and gopis did not believe the childrens' words. "What is this three-month old infant in comparison to this heavily-burdened cart?" Text 16 balam anke sa grihitva yashoda graha-shankita karayam asa vidhi-vad yajnam vipraih su-tarpitaih balamthe infant; ankeon the lap; sashe; grihitvataking; yashoda Yashoda; grahaa ghost; shankitafearing; karayam asacaused to be done; vidhi-vataccording to the rules; yajnama sacrifice; vipraihby the brahmanas; su-tarpitaihpleased. Fearing a ghost had come, Yashoda took the infant on her lap, gave offerings to the brahmanas and had them perform a traditional yajna. Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca

ko 'yam purvam tu kushali daitya utkaca-nama-bhak aho krishna-pada-sparshad gato moksham maha-mune shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kahwho?; ayamhe; purvam before; tuindeed; kushalifortunate; daityahdemon; utkaca-nama-bhak named Utkaca; ahahoh; krishnaof Lord Krishna; padaof the foot; sparshat from the touch; gataattained; mokshamliberation; mahagreat; muneO sage. O great sage, in his previous birth who was this fortunate demon named Utakaca, who attained liberation by the touch of Lord Krishna's foot? Text 18 shri-narada uvaca hiranyaksha-suto daitya utkaco nama maithila lomashasyashrame gacchan vrikshamsh curni-cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; hiranyaksha-sutahthe son of Hiranyaksha; daityahthe demon; utkaco namanamed Utkaca; maithilaO king of Mithila; lomashasyaof Lomasha Muni; ashramein the hermitage; gacchan going; vrikshantrees; curni-cakara habroke. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, one day the demon named Utkaca, who was Hiranyaksha's son, went to Lomasha Muni's hermitage and broke some trees. Text 19 tam drishva sthula-dehadhyam utkacakhyam maha-balam shashapa rosha-yug vipro videho bhava durmate tamhim; drishvaseeing; sthulabig; dehabody; adhyamopulent; utkacaakhyamnamed Utkaca; maha-balamvery powerful; shashapacursed; rosha-yuk angry; viprahbrahmana; videhahwithout a body; bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one. Seeing the powerful giant named Utkaca, the brahmana became angry and cursed him, "O evil-hearted one, become bodyless!" Text 20 sarpa-kancukavad-deho 'patat karma-vipakatah sadyas tac-caranopante patitva praha daitya-ra

sarpaa snake; kancukavatlike the skin; dehahbody; apatatfell; karmaof deeds; vipakatahby the fruition; sadyahat once; tatof him; carana-upanteat the feet; patitvafalling; prahasaid; daitya-rathe king of demons. From this deed his body at once fell away as a snake's old skin also falls away. The king of demons then fell at the brahmana's feet and spoke. Text 21 utkaca uvaca he mune he kripa-sindho kripam kuru mamopari te prabhavam na janami deham me dehi he prabho utkacah uvacaUtkaca said; heO; munesage; heO; kripaof mercy; sindhahocean; kripammercy; kurudo; mama uparito me; teyour; prabhavampower; nanot; janamiI know; dehama body; meto me; dehi please give; heO; prabhahlord. Utcaka said: O sage, O ocean of mercy, please be kind to me. I did not know your power. O lord, please give me a body. Text 22 shri-narada uvaca tada prasannah sa munir drisham naya-shatam vidheh satam rosho 'pi varado varo mokshartha-dah kim u shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; prasannahpleased; sah that; munihsage; drishamseen; nayamorals; shatama hundred; vidheh from Brahma; satamof saintly persons; roshahanger; apieven; varablessing; dahgiving; varahblessing; moksha-artha-dahgiving liberation; kim uindeed. Shri Narada said: Then the sage, who had studied a hundred lessons in morality from the demigod Brahma, became pleased. The anger of saintly persons brings a blessing. How great is that blessing, which brings liberation? Text 23 shri-lomasha uvaca vata-dehas tu te bhuyad vyatite cakshushantare vaivasvatantare muktir bhavita ca pada hareh

shri-lomashah uvacaShri Lomasha said; vataof air; dehaha body; tu indeed; teof you; bhuyatmay be; vyatitepassed; cakshushantarethe cakshusha-manvantara; vaivasvatantarein the vaivasvata-manvantara; muktih liberation; bhavitawill be; caalso; padaby the foot; harehof Lord Hari. Shri Lomasha said: You may have a body made of air. When the cakshushmanvantara is over and the vaivasvata-manvantra has come, Lord Hari's foot will give you liberation. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca tasmad utkaca-daityas tu mukto lomasha-tejasa sadbhyo namo 'stu ye nunam samartha vara-shapayoh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tasmatfrom that; utkaca-daityahthe demon Utkaca; tuindeed; muktahliberated; lomasha-tejasaby the power of Lomasha; sadbhyahto the saintly devotees; namahobeisances; astushould be; yewho; nunamindeed; samarthahare able; varato bless; shapayohor curse. Shri Narada said: In this way the power of Lomasha Muni gave liberation to the demon Utkaca. I offer my respectful obeisances to the saintly devotees of the Lord, who have the power both to bless and to curse. Text 25 utsange kriditam balam lalayanty ekada nripa giri-bharam na sehe sa vodhum shri-nanda-gehini utsangeon the lap; kriditamplaying; balaminfant; lalayantifondling; ekadaonce; nripaO king; giriof a mountain; bharamthe weight; nanot; sehewas able; sashe; vodhumto carry; shri-nanda-gehiniNanda's wife. O king, one day, as He played on her lap and she fondled Him, Nanda's wife could not longer hold her infant boy, for he had become as heavy as a mountain. Text 26 aho giri-samo balah katham syad iti vismita bhumau nidhaya tam sadyo nedam kasmai jagada ha ahahOh; girito a mountain; samahequal; balahinfant; kathamhow?; syatmay be; itithus; vismitaastonished; bhumauon the ground; nidhaya

placing; tamHim; sadyahat once; nanot; idamthis; kasmaifor what reason?; jagada hasaid. She was astonished, "How has my infant boy become heavy as a mountain?" She placed Him on the ground at once. How has this happened?" she said. Text 27 kamsa-pranodito daityas trinavarto maha-balah jahara balam kridantam vata-vartena sundaram kamsa-pranoditahsent by Kamsa; daityahdemon; trinavartahTrinavarto; maha-balahvery powerful; jaharatook; balamthe infant boy; kridantam playing; vata-vartenawith a whirlwind; sundaramhandsome. The powerful demon Trinavarta, who had been sent by Kamsa, with a circling whirlwind grabbed the handsome, playing infant boy. Text 28 rajo-'ndha-karo 'bhut tatra ghora-shabdash ca gokule rajasvalani cakshumshi babhuvur ghaika-dvayam rajahof dust; andha-karaha blinding darkness; abhutwas; tatrathere; ghoraterrible; shabdahsound; caalso; gokulein Gokula; rajasvalanifilled with dust; cakshumshieyes; babhuvuhbecame; ghaika-dvayamfor an hour. In Gokula there was blinding darkness and a terrible roar. For an hour the dust stopped everyone's vision. Text 29 tato yashoda napashyat putram tam mandirajire mohita rudati ghoshan pashyanti griha-shekharan tatahthen; yashodaYashoda; nanot; apashyatsaw; putramson; tam Him; mandiraof the house; ajirein the courtyard; mohitabewildered; rudati crying; ghoshanof Vraja; pashyantilooking; grihaof the houses; shekharanat the tops. Yashoda did not see her son in the courtyard. Bewildered and crying, she gazed at the roofs of the houses in Vraja. Text 30

adrishe ca yada putre patita bhuvi murchita uccai ruroda karunam mrita-vatsa yatha hi gauh adrishenot seen; caalso; yadawhen; putreher son; patitafallen; bhuvi on the ground; murchitafainted; uccaihloudly; rurodacried; karunampitifully; mritadied; vatsawhose calf; yathaas; hiindeed; gauha cow. When she did not see her son, she fell to the ground unconscious. She loudly and pitifully wept, like a cow whose calf has died. Text 31 rurudush ca tada gopyah prema-sneha-samakulah ashru-mukhyo nanda-sunum pashyantyas ta itas tatah ruruduhwept; caalso; tadathen; gopyahthe gopis; prema-snehasamakulahfilled with love; ashrutears; mukhyahfaces; nanda-sunumthe son of Nanda; pashyantyahlooking; tahthey; itas tatahhere and there. Filled with love, and their faces covered with tears, the gopis also wept as here and there they searched for Nanda's son. Text 32 trinavarto nabhah prapta urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam skandhe sumeruvad balam manyamanah prapiditah trinavartahTrinavarta; nabhahthe sky; praptahattained; urdhvamhigh; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles; skandheon his shoulder; sumeruvatlike Mount Sumeru; balamthe infant; manyamanah considering; prapiditahtormented. Going eight hundred thousand miles into outer space, Trinavarta was troubled, thinking the infant on his shoulder was as heavy as Mount Sumeru. Text 33 atha krishnam patayitum daityas tatra samudyatah galam jagraha tasyapi paripurnatamah svayam

athathen; krishnamKrishna; patayitumto drop; daityahthe demon; tatra there; samudyatahwas eager; galamthe neck; jagrahagrasped; tasyaof him; apialso; paripurnatamah svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demon wanted to drop Krishna right there, but the tiny Supreme Personality of Godhead steadfastly held his neck. Text 34 munca munceti gadite daitye krishno 'dbhuto 'rbhakah gala-grahena mahata vyasum daityam cakara ha muncalet go!; muncalet go!; itithus; gaditehpoken; daityethe demon; krishnahKrishna; adbhutahastonishing; arbhakahinfant; galaneck; grahena by pulling; mahatagreat; vyasumdead; daityamthe demon; cakara hamade. When the demon cried "Let go! Let go!" the wonderful infant Krishna strangled and killed him. Text 35 taj-jyotih shri-ghanashyame linam saudamini yatha daityo 'mbaran nipatitah shilayam shishuna saha tatof Him; jyotihthe effulgence; shri-ghanashyamedark as a monsoon cloud; linamentered; saudaminilighting; yathaas; daityahthe demon; ambaratfrom the sky; nipatitahfell; shilayamon a boulder; shishunathe infant; sahawith. Then the demon merged in Lord Krishna's effulgence as lightning merges in a dark monsoon cloud. Then the demon and the infant fell from the sky onto a boulder. Text 36 vishirna-vayavasyapi patitasya svanena vai vinedush ca dishah sarvah kampitam bhumi-mandalam vishirnabroken; avayavasyaof the body; apialso; patitasyafallen; svanena by the sound; vaicertainly; vineduhresounded; caalso; dishahthe directions; sarvahall; kampitamtrembled; bhumi-mandalamthe earth.

The sound of the fallen body breaking into pieces filled all the directions and make the earth tremble. Text 37 tat-prishha-stham shishum tushnim rudantyo gopikas tatah dadrishur yugapat sarva nitva matre dadur jaguh tat-prishha-sthamon the back; shishumthe infant; tushnimsilent; rudantyahwailing; gopikahgopi; tatahthen; dadrishuhsaw; yugapatat once; sarvahall; nitvabringing; matreto His mother; daduhgave; jaguhspoke. The weeping gopis saw the infant sitting silently on the demon's back. They quickly brought Him to His mother, gave Him to her, and then spoke. Text 38 shri-gopya ucuh na yogyasi yashode tvam balam lalayitum manak na ghrina te kvacid drisha kruddhasi kathitena vai shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; nanot; yogyasuitable; asiyou are; yashodeO Yashoda; tvamyou; balaminfant; lalayitumto love; manakat all; nanot; ghrinakindness; teof you; kvacitat all; drishaseen; kruddhacruel; asiyou are; kathitenaby the words; vaiindeed. The gopis said: Yashoda, you have no right to embrace this child. You have no kindness. Your own words show how cruel you are. Text 39 prapte 'ndhakare svarohat ko 'pi balam jahati hi tvaya nirghrinaya bhumau dhrito balo maha-bhaye prapteattained; andhakareblinding darkness; svaown; arohatfrom the lap; kahwho?; apiindeed; balaman infant; jahatiputs down; hiindeed; tvaya by you; nirghrinayamerciless; bhumauon the ground; dhritahplaced; balah infant; mahagreat; bhayein fear. In that blinding darkness who took an infant from their lap and abandoned it? You were so merciless that in that terrifying moment you placed your own infant boy on the ground. Text 40

shri-yashodovaca na janami katham balo bhara-bhuto girindra-vat tasman maya krito bhumau cakravate maha-bhaye shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; nanot; janamiI know; kathamhow?; balahinfant; bhara-bhutahbecome very heavy; giri-indra-vatas the king of mountains; tasmatbecause of that; mayaby me; kritahdone; bhumauon the ground; cakravatein the whirlwind; maha-bhayeterrifying. Shri Yashoda said: How did my child become as heavy as the king of mountains? I don't know. That is why during the terrible whirlwind I placed Him on the ground. Text 41 shri-gopya ucuh ma mrisha vada kalyani he yashode gata-vyathe ayam dugdha-mukho balo laghu kusuma-tula-vat shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; madon't; mrishalies; vadatell; kalyani O beautiful one; heO; yashodeYashoda; gatagone; vyatheanxiety; ayam He; dugdhamilk; mukhahin His mouth; balahinfant; laghulight; kusuma-tulavatas a flower. The gopis said: O beautiful one, don't lie! O Yashoda now free from all trouble, this infant, the milk still in His mouth, is as light as a flower! Text 42 shri-narada uvaca tada gopyo 'tha gopash ca nandadya agate shishau ativa-modam samprapur vadantah kushalam janaih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; gopyahthe gopis; atha then; gopahthe gopas; caand; nanda-adyahheaded by Nanda; agatecame; shishauchild; ativa-modamgreat happiness; samprapuhattained; vadantah speaking; kushalamauspicious words; janaihby the people. Shri Narada said: When infant Krishna was returned the gopis and gopas headed by Nanda became very happy and happily spoke among themselves. Text 43

yashoda balakam nitva payayitva stanam muhuh aghrayorasi vastrena rohinim praha mohita yashodaYashoda; balakamthe infant; nitvabringing; payayitvamade drink; stanambreast; muhuhagain and again; aghrayasmelling; urasion the chest; vastrenawith garments; rohinimto Rohini; prahasaid; mohita bewildered. Yashoda took the infant, made Him again and again drink from her breast, smelled His head, and dressed Him in nice clothes. Then, bewildered, she spoke to Rohini. Text 44 shri-yashodovaca eko daivena datto 'yam na putra bahavash ca me tasyapi bahavo 'risha agacchanti kshanena vai shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; ekahone; daivenaby fate; dattah given; ayamHim; nanot; putrahsons; bahavahmany; caaslo; meof me; tasyaof Him; apialso; bahavahmany; arishahdangers; agacchanticome; kshanenaat every moment; vaicertainly. Shri Yashoda said: Fate has given me only one son. I do not have many sons. But to that one son many dangers come at every moment. Text 45 adya mrityu-mukhan mukto bhavishyat kim atah param kim karomi kva gacchami kutra vaso bhaved atah adyatoday; mrityuof death; mukhanfrom the mouth; muktahfreed; bhavishyatwould be; kimwhat?; atah paramthen; kimwhat?; karomiI do; kvawhere?; gacchamiI go; kutrawhere?; vasahresidence; bhavetwould be; atahthen. Today He escaped from death's mouth. If He had died what would have happened? What would I do? Where would I go? Where would I live then? Text 46 vajra-sarash ca ye daitya nirdaya ghora-darshanah vairam kurvanti me bale

daiva daiva kutah sukham vajraas a thunderbolt; sarahstrong; caaslo; yewhich; daityahdemons; nirdayahmerciless; ghoraterrible; darshanahto see; vairamhatred; kurvanti do; meto my; baleson; daivaO fate; daivaO fate; kutahwhere?; sukham happiness. Many demons who are strong as thunderbolts and terrible to see hate my son. O fate, fate, how will we be happy? Text 47 dhanam deho griham saudho ratnani vividhani ca sarvesham tu hy avashyam vai bhuyan me kushali shishuh dhanamwealth; dehahbody; grihamhome; saudhaha palace; ratnani jewels; vividhanivarious; caand; sarveshamof all; tucertainly; hiindeed; avashyaminevitably; vaiindeed; bhuyatmay become; meof me; kushali happy; shishuhchild. My wealth, body, palace, and many jewels are all only so my son will be happy. Text 48 harer arcam danam isham purtam devalayam shatam karishyami tada balo 'rishebhyo vijayi yada harehof Lord Hari; arcamworship; danamcharity; isham purtampublic welfare activities; devalayamtemples; shatama hundred; karishyamiI will do; tadathen; balahboy; arishebhyahover dangers; vijayiconquering; yada when. I will worship Lord Hari, give charity, do great public welfare works, and build a hundred temples. Then my boy will be victorious over all dangers. Text 49 eka-balena me saukhyam andha-yashir iva priye balam nitva gamishyami deshe rohini nirbhaye ekawith one; balenachild; meof me; saukhyamof happiness; andhaa blind; yashihstick; ivaas if; priyeO dear one; balamboy; nitvabringing; gamishyamiI will go; deshein the country; rohiniO Rohini; nirbhayewithout fear.

My son will make me happy. I will become like a blind stick immobile with bliss. O dear Rohini, I will take my son and go to the kingdom of fearlessness. Text 50 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva vipra vidvamsa agata nanda-mandiram yashodaya ca nandena pujita asana-sthitah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evacertainly; viprahthe brahmanas; vidvamsahwise; agatahcame; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; yashodayawith Yashoda; caand; nandenawith Nanda; pujitaworshiped; asanaon a seat; sthitahsituated. Shri Narada said: Then many learned brahmanas came to Nanda's palace. Nanda and Yashoda worshiped them and gave them seats. Text 51 shri-brahmana ucuh ma shocam kuru he nanda he yashode vrajeshvari karishyamah shisho raksham ciran-jivi bhaved ayam shri-brahmanah ucuhthe brahmanas said; madon't; shocamlamentation; kurudo; heO; nandaNanda; heO; yashodeYashoda; vrajeshvariO queen of Vraja; karishyamahwe will do; shishohof the boy; rakshamprotection; cirat a long time; jiviliving; bhavetwill be; ayamHe. The brahmanas said: O Nanda, O Yashoda queen of Vraja, don't lament. We will protect your son. He will live for a long time. Texts 52 and 53 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva dvija-mukhyas te kushagrair nava-pallavaih pavitra-kushalais toyair rig-yajuh-sama-jaih stavaih paraih svasty-ayanair yajnam karayitva vidhanatah agnim sampujya vidhi-vad raksham vidadhire shishoh

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvasaying; dvija-mukhyah the great brahmanas; tethey; kusha-agraihwith tips of kusha grass; navapallavaihand new twigs; pavitrapure; kushalaihauspicious; toyaihwith water; rig-yajuh-sama-jaihfrom the Rig, Sama, and Yajur Vedas; stavaihwith prayers; paraihtranscendental; svasty-ayanaihwith blessings; yajnamsacrifice; karayitvaperforming; vidhanatahaccording to proper procedure; agnimfire; sampujyaworshiping; vidhi-vatproperly; rakshamprotection; vidadhiredid; shishohof the child. After saying this, the great brahmanas, with new twigs, kusha grass, pure sacred water, prayers from the Rig, Sama, and Yajur Vedas, and many auspicious blessings, properly performed a yajna and properly worshiped the sacred fire. In this way they established the protection of child Krishna. Text 54 shri-brahmana ucuh damodarah patu padau januni vistara-shravah uru patu harir nabhim paripurnatamah svayam shri-brahmanah ucuhthe brahmanas said; damodarahLord Damodara; patu may protect; padaufeet; januniknees; vistara-shravahLord Vistara-shravah; uruthighs; patumay protect; harihLord Hari; nabhimnavel; paripurnatamah svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The brahmanas said: May Lord Damodara protect Your feet. May Lord Vistarashrava protect Your knees. May Lord Hari protect Your thighs. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect Your navel. Text 55 kaim radha-patih patu pita-vasas tavodaram hridayam padma-nabhash ca bhujau govardhanoddharah kaimhips; radha-patihthe Lord of Radha; patumay protect; pita-vasah who wears yellow garments; tavaYour; udaramabdomen; hridayamchest; padma-nabhahthe Lord whose navel is a lotus; caand; bhujauarms; govardhana-uddharahthe lifter of Govardhana Hill. May the Lord of Radha protect Your hips. May the Lord who wears yellow garments protect Your abdomen. May the Lord whose navel is a lotus flower protect Your chest. May the Lord who lifted Govardhana Hill protect Your arms. Text 56 mukham ca mathura-natho

dvarakeshah shiro 'vatu prishham patv asura-dhvamsi sarvato bhagavan svayam mukhamface; caand; mathura-nathahthe Lord of Mathura; dvarakeshah the Lord of Dvaraka; shirahhead; avatumay protect; prishhamback; patu may protect; asura-dhvamsithe killer of the demons; sarvatahcompletely; bhagavan svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. May the Lord of Mathura protect Your face. May the Lord of Dvaraka protect Your head. May the Lord who kills the demons protect Your back. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead give You all protection. Text 57 shloka-trayam idam stotram yah pahen manavah sada maha-saukhyam bhavet tasya na bhayam vidyate kvacit shloka-trayamthree verses; idamthis; stotramprayer; yahone who; pahet-recites; manavaha human being; sadaregularly; maha-saukhyamgreat happiness; bhavetwill be; tasyaof him; nanot; bhayamfear; vidyateis; kvacitat any time. A human being who regularly recites this prayer of three verses will always be very happy. He will never fear. Text 58 shri-narada uvaca nandas tebhyo gavam laksham suvarnam dasha-lakshakam sahasram nava-ratnanam vastra-laksham dadau param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; nandahNanda; tebhyahto them; gavamof cows; lakshama hundred thousand; suvarnamgold; dasha-lakshakam a million; sahasrama thousand; navanew; ratnanamjewels; vastraof garments; lakshama hundred thousand; dadaugave; paramthen. Shri Narada said: To them Nanda gave a hundred thousand cows, a million gold coins, a thousand new jewels, and a hundred thousand opulent garments. Text 59 gateshu dvija-mukhyeshu nando gopan niyamya ca bhojayam asa sampujya

vastrair bhushair manoharaih gateshuwere gone; dvija-mukhyeshuwhen the great brahmanas; nandah Nanda; gopanthe gopas; niyamyaattaining; caalso; bhojayam asafed; sampujyaworshiping; vastraihwith garments; bhushaihwith ornaments; manoharaihbeautiful. When the great brahmanas had gone, Nanda invited the gopas, fed them sumptuously, honored them, and gave them many beautiful garments and ornaments. Text 60 shri-bahulashva uvaca trinavartah purva-kale ko 'yam sukrita-krin narah paripurnatame sakshac chri-krishne linatam gatah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; trinavartahTrinavarta; purvakalein his previous time; kahwho?; ayamhe; sukrita-kritperformer of pious deeds; narahperson; paripurnatame sakshatin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishneShri Krishna; linatammerging; gatahattained. Shri Bahulashva said: What pious deeds did Trinavarta perform in his previous birth that he merged into Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Text 61 shri-narada uvaca pandu-deshodbhavo raja sahasrakshah pratapavan hari-bhakto dharma-nishho yajna-krid dana-tat-parah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; pandu-deshain the country of Pandu; udbhavahborn; rajaking; sahasrakshahSahasrakshaeyes; pratapavan powerful; hariof Lord Hari; bhaktaha devotee; dharma-nishhaha follower of religion; yajna-kritperformer of sacrifices; dana-tat-parahdevoted to giving charity. Shri Narada said: He was Sahasraksha, a powerful king of Pandu-desha. He was a devotee of Lord Hari, a follower of religion, a performer of yajnas, and a giver of charity. Text 62 reva-tae maha-divye lata-vetra-samakule narinam ca sahasrena

ramamano cakara ha revaof the Reva; taeon the bank; maha-divyevery splendid; lata-vetrasamakulefilled with vines; narinamof women; caalso; sahasrenawith a thousand; ramamanahenjoying; cakara hadid. On the shore of the Reva, in a very splendid place filled with flowering vines, he enjoyed pastimes with a thousand beautiful women. Text 63 durvasasam munim sakshad agatam na nanama ha tada munir dadau shapam rakshaso bhava durmate durvasasam munimDurvasa Muni; sakshatdirectly; agatamarrived; na not; nanama haoffered obeisances; tadathen; munihthe sage; dadaugave; shapama curse; rakshasaha demon; bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one. When Durvasa Muni came there the king did not bow down to offer respects to him. Then the sage cursed him, "O evil-hearted one, become a demon!" Text 64 punas tad-anghryoh patitam nripam pradad varam munih shri-krishna-vigraha-sparshan muktis te bhavita nripa punahagain; tatof him; anghryohat the feet; patitamfallen; nripamto the king; pradatgave; varama blessing; munihthe sage; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; vigrahaof the body; sparshatby the touch; muktihliberation; teof you; bhavitawill be; nripaO king. When the king fell at his feet, the sage gave a blessing, "O king, the touch of Shri Krishna's form will give you liberation." Text 65 shri-narada uvaca so 'pi durvasasah shapat trinavarto 'bhavat bhuvi shri-krishna-vigraha-sparshat param moksham avapa ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sahhe; apialso; durvasasahof Durvasa; shapatfrom the curse; trinavartahTrinavarta; abhavatbecame; bhuvi

on earth; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; vigrahaof the form; sparshatby the touch; param mokshamliberation; avapaattained; hacertainly. Shri Narada said: Because of Durvasa's curse he became Trinavarta on the earth and by the touch of Shri Krishna's form he attained liberation.

Chapter Fifteen Nanda-patnya vishva-rupa-darshanam Revelation of the Universal Form to Nanda's Wife Text 1 shri-narada uvaca prenkhe harim kanaka-ratna-maye shayanam shyamam shishum jana-mano-hara-manda-hasam drishyarti-hari mashi-bindu-dharam yashoda svanke cakara dhrita-kajjala-padma-netram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; prenkheon the cradle; harimLord Hari; kanakaof gold; ratnaand jewels; mayemade; shayanamresting; shyamam dark; shishuminfant; janaof the people; manahthe hearts; haraenchanting; mandagentle;; hasamsmile; drishyaby a glance; artisufferings; hari removing; mashiof mashi; bindua dot; dharamwearing; yashodaYashoda; svankeon her lap; cakaradid; dhritaheld; kajjalaof black kajjala; padma lotus; netrameyes. Shri Narada said: Yashoda took dark Lord Hari, whose gentle smile enchants the people's hearts, whose glance takes away their troubles, who was decorated with dots of mashi, whose lotus eyes were anointed with black kajjala, and who was resting in a cradle of gold and jewels, on her lap. Text 2 padam pibantam ati-cancalam adbhutangam vakrair vinila-nava-komala-kesha-bandhaih shriman-nrikeshari-nakha-sphurad-ardha-candram tam lalayanty ati-ghrina mudam apa gopi padamfoot; pibantamdrinking; ati-ca 24calamvery restless; adbhuta wonderful; angamlimbs; vakraihwith curly; vinilablack; navanew; komala soft; kesha-bandhaihhair; shrimathandsome; nrikesharilion's; nakhanails; sphuratglistening; ardhahalf; candrammoon; tamHim; lalayantifondling; ati-ghrinawith kindness; mudamhappiness; apaattained; gopithe gopi. Filled with tender motherly love, the gopi attained great happiness as she caressed the restless child now licking His foot, decorated with a glittering halfmoon necklace of lion's nails, His limbs very wonderful, and handsome with curly new black hairs.

Text 3 balasya pita-payaso nripa jrimbhitasya tattvani casya vadane sakale 'virajan mata suradhipa-mukhaih prayutam ca sarvam drishva param bhayam avapa nimilitakshi balasyaof the infant; pitadrunk; payasahmilk; nripaO king; jrimbhitasya yawned; tattvanithe truths; caand; asyaof Him; vadanein the mouth; sakale all; avirajanmanifested; matathe mother; suradhipa-mukhaihby the great leaders of the demigods; prayutamjoined; caalso; sarvamall; drishva seeing; paramgreat; bhayamfear; avapaattained; nimilitaclosed; akshi eyes. O king, when the child, finished with drinking milk, yawned, all the elements of the universe suddenly appeared in His mouth. Seeing the entire universe and all the demigods suddenly present in her son's mouth, mother Yashoda, now closing her eyes, became very afraid. Text 4 rajan parasya paripurnatamasya sakshat krishnasya vishvam akhilam kapaena sa hi nasha-smritih punar abhut sva-sute ghrinarta kim varnayami sutapo bahu nanda-patnyah rajanO king; parasya paripurnatamasya sakshat krishnasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna; vishvamthe universe; akhilamthe entire; kapaenaas a trick; sashe; hiindeed; nashadestroyed; smritihmemory; punahagain; abhutbecame; sva-sutefor her son; ghrinawith material kindness; artaoverwhelmed; kimwhat?; varnayamiI say; sutapahthe great austerities; bahumany; nanda-patnyahof Nanda's wife. O king, her memory of seeing the entire universe destroyed by the Supreme Lord Krishna's illusory potency, she became overpowered with maternal love for her son. How can I describe the many great austerities Nanda's wife must have performed? Text 5 shri-bahulashva uvaca nando yashodaya sardham kim cakara tapo mahat yena shri-krishnacandro 'pi putri-bhuto babhuva ha shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; nandahNanda; yashodaya Yashoda; sardhamwith; kimwhat?; cakaradid; tapahausterities; mahat

great; yenaby which; shri-krishnacandrahLord Krishnacandra; apieven; putri son; bhuto babhuva habecame. Shri Bahulashva said: What great austerities did Nanda and Yashoda do that Shri Krishnacandra became their son? Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ashanam vai vasunam ca drono mukhyo dhara-patih anapatyo vishnu-bhakto deva-rajyam cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashanameight; vaicertainly; vasunamof the Vasus; caalso; dronahDrona; mukhyahthe first; dhara-patih the husband of Dhara; anapatyahwithout children; vishnu-bhaktahdevoted to Lord Vishnu; deva-rajyamkingdom; cakara hadid. Shri Narada said: Nanda, Dhara's husband, was the best of the eight Vasus. Childless, and a great devotee of Lord Vishnu, he ruled a kingdom in the realm of the demigods. Text 7 ekada putra-kankshi ca brahmana nodito nripa mandaradrim gatas taptum dharaya bharyaya saha ekadaone day; putraa son; kankshidesiring; caalso; brahmanaby Brahma; noditahsent; nripaO king; mandaradrimto Mount Mandara; gatah gone; taptumto perform austerities; dharayaDhara; bharyayahis wife; saha with. He desired a child. Sent by the demigod Brahma, he went with his wife Dhara to Mount Mandara to perform austerities. Text 8 kanda-mula-phalaharau tatah parnashanau tatah jala-bhakshau tatas tau tu nirjalau nirjane sthitau kanda-mulaof roots; phalaand fruits; aharaueating; tatahthen; parna leaves; ashanaueating; tatahthen; jalawater; bhakshaueating; tatahthen; tauthey; tucertainly; nirjalauwithout water; nirjanein a secluded place; sthitaustayed.

First they ate only fruits and roots. Then they ate only leaves. Then they only drank water. Then, staying in a secluded place, they did not even drink water. Text 9 arshanam arbude yate tapas tat tapator dvayoh brahma prasannas tav etya varam bruhity uvaca ha varshanamof years; arbudea hundred million; yatepassed; tapah austerities; tatthat; tapatohperforming; dvayohboth; brahmaBrahma; prasannahpleased; tauboth; etyagoing; varambenediction; bruhiplease ask; itithus; uvacasaid; haindeed. After they has spent a hundred million years performing these austerities, the demigod Brahma, pleased with them, approached and said, "Ask a benediction". Text 10 valmikan nirgato drono dharaya bharyaya saha natva vidhim ca sampujya harshitah praha tam prabhum valmikanfrom an anthill; nirgatahemerged; dronahDrona; dharayaDhara; bharyayahis wife; sahawith; natvabowing down; vidhimBrahma; caand; sampujyaworshiping; harshitahhappy; prahasaid; tamto him; prabhum master. Emerging from an anthill with his wife, Dhara, jubilant Drona, bowing down and worshiping him, spoke to Lord Brahma. Text 11 shri-drona uvaca paripurnatame krishne putri-bhute janardane bhaktih syad avayor brahman satatam prema-lakshana shri-dronah uvacaShri Drona said; paripurnatameto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishneKrishna; putri-bhuteas a son; janardanethe Lord who removes His devotees' sufferings; bhaktihdevotion; syatmay be; avayohof us; brahmanO Brahma; satatameternally; premaby love; lakshana characterized. Shri Drona said: O Brahma, may Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, become our son, and may we both always have love and devotion for him, the Lord who removes the sufferings of His devotees.

Text 12 yayanjasa tarantiha dustaram bhava-sagaram nanyam param vanchitam syad avayos tapator vidhe yayaby whom; anjasaquickly; taranticross; ihahere; dustaramdifficult to cross; bhavaof repeated birth and death; sagaramthe ocean; nanot; anyam another; paramsuperior; vanchitamdesired; syatis; avayohof us; tapatoh performing austerities; vidheO Brahma. Love and devotion for Him enables the living entities to cross the impassable ocean of repeated birth and death. O Brahma, we two who are performing austerities desire nothing else. Text 13 shri-brahmovaca yuvabhyam yacitam yan me durghaam durlabham varam tathapi bhuyat sa-phalam yuvayor anya-janmani shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; yuvabhyamby you two; yacitam requested; yatwhat; mefor me; durghaamimpossible; durlabhamdifficult; varambenediction; tathapistill; bhuyatmay become; sa-phalamfruitful; yuvayohfor you both; anyain another; janmanibirth. Shri Brahama said: Although I myself cannot attain the benediction you request, I grant that your desire will be fulfilled in another birth. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca drono nando 'bhavad bhumau yashoda sa dhara smrita krishno brahma-vacah kartum prapto ghoshe pituh purat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; dronahDrona; nandahNanda; abhavat became; bhumauon the earth; yashodaYashoda; sashe; dharaDhara; smritaremembered; krishnahKrishna; brahma-vacahthe words of Brahma; kartumto do; praptahattained; ghoshein Vraja; pituhof the father; purat from the city. Shri Narada said: Drona was born as Nanda on the earth and Dhara was born as Yashoda. To fulfill Brahma's words, Lord Krishna went from His father's palace to the village of Vraja.

Text 15 sudha-khandat param misham shri-krishna-caritam shubham gandhamadana-shringe vai narayana-mukhac chrutam sudha-khandatthan nectar; parammore; mishamsweet; shri-krishnacaritamShri Krishna's pastimes; shubhambeautiful; gandhamadana-shringeon the summit of Mount Gandhamadana; vaiindeed; narayana-mukhatfrom the mouth of Lord Narayana; shrutamheard. On the summit of Mount Gandhamadana I heard these beautiful, sweeter than nectar pastimes of Lord Krishna from the mouth of Narayana Rishi. Text 16 kripaya ca kritartho 'ham nara-narayanasya ca maya tubhyam ca kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi kripayaby mercy; caalso; kritarthahsuccessful; ahamI; nara-narayanasya of Lord Nara-Narayana; caalso; mayaby me; tubhyamto you; caand; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. By the mercy of Lord Nara-Narayana I attained the goal of life. I have told you what They said. What more do you wish to hear? Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca nanda-gehe harih sakshac chishu-rupah sanatanah kim cakara balenapi tan me bruhi maha-mune shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; nandaof Nanda; gehein the home; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; shishuof a child; rupahthe form; sanatanaheternal; kimwhat?; cakaradid; balenawith Balarama; apialso; tat that; meto me; bruhitell; maha-muneO great sage. Shri Bahulashva said: When He displayed His eternal form of a child in Nanda's home, what pastimes did Lord Hari enjoy with Balarama. O great sage, please tell me this. Text 18 shri-narada uvaca

ekada shishya-sahito gargacaryo maha-munih shaurina noditah sakshad ayayau nanda-mandiram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaone day; shishyadisciples; sahitahwith; gargacaryahGarga Acarya; maha-munihthe great sage; shaurina by Vasudeva; noditahsent; sakshatdirectly; ayayaucame; nanda-mandiram to Nanda's palace. One day, sent by Vasudeva, the great saint Garga Muni came with his disciples to Nanda's palace. Text 19 nandah sampujya vidhivat padyadyair muni-sattamam tatah pradakshini-kritya sashangam prananama ha nandahNanda; sampujyaworshiping; vidhivataccording to the rules of tradition; padya-adyaihbeginning with offering water to wash the feet; munisattamamthe great sage; tatahthen; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; sashangam prananama haoffered dandavat obeisances. Following the rules of tradition, Nanda worshiped the great sage, washing his feet and offering him many things. Then he circumambulated him and offered obeisances, falling down like a stick. Text 20 shri-nanda uvaca adya nah pitaro devah santusha agnayash ca nah pavitram mandiram jatam yushmac-carana-renubhih shri-nandah uvacaShri Narada said; adyatoday; nahwith us; pitarahthe Pitas; devahthe demigods; santushahpleased; agnayahthe fire-gods; ca also; nahour; pavitrampurified; mandiramhouse; jatamborn; yushmatof you; caranaof the feet; renubhihby the dust. Shri Nanda said: Today the pious forefathers, demigods, and fire-gods are all pleased with us. Our home is now purified by the dust of your feet. Text 21 mat-putra-nama-karanam kuru dvija maha-mune punyais tirthaish ca dushprapyam

bhavad-agamanam prabho matmy; putrason's; nama-karanamname-giving ceremony; kuruplease perform; dvijaO brahmana; maha-muneO great sage; punyaihsacred; tirthaih by pilgrimages; caalso; dushprapyamdifficult to attain; bhavatof you; agamanamthe arrival; prabhahO lord. O great brahmana sage, please perform my son's name-giving ceremony. O lord, even by many sacred pilgrimages one cannot attain what is attained by your visit. Text 22 shri-garga uvaca te putra-nama-karanam karishyami na samshayah purva-vartam gadishyami gaccha nanda rahah-sthalam shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; teyour; putrason's; nama-karanam name-giving ceremony; karishyamiI will perform; nano; samshayahdoubt; purvaprevious; vartamstory; gadishyamiI will tell; gacchago; nandaO Nanda; rahah-sthalamto a secluded place. Shri Garga Muni said: I will perform your son's name-giving ceremony. Of this there is no doubt. I will tell who He was before. O Nanda, go to a secluded place. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca utthaya gargo nandena balabhyam ca yashodaya ekante go-vraje gatva tayor nama cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; utthayarising; gargahGarga; nandena with Nanda; balabhyamwith the two boys; caand; yashodayawith Yashoda; ekanteto a secluded place; go-vrajein the barn; gatvagoing; tayohof Them; namathe name; cakara hadid. Garga Muni rose and went with Nanda, Yashoda, and the two boys, to a secluded place in the cow shed. There he performed the name-giving ceremony. Text 24 sampujya gananathadin grahan samshodhya yatnatah nandam praha prasannango gargacaryo maha-munih

sampujyaworshiping; gananatha-adinbeginning with Ganesha; grahanthe planets; samshodhyaappeasing; yatnatahcarefully; nandamto Nanda; praha said; prasannapleased; angahin every limb; gargacaryahGarga Muni; mahamunihthe great sage. After worshiping the deities headed by Ganesha, and after carefully appeasing the deities of the planets, the great saint Garga Muni, happy in every limb, spoke to Nanda. Texts 25 and 26 shri-garga uvaca rohini-nandanasyasya namoccaram shrinushva ca ramante yogino hy asmin sarvatra ramatiti va gunaish ca ramayan bhaktams tena ramam viduh pare garbha-sankarshanad asya sankarshana iti smritah shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; rohini-nandanasyasyaRohini's son; nama name; uccaramdeclaration; shrinushvaplease hear; caalso; ramanteare delighted; yoginahthe yogis; hiindeed; asminwith Him; sarvatrain all respects; ramatienjoys; itithus; vaor; gunaihwith His transcendental qualities; caalso; ramayandelighting; bhaktanthe devotees; tenaby this; ramamRama; viduhknow; pareothers; garbhafrom the womb; sankarshanat because of being pulled; asyaof Him; sankarshanaSankarshana; itithus; smritahremembered. Shri Garga Muni said: Please hear the explanation of Rohini's son's name. The yogis find their happiness (ramante) in Him, or he is the greatest enjoyer (ramati), or with His transcendental qualities He delights (ramayati) the devotees. For these reasons the sages know Him as Rama. Because He was pulled (sankarshana) from the womb He is also known as Sankarshana. Text 27 sarvavaseshadyam shesham baladhikyad balam viduh sva-putrasyapi namani shrinu nanda hy atandritah sarvaeverything; avasesharemaining; adyambeginning; sheshamShesha; bala-adhikyatbecause of great strength; balamBala; viduhknow; sva-putrasya of your own son; apialso; namanithe names; shrinuplease hear; nandaO Nanda; hiindeed; atandritahwithout being fatigued.

Because when the universe is annihilated He alone remains (avashesha), the sages know Him as Shesha. Because He is extremely strong (bala), they know Him as Bala. O Nanda, please be attentive and hear the names of your son. Text 28 sadyah prani-pavitrani jagatam mangalani ca ka-karah kamala-kanta ri-karo rama ity api sadyahat once; pranithe living entities; pavitranipurifying; jagatamof the universes; mangalanithe auspiciousness; caalso; ka-karahthe letter k; kamalakantahthe lover of the goddess of fortune; ri-karahthe letter ri; ramahthe enjoyer; itithus; apialso; His names at once purify the living entities. His names are the auspiciousness of all the universes. In His name the letter K stands for Kamala-kanta (the husband of the goddess of fortune). Ri stands for Rama (the supreme enjoyer). Text 29 sha-karah shad-guna-patih shvetadvipa-nivasa-krit na-karo narasimho 'yam a-karo hy aksharo 'gni-bhuk sha-karahthe letter sh; shad-guna-patihthe master of six opulences; shvetadvipa-nivasa-kritwho resides at Shvetadvipa; na-karahthe letter n; narasimhahLord Nrsimha; ayamthis; a-karahthe letter a; hiindeed; aksharah the immortal; agnithrough the fire; bhukeats. Sh stands for Shad-guna-pati (the master of six opulences) or Shvetadvipanivasa-krit (The Lord who resides in Shvetadvipa). N stands for Lord Nrisimha. A stands for Akshara (the immortal) or Agni-bhuk (the Lord who enjoys the offerings of agni-hotra yajnas). Text 30 visargau ca tatha hy etau nara-narayanav rishi sampralinash ca sha purna yasmin cchuddhe mahatmani visargauthe letter h; caalso; tathaso; hiindeed; etauThey; naranarayanauNara-Narayana Rishis; sampralinahentered; caalso; shasix; purnahfull; yasminin whom; shuddhepure; mahatmaniSupreme Person. The letter H stands for Nara-Narayana Rishi. In this way these six letters combine to become the name of the pure Supreme Person.

Note: In the Sanskrit alphabet the letter H is represented by two dots. An example follows in parenthesis (:). The two dots stand for the two sages NaraNarayana. Text 31 paripurnatame sakshat tena krishnah prakirtitah shuklo raktas tatha pito varno 'syanu-yugam dhritah paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; tena by this; krishnahKrishna; prakirtitahis said; shuklahwhite; raktahred; tatha so; pitahyellow; varnahcolor; asyaof Him; anufollowing; yugamthe yugas; dhritahheld. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as Krishnah. In white, red, and yellow forms He appears in the yugas one after another. Text 32 dvaparante kaler adau balo 'yam krishnatam gatah tasmat krishna iti khyato namnayam nanda-nandanah dvaparaof the Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; kalehof Kali-yuga; adauatb the beginning; balahboy; ayamHe; krishnatama dark complexion; gatah attained; tasmattherefore; krishnahKrishna; itithus; khyatahcelebrated; namnaby name; ayamHe; nandaof Nanda; nandanahthe son. Now, at the end of Dvapara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-yuga, He has a dark (krishna) complexion. For this reason He is named Krishna. He is this boy, the son of Nanda. Text 33 vasavash cendriyaniti tad devash cittam eva hi tasmin yas ceshate so 'pi vasudeva iti smritah vasavahvasu; caand; indriyanithe senses; itithus; tat devahdeva; cittamthe heart; evaindeed; hiindeed; tasminin that; yahwho; ceshate acts; sahHe; apialso; vasudevaVasudeva; itithus; smritahremembered.

The word "vasu" means "the senses", and the word "deva" means "the heart". Because He acts in the hearts and senses of the living entities, He is known as Vasudeva. Text 34 vrishabhanu-suta radha ya jata kirti-mandire tasyah patir ayam sakshat tena radha-patih smritah vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; sutathe daughter; radhaShri Radha; ya who; jataborn; kirtiof Kirti; mandirein the palace; tasyahof Her; patihthe husband; ayamHe; sakshatdirectly; tenaby that; radha-patihas Radha-pati; smritahremembered. He is the husband (pati) of Radha, King Vrishabhanu's daughter born in the palace of Queen Kirti, and therefore He is known as Radha-pati. Text 35 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishnah bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir goloke dhamni rajate paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; asankhya countless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; goloke dhamniin the abode of Goloka; rajateshines. He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna, the master of countless universes. He is splendidly manifest in transcendental abode of Goloka. Text 36 so 'yam tava shiur jato bharavataranaya ca kamsadinam vadharthaya bhaktanam rakshanaya ca sah ayamthis person; tavayour; shiuhson; jatahborn; bharaburden; avataranayafor removing; caand; kamsa-adinamof the demons beginning with Kamsa; vadha-arthayafor killing; bhaktanamof the devotees; rakshanayafor protection; caalso. That same Supreme Personality of Godhead is now born as your child. He has come to remove the earth's burden, to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, and to protect the devotees.

Text 37 anantany asya namani veda-guhyani bharata lilabhish ca bhavishyanti tat-karmasu na vismayah anantaniendless; asyaof Him; namaninames; vedato the Vedas; guhyani confidential; bharataO descendent of KIng Bharata; lilabhihwith pastimes; ca also; bhavishyantiwill be; tat-karmasuin His deeds; nano; vismayah surprise. O descendent of King Bharata, according to His different pastimes Your son will have names without end, names that are secret even from the Vedas. Do not be surprised at what He is able to do. Text 38 aho bhagyam tu te nedam sakshac chri-purushottamah tvad-grihe vartamano 'yam shiu-rupah parat parah ahahah; bhagyamgood fortune; tucertainly; teof you; nanot; idam this; sakshatdirectly; shri-purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvatof you; grihein the home; vartamanahbeing; ayamHe; shiuof a child; rupahin the form; parat parahgreater than the greatest. Ah, how fortunate you are! Appearing as a small child, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest, now stays in your home. Text 39 shri-narada uvaca ity uktvatha gate garge svatmanam purnam ashisham mene pramuditah patnya nanda-rajo maha-matih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvasaying; athathen; gate gone; gargeGarga; svatmanamown; purnamperfect; ashishambenediction; meneconsidered; pramuditahjoyful; patnyawith his wife; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; maha-matihgreat hearted. Shri Narada said: Garga Muni said this and left. Then noble-hearted King Nanda, along with his wife, thought about the great blessing they had received. Text 40 atha gargo jnani-varo

jnana-do muni-sattamah kalindi-tira-shobhadhyam vrishabhanu-puram gatah athathen; gargahGarga; jnani-varahthe best of philosophers; jnana-dah great teacher; muni-sattamahgreat sage; kalindi-tiraon the sdhore of the Yamuna; shobha-adhyambeautiful; vrishabhanu-puramto the palace of King Vrishabhanu; gatahwent. Then the great philosopher, teacher, sage Garga Vrishabhanu's beautiful palace on the Yamuna's shore. Texts 41-45 chatrena shobhitam vipram dvitiyam iva vasavam dandena rajitam sakshad dharma-rajam iva sthitam tejasa dyotita-disham sakshat suryam ivaparam pustaki-mekhala-yuktam dvitiyam iva padmajam shobhitam shukla-vasobhir devam vishnum iva sthitam tam drishva muni-shardulam sahasotthaya sadaram pranamya shirasa sadyah sammukho 'bhut kritanjalih munim ca pihake sthapya padyadyair upacara-vit pujayam asa vidhivac chri-gargam jnaninam varam tatah pradakshini-kritya vrishabhanu-varo mahan chatrenawith a parasol; shobhitamdecorated; viprambrahmana; dvitiyam a second; ivalike; vasavamIndra; dandenawith a rod; rajitamglorious; sakshatdirectly; dharma-rajamYamaraja; ivalike; sthitamsituated; tejasa with glory; dyotitailluminated; dishamthe directions; sakshatdirectly; suryam the sun; ivalike; aparamanother; pustakia book; mekhalabelt; yuktam endowed; dvitiyama second; ivalike; padmajamBrahma; shobhitam decorated; shuklawhite; vasobhihwith garments; devamLord; vishnum Vishnu; ivalike; sthitamsituated; tamhim; drishvaseeing; muniof sages; shardulamthe tiger; sahasaat once; utthayarising; sawith; adaramrespect; pranamyaoffering obeisances; shirasawith his head; sadyahat once; sammukhahfacing; abhutbecame; kritanjalihwith folded palms; munimthe Muni went to King

sage; caalso; pihakeon a throne; sthapyaseating; padya-adyaihbeginning with water for washing his feet; upacaraworship; vitunderstanding; pujayam asa worshiped; vidhivataccording to the rules of tradition; shri-gargamShri Garga Muni; jnaninamof philosophers; varamthe best; tatahthen; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; vrishabhanu-varahKing Vrishabhanu; mahannoble. Seeing Garga Muni, who was the greatest of philosophers, who was the brahmana tiger of sages, who, decorated with a parasol was like a second King Indra, holding a stick was like a second Yamaraja, his bodily luster illuminating the directions was like a second sun-god, a great book at his belt was like a second Lord Brahma, and who, dressed in white garments, stood like Lord Vishnu Himself, noble King Vrishabhanu rose up at once with great respect, bowed his head, stood with folded hands, placed the sage on a great throne, washed his feet, presented many offerings, circumambulated him, and worshiped him according to the rules of scripture. Text 46 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca satam paryananam shantam grihinam shantaye smritam nrinam antas-tamo-hari sadhur eva na bhaskarah shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; satamof the saintly devotees; paryaanamthe wandering; shantampeaceful; grihinamof the householders; shantayefor peacefulness; smritamremembered; nrinamof men; antahin the heart; tamahthe darkness; hariremoving; sadhuhsaint; evacertainly; na not; bhaskarahthe sun. Shri Vrishabhanu said: The peaceful wandering of saints is meant to bring peace to householders. It is a saint, and not the sun, that removes the darkness in the hearts of men. Text 47 tirthi-bhuta vayam gopa jatas tvad-darshanat prabho tirthani tirthi-kurvanti tvadrishah sadhavah kshitau tirthi-bhutahgone on pilgrimage; vayamwe; gopahgopas; jatahborn; tvat of you; darshanatby the sight; prabhahO lord; tirthanithe places of pilgrimage; tirthi-kurvantimake places of pilgrimage; tvadrishahlike you; sadhavahsaints; kshitauon the earth. O lord, by seeing you we gopas have gone on pilgrimage. Saints like you sanctify the sacred places in this world. Text 48

he mune radhika-nama kanya me mangalayana kasmai varaya datavya vada tvam me su-nishcitam he muneO sage; radhikaof Shri Radha; namaname; kanyadaughter; me my; mangalaof auspiciousness; ayanathe abode; kasmaito what?; varaya husband; datavyashould be given; vadaplease tell; tvamyou; meme; sunishcitamopinion. O sage, my daughter is named Radhika. She is the abode of great auspiciousness. To whom should I give Her in marriage? Please tell me your opinion. Text 49 tvam paryaann arka iva tri-lokim divya-darshanah varo 'naya samo yo vai tasmai dasyami kanyakam tvamyou; paryaanwandering; arkahthe sun; ivalike; tri-lokimthe three worlds; divyasplendid; darshanahsight; varahhusband; anayawith Her; samahequal; yahwho; vaiindeed; tasmaito Him; dasyamiI will give; kanyakamdaughter. Like the sun, your goodness can travel everywhere in the three worlds. I wish to give my daughter to a splendid husband who will be Her equal. Text 50 shri-narada uvaca hastam grihitva shri-gargo vrishabhanor maha-munih jagama yamuna-tiram nirjanam sundara-sthalam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; hastamhand; grihitvataking; shrigargahShri Garga; vrishabhanohof Vrishabhanu; maha-munihthe great sage; jagamawent; yamunaof the Yamuna; tiramto the shore; nirjanamsecluded; sundarabeautiful; sthalamplace. Shri Narada said: Taking Vrishabhanu's hand, the great sage Shri Garga Muni went to a beautiful and secluded place on the Yamuna's shore. Text 51 kalindi-jala-kallolakolahala-samakulam tatropaveshya gopesham munindrah praha dharma-vit

kalindiof the Yamuna; jalawater; kallolawaves; kolahalatumult; samakulamfilled; tatrathere; upaveshyasitting; gopaof the gopas; ishamto the king; muniof sagesl indrahthe king; prahasaid; dharmathe truth of religion; vitknowing. Making the gopa-king Vrishabhanu sit down at a place where the Yamuna's waves made a great sound, Garga Muni, the king of sages and the knower of religion, spoke. Texts 52 and 53 shri-garga uvaca he gopa guptam akhyanam kathaniyam na ca tvaya paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishnah bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokeshah parat parah tasmat paro varo nasti jato nanda-grihe patih shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; he gopaO gopa; guptamsecret; akhyanamstory; kathaniyamto be told; nanot; caalso; tvayaby you; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; asankhya countless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; golokaof Goloka; ishah the master; parat parahgreater than the greatest; tasmatthan Him; parah better; varahhusband; nanot; astiis; jatahborn; nandaof Nanda; grihein the home; patihthe Lord. Shri Garga Muni said: O gopa, do not tell this secret. Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, who is the master of countless universes, the king of Goloka, greater than the greatest, and the Lord than whom there is no better husband, has taken birth in Nanda's home. Text 54 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca aho bhagaym aho bhagyam nandasyapi maha-mune shri-krishnasyavatarasya sarvam tvam vada karanam shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; ahahah; bhagaymgood fortune; ahahah; bhagyamgood fortune; nandasyaof Nanda; apialso; mahamuneO great sage; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; avatarasyadescended; sarvameverything; tvamyou; vadaplease tell; karanamthe reason.

Shri Vrishabhanu said: How fortunate! How fortunate for Nanda! O great sage, please tell everything of why Shri Krishna has descended to this world. Text 55 shri-garga uvaca bhuvo bharavataraya kamsadinam vadhaya ca brahmana prarthitah krishno babhuva jagati-tale shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; bhuvahof the earth; bharathe burden; avatarayato remove; kamsa-adinamof the demons headed by Kamsa; vadhaya for killing; caalso; brahmanaby Brahma; prarthitahrequested; krishnah Krishna; babhuvahas taken birth; jagati-talein the world. Shri Garga Muni said: To remove the earth's burden and to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, on the demigod Brahma's request Lord Krishna has taken birth on the surface of the earth. Text 56 shri-krishna-paa-rajni ya goloke radhikabhidha tvad-grihe sapi sanjata tvam na janasi tam param shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; paa-rajnithe chief queen; yawho; golokein Goloka; radhikabhidhanamed Radhika; tvatof you; grihein the home; saShe; apialso; sanjatais born; tvamyou; nanot; janasiknow; tamHer; param supreme. Shri Radhika, who is Lord Krishna's chief queen in Goloka, has taken birth in your home. You do not understand Her exalted position. Text 57 shri-narada uvaca tada praharshito gopo vrishabhanuh su-vismitah kalavatim samahuya taya sardham vicarya ca shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; praharshitahdelighted; gopahthe gopa; vrishabhanuhVrishabhanu; su-vismitahastonished; kalavatim Kalavati; samahuyacalling; tayaher; sardhamwith; vicaryaconsidered; ca and.

Shri Narada said: Delighted and astonished, Vrishabhanu called Kalavati and they both thought (about what Garga Muni said). Text 58 radha-krishnanubhavam ca jnatva gopa-varah parah anandashru-kalam muncan punar aha maha-munim radhaof Radha; krishnaand Krishna; anubhavamgreat glory; caalso; jnatvaknowing; gopa-varahthe exalted gopa; parahgreat; anandaof bliss; ashru-kalamtears; muncanwiping; punahagain; ahasaid; mahagreat; munimto the sage. Understanding the exalted position of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna, and shedding tears of bliss, the exalted gopa spoke to the great sage. Text 59 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca tasmai dasyami he brahman kanyam kamala-locanam tvaya pantha darshito me tvaya karyo 'yam udvahah shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; tasmaito Him; dasyamiI will give; heO; brahmanbrahmana; kanyammy daughter; kamala-locanamlotuseyed; tvayaby you; panthathe path; darshitahrevealed; meto me; tvayaby you; karyahshould be performed; ayamthis; udvahahwedding. Shri Vrishabhanu said: O brahmana, I will give my lotus-eyed daughter to Him. You have revealed this path. You should perform the wedding ceremony. Text 60 shri-garga uvaca aham na karayishyami vivaham anayor nripa tayor vivaho bhavita bhandire yamuna-tae shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; ahamI; nanot; karayishyamiwill perform; vivahamthe wedding; anayohof Them; nripaO king; tayohof Them; vivahahthe wedding; bhavitawill be; bhandirein Bhandiravana; yamunaof the Yamuna; taeon the shore. Shri Garga Muni said: O king, I will not perform Their wedding ceremony. Their wedding will be in Bhandiravana by the Yamuna's shore.

Text 61 vrindavana-samipe ca nirjane sundara-sthale parameshhi samagatya vivaham karayishyati vrindavanaVrindavana; samipenear; caalso; nirjanesecluded; sundara in a beatiful; sthaleplaced; parameshhiBrahma; samagatyaarriving; vivaham the wedding; karayishyatiwill perform. The demigod Brahma will come and perform the wedding in a beautiful secluded place near Vrindavana forest. Text 62 tasmad radham gopa-vara viddhy ardhangim varasya ca loke cuda-manih sakshad rajnim goloka-mandire tasmatfrom that; radhamRadha; gopa-varaO best of gopas; viddhiplease know; ardhahalf; angimthe body; varasyaof Her husband; caand; lokein the world; cudathe crown; manihjewel; sakshatdirectly; rajnimqueen; goloka of Goloka; mandirein the palace. Because of this please know that Radha is half of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's body. In the palace of Goloka She is the queen of He who is the world's crest-jewel. Text 63 yuyam sarve 'pi gopala golokad agata bhuvi tatha gopi-gana gavo goloke radhikecchaya yuyamyou; sarveall; apialso; gopalahgopas; golokatfrom Goloka; agatahcome; bhuvito the earth; tathaso; gopi-ganahgopis; gavahcows; golokein Goloka; radhikaof Shri Radha; icchayaby the desire. You gopas have all come from Goloka. By Shri Radhika's wish the cows and gopis have also come from Goloka. Text 64 yad-darshanam durlabham eva durghaam devaish ca yajnair na ca janmabhih kim u sa-vigraham tam tava mandirajire

lakshyanti guptam bahu-gopa-gopikah yatof whom; darshanamthe sight; durlabhamdifficult to attain; eva indeed; durghaamimpossible; devaihby the demigods; caalso; yajnaihby sacrifices; nanot; caand; janmabhihby many births; kim uwhat to speak of?; sa-vigrahamtranscendental form; tamHer; tavayour; mandirain the palace; ajirein the courtyard; lakshyantisee; guptamhidden; bahumany; gopa gopas; gopikahand gopis. She whom even the demigods, what to speak of others who perform sacrifices for many births, cannot see, many gopas and gopis now see hidden in the courtyard of your palace. Text 65 shri-narada uvaca tada ca vismitau rajan dam-pati harshitau param radha-krishna-prabhavam ca shrutva shri-gargam ucatuh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; caalso; vismitau astonished; rajanO king; dam-patithe husband and wife; harshitaujoyful; paramthen; radha-krishnaof Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; prabhavamthe exalted position; caalso; shrutvahearing; shri-gargamto Shri Garga Muni; ucatuh said. Shri Narada said: O king, joyful and filled with wonder by hearing of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna's exalted glories, the husband and wife spoke to Shri Garga. Text 66 shri-dam-pati ucatuh radha-shabdasya he brahman vyakhyanam vada tattvatah tvatto na samshaya-cchetta ko 'pi bhumau maha-mune shri-dam-pati ucatuhthe husband and wife said; radhaRadha; shabdasyaof the word; heO; brahmanbrahmana; vyakhyanamthe story; vadaplease tell; tattvatahin truth; tvattahfrom you; nanot; samshayadoubt; cchetta cutting; ko 'pianyone; bhumauon the earth; mahagreat; muneO sage. The husband and wife said: O brahmana, please truthfully explain the meaning of the name Radha. O great sage, save for you, no one in this world can cut our doubts. Text 67 shri-garga uvaca

sama-vedasya bhavartham gandhamadana-parvate shishyenapi maya tatra narayana-mukhac chrutam shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; sama-vedasyaof the Sama Veda; bhavaarthamthe meaning; gandhamadana-parvateon Mount Gandhamadana; shishyenaby the disciple; apialso; mayaby me; tatrathere; narayana-mukhat from the mouth of Narayana Rishi; shrutamheard. Shri Garga Muni said: As a disciple I heard this from the mouth of Narayana Rishi as on Mount Gandhamadana He was explaining the Sama Veda: Text 68 ramaya tu ra-karah syad a-karas tv adi-gopika dha-karo dharaya hi syad a-karo viraja nadi ramayaas the goddess of fortune; tuindeed; ra-karahthe letter R; syatis; a-karahthe letter A; tuindeed; adi-gopikathe first gopi; dha-karahthe letter DH; dharayaby the earth; hiindeed; syatis; a-karahthe letter A; viraja nadi the Viraja river. R stands for Rama (the goddess of fortune), A stands for Adi-gopika (the forst of the gopis), DH stands for Dhara (the earth), and A stands for Viraja-nadi (the Viraja river). Text 69 shri-krishnasya parasyapi caturdha tejaso 'bhavat lila-bhuh shrish ca viraja catasrah patnya eva hi shri-krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; parasyathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; apialso; caturdhain four ways; tejasahpotency; abhavatbecame; lilaLila; bhuhBhu; shrishShri; caand; virajaViraja; catasrahfour; patnyahwives; evaindeed; hicertainly. The four potencies of Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, became His four wives: Lila, Bhu, Shri, and Viraja. Text 70 sampralinash ca tah sarva radhayam kunja-mandire paripurnatamam radham tasmad ahur manishinah

sampralinahentered; caalso; tahthey; sarvahall; radhayamRadha; kunjain the forest; mandirein the palace; paripurnatamamthe supreme goddess of fortune; radhamRadha; tasmattherefore; ahuhsay; manishinah the wise. Because all these goddesses have now entered the form of Shri Radha, the wise say that Shri Radha is the original supreme goddess of fortune. Text 71 shri-narada uvaca radha-krishneti he gopa ye japanti punah punah catushpadartham kim tesham sakshat krishno 'pi labhyate shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; radha-krishnaRadha-Krishna; itithus; he gopaO gopa; yewho; japantichant; punah punahagain and again; catushpadarthamthe four goals of life; kimwhat?; teshamof them; sakshat directly; krishnahKrishna; apieven; labhyateis attained. Shri Narada said: O gopa, they who again and again chant the names of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna attain Lord Krishna directly. What are the four goals of life to them? Text 72 tadati-vismito rajan vrishabhanuh priya-yutah radha-krishna-prabhavam tam jnatvananda-mayo hy abhut tadathen; ati-vismitahfilled with wonder; rajanO king; vrishabhanuh Vrishabhanu; priya-yutahwith his dear wife; radha-krishna prabhavamthe exalted position of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; tamthat; jnatvaunderstanding; ananda-mayahfilled with bliss; hiindeed; abhutbecame. O king, when they understood Shri Shri Radha-Krishna's exalted glories, King Vrishabhanu and his dear wife became filled with wonder and bliss. Text 73 ittham gargo jnani-varah pujitah vrishabhanuna jagama sva-griham sakshan munindrah sarva-vit kavih itthamthus; gargahGarga; jnaniof philosophers; varahthe best; pujitah worshiped; vrishabhanunaby Vrishabhanu; jagamawent; sva-grihamto his own

home; sakshatdirectly; muni-indrahthe king of sages; sarva-vitall knowing; kavihwise. Then, after King Vrishabhanu had worshiped him, all-knowing Garga Muni, who was the best of philosophers and the king of sages, went to his own home.

Chapter Sixteen Shri Radhika-vivaha-varnana Description of Shri Radhika's Wedding Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gash carayan nandanam anka-deshe samlalayan duratamam sakashat kalindaja-tira-samira-kampitam nando 'pi bhandiravanam jagama shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gahthe cows; carayanherding; nandanamson; anka-desheon the lap; samlalayancaressing; duratamamfor a long time; sakashatin the presence; kalindajaof the Yamuna; tiraon the shore; samirathe breeze; kampitammoving; nandahNanda; apieven; bhandiravanamBhandiravana; jagamawent. Herding the cows and holding His infant son in his arms, Nanda went to Bhandiravana, which trembled with the breezes coming from the Yamuna's shore. Text 2 krishnecchaya vegataro 'tha vato ghanair abhun meduram ambaram ca tamala-nipa-druma-pallavaish ca patadbhir ejadbhir ativa-bhikaih krishnaof Lord Krishna; icchayaby the desire; vegatarahquickly; atha then; vatahbreeze; ghanaihwith clouds; abhutbecame; meduram thick; ambaramthe sky; caand; tamalatamala; nipaand kadamba; druma trees; pallavaihwith twigs; caand; patadbhihfalling; ejadbhihtrembling; ativa very; bhikaihfrightening. Then, by Krishna's wish, the sky became filled with clouds and a strong wind fearfully moved the new tamala and kadamba twigs and made them fall.

Text 3 tad-andha-kare mahati prajate bale rudaty anka-gate 'ti-bhite nando bhayam prapa shishum sa bibhrad dharim paresham sharanam jagama tad-andha-kareblinding darkness; mahatigreat; prajatemanifest; balethe boy; rudaticrying; anka-gateon his arm; ati-bhitevery frightened; nandah Nanda; bhayamfear; prapaattained; shishuminfant; sahhe; bibhratholding; harimof Lord Hari; para-ishamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sharanam jagamatook shelter. When a great and blinding darkness came and the frightened infant in his arm cried, Nanda became afraid. Clutching his boy, he took shelter of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 4 tadaiva koy-arka-samuha-diptir agacchativacalati dishasu babhuva tasyam vrishabhanu-putrim dadarsha radham nava-nanda-rajah tadathen; evaindeed; koimillions; arkaof suns; samuhamultitude; diptihsplendor; agacchaticame; ivaas if; acalatimoves; dishasuin the directions; babhuvabecame; tasyamin that; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; putrimthe daughter; dadarshasaw; radhamRadha; nava-nanda-rajahNanda Maharaja, the king of the nine Nandas. Then, as an effulgence greater than millions of suns converged on him from all directions, Nanda Maharaja, the king of the nine Nandas, saw Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha, . . . Text 5 koindu-bimba-dyutim adadhanam nilambaram sundaram adi-varnam manjira-dhira-dhvani-nupuranam abibhratim shabdam ativa manjum

koimillions; indu-bimbaof moons; dyutimglory; adadhanammanifesting; nilablue; ambaramgarments; sundaramhandsome; adi-varnamfirst class; manjiraof anklets; dhirasoft; dhvanisound; nupuranamankle-bells; abibhratimwearing; shabdamsound; ativavery; manjumbeautiful. . . . who was fair and splendid as millions of moons, dressed in blue garments, decorated with anklets and anklebells that tinkled sweetly, . . . Text 6 kanci-kala-kankana-shabda-mishram haranguliyangada-visphurantim shri-nasika-mauktika-hamshikibhih shri-kanha-cuda-mani-kundaladhyam kanci-kalaof a belt; kankanabracelets; shabdasound; mishrammixed; hah necklace; anguliyarings; angadaarmlets; visphurantimsplendid; shri-nasika on Her nose; mauktikaa pearl; hamshikibhihwith anklets; shri-kanhaon Her neck; cudacrest; manijewel; kundalaearrings; adhyamopulent. . . . who wore tinkling bracelets and a tinkling belt, who was splendid with armlets, rings, and a necklace, and who was opulent with a nose-pearl, anklets, a necklacejewel, and earrings. Text 7 tat-tejasa dharshita ashu nando natvatha tam aha kritanjalih san ayam tu sakshat purushottamas tvam priyasya mukhyasi tadaiva radhe tatof Her; tejasaby the splendor; dharshitahoverwhelmed; ashuat once; nandahNanda; natvabowing; athathen; tamto Her; ahasaid; kritanjalih with folded hands; sanbeing; ayamHe; tuindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvamYou; priyathe beloved; asyaof Him; mukhyamost important; asiare; tadathen; eva indeed; radheO Radha. Overwhelmed by Her effulgence, Nanda bowed down and with folded hands said, "He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, and You, O Radha, are His first beloved.

Text 8 guptam tv idam garga-mukhena vedmi grihana radhe nija-natham ankat enam griham prapaya megha-bhitam vadami cettham prakriter gunadhyah guptamsecret; tucertainly; idamthis; garga-mukhenafrom Garga Muni's mouth; vedmiI know; grihanaplease take; radheO Radha; nijaYour own; nathamLord; ankatfrom my arms; enamHim; grihamhome; prapaya please take; meghaof the clouds; bhitamfrightened; vadamiI say; caand; itthamthus; prakritehof matter; gunawith the modes; adhyahenriched. "I know this secret from the mouth of Garga Muni. O Radha, please take Your Lord from my arms. Now that the clouds have frightened Him, please take Him home. As if I were a person controlled by the modes of material nature, I say this (that He is frightened). Text 9 namami tubhyam bhuvi raksha mam tvam krishna-priyasi prakriteh param tvam shrutva vacas tasya tadaiva radha candravali gopa-patim tam aha namamiI offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyamto You; bhuviin this world; rakshaplease protect; mamme; tvamYou; krishnaof Lord Krishna; priyathe beloved; asiYou are; prakritehthe modes of nature; parambeyond; tvamYou; shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tasyaof him; tadathen; eva indeed; radhaRadha; candraof moons; avalia host; gopaof the gopas; patim to the king; tamto him; ahasaid. "I offer my respectful obeisances to You. Please protect me in this world. You are Krishna's dearmost. You are beyond the modes of material nature." Hearing these words, Shri Radha, who was splendid as a host of moons, spoke to the king of the gopas. Text 10 shri-radhovaca varam param bruhi maha-mate tvam yathepsitam sarva-janair durapam aham prasanna tava bhakti-bhavan mad-darshanam durlabham eva nanda

shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; varambenediction; paramsupreme; bruhi please say; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; tvamyou; yathaas; ipsitam desired; sarvaby all; janaihpeople; durapamdifficult to attain; ahamI; prasannaam pleased; tavaof you; bhakti-bhavatby devotion; matof Me; darshanamsight; durlabhamdifficult to attain; evaindeed; nandaO Nanda. Then Shri Radha said: O noble-hearted one, ask for a benediction, for anything you wish, for anything impossible for anyone to attain. I am pleased by your sincere devotion. O Nanda it is very difficult for anyone to see Me. Text 11 shri-nanda uvaca yadi prasannasi tada bhaven me bhaktir dridha kau yuvayoh padabje satam ca bhaktis tava bhakti-bhajam sangah sada me 'tha yuge yuge ca shri-nandah uvacaShri Nanda said; yadiif; prasannapleased; asiYou are; tadathen; bhavetmay be; meto Me; bhaktihdevotion; dridhafirm; kauin this world; yuvayohof You both; pada-abjefor the lotus feet; satamof the devotees; caalso; bhaktihdevotion; tavato You; bhakti-bhajamwho have devotion; sangahassociation; sadaalways; meof me; athathen; yuge yuge millennium after millennium; caand. If You are pleased then let me have firm devotion for the lotus feet of You both, and let me have devotion for Your devotees, and let me have their company. Let me have this millennium after millennium. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktvatha harim karabhyam jagraha radha nija-natham ankat gate 'tha nande pranate vrajeshe tada hi bhandiravanam jagama shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astube it; caalso; uktva saying; athathen; harimLord Hari; karabhyamwith both hands; jagraha taking; radhaRadha; nija-nathamHer own Lord; ankatfrom the arms; gate gone; athathen; nandewhen Nanda; pranatebowing down; vrajaof Vraja; ishethe king; tadathen; hiindeed; bhandiravanamto Bhandiravana; jagama went.

Shri Narada said: Saying "So be it", with both hands Radha took Lord Hari from Nanda's arms. When Vraja's king Nanda offered his obeisances and left, She went to Bhandiravana forest. Text 13 goloka-lokac ca pura samagata bhumir nijam svam vapur adadhana ya padmaragadi-khacit-suvarna babhuva sa tat-kshanam eva sarva goloka-lokatfrom the realm of Goloka; caalso; purapreviously; samagata come; bhumihearth; nijamown; svamown; vapuhform; adadhana manifesting; yawho; padmaragarubies; adibeginning with; khacitstudded; suvarnagold; babhuvabecame; saShe; tat-kshanamat that moment; eva indeed; sarvaall. Then the spiritual ground came from the realm of Goloka. In a moment everything was golden and studded with rubies and many jewels. Text 14 vrindavanam divya-vapur dadhanam vrikshair varaih kama-dughaih sahaiva kalinda-putri ca suvarna-saudhaih shri-ratna-sopanamayi babhuva vrindavanamVrindavana; divyatranscendental and splendid; vapuhform; dadhanammanifesting; vrikshaihwith trees; varaihexcellent; kama-dughaih fulfilling all desires; sahawith; evaindeed; kalinda-putrithe Yamuna; caalso; suvarnagolden; saudhaihwith palaces; shribeautiful; ratnajewel; sopanamayi with staircases; babhuvabecame. Vrindavana forest manifested a splendid transcendental form with beautiful desire-trees, and the Yamuna's shore had jewel steps and golden palaces. Text 15 govardhano ratna-shilamayo 'bhut suvarna-shringaih paritah sphuradbhih mattalibhir nirjhara-sundaribhir

daribhir uccanga-kariva rajan govardhanahGovardhana; ratnajewel; shilastones; mayahmade of; abhut became; suvarnagolden; shringaihwith peaks; paritaheverywhere; sphuradbhihglistening; mattamaddened; alibhihwith bumblebees; nirjhara swiftly flowing mountain streams; sundaribhihbeautiful; daribhihwith caves; uccagreat; angabody; karielephant; ivalike; rajanO king. Govardhana was made of jewels and had glistening golden peaks everywhere, maddened bees, and caves beautiful with swiftly-flowing streams. O king, it was like a great, gigantic elephant. Text 16 tada nikunjo 'pi nijam vapur dadhat sabha-yutam prangana-divya-mandapam vasanta-madhurya-dharam madhuvratair mayura-paravata-kokila-dhvanim tadathen; nikunjahforest grove; apialso; nijamown; vapuhform; dadhat manifested; sabhaassembly-halls; yutamwith; pranganacourtyards; divya splendid; mandapampavilions; vasantaof spring; madhuryasweetness; dharamholding; madhuvrataihwith bees; mayurapeacocks; paravata paravatas; kokilaand cuckoos; dhvanimthe sound. Then the forest grove assumed its real form with many assembly houses, courtyards, splendid pavilions, bumblebees, and the cooing of peacocks, paravatas, and cuckoos. It was filled with the sweetness of spring. Text 17 suvarna-ratnadi-khacit-patair vritam patat-patakavalibhir virajitam sarah-sphuadbhir bhramaravalidhitair vicarcitam kancana-caru-pankajaih suvarnagold; ratnajewels; adibeginning with; khacitstudded; paaih woth roofs; vritamfilled; patatfluttering; pataka-avalibhihwith rows of flags; virajitamsplendid; saraha lake; sphuadbhihblossoming; bhramaraby bees; avalidhitaihlicked; vicarcitamanointed; ka 24canagolden; carubeautiful; pankajaihwith lotus flowers.

It was filled with roofs of gold and jewels, splendid with fluttering flags, and anointed with beautiful blossoming lake-growing golden lotuses licked by swarms of black bees. Text 18 tadaiva sakshat purushottamottamo babhuva kaishora-vapur ghana-prabhah pitambarah kaustubha-ratna-bhushano vamshi-dharo manmatha-rashi-mohanah tadathen; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; babhuvabecame; kaishoraadolescent; vapuhform; ghanaas a dark cloud; prabhahsplendor; pitayellow; ambarahgarments; kaustubha-ratnathe Kaustubha jewel; bhushanahdecoration; vamshithe flute; dharahholding; manmathaof Kamadevas; rashimultitude; mohanah enchanting. Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead became a teen-age youth splendid as a dark cloud, dressed in yellow garments, decorated with the Kaustubha gem, holding a flute, and more enchanting than a great host of Kamadevas. Text 19 bhujena sangrihya hasan priyam harir jagama madhye su-vivaha-mandapam vivaha-sambhara-yutah sa-mekhalam sudarbhamad-vari-ghaadi-manditam bhujenawith an arm; sangrihyataking; hasansmiling; priyamHis beloved; harihLord Hari; jagamawent; madhyeto the middle; subeautiful; vivaha marriage; mandapampavilion; vivahafor the marriage; sambhara paraphernalia; yutahwith; sa-mekhalamwith a belt; su-darbha-matwith kusha grass; variwater; ghaapots; adibeginning with; manditamdecorated. Smiling, Lord Hari took His beloved by the arm, and with the wedding paraphernalia went to the wedding-pavilion, which was decorated with mekhalas, kusha grass, waterpots, and many other things. Text 20 tatraiva simhasana udgate vare

parasparam sammalitau virejatuh param bruvantau madhuram ca dam-pati sphurat-prabhau khe ca tadid-ghanav iva tatrathere; evaindeed; simhasaneon a throne; udgatemanifested; vare excellent; parasparamtogether; sammalitaucaressing; virejatuhwere splendidly manifested; paramthen; bruvantauconversing; madhuramsweetly; caalso; dam-patihusband and wife; sphurat-prabhausplendid; khein the sky; caalso; taditlighting; ghanauand cloud; ivalike. Embracing and sweetly conversing on a beautiful throne there, They shone like a splendid lightning flash and a dark cloud in the sky. Text 21 tadambarad deva-varo vidhih prabhuh samagatas tasya parasya sammukhe natva tad-anghri hy ushati girabhih kritanjalish caru catur-mukho jagau tadathen; ambaratfrom the sky; deva-varahthe best of the demigods; vidhihBrahma; prabhuhLord; samagatahcame; tasyaof Him; parasyathe Supreme; sammukhefacing; natvabowing down; tad-anghriat His feet; hi" ushati girabhihwith sweet words; kritanjalihwith folded hands; carueloquently; catur-mukhahfour-headed Brahma; jagausaid. Then Lord Brahma, the best of the demigods, came from the sky. Bowing down before Lord Krishna, with folded hands he eloquently and sweetly spoke. Text 22 shri-brahmovaca anadim adyam purushottamottamam shri-krishnacandram nija-bhakta-vatsalam svayam tv asankhyanda-patim parat param radha-patim tvam sharanam vrajamy aham shri-brahma uvacaLord Barham said; anadimwithout beginning; adyamthe beginning; purushottamottamamthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnacandramShri Krishnacandra; nijaown; bhaktadevotees; vatsalam affectionate; svayampersonally; tuindeed; asankhyacountless; andaof universes; patimthe master; parat paramgreater than the greatest; radha-patim the master of Radha; tvamof You; sharanam vrajamy ahamI take shelter.

Shri Brahma said: I take shelter of You, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishnacandra, without beginning, the beginning of everything, affectionate to Your devotees, the master of countless universes, greater than the greatest, and the husband of Radha. Text 23 goloka-nathas tvam ativa-lilo lilavatiyam nija-loka-lila vaikunha-natho 'si yada tvam eva

lakshmis tadeyam vrishabhanuja hi

goloka-nathahthe master of Goloka; tvamYou; ativa-lilahplayful; lilavati playful; iyamshe; nijaown; lokarealm; lilapastimes; vaikunha-nathahthe master of Vaikunha; asiYou are; yadawhen; tvamYou; evaindeed; lakshmih Lakshmi; tadathen; iyamShe; vrishabhanujathe daughter of Vrishabhanu; hi certainly. You are the playful king of Goloka and She is Your playful companion. When You are the king of Vaikunha, She, the daughter of Vrishabhanu, is Goddess Lakshmi. Text 24 tvam ramacandro janakatmajeyam bhumau haris tvam kamalalayeyam yajnavataro 'si yada tadeyam shri-dakshina stri prati-patni-mukhya tvamYou; ramacandrahRamacandra; janakatmajathe daughter of Janaka; iyamShe; bhumauon the earth; harihLord Hari; tvamYou; kamalalayathe abode of Kamala; iyamShe; yaj 24avatarahYajna-avatara; asiYou are; yada when; tadathenl iyamShe; shri-dakshinaShri Dakshina; striwife; prati-patnimukhyathe best of wives. When in this world You are Ramacandra, She is Janaka's daughter Sita. When You are Lord Hari, She is Kamala. When You are Yajna-avatara, She is Shri Dakshina, the best of wives. Text 25 tvam narasimho 'si rama tadeyam narayanas tvam ca narena yuktah

tad tv iyam shantir ativa sakshac chayeva yata ca tavanurupa tvamYou; narasimhahNrisimha; asiYou are; ramaRama; tadathen; iyam She; narayanahNarayana; tvamYou; caand; narenawith Nara; yuktah accompanied; tatthen; tuindeed; iyamShe; shantihGoddess Shanti; ativa greatly; sakshatdirectly; chaya-a shadow; ivaas if; yatacome; caalso; tava You; anurupafollowing. When You are Nrisimha, She is Rama. When You are Nara's friend Narayana Rishi, She becomes Goddess Shanti and follows You like a shadow. Text 26 tvam brahma ceyam prakritis taastha kalo yademam ca viduh pradhanam mahan yada tvam jagad-ankuro 'si radha tadeyam sa-guna ca maya tvamYou; brahmaBrahman; caand; iyamShe; prakritihmaterial nature; taasthaborderline; kalahtime; yadawhen; imamShe; caalso; viduhthey know; pradhanampradhana; mahanmahat-tattva; yadawhen; tvamYou; jagatthe universe; ankurahsprouting; asiYou are; radhaRadha; tadathen; iyamShe; sa-gunawith the three modes; caalso; mayaillusory potency. When You are Brahman, She is Prakriti. When You are Time, the wise know She is Pradhana. When You are the Mahat-tattva, from which the universes have sprouted, Radha is the potency Maya, filled with the three modes. Text 27 yadantaratma viditash caturbhis tada tv iyam lakshana-rupa-vrittih yada virad-deha-dharas tvam eva tadakhilam va bhuvi dharaneyam yadawhen; antaratmawithin the heart; viditahknown; caturbhihby four; tadathen; tuindeed; iyamShe; lakshana-rupa-vrittihLakshana-vritti; yada when; virad-deha-dharahthe universal form; tvamYou; evaindeed; tadathen; akhilameverything; vaor; bhuvion the earth; dharanathe earth; iyamShe.

When You become the four things in the heart, She becomes the power of understanding something from a hint. When You become the universal form, which includes everything, She becomes the earth. Note: The four things in the heart are the heart, mind, intelligence, and falseego. Text 28 shyamam ca gauram viditam dvidha mahas tavaiva sakshat purushottamottamam goloka-dhamadhipatim paresham parat param tvam sharanam vrajamy aham shyamamdark; caand; gauramfair; viditamknown; dvidhain two; mahahsplendor; tavaof You; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamottamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; goloka-dhamathe abode of Goloka; adhipatimthe master; pareshamthe Supreme Lord; parat than the greatest; paramgreater; tvamYou; sharanam vrajamy ahamI take shelter. I take shelter of You, who are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka-dhama, and who now appear as a fair and a dark splendor. Text 29 sada pahed yo yugala-stavam param goloka-dhama-pravaram prayati sah ihaiva saundarya-samriddhi-siddhayo bhavanti tasyapi nisargatah punah sadaregularly; pahetrecites; yahwho; yugalaof the divine couple; stavamprayer; paramtranscendental; goloka-dhama-pravaramto the transcendental abode of Goloka; prayatigoes; sahhe; ihahere; evaindeed; saundaryawith beauty; samriddhiopulence; siddhayahperfections; bhavanti here; tasyaof him; apialso; nisargatah-naturally; punahagain. A person who regularly recites these prayers describing the divine couple will go to the transcendental abode of Goloka. Even in this world he will be endowed with handsomeness, opulence, and many perfections. Text 30

yada yuvam priti-yutau ca dam-pati parat parau tav anurupa-rupitau tathapi loka-vyavahara-sangrahad vidhim vivahasya tu karayamy aham yadawhen; yuvamfor You both; priti-yutauendowed with love; caalso; dam-patihusband and wife; parat paraugreater than the greatest; tauboth; anurupa-rupitausuitable for each other; tathapistill; loka-vyavahara-sangrahat according to the ways of this world; vidhimthe ceremony; vivahasyaof marriage; tucertainly; karayamiperform; ahamI. Greater than the greatest and perfect for each other, You are already a loving husband and wife. Still, following the ways of this world, I will now perform Your wedding-ceremony. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca tada sa utthaya vidhir hutashanam prajvalya kunde sthitayos tayoh purah shruteh kara-graha-vidhim vidhanato vidhaya dhata samavasthito 'bhavat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; sahhe; utthayarising; vidhihBrahma; hutashanamthe sacred fire; prajvalyakindling; kundein a pit; sthitayos-standing; tayohThem; purahbefore; shrutehof the Vedas; kara hand; grahataking; vidhimthe ceremony; vidhanatahthe rules; vidhaya performing; dhataBrahma; samavasthitahstood; abhavatbecame. Then Brahma rose, ignited the sacred fire, and performed the Vedic weddingceremony of the divine couple. Text 32 sa vahayam asa harim ca radhikam pradakshinam sapta-hiranya-retasah tatash ca tau tam pranamayya veda-vit tau pahayam asa ca sapta-mantrakam sahHe; vahayam asamarried; harimLord Hari; caand; radhikamRadha; pradakshinamcircumambulation; sapta-hiranya-retasahof the fire; tatahthen; caalso; tauThem; tamthat; pranamayyamaking bow down; vedathe Vedas;

vitknowing; tauto Them; pahayam asarecited; caalso; saptaseven; mantrakammantras. Brahma performed the wedding-ceremony of Lord Hari and Shri Radhika. He had Them circumambulate the sacred fire and bow down before it, and then Brahma, the knower of the Vedas, recited the seven mantras. Text 33 tato harer vakshasi radhikayah karam ca samsthapya hareh karam punah shri-radhikayah kila prishha-deshake samsthapya mantramsh ca vidhih prapahayan tatahthen; harehof Lord Hari; vakshasion the chest; radhikayahof Radha; karamthe hand; caalso; samsthapyaplacing; harehof Lord Hari; karamon the hand; punahagain; shri-radhikayahof Shri Radha; kilacertainly; prishhadeshakeon the back; samsthapyaplacing; mantranmantras; caalso; vidhih Brahma; prapahayanreciting. Placing Shri Radhika's hand on Lord Hari's chest and Lord Hari's hand on Shri Radhika's back, Brahma recited many mantras. Text 34 radha karabhyam pradadau ca malikam kinjalkinim krishna-gale 'linadinim hareh karabhyam vrishabhanuja gale tatash ca vahnim pranamayya veda-vit radhaRadha; karabhyamwith both hands; pradadaugave; caalso; malikama garland; kinjalkinimof lotus flowers; krishna-galeon Krishna's neck; aliof bees; nadinimfilled with the humming; harehof Lord Hari; karabhyam with both hands; vrishabhanujathe daughter of Vrishabhanu; galeon the neck; tatahthen; caand; vahnimthe fire; pranamayyahaving bow down; veda-vit the knower of the Vedas. Then with both hands Shri Radha placed on Lord Krishna's neck a lotus garland filled the the humming of bees. Then with both hands Lord Hari placed on Shri Radha's neck a similar garland. Then Brahma had Them bow down before the sacred fire.

Text 35 samvasayam asa su-pihayosh ca tau kritanjali mauna-yutau pitamahah tau pahayam asa tu panca-mantrakam samarpya radham ca piteva kanyakam samvasayam asaplaced; su-pihayohon two thrones; caalso; tauThem; kritanjaliwith folded hands; mauna-yutausilent; pitamahahBrahma; tau Them; pahayam asarecited; tuindeed; panca-mantrakamfive mantras; samarpyagiving; radhamRadha; caand; pitaa father; ivalike; kanyakam a daughter. Placing the silent divine couple on two thrones, with folded hands Brahma recited five mantras. Then, as a father gives away his daughter, Brahma gave away Shri Radha. Text 36 pushpani deva vavrishus tada nripa vidyadharibhir nanrituh suranganah gandharva-vidyadhara-caranah kalam sa-kinnarah krishna-su-mangalam jaguh pushpaniflowers; devahthe demigods; vavrishuhshowered; tadathen; nripaO king; vidyadharibhihwith the Vidyadgharis; nanrituhdanced; suranganahthe demigoddesses; gandharvaGandharva; vidyadhara Vidyadhara; caranahand Caranas; kalamsweetly; sa-kinnarahwith thr Kinnaras; krishnafor Lord Krishna; su-mangalamgreat auspiciousness; jaguh sang. O king, then the demigods showered flowers, and the demigoddesses danced with the Vidyadharis. The Gandharvas, Vidyadharas, Caranas, and Kinnaras sang auspicious songs glorifying Lord Krishna. Text 37 mridanga-vina-muru-yashi-venavah shankhanaka dundubhayah sa-talakah nedur muhur deva-varair divi sthitair jayety abhun mangala-shabdam uccakaih

mridanga-vina-muru-yashi-venavahmridangas, vinas, murus, yashis, and venus; sankhanakashankhas and anakas; dundubhayahdundubhis; sa-talakah with talakas; neduhsounded; muhuhagain and again; deva-varaihby the great demigods; diviin heaven; sthitaihstaying; jayaglories!; iti-thus; abhutwas; mangalaauspicious; shabdamsound; uccakaihloudly. Again and again the great demigods in heaven sounded many mridangas, vinas, murus, yashis, venus, shankhas, anakas, and talakas. Calling out "Glory!" they made an auspicious sound. Text 38 uvaca tatraiva vidhim harih svayam yathepsitam tvam vada vipra dakshinam tada harim praha vidhih prabho me dehi tvad-anghryor nija-bhakti-dakshinam uvacasaid; tatrathere; evaindeed; vidhimto Brahma; harihLord Hari; svayampersonally; yathaas; ipsitamdesired; tvamyou; vadasay; vipraO brahmana; dakshinamreward; tadathen; harimto Lord Hari; prahasaid; vidhihBrahma; prabhahO Lord; meto me; dehiplease give; tvad-anghryoh for Your feet; nijaown; bhaktidevotion; dakshinamreward. When Lord Hari said to Brahma, "Please ask whatever you wish as dakshina," Brahma replied to Lord Hari, "O Lord, as dakshina please give me devotion for Your feet." Text 39 tathastu vakyam vadato vidhir hareh shri-radhikayash ca pada-dvayam shubham natva karabhyam shirasa punah punar jagama geham pranatah praharshitah tathaso; astube it; vakyamwords; vadatahsaying; vidhihBrahma; hareh of Lord Hari; shri-radhikayaof Shri Radha; caalso; pada-dvayamfeet; shubhamauspicious; natvabowing down; karabhyamwith both hands; shirasa with his head; punah punahagain and again; jagamawent; gehamhome; pranatahbowing down; praharshitahhappy. When Lord Hari said "So be it", Brahma again and again placed His head at the beautiful and auspicious feet of Lord Hari and Shri Radhika. Then, happy and humbly bowing down, Brahma left for his own home.

Text 40 tato nikunjeshu catur-vidhannam divyam manojnam priyaya pradattam jaghasa krishnah prahasan paratma krishnena dattam kramukam ca radha tatahthen; nikunjeshuin the forest groves; catur-vidhafour kinds; annam of food; divyamdivine; manojnamdelicious; priyayaby His beloved; pradattam given; jaghasaate; krishnahKrishna; prahasanlaughing; paratmathe Supreme Lord; krishnenaby Krishna; dattamgiven; kramukambetelnuts; ca also; radhaRadha. Then, in the forest groves the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna, ate four kinds of delicious divine foods His beloved offered, and Shri Radha chewed betelnuts Krishna offered. Text 41 tatah karenapi karam priyaya harir grihitva pracacala kunje jagama jalpan madhuram prapashyan vrindavanam shri-yamunam latash ca tatahthen; karenawith a hand; apialso; karamthe hand; priyayahof His beloved; harihLord Hari; grihitvataking; pracacalawent; ku 24jeto tyhe forest grove; jagamawent; jalpantalking; madhuramsweetly; prapashyanlooking; vrindavanamat Vrindavana; shri-yamunamShri Yamuna; latahthe flowering vines; caand. Taking His beloved's hand, Lord Hari walked in the forest grove. Taking sweetly as He gazed at the beautiful Yamuna, Vrindavana forest, and the many flowering vines, He walked. Text 42 shrimal-lata-kunja-nikunja-madhye niliyamanam prahasantam eva vilokya shakhantaritam ca radha jagraha pitambaram avrajanti

shrimatbeautiful; lataof flowering vines; kunjagrove; nikunjagrove; madhyein teh midst; niliyamanamentering; prahasantamsmiling; evaindeed; vilokyaseeing; shakhaa branch; antaritamhidden behind; caalso; radha Radha; jagrahagrasped; pitayellow; ambaramgrament; avrajantifollowing. Krishna laughed and disappeared in a grove of beautiful flowering vines. Seeing Him hiding behind a tree, Radha went up to Him and grasped His yellow garment. Text 43 dudrava radha hari-hasta-padmaj jhankaram anghryoh pratikurvati kau niliyamana yamuna-nikunje punar vrajanti hari-hasta-matrat dudravaran; radhaRadha; hariof Lord Hari; hastahand; padmatlotus; jhankaramtinkling; anghryohof the feet; pratikurvatidoing; kauon the ground; niliyamanadisappearing; yamuna-niku 24jein the grove by the Yamuna; punahagain; vrajantigoing; hari-hasta-matratonly by Lord Hari's hand. Fleeing from Lord Hari's lotus hand, Her feet thumping against the ground, She disappeared in a forest by the Yamuna, but was pulled out again by Lord Hari's hand. Text 44 yatha tamalah kala-dhauta-vallya ghane yatha cancalaya cakasti nilo 'dri-rajo nikashashma-khanya shri-radhayadyastu taya ramanya yathaas; tamalaha tamala tree; kala-dhauta-vallyawith a vine of golden flowers; ghanaha dark cloud; yathaas; cancalayawith lightning; cakasti shines; nilahdark; adriof mountains; rajahking; nikashashma-khanyawith a mine of nikasha stones; shri-radhayawith Shri Radha; adyanow; astuis; taya with Her; ramanyabeautiful. As a tamala tree with a vine of golden flowers, as a dark cloud with a lightning flash, and as a dark mountain with a mine of nikasha stones, so Lord Hari was with beautiful Shri Radha. Text 45

shri-rasa-range jana-varjite pare reme hari rasa-rasena radhaya vrindavane bhringa-mayura-kujallate caraty eva ratishvarah parah shribeautiful; rasaof the rasa dance; rangein the arena; janapeople; varjitewithout; paretranscendental; remeenjoyed; harihLord Hari; rasarasenawith the nectar of the rasa dance; radhayawith Radha; vrindavanein Vrindavana; bhringabees; mayurapeacocks; kujatcooing; latevine; carati moves; evaindeed; ratiof amorous pastimes; ishvarahthe master; parah transcendental. In the beautiful secluded rasa-dance arena Lord Hari enjoyed the nectar of the rasa dance with Shri Radha. Lord Hari, the transcendental master of amorous pastimes, walked in Vrindavana forest filled with flowering vines and the sounds of peacocks and bees. Text 46 shri-radhaya krishna-harih paratma nanarta govardhana-kandarasu mattalishu prasravanaih sarobhir virajitasu dyutimal-latasu shri-radhayawith Shri Radha; krishna-harihKrishna Hari; paratmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nanartadanced; govardhanaof Govarhdana Hill; kandarasuin the caves; mattaintoxicated; alishubees; prasravanaihwith swiftly moving streams, rapids, and waterfalls; sarobhihwith lakes; virajitasu shining; dyutimatsplendid; latasuvines. The Supreme Lord, Krishna-Hari, danced with Shri Radha in the caves of Govardhana Hill, by the lakes and the swiftly moving streams, rapids, and waterfalls, and among the splendid flowering vines filled with intoxicated bumblebees. Text 47 cakara krishno yamunam sametya varam viharam vrishabhanu-putrya radha-karal laksha-dalam sa padmam dhavan grihitva yamuna-jaleshu

cakaradid; krishnahLord Krishna; yamunamto the Yamuna; sametya going; varamexcellent; viharampastime; vrishabhanu-putryawith King Vrishabhanu's daughter; radhaof Radha; karatfrom the hand; lakshaa hundred thousand; dalampetals; sahHe; padmama lotus flower; dhavanrunning; grihitvataking; yamunaof the Yamuna; jaleshuin the waters. When They came to the Yamuna, Krishna enjoyed a charming pastime with King Vrishabhanu's daughter. Taking the hundred-thousand-petal lotus from Radha's hand, He suddenly dove into the Yamuna's waters. Text 48 radha hareh pita-paam ca vamshim vetram grihitva sahasa hasanti dehiti vamshim vadato haresh ca jagada radha kamalam nu dehi radhaRadha; harehof Lord Hari; pitayellow; paamgarment; caand; vamshimflute; vetramand stick; grihitvataking; sahasasuddenly; hasanti laughing; dehigive; itithus; vamshimthe flute; vadatahsaying; harehof Lord Hari; caalso; jagadasaid; radhaRadha; kamalamthe lotus; nu certainly; dehigive. Laughing Radha quickly took Lord Hari's flute, stick, and yellow cloth. When Lord Hari said, "Give back My flute!" She mocked Him and said, "You give back My lotus!" Text 49 tasyai dadau deva-varo 'tha padmam radha dadau pita-paam ca vamshim vetram ca tasmai haraye tayoh punar babhuva lila yamuna-taeshu tasyaito Her; dadaugave; deva-varahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; athathen; padmamthe lotus; radhaRadha; dadaugave; pita-paamyellow cloth; caand; vamshimflute; vetramstick; caand; tasmaito Him; haraye Lord Hari; tayohof Them; punahagain; babhuvawas; lilapastime; yamunataeshuon the shore of the Yamuna. Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, gave Her the lotus, Radha gave Lord Hari His flute, stick, and yellow cloth, and They continued to enjoy pastimes by the Yamuna's shone.

Text 50 tatash ca bhandiravane priyayas cakara shringaram alam manojnam patravaliyavaka-kajjaladyaih pushpaih su-ratnair vraja-gopa-ratnah tatahthen; caalso; bhandiravanein Bhandiravana; priyayahof His beloved; cakaradid; shringaramdecoration; alamgreatly; manojnam beautiful; patrapictures and designs; avali-many; yavakared lac; kajjalablack kajjala; adyaihbeginning with; pushpaihwith flowers; su-ratnaihwith beautiful jewels; vrajaof Vraja; gopaof the cowherd people; ratnahthe jewel. Then, in Bhandiravana forest, with many flowers, beautiful jewels, and pictures drawn in red yavaka, black kajjala, and many other colors, He who is the jewel of the Vraja-gopas beautifully decorated His beloved. Text 51 haresh ca shringaram alam prakartum samudyata tatra yada hi radha tadaiva krishnas tu babhuva balo vihaya kaishora-vapuh svayam hi harehof Lord Hari; caand; shringaramdecoration; alamgreatly; prakartum to do; samudyataeager; tatrathere; yadawhen; hiindeed; radhaRadha; tadathen; evacertainly; krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; babhuvabecame; balahchild; vihayaabandoning; kaishorateen-age; vapuhform; svayam personally; hiindeed. As Radha was about to decorate Him, Lord Krishna suddenly abandoned His teen-age form and again became an infant. Text 52 nandena dattam shishum eva yadrisham bhumau luhantam prarudantam ayayau harim vilokyashu rurodha radhika tanoshi mayam nu katham hare mayi nandenaby Nanda; dattamgiven; shishumchild; evaindeed; yadrisham like which; bhumauon the ground; luhantamcrawling; prarudantam

crying; ayayauwent; harimLord Hari; vilokyaseeing; ashuat once; rurodha cried; radhikaRadha; tanoshiYou manifest; mayamillusion; nuindeed; kathamwhy?; hareO Lord Hari; mayito Me. He became an infant crawling on the ground and crying, just as Nanda had given Him before. When She saw Lord Hari in this way, Shri Radhika cried out, "O Lord Hari, why do You show this illusion to Me?" Text 53 ittham rudantim sahasa vishanam akasha-vag aha tadaiva radham shocam nu radhe iha ma kuru tvam manorathas te bhaviya hi pashcat itthamthus; rudantimweeping; sahasaat once; vishaamdespondent; akashafrom the sky; vaka voice; ahaspoke; tadathen; evaindeed; radham to Radha; shocamlamentation; nuindeed; radheO Radha; ihahere; ma don't; kurudo; tvamYou; manorathahdesire; teYour; bhaviyawill be fulfilled; hiindeed; pashcatlater. As despondent Radha wept, a voice from the sky said, O Radha, don't lament. In time Your desire will be fulfilled." Text 54 shrutvatha radha hi harim grihitva gatashu gehe vraja-raja-patnyah dattva ca balam kila nanda-patnya uvaca dattah pathi te ca bhartra shrutvahearing; athathen; radhaRadha; hiindeed; harimLord Hari; grihitvataking; gatawent; ashuat once; gehehome; vraja-raja-patnyahof the wife of Vraja's king; dattvagiving; caalso; balamthe infant; kilaindeed; nanda-patnyawith Nanda's wife; uvacaspoke; dattahplaced; pathion the pathway; teof you; caalso; bhartraby Your husband. Hearing this, Radha took Lord Hari and quickly went to the home of Vraja's queen. Giving the child to Nanda's wife, She said, "Your husband gave Him to Me on the path." Text 55

uvaca radham nripa-nanda-gehini dhanyasi radhe vrishabhanu-kanyake tvaya shishur me parirakshito bhayan meghavrite vyomni bhayaturo vane uvacasaid; radhamto Radha; nripa-nanda-gehinithe wife of King Nanda; dhanyafortunate; asiYou are; radheO Radha; vrishabhanu-kanyakeO daughter of Vrishabhanu; tvayaby You; shishuhchild; memy; parirakshitah protected; bhayatfrom danger; meghaby clouds; avritecovered; vyomni when the sky; bhayaturahfearful; vanein the forest. King Nanda's wife said to Radha, "O Radha, O daughter of King Vrishabhanu, You are fortunate. When the sky was covered with clouds and my child became frightened in the forest, You protected Him." Text 56 sampujita shlaghita-sad-gua sa su-nandita shri-vrishabhanu-putri tada hy anujnapya yashomatim sa shanaih sva-geham hi jagama radha sampujitaworshiped; shlaghitapraised; sattranscendental; guavirtues; saShe; su-nanditavery pleased; shri-vrishabhanu-putriShri Vrishabhanu's daughter; tadathen; hiindeed; anuj 24apyataking permission; yashomatim from Yashoda; saShe; shanaihslowly; svato Her own; gehamhouse; hi indeed; jagamawent; radhaRadha. After She was greatly honored and Her transcendental virtues praised, Shri Vrishabhanu's happy daughter, taking permission from Mother Yashoda, slowly returned to Her own home. Text 57 ittham harer gupta-katha ca varita radha-vivahasya su-mangalavrita shruta ca yair va pahita ca pahita tan papa-vrinda na kada sprishanti itthamthus; harehof Lord Hari; guptasecret; kathanarrative; caalso; varitadescribed; radhawith Radha; vivahasyaof the wedding; su-mangalaavritafilled with great auspiciousness; shrutaheard; caalso; yaihby whom; va

heard; pahitaread silently; caand; pahitaread aloud; tanto them; papavrindaa host of sins; nanot; kadaever; sprishantitouch. Sins will never touch they who hear, read silently, or recite aloud this auspicious and confidential narration of the wedding of Shri Radha.

Chapter Seventeen Dadhi-steya-varana Description of the Yogurt Theft Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atah balau krisha-ramau gaura-shyamau manoharau lilaya cakratur alam sundaram nanda-mandiram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; atahthen; balauthe two boys; krisharamauKrisha and Balarama; gaura-shyamaufair and dark; manoharau charming; lilayawith pastimes; cakratuhdid; alammuch; sundaram handsome; nanda-mandiramNanda's palace. Shri Narada said: With Their pastimes the two handsome fair and dark boys, Krisha and Balarama, made Nanda's palace beautiful. Text 2 ringamanau ca janubhyam paibhyam saha maithila vrajatalpena kalena bruvantau madhuram vraje ringamanaucrawling; caalso; janubhyamwith knees; paibhyamhands; sahawith; maithilaO king of Mithila; vrajatagone; alpenaa little; kalena time; bruvantautalking; madhuramsweetly; vrajein Vraja. O king of Mithila, They crawled on Their hands and knees and soon They were speaking sweet words in Vraja.

Text 3 yashodaya ca rohiya lalitau poshitau shishu kada vinirgatav ankat kvacid ankam samasthitau yashodayaby Yashoda; caand; rohiyaRohii; lalitaucaressed; poshitau nourished; ishuthe two boys; kadawhen?; vinirgataugone; ankatfrom the lap; kvacitwhere?; ankama lap; samasthitaustaying. Yashoda and Rohii fed, fondled and caressed the two boys. When did the boys leave their laps? To whose lap did They go? Text 4 manjira-kinkini-ravam kurvantau tav itas tatah tri-lokim mohayantau dvau maya-balaka-vigrahau manjiraof anklets; kinkiniand bells; ravamsounds; kurvantaumaking; tau They; itas tatahhere and there; tri-lokimthe three worlds; mohayantau enchanting; dvauboth; mayaby the Yogamaya potency; balakachildren; vigrahauforms. Tinkling Their anklets and small bells, They enchanted the three worlds as They went here and there. By the influence of Their Yogamaya potency They manifested the forms of two small boys. Text 5 kridantam adaya shishum yashodajire luhantam vraja-balakaish ca tad-dhuli-lepavrita-dhusharangam cakre hy alam prokshaam adarea kridantamplaying; adayataking; shishumboy; yashoda Yashoda; ajirein the ourtyard; luhantamrolling about; vrajaof Vraja; balakaihwith the boys; ca and; tatof that; dhulidust; lepaointment; avritacovered; dhushara darkened; angamlimbs; cakreid; hiindeed; alamgreatly; prokshaam sprinkling; adareawith respect.

When her son's limbs were dark, anointed with dust by playing in the courtyard with the boys of Vraja, Yashoda took Him and bathed Him with great care. Text 6 janu-dvayabhyam ca samam karabhyam punar vrajan pranganam etya krishah matr-anka-deshe punar avrajan san babhau vraje keshari-bala-lilah janu-dvayabhyamboth knees; caand; samamwith; karabhyamboth hands; punahagain; vrajangoing; pranganamto the courtyard; etyagoing; krishahKrisha; matriof His mother; anka-desheon the lap; punahagain; avrajanreturning; sanbeing so; babhauwas splendidly manifested; vrajein Vraja; kesharilion; balacub; lilahpastimes. On His hands and knees crawling first to the courtyard and then to His mother's lap, Krisha was like a lion cub splendidly playing in Vraja. Text 7 tam sarvato haimana-citra-yuktam pitambaram kancukam adadhanam sphurat-prabham ratnamayam ca maulim drishva sutam prapa mudam yashoda tamHim; sarvatahcompletely; haimanagolden; citradesigns; yuktam endowed; pitambaram kancukamyellow garments; adadhanamwearing; sphurat-prabhamsplendid; ratnamayamjeweled; caand; maulimcrown; drishvaseeing; sutamher son; prapaattained; mudamhappiness; yashoda Yashoda. Gazing at her son dressed in yellow garments decorated with gold and splendid with a crown of jewels, Yashoda became happy. Text 8 balam mukundam ati-sundara-bala-kelim drishva param mudam avapur ativa gopyah shri-nanda-raja-vrajam etya griham vihaya sarvas tu vismrita-grihah sukha-vigrahas tah

balamchild; mukundamMukunda; ati-sundaravery handsome; bala childhood; kelimpastimes; drishvaseeing; paramgreat; mudamhappiness; avapuhattained; ativagreat; gopyahgopis; shri-nanda-raja-vrajamthe cowherd village of King Nanda; etyaattaining; grihamhome; vihayaleaving; sarvahall; tucertainly; vismritaforgotten; grihahhomes; sukhahappy; vigrahahforms; tahthey. Forgetting their homes, leaving them behind and coming to King Nanda's cowherd village, all the gopis gazed at the charming and playful child Mukunda and became very happy. Text 9 shri-nanda-raja-griha-kritrima-simha-rupam drishva vrajan pratiravan nripa bhiruvad yah nitva ca tam nija-sutam griham avrajantim gopyo vraje sa-ghriaya hy avadan yashodam shri-nanda-rajaof King Nanda; grihain the home; kritrimaartificial; simha lion; rupamform; drishvaseeing; vrajangoing; pratiravanroaring a challenge; nripaO king; bhiruvatfrightening; yahwho; nitvaleading; caand; tamHim; nijahis own; sutamson; grihamhome; avrajantimcoming; gopyah the gopis; vrajein Vraja; sa-ghriayawith compassion; hiindeed; avadan told; yashodamYashoda. When infant Krisha saw the statue of a lion at the entrance to King Nanda's home, He became frightened and began to cry. The gopis took Him inside and compassionately spoke to Yashoda. Text 10 shri-gopya ucuh kridartham capalam hy enam ma bahih karayanganat bala-kelim dugdha-mukham kaka-paksha-dharam shubhe shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; kridaplaying; arthamfor the purpose; capalamrestless; hiindeed; enamHe; madon't; bahihoutside; karayatake; anganatfrom the courtyard; balachild's; kelimplaying; dugdhamilk; mukham in His mouth; kakacrow's; pakshafeathers; dharamwearing; shubheO beautiful one.

The gopis said: O beautiful one, don't take this restless and playful boy decorated with crows' feathers and the milk still in His mouth out of the courtyard to play. Text 11 urdhva-danta-dvayam jatam purvam matula-dosha-dam asyapi matulo nasti te sutasya yashomati urdhvaupper; dantateeth; dvayamtwo; jatamborn; purvambefore; matulaof the maternal uncle; doshafault; damgiving; asyaof Him; apieven; matulahmaternal uncle; nanot; astiis; teof your; sutasyasun; yashomati O Yashoda. O Yashoda, your son's two front teeth have now appeared. Now his maternal uncle should perform a ceremony to ward off inauspiciousness, but your son has no maternal uncle. Text 12 tasmad danam tu kartavyam vighnanam nasha-hetave go-vipra-sura-sadhunam chandasam pujanam tatha tasmattherefore; danamcharity; tucertainly; kartavyamshould be given; vighnanamof obstacles; nashadestruction; hetavefor the cause; gahtp the cows; viprabrahmaas; surademigods; sadhunamand saintly devotees; chandasamVedic mantras; pujanamworship; tathaso. Therefore, to destroy all obstacles you should give charity, chant Vedic prayers, and worship the cows, brahmaas, demigods, and saintly devotees. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca tada yashoda-rohiyau suta-kalyana-hetave vastra-ratna-navannanam danam nityam ca cakratuh

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; yashoda-rohiyauYashoda and Rohii; sutaof the son; kalyana-hetavefor the auspiciousness; vastra garments; ratnajewels; navanew; annanamand grains; danam-charity; nityam regularly; caand; cakratuhdid. Then, to bring auspiciousness to their sons, Yashoda and Rohii regularly gave garments, jewels, and new grains in charity. Text 14 atha vraje rama-krishau bala-simhavalokanau padbhyam calantau ghosheshu vardhamanau babhuvatuh athathen; vrajein Vraja; ramaBalarama; krishauand Krisha; bala-simha lion cubs; avalokanauglance; padbhyamwith their feet; calantauwalking; ghosheshuin the cowherds' homes; vardhamanaugrowing; babhuvatuh became. Now walking on their two feet among the gopas's homes, and their glances like those of a lion's cub, Krisha and Balarama grew in the village of Vraja. Text 15 shridama-subaladyaish ca vayasyair vraja-balakaih yamuna-sikate shubhre luhantau sa-kutuhalau shridama-subaladyaihheaded by Shridama and Subala; caalso; vayasyaih with friends; vraja-balakaihthe boys of Vraja; yamunaof the Yamuna; sikateon the beach; shubhrebeautiful; luhantauwandering; sa-kutuhalauplaying. With the boys of Vraja, Their friends headed by Shridama and Subala, They played on the Yamuna's sandy shore. Text 16 kalindy-upavane shyamais tamalaih sa-ghanair vrite

kadamba-kunja-shobhadhye ceratu rama-keshvau kalindiof the Yamuna; upavanein the gardens; shyamaihwith dark; tamalaihtamala trees; sa-ghanaihsturdy; vritefilled; kadambaof kadamba trees; kunjagrove; shobhabeauty; adhyerich; ceratuhmoved; rama-keshvau Krisha and Balarama. In the Yamuna's forests opulent with kadamba groves and sturdy black tamala trees, Krisha and Balarama walked. Text 17 janayan gopa-gopinam anandam bala-lilaya vayasyaish corayam asa navanitam ghritam harih janayancreating; gopa-gopinamof the gopas and gopis; anandambliss; bala-lilayawith childhood pastimes; vayasyaihwith friends; corayam asastole; navanitambutter; ghritamand ghee; harihLord Hari. Delighting the gopas and gopis with His childhood pastimes, with His friends Lord Hari stole butter and ghee. Text 18 ekada hy upanandasya patni namna prabhavati shri-nanda-mandiram prapta yashodam praha gopika ekadaonce; hiindeed; upanandasyaof Upananda; patnithe wife; namna by name; prabhavatiPrabhavati; shri-nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; prapta come; yashodamto Yashoda; prahasaid; gopikathe gopi. One day Prabhavati-gopi, who was Upananda's wife, came to Nanda's palace and spoke to Yashoda. Text 19

shri-prabhavaty uvaca navanitam ghritam dugdham dadhim takram yashomati avayor bheda-rahitam tvat-prasadac ca me 'bhavat shri-prabhavati uvacaShri Prabhavati said; navanitambutter; ghritamghee; dugdhammilk; dadhimyogurt; takrambuttermilk; yashomatiYashoda; avayoh of us; bhedadifference; rahitamwithout; tvat-prasadatby your mercy; ca also; meof me; abhavatwas. Shri Prabhavati said: O Yashoda, for the two of us there is no separate property in butter, ghee, milk, yogurt, and buttermilk. By your kindness yours is also mine. Text 20 naham vadami canena steyam kutrapi shikshitam shiksham karoshi na sute navanita-mushi svatah nanot; ahamI; vadamisay; caalso; anenaby Him; steyamto be stolen; kutrapisomewhere; shikshitamtaught; shikshamteaching; karoshiyou do; na not; suteto your son; navanitabutter; mushistealing; svatahby Himself. I don't say you taught Him to steal. You didn't teach Him. Your son steals butter on His own. Text 21 yada maya krita shiksha tada dhrishas tavangajah gali-pradanam dattvayam dravati pranganan mama yadawhen; mayaby me; kritadone; shikshainstruction; tadathen; dhrishahbold; tavayour; angajahson; galibad words; pradanamgift; dattvagiving; ayamHe; dravatiruns; pranganatfrom the courtyard; mama my. When I try to give Him good instruction, Your arrogant son gives me bad words and runs from my courtyard.

Text 22 vrajadhishasya putro 'yam bhutva steyam samacaret na maya kathitam kincid yashode tava gauravat vrajadhishasyaof the king of Vraja; putrahthe son; ayamHe; bhutva having become; steyamtheft; samacaretmay perform; nanot; mayaby me; kathitamtold; kincitsomething; yashodeO Yashoda; tavafor you; gauravat out of respect. He is the son of Vraja's king. He should not steal. O Yashoda, there are some other things also that, out of respect for you, I have not told. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca shrutva prabhavati-vakyam yashoda nanda-gehini balam nirbhartsya tam aha samna prema-parayana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; prabhavati-vakyam Prabhavati's words; nandaNanda's; gehiniwife; balamthe boy; nirbhartsya rebuking; tamto Him; ahasaid; samnawith sweet words; prema-parayanafull of love. Shri Narada said: After hearing Prabhavati's words, Yashoda, the wife of Nanda, rebuked her son, and with great love gently spoke to Prabhavati. Text 24 shri-yashodovaca gavam koir grihe me 'sti gorasair arditacala na jane dadhi-mun balo natti so 'tra kadacana shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; gavamof cows; koihten million; grihein the home; meof me; astiis; gorasaihwith milk; arditaovercome;

acalacannot move; nanot; janeI know; dadhimilk; mukin the mouth; balah child; nanot; attieats; sahHe; atrahere; kadacanaever. Shri Yashoda said: I have ten million cows. There is so much yogurt in the house I cannot move. I do not know why my little boy never drinks any of the yogurt here. Text 25 anena mushitam gavyam tat-samam tvam grihaa me te shishau me shishau bhedo nasti kincit prabhavati anenaby Him; mushitamstolen; gavyamyogurt; tat-samamlike that; tvam you; grihaagive; meto me; teyour; shishauboy; memy; shishauboy; bhedahdifference; nanot; astiis; kincitat all; prabhavatiO Prabhavati. Bring this yogurt-thief to me. O Prabhavati, there is no difference between your son and my son. Text 26 navanita-mukham cainam atra tvam hy anayishyasi tada shiksham karishyami bhartsanam bandhanam tatha navanita-mukhambutter on His mouth; caalso; enamHim; atrahere; tvam you; hiindeed; anayishyasiwill bring; tadathen; shikshama lesson; karishyamiI will do; bhartsanamrebuke; bandhanamtying up; tathathen. You bring that boy here with butter in His mouth and I will give Him a lesson. I will scold Him and tie Him up. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca shrutva vakyam tada gopi prasanna griham agata ekada dadhi-cauryartham krishas tasya griham gatah

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; vakyamthese words; tadathen; gopithe gopi; prasannahappy; grihamhome; agatacame; ekada one day; dadhiof yogurt; cauryatheft; arthamfor the purpose; krishah Krisha; tasyaof her; grihamto the home; gatahwent. Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, the gopi became happy and went home. Then one day Krisha went to her home to steal yogurt. Text 28 vayasyair balakaih sardham parshva-kudye grihasya ca hastad dhastam sangrihitva shanaih krisho vivesha ha vayasyaihwith His friends; balakaihthe boys; sardhamwith; parshvaside; kudyeon the wall; grihasyaof the house; caalso; hastatby a hand; hastam to a hand; sangrihitvagrasping; shanaihgradually; krishahKrisha; vivesha ha entered. Grasping it with one hand after another, Krisha and His boy friends gradually scaled the outer wall and entered the courtyard. Text 29 shikya-stham gorasam drishva hastagrahyam harih svayam ulukhale pihake ca gopan sthapyaruroha tam shikya-sthamsuspended on ropes; gorasamyogurt; drishvaseeing; hastawith a hand; agrahyamnot graspable; harihLord Hari; svayampersonally; ulukhaleon a grinding-mortar; pihakefootstool; caand; gopanthe gopas; sthapyaplacing; arurohaclimbed; tamthat. Seeing the yogurt was in a jug hanging on ropes beyond His hand's reach, by arranging a footstool, a grinding mortar, and the gopa boys, Lord Hari climbed up to it. Text 30

tad api pramshunalabhyam gorasam shikya-samsthitam shridamna subalenapi dadenapi tatada ca tatthat; apiand; pramshunatall; alabhyamnot attainable; gorasam yogurt; shikya-samsthitamin the jug hanging on ropes; shridamnaby Shridama; subalenaby Subala; apialso; dadenawith a stick; apialso; tatadastruck; ca and. When even from that height the yogurt-jar hanging from ropes could not be reached, Shridama and Subala hit the jar with sticks. Text 31 bhagna-bhadat sarva-gavyam vahad bhumau manoharam jaghasa subalo markair balakaih saha madhavah bhagnabroken; bhadatfrom the jar; sarvaall; gavyamthe yogurt; vahat flowing; bhumauto the ground; manoharamcharming; jaghasaate; subalah Subala; markaihwith the monkeys; balakaihthe boys; sahawith; madhavah Krisha. As all the beautiful yogurt flowed from the broken jug to the ground, Krisha, Subala, the boys, and some monkeys, all ate it. Text 32 bhagna-bhada-svanam shrutva prapta gopi prabhavati palayiteshu baleshu jagraha shri-karam hareh bhagnabroken; bhadajug; svanamthe sound; shrutvahearing; prapta came; gopithe gopi; prabhavatiPrabhavati; palayiteshufled; baleshuwhen the boys; jagrahagrabbed; shri-karamthe beautiful hand; harehof Lord Hari. Hearing the sound of the jug breaking, the gopi Prabhavati came. As the boys fled, she grabbed Lord Hari's beautiful hand.

Text 33 nitva mrishashru bhirum ca gacchanti nanda-mandiram agre nandam sthitam drishva mukhe vastram cakara ha nitvabringing; mrishafalse; ashrutears; bhirumfrightened; caand; gacchantigoing; nandaNanda's; mandiramto the palace; agrebefore; nandamNanda; sthitamstanding; drishvaseeing; mukhein the mouth; vastramcloth; cakaradid; haindeed. As frightened Krisha shed false tears, she brought Him to Nanda's palace. Seeing Nanda standing there, she covered Krisha's face with the edge of His garment. Text 34 harir vicintayann ittham mata dadam pradasyati dadhara tad-bala-rupam svacchanda-gatir ishvarah harihLord Hari; vicintayanthinking; itthamthus; mataHis mother; dadam a stick; pradasyatigave; dadharamanifested; tad-bala-rupamthat child's form; svacchanda-gatihindependent; ishvarahSupreme Controller. Lord Hari thought, "My mother will hit Me with a stick." The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can do whatever He likes, then manifested the form of Prabhavati's son. Text 35 sa yashoda sametyashu praha gopi rushanvita bhadam bhagni-kritam sarvam mushitam dadhy anena vai sashe; yashodaYashoda; sametyacoming; ashuquickly; prahasaid; gopi gopi; rushanvitaangry; bhadamthe jug; bhagni-kritambroken; sarvam everything; mushitamstolen; dadhiyogurt; anenaby Him; vaicertainly.

Yashoda quickly came. The angry gopi said, "He broke a jug and stole all the yogurt in it." Text 36 yashoda tat-sutam vikshya hasanti praha gopikam vastrantam ca mukhad gopi duri-kritya vadamhasah yashodaYashoda; tat-sutamher son; vikshyalooking; hasantilaughing; prahasaid; gopikamto the gopi; vastragarment; antamend; caand; mukhat from the mouth; gopithe gopi; duri-krityataking far away; vadatell; amhasah the offense. Seeing Her son, Yashoda smiled and said to the gopi, O gopi, take the edge of the garment from His face and tell the mischief He has done. Text 37 apavado yada deyo nirvasam kuru me purat yushmat-putra-kritam cauryam asmat-putra-kritam bhavet apavadahthe account of His offense; yadawhen; deyahgiven; nirvasam sending away; kurudo; meof me; puratfrom the house; yushmatyour; putra son; kritamdone; cauryamtheft; asmatmy; putrason; kritamdone; bhavetmay be. "When it may be said my son has done mischief you may throw Him out of my house. Your son did the theft you say my son did." Text 38 jana-lajja-samayukta duri-kritya mukhambaram sapi praha nijam balam vikshya vismita-manasa

janaof the people; lajjaembarrassment; samayuktawith; duri-krityaput far away; mukhaface; ambaramcloth; sashe; apialso; prahasaid; nijamto her own; balamboy; vikshyalooking; vismitasurprised; manasaheart. Ashamed of what people might think, she took the cloth from His face. Seeing her own son, she was surprised at heart and said: Text 39 nishpadas tvam kutah prapto vraja-saro 'sti me kare vadantittham ca tam nitva nirgata nanda-mandirat nishpadahwithout walking; tvamyou; kutahhow?; praptahcome; vrajaof Vraja; sarahthe treasure; astiis; meof me; karein the hand; vadantisaying; itthamthus; caand; tamhim; nitvabringing; nirgataleft; nandaof Nanda; mandiratthe palace. "How did you come here without walking? I have the treasure of Vraja in my hand!" Saying this, and taking him with her, she left Nanda's palace. Text 40 yashoda rohii nando ramo gopash ca gopikah jahasuh kathayantas te drisho 'nyayo vraje mahan yashodaYashoda; rohiiRohii; nandahNanda; ramahBalarama; gopah the gopas; caand; gopikahgopis; jahasuhlaughed; kathayantahtalking; te they; drishahseen; anyayahinjustice; vrajein Vraja; mahangreat. Yashoda, Rohii, Nanda, Balarama, and the gopas and gopis laughed, saying, "Today we saw a great injustice in Vraja." Text 41 bhagavams tu bahir vithyam bhutva shri-nanda-nandanah prahasan gopikam praha

dhrishangash cancalekshaah bhagavanthe Lord; tucertainly; bahihoutside; vithyamon the path; bhutvabecoming; shri-nanda-nandanahthe son of Nanda; prahasanlaughing; gopikamto a gopi; prahasaid; dhrishangahbold; cancalarestless; ikshaah eyes. On the path outside again becoming Nanda's son, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, smiling, confident, and His eyes restless, spoke to the gopi Prabhavati. Text 42 shri-bhagavan uvaca punar mam yadi grihasi kadacit tvam he gopike te bhartri-rupas tu tada bhavishyami na samshayah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; punahagain; mamto Me; yadiif; grihasiyou are kind; kadacitsometime; tvamyou; he gopikeO gopi; teof you; bhartriof the husband; rupahin the form; tu certainly; tadathen; bhavishyamiI will become; nanot; samshayahdoubt. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O gopi, if you capture Me again, I will take the form of your husband. There is no doubt of it. Text 43 shri-narada uvaca shrutva sa vismita gopi gata gehe 'tha maithila tada sarva-grihe gopyo na grihanti harim hriya shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; sashe; vismita struck with wonder; gopithe gopi; gatawent; gehehome; athathen; maithila O king of Mithila; tadathen; sarva-grihein every home; gopyahthe gopis; na not; grihantitook; harimLord Hari; hriyaout of embarrassment. O king of Mithila, when she heard this, the astonished gopi went home. From then on, in every home, impelled by fear of embarrassment, the gopis would not capture Krisha. .pa

Chapter Eighteen Brahmada-darshanam Vision of the Universal Form Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopi-griheshu vicaran navanita-caurah shyamo manohara-vapur nava-kanja-netrah shri-bala-candra iva vriddhi-gato naraam cittam harann iva cakara vraje ca shobham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gopiof the gopis; griheshuin the homes; vicaranthinking; navanitaof butter; caurahthe thief; shyamahdark; manoharacharming; vapuhform; navanew; kanjalotus; netraheyes; shri handsome; balarising; candrahmoon; ivalike; vriddhi-gatahfull; naraamof men; cittamthe heart; haranstealing; ivalike; cakaradid; vrajein Vraja; ca also; shobhambeauty. Shri Narada said: Wandering from one to another of the gopis' homes and stealing the hearts of the cowherd people, that charming, handsome, blossominglotus-eyed dark butter-thief, like a rising full moon, brought great beauty to Vraja. Text 2 shri-nanda-nandanam ativa calam grihitva geham nidhaya mumuhur nava-nanda-gopah sat-kandukaish ca satatam paripalayanto gayanta urjita-sukha na jagat smarantah shri-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; ativavery; calamrestless; grihitva taking; gehamhome; nidhayaplacing; mumuhuhbecame enchanted; navananda-gopahthe nine Nanda-gopas; sat-kandukaihwith toy balls; caand; satatamalways; paripalayantahprotecting; gayantahsinging; urjita-sukhah very happy; nanot; jagatthe world; smarantahremembering. Taking Nanda's restless ball-playing son into their homes, protecting Him, feeding Him, singing His glories, and so happy they did not remember anything else in the world, the nine Nanda-gopas were completely enchanted.

Text 3 shri-rajovaca navopananda-namani vada deva-rishe mama aho bhagyam tu yesham vai te purvam ke ihagatah tatha shad-vrishabhanunam karmai mangalani ca shri-raja uvacathe king said; nava-upananda-namaninamed the nine Upanandas; vadatell; deva-risheO sage of the demigods; mamato me; ahah Oh; bhagyamgood fortune; tuindeed; yeshamof whom; vaiindeed; tethey; purvambefore; kewho?; ihahere; agataharrived; tathaso; shadvrishabhanunamof the six Vrishabhanus; karmaiactivities; mangalani auspicious; caand. The king said: Who were the fortunate nine Upanandas in their previous birth? What were the auspicious deeds of the six Vrishabhanus? O sage of the demigods, please tell me. Texts 4 and 5 shri-narada uvaca gayash ca vimalah shrishah shridharo mangalayanah mangalo rangavallisho rangojir devanayakah nanda-nandash ca kathita babhuvur gokule vraje shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gayahGaya; caand; vimalahVimala; shrishahShrisha; shridharahShridhara; mangalayanahMangalayana; mangalah Mangala; rangavallishahRangavallisha; rangojihRangoji; devanayakah Devanayaka; nava-nandahthe nine Nandas; caalso; kathitahsaid; babhuvuh were; gokulein Gokula; vrajein Vraja. Shri Narada said: Gaya, Vimala, Shrisha, Shridhara, Mangalayana, Mangala, Rangavallisha, Rangoji, and Devanayaka were the nine Nandas in Gokula Vraja. Text 6

vitihotro 'gni-bhuk sambah shrikaro gopatih shrutah vrajeshah pavanah shanta upanandah prakirtitah vitihotrahVitihotre; agnibhukAgnibhuk; sambahSamba; shrikarah Shrikara; gopatihGopati; shrutahSruta; vrajeshahVrajesa; pavanahPavana; shantas+Santa; upanandahthe Upanandas; prakirtitahwere said. Vitihotra, Agnibhuk, Samba, Shrikara, Gopati, Shruta, Vrajesha, Pavana, and Shanta were called the Upanandas. Text 7 nitivin margadah shuklah patango divyavahanah gopeshtash ca vraje rajan jatah shad-vrishabhanavah nitivinNitivin; margadahMargada; shuklahSukla; patangahPatanga; divyavahanahDivyavahana; gopeshtahGopesta; caand;' vrajein Vraja; rajan O king; jatahborn; shad-vrishabhanavahthe six Vrishabhanus. Nitivin, Margada, Shukla, Patanga, Divyavahana, and Gopesha were the six Vrishabhanus in Vraja, O king. Text 8 goloke krishacandrasya nikunja-dvaram ashritah vetra-hastah shyamalanga nava-nandash ca te smritah golokein Goloka; krishacandrasyaof Lord Krishacandra; nikunja-dvaram two groves. ashritahsheltered; vetra-hastahwith sticks in their hands; shyamalangahdark bodies; nava-nandahthe nine Nandas; caalso; tethey; smritahremembered. Smriti-shastra explains that the nine Nandas, who have dark complexions and hold sticks in their hands, reside in two forest-groves in Lord Krishacandra's Goloka.

Text 9 nikunje koisho gavas tasam palana-tat-parah vamshi-mayura-pakshadhya upanandash ca te smritah nikunjein the forest grove; koishahmillions; gavahof cows; tasamof them; palanato protection; tat-parahdevoted; vamshiflutes; mayura-paksha and peacock feathers; adhyahwealthy; upanandahthe Upanandas; caalso; te they; smritahremembered. Smriti-shastra explains that the nine Nandas, wealthy in flutes and peacock feathers, are devoted to protecting the millions of cows in their forest grove. Text 10 nikunja-durga-rakshayam dada-pasha-dharah sthitah shad-dvaram asthitah shad vai kathita vrishabhavanah nikunjathe forest grove; durgaof the fortress; rakshayamin protection; dadasticks; pashaand nooses; dharahholding; sthitahstanding; shaddvaramsix gates; asthitahsituated; shadsix; vaiindeed; kathitahcalled; vrishabhavanahthe Vrishabhanus. The men who, holding sticks and nooses, stand at six gates to protect the fortress of this forest grove are called the six Vrishabhanus. Text 11 shri-krishasyecchaya sarvam golokad agata bhuvi tesham prabhavam vaktum hi na samarthash catur-mukhah shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; icchayaby the desire; sarvamall; golokat from Goloka; agatahcame; bhuvito the earth; teshamof them; prabhavam the glory; vaktumto say; hiindeed; nanot; samarthahBrahma; catur-mukhah who has four mouths.

By Lord Krisha's wish they all went from Goloka to this earth. Even the demigod Brahma is not able to describe their glories. Text 12 aham kim u vadishyami tesham bhagyam mahodayam yesham aroham asthaya bala-kelir babhau harih ahamI; kim uhow?; vadishyamiwill describe; teshamof them; bhagyam the good fortune; maha-udayamgreat; yeshamof whom; arohamthe exalted position; asthayaaccepting; balachildhood; kelihpastimes; babhau manifested; harihLord Hari. How can I describe their good fortune? As He manifested His childhood pastimes, Lord Hari treated them with great respect. Text 13 ekada yamuna-tire mrit krishenavalidhita yashodam balakah prahur atti balo mridam tava ekadaone day; yamuna-tireon the shore of the Yamuna; mritclay; krishenaby Lord Krisha; avalidhitawas eaten; yashodamto Yashoda; balakah the boys; prahuhsaid; attiate; balahthe boy; mridamclay; tavayour. One day Krisha ate clay on the Yamuna's bank. The boys said to Yashoda, "Your boy ate clay." Text 14 balabhadre ca vadati tada sa nanda-gehini kare grihitva sva-sutam bhiru-netram uvaca ha balabhadrewhen Balarama; caalso; vadatisaid; tadathen; sashe; nanda-gehiniNanda's wife; kareby the hand; grihitvataking; svaown; sutam son; bhirufrightened; netrameyes; uvaca hasaid.

When Balarama also said it, Nanda's wife took her frightened-eyed son by the hand and spoke to Him. Text 15 shri-yasodovaca kasman mridam bhakshitavan rasajno bhavan vayasyash ca vadanti sakshat jyayan balo 'yam vadati prasiddham ma evam artham na jahati neshum shri-yasoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; kasmatwhy?; mridamclay; bhakshitavanate; rasajnahwho knows what is good to eat; bhavanYou; vayasyahfriends; caalso; vadantisay; sakshatdirectly; jyayanelder brother; balahBalarama; ayamHe; vadatisays; prasiddhamproved; maO mother; evamin this way; arthammeaning; nanot; jahatiabandons; neshumclay. Shri Yashoda said: Why did You, who know what is good to eat, eat clay? Your friends say You did. Your elder brother Balarama said, "O mother, it is true. He would not leave the clay." Text 16 shri-bhagavan uvaca sarve mrisha-vada-rata vrajarbhaka matar maya kvapi na mrit prabhakshita yada samicinam anena vak-patham tada mukham pashya madiyam anjasa shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; sarveall; mrisha-vada-ratahlying; vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; matahO mother; mayaby Me; kvapiever; nanot; mritclay; prabhakshitaeaten; yadawhen; samicinamtruth; anenaby this; vak-pathamwords; tadathen; mukham mouth; pashyalook; madiyamMy; anjasaat once. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The boys of Vraja are all lying. I never ate clay. I speak the truth. Look in My mouth. Text 17

shri-narada uvaca atha gopi balakasya pashyanti sundaram mukham prasaritam ca dadrishe brahmadam racitam guaih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; gopithe gopi; balakasyaof the boy; pashyantilooking; sundaramhandsome; mukhammouth; prasaritam manifested; caand; dadrishesaw; brahmadamthe universe; racitam created; guaihby the modes of nature. Shri Narada said: When the gopi looked in her boy's handsome mouth she saw the entire material universe created by the modes of nature. Texts 18 and 19 sapta-dvipan sapta-sindhun sa-khadan sa-girin dridhan a-brahmalokal lokams trin svatmabhih sa-vrajaih saha drishva nimilitakshi sa bhutva shri-yamuna-tae balo 'yam me harih sakshad iti jnanamayi hy abhut sapta-dvipanseven continents; sapta-sindhunseven oceans; sa-khadan with their divisions; sa-girinwith mountains; dridhangreat; a-brahmalokatfrom Brahmaloka; lokanplanets; trinthree; svatmabhihwith her relatives; sa-vrajaih the people of Vraja; sahawith; drishvaseeing; nimilitaclosed; akshieyes; sashe; bhutvabecoming; shri-yamuna-taeon the shore of the Yamuna; balah boy; ayamthis; memy; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; itithus; jnanamayihaving the knowledge; hiindeed; abhutbecame. Seeing there the seven continents, seven oceans, the many countries and great mountain ranges, the three planetary systems up to Brahmaloka, her own relatives, and the people of Vraja, she closed her eyes as she stood by the Yamuna's shore. Then she understood, "My boy is Lord Hari Himself!" Text 20 tada jahasa shri-krisho mohayann iva mayaya yashoda vaibhavam drisham

na sasmara gata-smritih tadathen; jahasasmiled; shri-krishahLord Krisha; mohayanbewildering; ivaas if; mayayawith His Yogamaya potency; yashodaYashoda; vaibhavam glory; drishamseen; nanot; sasmararemembered; gatagone; smritih memory. Then, as if He were casting a spell on her with His Yogamaya potency, Shri Krisha smiled. From that moment Yashoda could not remember the glory and opulence she had seen. She forgot everything. .pa

Chapter Nineteen Yamalarjuna-bhanga Breaking of the Two Arjuna Trees Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada gokule gopyo mamanthur dadhi sarvatah grihe grihe pragayantyo gopala-caritam param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaone day; gokulein Gokula; gopyahthe gopis; mamanthuhchurned; dadhiyogurt; sarvatahcompletely; grihe grihein home after home; pragayantyahsinging; gopalaof Gopala; caritamthe pastimes; paramtranscendental. Shri Narada said: Churning yogurt in their Gokula homes, the gopis sang of Lord Gopala's transcendental pastimes, Text 2 yashodapi samutthaya pratah shri-nanda-mandire bhade gavyam vinikshipya mamantha dadhi sundari yashodaYashoda; apialso; samutthayarising; pratahin the morning; shrinanda-mandirein Nanda's palace; bhadeon a jug; gavyammilk products; vinikshipyaplacing; mamanthachurned; dadhiyogurt; sundaribeautiful.

Rising early in Nanda's palace, beautiful Yashoda put yogurt in a jug and churned it. Text 3 manjira-ravam sankurvan balah shri-nanda-nandanah nanarta navanitartham gavyadana-kutuhalat manjiraof her anklets; ravamsound; sankurvanmaking; balahboy; shrinanda-nandanahNanda's son; nanartadanced; navanitabutter; arthamfor; gavyamilk products; adanataking; kutuhalatbecause of eagerness. His anklets jingling, Nanda's son eagerly danced to get some butter. Text 4 bala-kelir babhau nrityan matuh parshvam anubhraman sunadi-kinkini-sanghajhankaram karayan muhuh balachild; kelihpastimes; babhaumanifested; nrityandancing; matuhof His mother; parshvamthe side; anubhramanfollowing; sunadimelodious; kinkinitinkling ornaments; sanghamultitude; jhankaramtinkling; karayan making; muhuhagain and again. Dancing, following His mother, and making His ornaments jingle sweetly, He played as a child. Text 5 haiyangavinam satatam navinam yacan sa matur madhuram bruvan sah adaya haste 'shmasutam rusha su-dhir bibheda krisho dadhi-mantha-patram haiyangavinambutter; satatamrepeatedly; navinamfresh; yacanbegging; sahHe; matuhof His mother; madhuramsweetly; bruvansaying; sahHe; adayataking; hastein His hand; ashmasutamemerald; rushawith anger; su-

dhihintelligent; bibhedabroke; churning; patramjug.

krishahKrisha;

dadhiyogurt;

mantha

After again and again begging His mother for some fresh butter, intelligent Krisha finally took an emerald in His hand and angrily broke the yogurt-churn. Text 6 palayamanam sva-sutam yashoda prabhavati prapa na hasta-matrat yogishvaraam api yo durapah katham sa matur grahae prayati palayamanamfleeing; svaown; sutamson; yashodaYashoda; prabhavatisplendid; prapaattained; nanot; hastaa hand; matratonly; yogi of the yogis; ishvaraamof the kings; apialso; yahwho; durapahcannot be attained; kathamhow?; sahHe; matuhof His mother; grahaein the grip; prayatigoes. Beautiful Yashoda could not catch her fleeing son, for He was always a hand's length away. Even the kings of the yogis cannot attain Him. Why should He fall in His mother's grip? Text 7 tathapi bhakteshu ca bhakta-vashyata pradarshita shri-haria nripeshvara balam grihitva sva-sutam yashomati babandha rajjvatha rusha hy ulukhale tathapinevertheless; bhakteshuamong the devotees; caalso; bhaktaby the devotees; vashyatacontrol; pradarshitarevealed; shri-hariaby Lord Hari; nripa-ishvaraO king of kings; balamthe boy; grihitvagrasping; sva-sutamher own son; yashomatiYashoda; babandhabound; rajjvawith rope; athathen; rushaangrily; hiindeed; ulukhaleto the grinding mortar. O king of kings, then Lord Hari showed that He places Himself under the control of His devotees. Yashoda caught her son and angrily tied Him with rope to the grinding mortar. Text 8

adaya yad yad bahu dama tat tat sv-alpam prabhutam sva-sute yashoda guair na baddhah prakriteh paro yah katham sa baddho bhavatiha damna adayataking; yad yatwhatever; bahugreat; damarope; tat tatthat; su very; alpamsmall; prabhutambecome; sva-suteon her son; yashodaYashoda; guaihwith ropes; nanot; baddhahbound; prakritehthe material world; parah above; yahwho; kathamhow?; sahHe; baddhahbound; bhavatiis; iha here; damnawith rope. The ropes all became very small on her son. He who is beyond the material world cannot be bound with rope. How can He be bound with rope? Text 9 yada yashoda gata-bandhaneccha khinna nishaa nripa khinna-manasa asit tadayam kripaya sva-bandhe svacchanda-yanah sva-vasho 'pi krishah yadawhen; yashodaYashoda; gatagone; bandhanabinding; icchadesire; khinnadepressed; nishaamorose; nripaO king; khinnaunhappy; manasa at heart; asitwas; tadathen; ayamHe; kripayamercifully; sva-bandhein His bondage; svacchanda-yanahindependent; sva-vashahindependent; apieven; krishahKrisha. When, frustrated and depressed, Yashoda stopped trying, then independent Krisha kindly allowed her to bind Him. Text 10 esha prasado na hi vita-karmaam na jnaninam karma-dhiyam kutah punah matur yathabhun nripa esha tasman muktim vyadhad bhaktim alam na madhavah eshahthis; prasadahkindness; nanot; hiindeed; vitaabandoned; karmaamfruitive work; nanot; jnaninamof the philosophers; karmawork; dhiyamconception; kutahwhere? punahagain; matuhof His mother; yatha as; abhutbecame; nripaO king; eshahthis; tasmatfrom this; muktim liberation; vyadhatgave; bhaktimdevotional service; alamgreatly; nanot; madhavahKrisha.

O king, the mercy He gave His mother He never gave to the renunciants and philosophers, what to speak of the fruitive workers. Lord Krisha gives them liberation, not devotional service. Text 11 tadaiva gopyas tu samagatas tvaram drishvatha bhagnam dadhi-mantha-bhajanam ulukhale baddham ativa damabhir bhitam shishum vikshya jagur ghriaturah tadathen; evaindeed; gopyahgopis; tuindeed; samagataharrived; tvaramquickly; drishvaseeing; athathen; bhagnambroken; dadhiyogurt; manthachurning; bhajanamjug; ulukhaleon the grinding mortar; baddham bound; ativagreatly; damabhihwith ropes; bhitamfrightened; shishumchild; vikshyaseeing; jaguhsang; ghriawith kindness; aturahovercome. The gopis quickly came. Seeing the broken yogurt-churn and the frightened child tightly bound with ropes to the grinding mortar, they became filled with compassion and spoke. Text 12 shri-gopya ucuh asmad-griheshu patrai bhinatti satatam shishuh tad apy enam no vadamah karuyan nanda-gehini shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; asmatour; griheshuin the homes; patrai jugs; bhinattibreak; satatamalways; shishuhchild; tad apistill; enamHim; nanot; uindeed; vadamahwe say; karuyatout of compassion; nandaof Nanda; gehiniO wife. The gopis said: In our homes the children break these clay jugs all the time. O wife of Nanda, we say that you are not kind. Text 13 gata-vyathe hy akarue

yashode he vrajeshvari yashya nirbhartsito balas tvaya baddho ghaa-kshayat gatagone; vyatheanxiety; hiindeed; akarueunkind; yashodeO Yashoda; heO; vrajeshvariqueen of Vraja; yashyawith a stick; nirbhartsitah punished; balahboy; tvayaby you; baddhahbound; ghaaa jug; kshayat because of breaking. O cold, merciless Yashoda, O queen of Vraja, you beat this boy with a stick and tied Him up only because He broke a clay jug. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca ity uktayam yashodayam vyagrayam griha-karmasu karshann ulukhalam krisho balaih shri-yamunam yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktayamsaid; yashodayam when Yashoda; vyagrayam-agitated; griha-karmasuin housework; karshan pulling; ulukhalamthe grinding mortar; krishahKrisha; balaihwith friends; shri-yamunamto the Yamuna; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After this was spoken and Yashoda became absorbed in her housework, Krisha, dragging the mortar along, went with the boys to the Yamuna. Text 15 tat-tae ca maha-vrikshau puraau yamalarjunau tayor madhye gatah krisho hasan damodarah prabhuh tat-taeon its shore; caalso; maha-vrikshautwo great trees; puraauold; yamalatwin; arjunauarjuna trees; tayohof them; madhyein the middle; gatahgone; krishahKrisha; hasansmiling; damodarahHis belly bound by a rope; prabhuhthe Lord. His belly bound with a rope, smiling Lord Krisha wandered between two great old arjuna trees by the Yamuna's shore.

Text 16 cakarsha sahasa krishas tiryag-gatam ulukhalam karshaena sa-mulau dvau petatur bhumi-madale cakarshapulled; sahasaat once; krishahKrisha; tiryak-gatamsideways; ulukhalamgrinding mortar; karshaenaby pulling; sa-mulauwith their roots; dvauboth; petatuhfell; bhumi-madaleto the ground. Krisha tugged at the sideways grinding mortar. By His tug the two trees were uprooted and fell to the ground. Text 17 patatenapi sabdo 'bhut pracado vajra-patavat vinirgatau ca vrikshabhyam devau dvav edhaso 'gni-vat patatenaby the falling; apialso; shabdahsound; abhutwas; pracadah violent; vajra-patavatlike a thunderbolt; vinirgatauemerged; caalso; vrikshabhyamfrom the two trees; devaudemigods; dvautwo; edhasah agni-vat effulgent as fires. The violent sound of their falling was like thunder. From the two trees emerged two demigods splendid as fire. Text 18 damodaram parikramya padau sprishau sva-maulina kritanjali harim natva tau tu tat-sammukhe sthitau damarope; udarambelly; parikramyacircumambulating; padaufeet; sprishautouching; sva-maulinawith their helmets; kritanjaliwith folded hands; harimto Lord Hari; natvaoffering obeisances; tauthey; tuindeed; tatsammukhein His presence; sthitaustood.

Circumambulating Lord Damodara, touching His feet with their helmets, and offering obeisances to Him, the two demigods stood before Him with folded hands. Text 19 shri-devav ucatuh avam muktau brahma-dadat sadyas te 'cyuta darshanat mabhut te nija-bhaktanam helanam hy avayor hare shri-devau ucatuhthe demigods said; avamwe; muktauliberated; brahmadadatfrom the punishment of a brahmaa; sadyahat once; teby You; acyuta O infallible Lord; darshanatby the sight; manot; abhutwas; teof You; nijabhaktanamof the devotees; helanaminsult; hiindeed; avayohof us; hareO Lord Hari. The two demigods said: O infallible Lord, by seeing You we are now free from a brahmaa's punishment. We should not have offended Your devotees. Text 20 karua-nidhaye tubhyam jagan-mangala-shiline damodaraya krishaya govindaya namo namah karuaof mercy; tubhyamto You; jagatof the universes; mangala auspiciousness; shilinewhose nature; damodarayawhose belly is bound with a rope; krishayato Lord Krisha; govindayathe pleasure of the cows, land, and senses; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. Obeisances, obeisances to You, Lord Krisha, the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses, the auspiciousness of the worlds, an ocean of mercy, the Lord whose belly is bound with a rope! Text 21 shri-narada uvaca iti natva harim tau dvau udicim ca disham gatau tadaiva hy agatah sarve

nandadya bhaya-katarah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; tau dvauto them; udicimnorth; caalso; dishamdirection; gataugone; tadathen; evaindeed; hiindeed; agatahcome; sarveall; nandadyahheaded by Nanda Maharaja; bhaya-katarahfrightened. Shri Narada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari, the two demigods left for the north. Then, headed by Nanda Maharaja, the frightened cowherd people arrived. Text 22 katham vrikshau prapatitau vina vatam vrajarbhakah vadatashu tada bala ucuh sarve vrajaukasah kathamhow?; vrikshautwo trees; prapatitauthrown down; vinawithout; vatamwind; vrajaof Vraja; arbhakahO children; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; tadathen; balahthe boys; ucuhsaid; sarveall; vrajain Vraja; okasah who had homes. When they were asked, "How did these two trees fall down without any wind? O children of Vraja, please tell us," the children of Vraja spoke. Text 23 shri-bala ucuh anena patitau vrikshau tabhyam dvau purushau sthitau enam natva gatav adya tav udicyam sphurat-prabhau shri-balah ucuhthe children said; anenaby Him; patitauthrown down; vrikshauthe two trees; tabhyamfrom them; dvautwo; purushaumen; sthitau standing; enamto Him; natvabowing down; gataugone; adyanow; tau they; udicyamto the north; sphurat-prabhaueffulgent. The children said: Krisha made the two trees fall. From the trees two effulgent men came. They bowed down to Krisha and then went to the north. Text 24

shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vacas tesham na te shraddadhire tatah mumoca nandah svam balam damna baddham ulukhale shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; teshamof them; nanot; tethey; shraddadhirebelieved; tatahthen; mumocareleased; nandahNanda; svamown; balamboy; damnaby ropes; baddhambound; ulukhaleto the grinding mortar. Shri Narada said: The gopas did not believe what they heard from the boys. Then Nanda untied His boy bound to the grinding mortar with ropes. Text 25 samlalayan svanka-deshe samaghraya shishum nripa nirbhartsya bhaminim nando viprebhyo go-shatam dadau samlalayancaressing; svanka-desheon his lap; samaghrayasmelling; shishumhis boy; nripaO king; nirbhartsyarebuking; bhaminimhis wife; nandahNanda; viprebhyahto the brahmaas; gahof cows; shatama hundred; dadaugave. Then Nanda placed his boy on his lap, embraced Him, smelled Him, rebuked his wife, and gave a hundred cows in charity to the brahmaas. Text 26 shri-bahulashva uvaca kav imau purushau divyau vada devarshi-sattama kena doshea vrikshatvam prapitau yamalarjunau shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kauwho?; imauthey; purushaupersons; divyaueffulgent; vadatell; devarshi-sattamaO best of the demigod sages; kenaby what?; dosheafault; vrikshatvamthe state of being trees; prapitauattained; yamala-arjunautwo arjuna trees.

Shri Bahulashva said: Who were those two effulgent men? O best of the demigod sages, please tell me. Because of what sin did they become two arjuna trees? Text 27 shri-narada uvaca nalakuvara-maigrivau raja-raja-sutau parau jagmatur nandana-vanam mandakinyas tae sthitau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; nalakuvara-maigrivauNalakuvara and Maigrivau; raja-raja-sutauthe sons of the great king of kings; paraugreat; jagmatuhwent; nandana-vanamto the Nandana forest; mandakinyahof the celestial Ganges; taeon the shore; sthitausituated. Shri Narada said: They were the two demigods Nalakuvara and Maigriva, the two demigod sons of the great king (Kuvera). (One day) they both went to the Nandana forest by the shore of the celestial Ganges. Text 28 apsarobhir giyamanau ceratur gata-vasasau varui-madira-mattau yuvanau dravya-darpitau apsarobhihby apsaras; giyamanausung; ceratuhwent; gata-vasasau without clothing; varui-madiraby varui wine; mattauintoxicated; yuvanau young; dravyaof their possessions; darpitauproud. Drunk on varui wine and proud of their possesions, they walked naked as many apsaras sang to them. Text 29 kadacid devalo nama munindro veda-paragah nagnau drishva ca tav aha dusha-shilau gata-smriti

kadacitone time; devalahDevala; namanamed; muni-indrahthe king of sages; vedaof the Vedas; parato the farther shore; gahgone; nagnauthe two naked men; drishvaseeing; caand; tauto them; ahasaid; dusha-shilau wicked; gata-smritiforgetful. One day the great sage named Devala, who had gone to the farther shore of the Vedas, saw the two degenerate, naked, forgetful men and spoke to them. Text 30 shri-devala uvaca yuvam vriksha-samau drishau nirlajjau dravya-darpitau tasmad vrikshau tu bhuyas tam varshaam shatakam bhuvi shri-devalah uvacaShri Devala said; yuvamyou both; vrikshatrees; samau equal to; drishauseen; nirlajjauwithout shame; dravya-darpitauproud of possessions; tasmatthen; vrikshautrees; tuindeed; bhuyahbecome; tam that; varshaamof years; shatakama hundred; bhuvion the earth. Shri Devala Muni said: I see You two shameless and proud men have become like trees. For this reason you will now be trees for a hundred years on the earth. Text 31 dvaparante bharate ca mathure vraja-madale kalinda-nandini-tire mahavana-samipatah paripuratamam sakshat krisham damodaram harim goloka-natham tam drishva purva-rupau bhavishyathah dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bharatein Bharata-varsha; ca also; mathurein Mathura; vraja-madalein the circle of Vraja; kalinda-nandinitireon the Yamuna's shore; mahavana-samipatahnear Mahavana forest; paripuratamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; krisham Krisha; damodaramDamodara; harimHari; goloka-nathamthe master of

Goloka; tamHim; drishvaseeing; purvaprevious; rupauform; bhavishyathah you will attain. At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bharata-varsha, in Mathura district, in the circle of Vraja, on the Yamuna's shore near Mahavana forest, you will see the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krisha, who is the master of Goloka, and who is known as Damodara and Hari. When you see Him, you will regain your original forms. Text 33 ittham devala-shapena vrikshatvam prapitau nripa nalakuvara-maigrivau shri-krishena vimocitau itthamthus; devalaof Devala; shapenaby the curse; vrikshatvamthe state of being trees; prapitauattained; nripaO king; nalakuvaraNalakuvara; maigrivauand Maigriva; shri-krishenaby Lord Krisha; vimocitaureleased. In this way, by Devala Muni's curse, Nalakuvara and Maigriva became trees and were liberated by Lord Krisha.

Chapter Twenty Durvasaso maya-darshanam shri-nanda-nandana-stotra-varana Description of Durvasa Muni's Vision of the Maya Potency and Offering of Prayers to Nanda's Son Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada krishacandrasya darshanartham parasya ca durvasa muni-shardulo vraja-madalam ayayau shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; krishacandrasya of Lord Krishacandra; darshana seeing; artham for the purpose; parasya the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; muni of sages; shardulah the tiger; vraja of Vraja; madalam to the circle; ayayau came.

One day Durvasa, the tiger of sages, came to the circle of Vraja to see Lord Krishacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 2 kalindi-nikae puye saikate ramaa-sthale mahavana-samipe ca krisham arad dadarsha ha kalindi-nikae on the shore of the Yamuna; puye sacred; saikate sandy shore; ramaa beautiful; sthale place; mahavana-samipe near mahavana; ca also; krisham Krisha; arat near; dadarsha ha saw. Near Mahavana, in a beautiful place on the Yamuna's sandy shore, he saw Lord Krisha. Texts 3 and 4 shriman-madana-gopalam luhantam balakaih saha parasparam prayuddhyantam bala-kelim manoharam dhuli-dhusara-sarvangam vakra-kesham dig-ambaram dhavantam balakaih sardham harim vikshya sa vismitah shriman-madana-gopalam Lord Krisha, the cowherd boy more handsome than Kamadeva; luhantam rolling about on the ground; balakaih boys; saha with; parasparam each other; prayuddhyantam fighting; bala boy's; kelim game; manoharam charming; dhuli with dust; dhusara darkened; sarva all; angam limbs; vakra curly; kesham hair; dik with the directions; ambaram clothed; dhavantam running; balakaih the boys; sardham with; harim Lord Hari; vikshya seeing; sah he; vismitah astonished. Seeing Lord Hari a cowherd boy more handsome than Kamadeva, now rolling on the ground as He played at fighting with the other boys and now running with them, clothed only by the directions and all His limbs dark with dust, the sage became filled with wonder. Text 5

shri-munir uvaca sa ishvaro 'yam bhagavan katham balair luhan bhuvi ayam tu nanda-putro 'sti na shri-krishah parat parah shri-munih uvaca the sage said; sah He; ishvarah the supreme controller; ayam He; bhagavan the supremely opulent Personality of Godhead; katham why?; balaih with children; luhan rolling; bhuvi on the ground; ayam He; tu certainly; nanda-putrah Nanda's son; asti is; na not; shri-krishah Shri Krisha; parat parah who is greater than the greatest. The sage said: Why would the supremely opulent Personality of Godhead, who controls everything, roll on the ground with some children? This must be a boy who is the son of someone named Nanda. He is not the Shri Krisha who is greater than the greatest. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ittham moham gate tatra durvasasi maha-munau kridan krishas tat-samipe tad-anke hy agatah svayam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ittham thus; moham bewilderment; gate attained; tatra there; durvasasi Durvasa; maha-munau the great sage; kridan playing; krishah Krisha; tat-samipe near him; tad-anke on the lap; hi indeed; agatah came; svayam of His own accord. Shri Narada said: As the great sage Durvasa was bewildered in this way, playing Krisha approached and of His own accord sat on the sage's lap. Text 7 punar vinirgato hy ankad bala-simhavalokanah hasan kalam bruvan krishah sammukhah punar agatah punah again; vinirgatah emerged; hi indeed; ankat from the lap; bala cub; simha lion; avalokanah glance; hasan smiling; kalam gently; bruvan

said; krishah Krisha; sammukhah in the presence; punah again; agatah came. Then He left the lap and then, gently laughing, speaking some words, and His glance like that of a lion cub, Krisha again approached. Text 8 hasatas tasya ca mukhe pravishah shvasanair munih dadarshanyam maha-lokam sarayam jana-varjitam hasatah laughing; tasya of Him; ca and; mukhe in the face; pravishah entered; shvasanaih with sighs; munih the sage; dadarsha saw; anyam another; maha-lokam great realm; sarayam shelter; jana people; varjitam without. As Krisha laughed the sage entered Lord Krisha's mouth as He breathed. There the sage saw a great realm where there were no people. Text 9 arayeshu bhramams tatra kutah prapta iti bruvan tadaivajagareapi nigiro 'bhun maha-munih arayeshu in forests; bhraman wandering; tatra there; kutah where?; praptah attained; iti thus; bruvan saying; tada then; eva indeed; ajagarea by a snake; api even; nigirah swallowed; abhut was; mahamunih the great sage. Wandering in many forests, he said, "Where am I?" It was as if the great sage was swallowed by a serpent. Text 10 brahmadam tatra dadrishe sa-lokam sa-bilam param bhraman dvipeshu sa munih sthito 'bhut parvate site

brahmadam the universe; tatra there; dadrishe saw; sa-lokam with many planets; sa-bilam with outer space; param greatly; bhraman wandering; dvipeshu on the continents; sah he; munih the sage; sthitah stood; abhut became; parvate on a mountain; site white. There he saw the entire universe, with its many planets and with outer space. Wandering the continents, he stood on a great white mountaintop. Text 11 tapas tatapa varshaam shata-kotih prabhum bhajan naimittikakhye pralaye prapte vishva-bhayankare agacchantah samudras te plavayanto dhara-talam vahams teshu ca durvasa na prapantam jalasya ca tapah austerities; tatapa performed; varshaam years; sata-kotih a billion; prabhum the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajan worshiping; naimittika regular; akhye named; pralaye t cosmic devastation; prapte attained; vishva the universe; bhayankare fearful; agacchantah coming; samudrah the oceans; te they; plavayantah flooding; dhara-talam the surface of the earth; vahan carrying; teshu in them; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; na not; prapa attained; antam end; jalasya of the water; ca and. Worshiping the Supreme Lord, he performed austerities for a billion years. When the scheduled time of cosmic devastation arrived, the universe became a fearful place. Rushing oceans flooded the earth's surface, and Durvasa could not find an end to all the water. Text 13 vyatite yuga-sahasre magno 'bhud vigata-smritih punar jaleshu vicarann adam anyam dadarsha ha vyatite passed; yuga of yugas; sahasre a thousand; magnah submerged; abhut was; vigata gone; smritih memory; punah again; jaleshu in the

waters; vicaran wandering; adam universe; anyam another; dadarsha ha saw. A thousand yugas passed. Submerged in the water, he had forgotten everything. As he wandered through the waters, he saw another universe. Text 14 tac-chidre ca pravisho 'sau divyam srishim gatas tatah tad-ada-murdhni lokeshu vidher ayuh-samam caran tat-chidre in that opening; ca also; pravishah entered; asau he; divyam divine; srishim creation; gatah attained; tatah then; tad-ada of that universe; murdhni at the top; lokeshu in the realms; vidheh of Brahma; ayuh life; samam equal; caran passing. He entered that universe and went to the heavenly planets within it. There, at the highest part of the universe, he passed a liftetime as long as Brahma's. Text 15 evam chidram tatra vikshya pravishat sa harim smaran bahir vinirgato hy adad dadarshashu maha-jalam evam thus; chidram opening; tatra there; vikshya seeing; pravishat entered; sah he; harim Lord Hari; smaran remembering; bahih outside; vinirgatah came; hi indeed; adat from the universe; dadarsha saw; ashu at once; maha-jalam a great ocean. He saw an opening and entered it. Meditating on Lord Hari, he went outside the universe. There he saw a great ocean. Text 16 tasmin jale tu lakshyante kotisho hy ada-rashayah tato munir jalam pashyan dadarsha virajam nadim

tasmin in that; jale water; tu indeed; lakshyante are seen; kotishah by the millions; hi indeed; ada of universes; rashayah multitudes; tatah then; munih the sage; jalam water; pashyan looking; dadarsha saw; virajam nadim the Viraja river. In that ocean he saw many millions of universes. Gazing at the ocean, the sage saw the Viraja river. Text 17 tat-param pragatah sakshad golokam pravishan munih vrindavanam govardhanam yamuna-pulinam shubham drishva prasannah sa munir nikunjam pravishat tada gopa-gopi-gaa-vritam gavam koibhir anvitam tat-param beyond that; pragatah went; sakshat directly; golokam to Goloka; pravishat entered; munih the sage; vrindavanam Vrindavana; govardhanam Govardhana; yamuna-pulinam the shore of the Yamuna; shubham beautiful; drishva seeing; prasannah happy; sah the; munih sage; nikunjam a forest grove; pravishat entered; tada then; gopa-gopi-gaavritam filled with gopas and gopis; gavam of cows; koibhih with millions; anvitam endowed. Crossing it, the sage entered the realm of Goloka. Gazing at Vrindavana forest, Govardhana Hill, and the Yamuna's shore, the sage became happy. Then he entered a forest grove that was filled with gopas, gopis, and millions of surabhi cows. Texts 19 and 20 asankhya-koi-martadajyotisham madale tatah divye laksha-dale padme sthitam radha-patim harim paripuratamam sakshac chri-krisham purushottamam asankhya-brahmada-patim golokesham dadarsha ha

asankhya countless; koi millions; martada of suns; jyotisham effulgence; madale in the circle; tatah there; divye splendid; laksha with a hundred thousand; dale petals; padme on a lotus flower; sthitam standing; radha-patim the husband of Radha; harim Lord Hari; paripuratamam the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; shri-krisham Shri Krisha; purushottamam the supreme person; asankhya countless; brahmada of universes; patim the master; goloka of Goloka; isham the master; dadarsha saw; ha indeed. There, in a circle of light splendid as countless millions of suns, on a splendid divine lotus of a hundred thousand petals, he saw Shri Krisha, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Radha, the king of Goloka and of countless universes. Text 21 shri-krishasyapi hasatah pravishas tan-mukhe munih punar vinirgato 'pashyad balam shri-nanda-nandanam shri-krishasya of Shri Krisha; api also; hasatah laughing; pravishah entered; tan-mukhe in His mouth; munih the sage; punah again; vinirgatah emerged; apashyat saw; balam the child; shri-nanda of Shri Nanda; nandanam the son. As Shri Krisha was laughing, the sage within His mouth was expelled. The sage gazed at the boy who was Nanda's son. Text 22 kalindi-nikae puye saikate ramaa-sthale balakaih sahitam krisham vicarantam maha-vane tada munish ca durvasa jnatva krisham parat param shri-nanda-nandanam natva natva praha kritanjalih kalindi-nikae near the Yamuna; puye sacred; saikate on the sandy bank; ramaa-sthale in a beautiful place; balakaih boys; sahitam with; krisham

Krisha; vicarantam wandering; maha-vane in Mahavana; tada then; munih the sage; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; j 24atva understanding; krisham Krisha; parat param greater than the greatest; shri-nanda-nandanam the son of Nanda; natva natva bowing down again and again; praha said; kritanjalih with folded hands. Now understanding that Nanda's son, Krisha, who with some boys was wandering in a beautiful place on the Yamuna's sandy shore near Mahavana, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, Durvasa Muni bowed down to Him again and again and with folded hands spoke to Him some words. Text 24 shri-munir uvaca balam navina-shata-patra-vishala-netram bimbadharam sajala-megha-rucim manojnam manda-smitam madhura-sundara-manda-yanam shri-nanda-nandanam aham manasa namami shri-munih uvaca the sage said; balam a boy; navina new; shata-patra hundred petal lotus flower; vishala large; netram eyes; bimba bimba fruit; adharam lips; sajala-megha monsoon cloud; rucim glory; manojnam charming; manda gentle; smitam smile; madhura sweet; sundara handsome; manda gentle; yanam motion; shri-nanda-nandanam the son of Nanda; aham I; manasa with my heart; namami bow. The sage said: With all my heart I bow down before Nanda's gently-smiling, sweetly graceful, handsome son, whose large eyes are hundred-petal lotuses, whose lips are bimba fruits, and whose complexion is splendid as a monsoon cloud. Text 25 manjira-nupura-raan-nava-ratna-kancishri-hara-keshari-nakha-pratiyantra-sangham drishyarti-hari-mashi-bindu-virajamanam vande kalinda-tanuja-taa-bala-kelim manjira ornaments; nupura anklets; raat tinkling; nava nine; ratna jewels; ka 24ci belt; shri-hara beautiful necklaces; keshari lion's; nakha nails; pratiyantra-sangham a necklace; drishi whose glance; arti sufferings; hari removing; mashi musk; bindu dot; virajamanam glorious; vande I offer my respectful obeisances; kalinda-tanuja of the Yamuna; taa on the shore; bala child; kelim pastimes.

I offer my respectful obeisances to He who, decorated with jingling anklets and ornaments, a belt of nine jewels, a beautiful necklace, and a string of lion's nails, glorious with dots of black musk, and His glance removing all sufferings, plays as a child on the Yamuna's shore. Text 26 purendu-sundara-mukhopari kuncitagrah kesa navina-ghana-nila-nibhah sphuranti rajanta anata-shirah-kumudasya yasya nandatmajaya sa-balaya namo namas te pura full; indu moon; sundara handsome; mukha face; upari above; kuncita-agrah curly; kesah hairs; navina new; ghana clopuds; nila dark; nibhah like; sphuranti shines; rajante shine; anata bowed; shirah head; kumudasya of the lotus; yasya of which; nanda-atmajaya to nanda's son; sabalaya with Balarama; namah obeisances; namah obeisances; te to You. Obeisances, obeisances to You, who are Balarama's companion and Nanda's son, whose bowed head is a lotus flower, and above whose full-moon face curly locks of hair glisten like new dark monsoon clouds. Text 27 shri-nanda-nandana-stotram pratar utthaya yah pahet tan-netra-gocaro yati sanandam nanda-nandanah shri-nanda-nandana to Nanda's son; stotram prayer; pratah early; utthaya rising; yah one who; pahet recites; tat of him; netra of the eyes; gocarah in the range of perception; yati goes; sanandam happily; nanda-nandanah Nanda's son. Nanda's son happily comes within the vision of a person who rises early and recites these prayers glorifying Him. Text 28 shri-narada uvaca

iti praamya shri-krisham durvasa muni-sattamah tam dhyayan prajapan pragad badary-ashramam uttamam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; iti thus; praamya bowing; shrikrisham to Shri Krisha; durvasa Durvasa; muni of sages; sattamah the best; tam on Him; dhyayan meditating; prajapan chanting; pragat went; badary-ashramam to badari ashrama; uttamam north. Shri Narada said: Durvasa, the best of sages, bowed down before Lord Krisha and, meditating on Him and chanting His glories, went north to Badari-ashrama. Text 29 shri-garga uvaca ittham devarshi-varyea naradena mahatmana kathitam krisha-caritam bahulashvaya dhimate shri-garga uvaca Shri Garga said; ittham thus; devarshi-varyea by the best of divine sages; naradena by Narada; mahatmana the great soul; kathitam told; krisha-caritam Krisha's pastimes; bahulashvaya to Bahulashva; dhimate intelligent. In this way the great soul Narada, who was the best of the demigod-sages, narrated Lord Krisha's transcenbdental pastimes to intelligent King Bahulashva. Text 30 maya te kathitam brahman yashah kali-malapaham catushpadarthadam divyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi maya by me; te to you; kathitam told; brahman O brahmaa; yashah the glory; kali of Kali-yuga; mala dirt; apaham removing; catushpadarthadam giving the four goals of life; divyam divine; kim what?; bhuyah more; shrotum to hear; icchasi you wish.

O brahmaa, now I have described to you Lord Krisha's splendid transcendental glories, which wash the sins of Kali-yuga and fulfill the four goals of life. What more do you wish to hear? Text 31 shri-shaunaka uvaca bahulashvo maithilendrah kim papraccha maha-munim naradam jnanadam shantam tan me bruhi tapo-dhana shri-shaunaka uvaca Shri Shaunaka said; bahulashvah Bahulashva; maithilendrah the king of Mithila; kim what?; papraccha asked; maha-munim naradam the great sage Narada; jnanadam giver of knowledge; shantam peaceful; tat that; me to me; bruhi tell; tapah austerity; dhana wealth. Shri Shaunaka said: What did Mithila's king Bahulashva then ask the great sage Narada, the peaceful teacher of transcendental knowledge? O sage whose wealth is austerity, please tell me that. Text 32 shri-garga uvaca naradam jnanadam natva manado maithilo nripah punah papraccha krishasya caritam mangalayanam shri-gargah uvaca Shri Garga Muni said; naradam Narada; jnanadam the giver of knowledge; natva bowing down; manadah respectful; maithilo nripah the king of Mithila; punah again; papraccha asked; krishasya of Lord Krisha; caritam pastimes; mangalayanam auspicious. Shri Garga Muni said: The respectful king of Mithila then bowed down before his teacher Narada and again asked about Lord Krisha's auspicious transcendental pastimes. Text 33 shri-bahulashva uvaca shri-krisho bhagavan sakshat

paramananda-vigrahah param cakara kim citram caritram vada me prabho shri-bahulashvah uvaca Shri Bahulashva said; shri-krishah Shri Krisha; bhagavan sakshat the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; paramananda transcendental bliss; vigrahah form; param then; cakara did; kim what?; citram wonderful; caritram activities; vada please tell; me me; prabhah O master. Shri Bahulashva said: What wonderful activities did Shri Krisha, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead then do? O master, please tell me that. Text 34 purvavataraish caritam kritam vai mangalayanam aparam kintu krishasya pavitram caritam param purva previous; avataraih by incarnations; caritam activities; kritam done; vai indeed; mangalayanam auspicious; aparam peerless; kintu however; krishasya of Lord Krisha; pavitram pure; caritam activities; param transcendental. The activities of the Lord's previous incarnations are all-auspicious. Still, Lord Krisha's activities are the most pure. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca sadhu sadhu tvaya prisham caritram mangalam hareh tat te 'ham sampravakshyami vrindaraye ca yad-yashah shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; sadhu well; sadhu well; tvaya by you; prisham asked; caritram activities; mangalam auspicious; hareh of Lord Hari; tat that; te to you; aham I; sampravakshyami will tell; vrindaraye in Vrindavana; ca also; yat of whom; yashah the glory. Shri Narada said: Good! Good! You have asked about Lord Hari's auspicious pastimes. I will tell you of the glory He showed in Vrindavana.

Text 36 idam goloka-khadam ca guhyam paramam adbhutam shri-krishena prakathitam goloke rasa-madale idam this; goloka of Goloka; khadam canto; ca also; guhyam confidential; paramam supreme; adbhutam wonderful; shri-krishena by Shri Krisha; prakathitam spoken; goloke in Goloka; rasa of the rasa dance; madale in the circle. Shri Krisha Himself spoke this very wonderful and confidential Goloka-khada in Goloka's rasa-dance circle. Text 37 nikunje radhikayai ca radha mahyam dadav idam maya tubhyam shravitam ca dattam sarvarthadam param nikunje in a forest grove; radhikayai to Shri Radha; ca and; radha Shri Radha; mahyam to me; dadau gave; idam this; maya by me; tubhyam to you; shravitam caused to hear; ca also; dattam given; sarvarthadam fulfilling all desires; param great. In a forest grove Lord Krisha gave to Shri Radha this Goloka-khada, which fulfills all desires. Radha gave it to me, and now I am have given it to you. Texts 38 and 39 idam pahitva vipras tu sarva-shastrartha-go bhavet shrutvedam cakravarti syat kshatriyash cada-vikramah vaishyo nidhi-patir bhuyac chudro mucyeta bandhanat nishkamo yo 'pi jagati jivan muktah sa jayate

idam this; pahitva having read; viprah a brahmaa; tu indeed; sarvashastrartha-gah learned in all the scriptures; bhavet becomes; shrutva hearing; idam this; cakravarti the ruler of the world; syat becomes; kshatriyash a kshatriya; cada-vikramah powerful; vaishyah a vaishya; nidhi of wealth; patih the master; bhuyat becomes; shudrah a shudra; mucyeta becomes released; bandhanat from the bonds of servitude; nishkamah who has no desires; yah one who; api also; jagati in the material world; jivan living; muktah liberated; sah he; jayate is born. By reading it a brahmaa becomes learned in all the scriptures, a powerful kshatriya becomes king of the world, a vaishya becomes a master of great wealth, a shudra becomes released from the bonds of service, and a person who has no desires becomes free from material bondage even while living in this world. Text 40 yo nityam pahate samyag bhakti-bhava-samanvitah sa gacchet krishacandrasya golokam prakriteh param yah who; nityam regularly; pahate reads; samyak-properly; bhakti-bhavasamanvitah with devotion; sah he; gacchet goes; krishacandrasya of Lord Krishacandra; golokam to Goloka; prakriteh the material world; param beyond. A person who reads it regularly, properly, and with devotion, goes to Lord Krishacandra's abode of Goloka beyond the material world. Canto Two Chapter One Vrindavanagamanodyoga-varnana Description of the Entrance in Vrindavana Text 1 krishna-tire kokila-keli-kire gunja-punje deva-pushpadi-kunje kambu-grivau kshipta-bahu calantau radha-krishnau mangalam me bhavetam

krishna of the Yamuna; tire on the shore; kokila cuckoos; keli pastimes; kire parrots; gunja of gunja; punje an abundance; deva of the demigods; pushpa flowers; adi beginning with; kunje in a grove; kambu conch-shell; grivau neck; kshipta tossed; bahu arms; calantau going; radha-krishnau Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; mangalam ayuspiciousness; me of me; bhavetam may be. May Shri Shri Radha-Krishna who, Their arms raised and their necks like conchshells, wander on the Yamuna's shore, where are many playful cuckoos and parrots, guna bushes, and groves of splendid flowers, grant auspiciousness to me. Text 2 ajnana-timirandhasya jnananjana-shalakaya cakshur unmilitam yena tasmai shri-gurave namah ajnana of ignorance; timirandhasya of the blinding darkness; jna of knowledge; ananjana-shalakaya with the anointing stick; cakshuh eyes; unmilitam opened; yena by whom; tasmai to him; shri-gurave my spiritual master; namah obeisances. I was born in thr darkness of ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch of knowledge. I offer my respectful obeisances unto him.* Texts 3 and 4 shri-narada uvaca ekadopadravam vikshya nando nandan sahayakan vrishabhanupanandamsh ca vrishabhanu-varams tatha samahuya paran vriddhan sabhayam tan uvaca ha shri-nanda uvaca kim kartavyam tu vadatotpatah santi maha-vane shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; upadravam calamity; vikshya seeing; nandah Nanda; nandan the Nandas; sahayakan helpful; vrishabhanupanandamsh the Vrishabhanus and the Upanandas; ca and;

vrishabhanu-varamh Vrishabhanu; tatha so; samahuya calling; paran others; vriddhan elder; sabhayam in the assembly; tan to them; uvaca said; ha indeed; shri-nanda Nanda; uvaca said; kim what?;; kartavyam should be done; tu indeed; vadata please tell; utpatah calamities; santi are; mahavane in Mahavana. Shri Narada said: One day, seeing that many great calamities had come, Nanda called his friends: the Vrishabhanus, the Upanandas, and other elders, and in the assembly he said to them, "Please tell what should be done. Many calamities have come to Mahavana." Text 5 shri-narada uvaca tesham shrutvatha sannando gopo vriddho 'ti-mantra-vit anke nitva rama-krishnau nanda-rajam uvaca ha shri-narada uvaca Shri Narada said; tesham of them; shrutva hearing; atha then; sannandah Sannanda; gopah gopa; vriddhah elder; ati-mantra-vit learned in giving good advice; anke on the lap; nitva placing; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; nanda-rajam to King Nanda; uvaca said; ha indeed. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, the elderly gopa Sannanda, who was expert at giving advice, placed Krishna and Balarama on his lap and spoke to King Nanda. Text 6 shri-sannanda uvaca utthatavyam ito 'smabhih sarvaih parikaraih saha gantavyam canya-desheshu yatrotpata na santi hi shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; utthatavyam should be risen; itah from here; asmabhih by us; sarvaih all; parikaraih associates; saha with; gantavyam should gone; ca and; anya-desheshu to another place; yatra where; utpatah calamities; na not; santi are; hi indeed. Shri Sannanda said: All of us and all our friends should leave this place and go to another place where there are no calamities.

Text 7 balas te pranavat krishno jivanam vraja-vasinam vraje dhanam kule dipo mohano bala-lilaya balah a child; te your; pranavat like life; krishnah Krishna; jivanam life; vraja-vasinam of the residents of Vraja; vraje in Vraja; dhanamthe wealth; kule in the family; dipah a lamp; mohanah charming; bala-lilaya with childhood pastimes. This boy Krishna is your very life. He is the life of the residents of Vraja. He is the wealth of Vraja. He is the shining lamp of your family. He is charming with His child's playing. Text 8 ha bakya shakatenapi trinavartena balakah mukto 'yam druma-patena hy utpatam kim atah param ha alas; bakya by Putana; shakatena by the cart-demon; api also; trinavartena by Trnavarta; balakah the boy; muktah freed; ayam this; druma of trees; patena falling; hy indeed; utpatam calamity; kim what?; atah param next. This boy escaped Putana, an (overturned) cart, Trinavarta, and falling trees. What calamity will happen next? Text 9 tasmad vrindavanam sarvair gantavyam balakaih saha utpateshu vyatiteshu punar agamanam kuru tasmat therefore; vrindavanam to Vrindavana; sarvaih by all; gantavyam should be gone; balakaih the children; saha with; utpateshu in calamities; vyatiteshu gine; punah again; agamanam return; kuru do.

Therefore we and our children should go to Vrindavana. When the calamities have passed we will return. Text 10 shri-nanda uvaca kati-kroshair vistritam tad vanam vrindavanam vrajat tal-lakshanam tat-sukham ca vada buddhimatam vara shri-nanda uvaca Shri Nanda said; kati how many?; kroshaih kroshas; vistritam far; tat that; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana; vrajat from Vraja; tal-lakshanam that nature; tat-sukham that happiness; ca and; vada please tell; buddhimatam of the wise; vara O best. Nanda said: How many kroshas is Vrindavana forest from Vraja? O best of the wise, tell me what it is like and how it is a happy place. Text 11 shri-sannanda uvaca prag udicyam barhishado dakshinasyam yadoh purat pashcimayam shonapuran mathuram mandalam viduh shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; prag east; udicyam north; barhishadah of Barhishat; dakshinasyamsouth; yadoh of the Yadus; purat of the city; pashcimayam west; shonapuran of Sonapuri; mathuram Mathura; mandalam the circle; viduh they know.. Shri Sannanda said: The wise know that Mathura-mandala is northeast of the country of Barhishat, south of the Yadus' capitol city, and west of the city of Shona. Text 12 vimshad-yojana-vistirnam sardham yad yojanena vai mathuram mandalam divyam vrajam ahur manishinah

vimshat 20; yojana yojana; vistirnam extended; sardham with; yat which; yojanena by a yojana; vai indeed; mathuram mandalam the circle of Mathura; divyam transcendental; vrajam Vraja; ahuh said; manishinah the wise. The wise say the splendid transcendental land of Vraja Mathura-mandala is 21 yojanas in circumference. Text 13 mathurayam shauri-grihe gargacarya-mukhac chrutam mathuram mandalam divyam tirtha-rajena pujitam mathurayam in Mathura; shauri-grihe in the home of Vasudeva; gargacaryamukhat from the mouth iof Garga Muni; shrutam heard; mathuram mandalam Mathura-mandala; divyam transcendental; tirtha-rajena by the king of holy places; pujitam worshiped. In Vasudeva's palace I heard from Garga Muni's mouth that even Prayaga, the king of holy places, worships splendid and transcendental Mathura-mandala. Text 14 vanebhyas tatra sarvebhyo vanam vrindavanam varam paripurnatamasyapi lila-kridam manoharam vanebhyah than the forests; tatra there; sarvebhyah all; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana ; varam the best; paripurnatamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api also; lila-kridam transcendental pastimes; manoharam charming. In that place is Vrindavana forest, which is the best of all forests and beautiful with the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 15 vaikunthan naparo loko na bhuto na bhavishyati

ekam vrindavanam nama vaikunthac ca parat param vaikunthat than Vaikuntha; na not; aparah better; lokah planet; na not; bhutah was; na not; bhavishyati will be; ekam one; vrindavanam Vrindavana; nama named; vaikunthat than Vaikuntha; ca and; parat than the greatest; param greater. No place is better than Vaikuntha. There never was such a place, nor will there ever be. Still, better than Vaikuntha is the place named Vrindavana. . . Text 16 yatra govardhano nama giri-rajo virajate kalindi-nikate yatra pulinam mangalayanam yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; giri-rajah the king of mountains; virajate is splendidly manifested; kalindi-nikate near the Yamuna; yatra where; pulinam the shore; mangalayanam is auspicious. . . . where a mountain named Govardhana is splendidly manifest, where the shores of the Yamuna are the abode of auspiciousness, . . . Text 17 brihat-sanur girir yatra yatra nandishvaro girih kroshanam ca catur-vimshadvistritaih kananair vritam brihat great; sanuh peak; girih mountain; yatra where; yatra where; nandishvarah Nandishvara; girih mountain; kroshanam of kroshas; ca also; catur-vimshat 24; vistritaih expanse; kananaih with forests; vritam filled. . . . where is the mountain Brihatsanu, where is the mountain Nandishvara, and where there are great forests for 24 kroshas. Text 18 pashavyam gopa-gopinam gavam sevyam manoharam

lata-kunjavritam tad vai vanam vrindavanam smritam pashavyam suitable for the cows; gopa-gopinam of the gopas and gopis; gavam by the cows; sevyam served; manoharam beautiful; lata vines; kunja groves; avritam filled; tat that; vai indeed; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana; smritam remembered. Beautiful Vrindavana forest is known to be an ideal place for the cows, gopas, and gopis, a place filled with vines and groves. Text 19 shri-nanda uvaca kada vrajo 'yam sannanda tirtha-rajena pujitah etad veditum icchami param kautuhalam hi me shri-nandah uvaca Shri Nanda said; kada when?; vrajah in Vraja; ayam this; sannanda Sannanda; tirtha-rajena by the king of holy places; pujitah worshiped; etat this; veditum to know; icchami I wish; param great; kautuhalam curiosity; hi certainly; me of me. Shri Nanda said: O Sannanda, when did the king of holy places worship Vraja? That I wish to know. I am very curious. Text 20 shri-sannanda uvaca shankhasuro maha-daityah pura naimittike laye svapato brahmanah so 'pi veda-drug daitya-pungavah jitva devan brahmalokad dhritva vedan gato 'rnave gateshu teshu vedeshu devanam ca gatam balam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; shankhasurah Shankhasura; maha-daityah the great demon; pura before; naimittike at the regular; laye time of cosmic devastation; svapatah sleeping; brahmanah from Brahma; sah he; api even; veda of the Vedas; druk the enemy; daitya of demons;

pungavah the greatest; jitva defeating; devan the demigods; brahmalokat from Brahmaloka; dhritva taking; vedan the Vedas; gatah went; arnave in the ocean; gateshu gone; teshu them; vedeshu the Vedas; devanam of the demigods; ca also; gatam gone; balam the strength. Shri Sannanda said: As Brahma slept during a regularly scheduled period of cosmic devastation, the great conch demon Shankasura, a sworn enemy of the Vedas, defeated the demigods, stole the Vedas, and hid in the ocean. When the Vedas were gone the demigods' strength was also gone. Text 22 tada sakshad dharih purno dhritva matsyam vapuh param naimittika-layambhodhau yuyudhe tena yajna-rat tada then; sakshat directly; dharih Lord Hari; purnah perfect; dhritva taking; matsyam of Lord Matsya; vapuh the form; param transcendental; naimittika regular; laya of cosmic devastation; ambhodhau on the ocean; yuyudhe fought; tena with him; yajna-rat the king of yajnas. Then, assuming the form of a fish, perfect Lord Hari, the master of all yajnas, fought with him in the ocean of cosmic devastation. Text 23 shulam cikshepa haraye shankho daityo maha-balah sva-cakrena harih sakshat tac-chulam shatadhakarot shulam tridfent; cikshepa threw; haraye at Lord Hari; shankhah Shankhasura; daityah the demon; maha-balah very powerful; sva-cakrena with Hiis cakra; harih Lord Hari; sakshat directly; tac-chulam that trident; shatadha in a hundred pieces; akarot made. The very powerful demon Shankhasura threw a trident at Lord Hari. With His cakra Lord Hari broke the trident in a hundred pieces. Text 24

harim tatada shirasa shankho vishnum urah-sthale tasya murdha-praharena na cacala parat parah harim Lord Hari; tatada struck; shirasa with his head; shankhah Shankhasura; vishnum Lord Vishnu; urah-sthale on the chest; tasya of Him; murdha of the head; praharena with the blow; na not; cacala moved; parat than the greatest; parah greater. With his head Shankhasura struck Lord Vishnu on the chest. Although struck by his head, Lord Hari, who is greater than the greatest, did not waver. Text 25 tada gadam samadaya matsya-rupa-dharo harih prishthe jaghana tam daityam shankha-rupam maha-balam tada then; gadam a club; samadaya taking; matsya-rupa-dharah assuming the form of a fish; harih Lord Hari; prishthe on the back; jaghana struck; tam him; daityam the demon; shankha-rupam in the form of a conch; maha-balam very powerful. Taking a club, Lord Hari in the form of a fish struck the powerful conch demon on the back. Text 26 gada-prahara-vyathitah kincid-vyakula-manasah punar utthaya sarvesham mushtina sa tatada ha gada of the club; prahara by the blow; vyathitah wounded; kincit somewhat; vyakula distresed; manasah in mind; punah again; utthaya rising; sarvesham of all; mushtina with a fist; sa he; tatada struck; ha certainly. Wounded by the club, and now unhappy at heart, the demon rose again and with his fist struck the Lord.

Text 27 tada vishnuh sva-cakrena sa-shringam tac-chiro dridham jahara kupitah sakshad bhagavan kamalekshanah tada then; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; sva-cakrena with His cakra; sa-shringam with its horn; tac-chirah his head; dridham hard; jahara took; kupitah angry; sakshat directly; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kamalekshanah lotus eyed. With His cakra angry lotus-eyed Lord Vishnu then severed the demon's hard horned head. Text 28 jitva shankham deva-varaih sardham vishnur vrajeshvara prayagam etya sa harir vedams tan brahmane dadau jitva having defeated; shankham the conch demon; deva-varaih by the great demigods; sardham with; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; vrajeshvarah O king of Vraja; prayagam to Prayaga; etya going; sa He; harih Lord Hari; vedamh the Vedas; tan them; brahmane to Brahma; dadau gave. O king of Vraja, after defeating the conch demon, Lord Vishnu, accompanied by the great demigods, went to Prayaga and returned the Vedas to Brahma. Text 29 yajnam cakara vidhi-vat sarva-veda-ganaih saha prayagam ca samahuya tirtha-rajam cakara ha yajnam a yajna; cakara performing; vidhi-vat according to the Vedic rules; sarva-veda-ganaih with all the Vedas; saha with; prayagam to Ptayaja; ca and; samahuya calling; tirtha-rajam the king of holy places; cakara did; ha indeed.

Accompanied by all the Vedas, Brahma performed a Vedic yajna. Then, calling Prayaga, he crowned it king of the holy places. Text 30 tat sakshad akshaya-vatah krito lilatapatravat muni-bhanu-sute 'thormicamarais tam virejatuh tat that; sakshat directly; akshaya imperishable; vatah banyan tree; kritah made; lila toy; atapatra parasol; vat like; muni of a sage; bhanu of the sun-god; sute the daughters; atha then; urmi of waves; camaraih with camaras; tam him; virejatuh served. As if it were a toy parasol, an eternal banyan tree shaded Prayaga. The Ganges and Yamuna fanned it with camaras. Text 31 tadaiva sarva-tirthani jambudvipa-sthitani ca nitva balim samajagmus tirtha-rajaya dhimate tada then; eva ndeed; sarva all; tirthani holy places; jambudvipa-sthitani situated on Jambudviipa; ca and; nitva bringing; balim offerings; samajagmuh came; tirtha-rajaya to the kiing of holy places; dhimate wise. Then all the holy places in Jambudvipa came, bringing offerings to Prayag, the wise king of holy places. Text 32 tirtha-rajam ca sampujya natva tirthani sarvatah sva-dhamani yayur nanda harau devair gate sati

tirtha-rajam the king of holy places; ca and; sampujya worshiping; natva bowing down; tirthani the holy places; sarvatah in all respects; sva-dhamani to their own abodes; yayuh went; nanda O Nanda; harau when Lord Hari; devaih with the demigods; gate sati had left. Bowing down, the holy places worshiped Prayaga, the king of holy places. O Nanda, when Lord Hari and the demigods departed, the holy places returned to their own abodes. Text 33 tadaiva naradah prapto munindrah kalaha-priyah simhasane bhrajamanam tirtha-rajam uvaca ha tada then; eva indeed; naradah Narada; praptah attained; munindrah the king of sages; kalaha-priyah fond of a quarrel; simhasane on the throne; bhrajamanam shining; tirtha-rajam to the king of holy places; uvaca said; ha certainly. Then Narada, the king of sages, who is fond of a quarrel, approached and spoke to Prayaga, the king of holy places, as it gloriously sat on its throne. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca tirthaih prapujitas tvam vai tirtha-raja maha-tapah tubhyam ca sarva-tirthani mukhyaniha balim daduh shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tirthaih by the holy places; prapujitah worshiped; tvam you; vai indeed; tirtha-raja O king of holy places; mahatapah great austerities; tubhyam to you; ca also; sarva-tirthani all holy places; mukhyani important; iha here; balim offerings; daduh gave. Shri Narada said: O very austere king of holy places, all the important holy places worshiped you and gave offerings to you. Text 35

vrajad vrindavanadini nagataniha te purah tirthanam raja-rajas tvam pramattais tais tiras-kritah vrajat from Vraja; vrindavanadini beginning with Vrindavana ; na not; agatani come; iha here; te you; purah before; tirthanam of holy places; raja-rajah the king of kings; tvam you; pramattaih mad; taih by them tiraskritah eclipsed. The holy places headed by Vrindavana did not come to you from Vraja. You who are the king of the kings of holy places were insulted by these madly proud places. Text 36 shri-sannanda uvaca iti prabhashya tam sakshad gate devarshi-sattame tirtha-rajas tada kruddho hari-lokam jagama ha shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; prabhashya speaking; tam him; sakshat directly; gate gone; devarshi-sattame the best of demigod sages; tirtha-rajah the king of holy places; tada then; kruddhah angry; harilokam to the planet of Lord Hari; jagama ha went. Shri Sannanda said: After speaking these words, the great sage of the demigods left. Angry, the king of holy places went to the realm of Lord Hari. Text 37 natva harim parikramya purah sthitva kritanjalih sarva-tirthaih parivritah shri-natham praha tirtha-rat natva bowing down; harim to Lord Hari; parikramya circumambulating; purah in the presence; sthitva standing; kritanjalih with folded hands; sarvatirthaih by all the holy places; parivritah surrounded; shri-natham to the Lord of the goddess of fortune; praha said; tirtha-rat the king of holy places.

Bowing down before Lord Hari, the master of the goddess of fortune, circumambulating Him, and with folded hands standing before Him, in the company of all the holy places, Prayaga, the king of holy places, spoke. Text 38 shri-tirtha-raja uvaca he deva-deva prapto 'ham tirtha-rajas tvaya kritah balim dadur me tirthani mathura-mandalam vina shri-tirtha-rajah uvaca the king of holy places said; he O; deva-deva Lord of lords; praptah attained; aham II am; tirtha-rajah the king of holy places; tvaya by You; kritah made; balim offerings; daduh gave; me to me; tirthani holy places; mathura-mandalam Mathura-mandala; vina except for. The king of holy places said: O Lord of lords, You made me king of holy places. Except for Mathura-mandala, all holy places have brought offerings to me. Text 39 pramattair vraja-tirthaish ca tair aham tu tiraskritah tasmat tubhyam ca kathitum prapto 'ham tava mandire pramattaih mad with pride; vraja-tirthaish the holynplaces of Vraja; ca also; taih by them; aham I; tu indeed; tiraskritah insulted; tasmat therefore; tubhyam to You; ca also; kathitum to tell; praptah come; aham I; tava to Your; mandire palace. The holy places of Vraja have insulted me. I have come to Your palace to tell You. Text 40 shri-bhagavan uvaca dharayam sarva-tirthanam tvam kritas tirtha-ran maya kintu svasya grihasyapi na krito rat tvam eva hi

shri-bhagavan uvaca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dharayam on the earth; sarva-tirthanam of all holy places; tvam you; kritah made; tirtha-raj king of holy places; maya by Me; kintu however; svasya own; grihasya of the home; api even; na not; kritah made; rat king; tvam you; eva indeed; hi indeed. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I made you king of all holy places on earth, but I did not make you king of My own home. Text 41 kim tvam me mandiram lipsur mattavad bhashase vacah tirtha-raja griham gaccha shrinu vakyam shubham ca me kim why; tvam you; me My; mandiram home; lipsuh desiring to attain; mattavat as if mad with pride; bhashase you speak; vacah words; tirtha-raja O king of holy places; griham home; gaccha go; shrinu hear; vakyam words; shubham auspicious; ca and; me My. Why, as if you wish to become the place where I live, do you speak in this mad way? O king of holy places, hear My auspicious words, and then return to your home. Text 42 mathura-mandalam sakshan mandiram me parat param loka-trayat param divyam pralaye 'pi na samhritam mathura-mandalam Mathura-mandalam; sakshan directly; mandiram home; me My; parat than the greatest; param greater; loka-trayat than the three worlds; param supreme ; divyam transcendental; pralaye in cosmic devastation; api even; na not samhritam removed. Mathura-mandala is My home. It is My transcendental abode above the three worlds. At the time of cosmic devastation it is not destroyed. Text 43

shri-sannanda uvaca iti shrutva tirtha-rajo vismito 'bhud gata-smayah agatya natva sampujya mathuram vraja-mandalam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; shrutva hearing; tirtharajah the king of holy places; vismitah astonished; abhut became; gata gone; smayah pride; agatya arriving; natva bowing down; sampujya worshiping; mathuram Mathura; vraja-mandalam Vraja-mandala. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing this, the king of holy places was very surprised. His pride gone, he approached the Vraja-mandala of Mathura, bowed before it, and worshiped it. Text 44 tatah pradakshini-kritya sva-dhama gatavan punah dharaya mana-bhangartham purvam me tat-pradarshitam maya tavagre kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi tatah then; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; sva-dhama own abode; gatavan went; punah again; dharayah of the earth; mana the pride; bhanga breaking; artham for the purpose; purvam previously; me of me; tatpradarshitam revealed; maya by me; tava of you; agre in the presence; kathitam spoken; kim what?; bhuyah more; shrotum to hear; icchasi you desire. He circumambulated it, and then returned to his own abode. I have now told you about Mathura Vraja-mandala, which I personally saw break the earth's pride. What more do you wish to hear? Text 45 shri-nanda uvaca dharaya mana-bhangartham kena purvam pradarshitam etan me vada gopesha mathuram vraja-mandalam

shri-nandah uvaca Shri Nanda said; dharaya of the earth; mana of pride; bhanga breaking; artham purpose; kena by whom?; purvam before; pradarshitam revealed; etan this; me to me; vada please tell; gopesha O king of the gopas; mathuram Mathura; vraja-mandalam Vraja-mandala. Shri Nanda said: Why did Mathura Vraja-mandala break the earth's pride. O king of the gopas, please tell me. Text 46 shri-sannanda uvaca adau varaha-kalpe 'smin harir varaha-rupa-dhrik rasatalat samuddhritya gam babhau damstraya prabhuh shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; adau in the beginning; varahakalpe in the Varaha-kalpa; asmin in this; harih Lord Hari; varaha of a boar; rupa the form; dhrik manifesting; rasatalat from Rasatala; samuddhritya lifting; gam the earth; babhau was splendidly manifested; damstraya with His tusks; prabhuh the Supreme Lord. Shri Sannanda said: In the beginning of this Varaha-kalpa, Lord Hari assumed the form of a boar. With His tusk lifting the earth from the realm of Rasatala, He shone with great splendor. Text 47 gacchantam vari-vrindeshu bhagavantam rameshvaram damstragre shobhita prithvi praha devam janardanam gacchantam going; vari-vrindeshu in the waters; bhagavantam the Lord; rameshvaram the master of the goddess of fortune; damstra of His tusk; agre on the tip; shobhita splendid; prithvi the earth; praha said; devam to the Lord; janardanam who saves the living entities from distress. Glorious on the tip of His tusk, the earth spoke to the Supreme Person, the goddess of fortune's husband and the deliverer from sufferings, as He traveled through the waters.

Text 48 shri-dharovaca deva kutra sthale tvam vai sthapanam me karishyasi jala-purnam jagat-sarvam drishyate vada he prabho shri-dhara uvaca the earth said; deva O Lord; kutra in what?; sthale place; tvam You; vai indeed; sthapanam placing; me of me; karishyasi will do; jala-purnam full of water; jagat-sarvam the entire universe; drishyate is seen; vada please tell; he O; prabhah Lord. The earth-goddess said: Where will You put me down? Please tell me, O Lord. I see the entire universe is flooded with water. Text 49 shri-varaha uvaca yada vrikshah pradrishta hi bhavanty udvegata jale tada te sthapana bhuyat pashyanti gaccha bhuruhan shri-varahah uvaca Shri Varaha said; yada when; vrikshah the trees; pradrishta are seen; hi indeed; bhavanty are; udvegata still; jale in the water; tada then; te of you; sthapana placing; bhuyat again; pashyanti looking; gaccha go; bhuruhan for trees. Shri Varaha said: When you see trees standing up from the water I will put you down. Look for trees. Text 50 shri-dharovaca sthavaranam tu racana mamopari samasthita anyasti kim va dharani tv aham hi dharanamayi shri-dhara uvaca the earth said; sthavaranam of steady places; tu indeed; racana created; mama- me; upari above; samasthita situated; anya

another; asti is; kim what?; va or; dharani the earth; tv indeed; aham I; hi indeed; dharanamayi steadfast. The earth-goddess said: All immovable things rest on me. What other thing is their steady resting-place? It is I on which all things rest. Text 51 shri-sannanda uvaca vadantittham dadarshagre jale vrikshan manoharan vikshya prithvi harim praha sarvato vigata-smaya shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; vadanti speaking; ittham thus; dadarsha saw; agre ahead; jale in the water; vrikshan trees; manoharan beautiful; vikshya seeing; prithvi the earth; harim to Lord Hari; praha sppoke; sarvatah completely; vigata gone; smaya her pride. Shri Sannanda said: As she spoke in this way she saw some beautiful trees just ahead. Her pride now gone, the earth-goddes glanced at Lord Hari and spoke. Text 52 shri-dharovaca deva kasmin sthale vrikshah santi hy ete sa-pallavah idam manasi me citram vada yajna-pate prabho shri-dhara uvaca the earth-goddess said; deva O Lord; kasmin in what?; sthale place; vrikshah these trees; santi are; hy indeed; ete they; sapallavah with twigs and leaves; idam this; manasi in the heart; me of me; citram wonder; vada tell; yajna-pate O Lord of sacrifices; prabhah O master. The earth-goddess said: Lord, in what place do these trees with twigs and leaves grow? They fill my heart with wonder. O Lord of yajnas, O master, please tell me. Text 53 shri-varaha uvaca mathuram mandalam divyam

drishyate 'gre nitambini goloka-bbumi-samyuktam pralaye 'pi na samhritam shri-varahah uvaca Lord Varaha said; mathuram Mathura; mandalam Mandala; divyam transcendental; drishyate is seen; agre ahead; nitambini O beautiful one; goloka-bbumi-samyuktam with the land of Goloka; pralaye at the time of cosmic devastation; api even; na not; samhritam is destroyed. Shri Varaha said: O beautiful one, you see transcendental Mathura-mandala, which is part of the realm of Goloka, and is not destroyed at the time of cosmic devastation. Text 54 shri-sannanda uvaca tac chrutva vismita prithvi gata-mana babhuva ha tasman nanda maha-baho vrajo 'yam sarvato 'dhikah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; tac that; shrutva heart; vismita astonished; prithvi the earth; gata-mana whose pride was gone; babhuva ha became; tasman from that; nanda O Nanda; maha-bahah O great-armed one; vrajah Vraja; ayam this; sarvatah than all; adhikah greater. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing this the earth-goddess became both astonished and prideless. O great-armed Nanda, for this reason Vraja is the best of all places. Text 55 shrutvedam vraja-mahatmyam jivan mukto bhaven narah tirtha-rajat param viddhi mathuram vraja-mandalam shrutva hearing; idam this; vraja of Vraja; mahatmyam the glory; jivan living; muktah liberated; bhaven becomes; narah a person; tirtha of holy places; rajat than the king; param better; viddhi know; mathuram Mathuram; vraja-mandalam the circle of Vraja.

A person who hears this description of Vraja's glories becomes liberated even as he continues to live in this world. Please know that Mathura Vraja-mandala is more exalted than Prayaga, the king of holy places. .pa

Chapter Two Girirjotpatti-kathanam Description of Giriraja Govardhana's Birth Text 1 shri-nanda uvaca he sannanda maha-prajna sarvajno 'si bahu-shrutah vraja-mandala-mahatmyam vadatas te mukhac chrutam shri-nanda uvaca Shri Nanda said; he O; sannanda Sannanda; maha-prajna very intelligent; sarvajnah all-knowing; asi you are; bahu-shrutah have heard much; vraja-mandala-mahatmyam the glory of Vraja-mandala; vadatah speaking; te of you; mukhac from the mouth; chrutam heard. Shri Nanda said: O very intelligent Sannanda, you have heard much and you know everything. We have heard from your mouth the glories of Vraja-mandala. Text 2 girir govardhano nama tasyotpattim ca me vada kasmad enam giri-varam giri-rajam vadanti hi girir govardhanah Govardhana Hill; nama named; tasya of it; utpattim the birth; ca also; me to me; vada tell; kasmat why?; enam he; girivaramthe best of moutnains; giri-rajam the king of mountains; vadanti they say; hi indeed. Now please tell me about the birth of the mountain named Govardhana. Why do they call it the best of mountains and the king of mountains? Text 3

yamuneyam nadi sakshat kasmal lokat samagata tan-mahatmyam ca vada me tvam asi jnaninam varah yamuna the Yamuna; iyam it; nadi river; sakshat directly; kasmal from what?; lokat world; samagata come; tan-mahatmyam the glory of it; ca also; vada tell; me me; tvam you; asi are; jnaninam of the wise; varah the best. From what world did the Yamuna river come? You are the best of the wise. Please explain to me its glories. Text 4 shri-sannanda uvaca ekada hastinapure bhishmam dharma-bhritam varam papraccha pandur ittham tam jananam canushrinvatam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; ekada one day; hastinapure in Hastinapura; bhishmam to Bhisma; dharma -bhritampious; varam benediction; papraccha asked; panduh Pandu; ittham thus; tam him; jananam of people; ca and; anushrinvatam listening; One day in Hastinapura, as many people listened, King Pandu asked pious Bhishma: Texts 5 and 6 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokadhipatih prabhuh bhuvo bharavataraya gacchan devo janardanah radham praha priye bhiru gaccha tvam api bhu-tale

paripurnatamah sakshat the Supreme Personality of Godhead shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan the Lord; svayam Himself; asankhya countless; brahmanda of universes; patih the master; golokadhipatih the king of Goloka; prabhuh the Lord; bhuvah of the earth; bhara the burden; avataraya for removing; gacchan about to depart; devah Lord; janaradanah Janardana; radham to Radha; praha said; priye O beloved; bhiru frightened; gaccha go; tvam You; api also; bhu-tale to the earth. As the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna, who is the king of Goloka and the master of countless universes was about to depart in order to remove the earth's burden, He said to Radha: O beloved, O frightened one, You should also go to the earth. Text 7 shri-radhovaca yatra vrindavanam nasti na yatra yamuna nadi yatra govardhano nasti tatra me na manah-sukham shri-radha uvaca Shri Radha said; yatra where; vrindavanam Vrindavana; na not; asti is; na not; yatra where; yamuna Yamuna; nadi river; yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; na not; asti is; tatra there; me My; na not; manah of the heart; sukham happiness. Shri Radha said: My heart cannot be happy in a place where there is no Vrindavana forest, no Yamuna River, and no Govardhana Hill. Text 8 shri-sannanda uvaca veda-naga-krosha-bbumim sva-dhamnah shri-harih svayam govardhanam ca yamunam preshayam asa bhupari shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; veda-naga-krosha 47 kroshas; bbumim land; sva-dhamnah own abode; shri-harih Lord Hari; svayam personally; govardhanam Govardhana; ca and; yamunam Yamuna; preshayam asa sen; bhu-upari to the earth.

Shri Sannanda said: Then Lord Hari sent a 47 krosha portion of His own abode, along with Govardhana and the Yamuna, to the earth. Note: A krosha equals two miles. Text 9 veda-naga-krosha-bbumih sapi catra samagata catur-vimshad-vanair yukta sarva-lokaish ca vandita veda-naga-krosha-bbumih a land of 47 kroshas; sa that; api also; ca and; atra here; samagata come; catur-vimshat 24; vanaih forests; yukta with; sarva-lokaish by all the worlds; ca and; vandita worshiped. Worshiped by all the worlds and filled with 24 forests, that land of Vrindavana has now come to the earth. Text 10 bharatat pashcima-dishi shalmali-dvipa-madhyatah govardhano janma lebhe patnyam dronacalasya ca bharatat from Bharata; pashcima-dishi in the west; shalmali-dvipamadhyatah in the midst of Salmali-dvipa; govardhanah Govardhana; janma birth; lebhe attained; patnyam in the wife; dronacalasya of Dronacala; ca and. West of Bharata-varsha, in the middle of Shalmali-dvipa, Govardhana was born from the wife of Mount Drona. Text 11 govardhanopari surah pushpa-varsham pracakrire himalaya-sumerv-adyah shailah sarve samagatah

govardhana Govardhana; upari on; surah the demigods; pushpa-varsham a shower of flowers; pracakrire did; himalaya-sumerv-adyah headed by Himalaya and Sumeru; shailah the mountains; sarve all; samagatah came. The demigods showered flowers on Govardhana. Headed by Himalaya and Sumeru, all the mountains came. Text 12 natva pradakshini-kritya pujam kritva vidhanatah govardhanasya paramam stutim cakrur mahadrayah natva bowing down; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; pujam worshipo; kritva doiing; vidhanatah properly; govardhanasya of Govardhana; paramam great; stutim prayers; cakruh did; mahadrayah the great mountains. The great mountains bowed down, circumambulated, properly worshiped, and eloquently glorified Govardhana with these words: Text 13 shri-shaila ucuh tvam sakshat krishnacandrasya paripurnatamasya ca goloke go-ganair yukte gopi-gopala-samyute shri-shailah ucuh the mountains said; tvam you; sakshat directky; krishnacandrasya of Lord Krishnacandra; paripurnatamasya the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca and; goloke in Goloka; go-ganaih multitudes of cows; yukte with; gopi gopis; gopala gopas; samyute with. In Goloka, which is filled with gopas, gopis, and cows, you are the mountain of Lord Krishnacandra, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 14 tvam hi govardhano nama vrindaranye virajase tvam no girinam sarvesham

giri-rajo 'si sampratam tvam you; hi indeed; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; vrindaranye in Vrindavana; virajase shine; tvam you; nah of us; girinam mountains; sarvesham all; giri-rajah the king of mountains; asi are; sampratam now. You are named Govardhana. You are splendidly manifest in the world of Vrindavana and you are the king of all us mountains. Text 15 namo vrindavanankaya tubhyam goloka-mauline purna-brahmatapatraya namo govardhanaya ca namah obeisances; vrindavana of Vrindavana; ankaya on the lap; tubhyam to you; goloka-mauline the crown of Goloka; purna-brahma of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atapatraya the parasol; namah obeisances; govardhanaya to Govardhana; ca and. Obeisances to you, who are the crown of Goloka and who sit on Vrindavana's lap! Obeisances to Govardhana, the parasol of the Supreme Personality of Godhead! Text 16 shri-sannanda uvaca iti stutvatha girayo jagmuh svam svam griham tatah shailo giri-varo sakshad giri-raja iti smritah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; stutva offering prayers; atha then; girayah the mountains; jagmuh went; svam svam to their own; griham homes; tatah then; shailah the mountain; giri-varah the best of mountains; sakshat directly; giri-raja the king of mountains; iti thus; smritah remembered. After speaking these prayers the mountains returned to their homes. For this reason Govardhana is known as the best of mountains and the king of mountains.

Texts 17-20 ekada tirtha-yayi ca pulastyo muni-sattamah dronacala-sutam shyamam girim govardhanam varam madhavi-latika-pushpam phala-bhara-samanvitam nirjharair naditam shantam kandara-mangalayanam tapo-yogyam ratnamayam shata-shringam manoharam citra-dhatu-vicitrangam sa-tankam pakshi-sankulam mrigaih shakhamritair vyaptam mayura-dhvani-manditam mukti-pradam mumukshunam tam dadarsha maha-munih ekada one day; tirtha-yayi going on pilgrimage; ca and; pulastyah Pulastya Muni; muni-sattamah teh best of sages; dronacala of Mount Drona; sutam-the son; shyamam dark; girim mountain; govardhanam Govardhana; varam best; madhavi-latika-pushpam with flowers on madhavi vines; phalabhara-samanvitam filled with fruits; nirjharaih with mountain streams; naditam with the sounds; shantam peaceful; kandara-mangalayanam with auspicious caves; tapo-yogyam suitable for performing austerities; ratnamayam filled with jewels; shata-shringam with a hundred peaks; manoharam beautiful; citradhatu-vicitrangam with wonderfully colorful mineral pigments; sa-tankam with beautiful slopes; pakshi-sankulam filled with birds; mrigaih with deer; shakhamritaih with nectar trees; vyaptam filled; mayura-dhvani-manditam decorated with the sounds of peacocks; mukti-pradam giving liberation; mumukshunam to they who yearn for liberation; tam it; dadarsha saw; mahamunih the great sage. One day, as he was traveling to holy places, the great sage Pulastya saw Mount Drona's son Govardhana, who was filled with flowering madhavi vines, heavy with abundant fruits, filled with the sounds of gushing streams, peaceful, auspicious with many caves, suitable for performing austeritiies, filled with jewels, charming, wonderful with many colorful minerals, beautiful with graceful slopes, filled with many birds, deer, and nectar trees, and decorated with peacock calls, and which gave liberation for they who yearn for it. Text 21

tal-lipsur muni-shardulo drona-parshvam samagatah pujito drona-girina pulastyah praha tam girim tat him; lipsuh desiring to attain; muni-shardulah the tiger of sages; dronaparshvam to the side of Drona; samagatah went; pujitah worshiped; dronagirina by Mount Drona; pulastyah Pulastya; praha said; tam to him; girim the mountain. Pulastya, the tiger of sages, approached Mount Drona and, wishing to get his son, spoke. Text 22 shri-pulastya uvaca he drona tvam girindro 'si sarva-devaish ca pujitah divyaushadhi-samayuktah sada jivana-do nrinam shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastay said; he O; drona Drona; tvam you; girindrah the king of mountains; asi are; sarva-devaish by all the demigods; ca also; pujitah worshiped; divyaushadhi-samayuktah filled with transcendental medicinal herbs; sada always; jivana-dah giving life; nrinam to the people. Shri Pulastya said: O Drona, you are the king of mountains. You are worshiped by all the demigods. You are filled with transcendental medicinal herbs and thus you always restore the peoples' lives. Text 23 arthi tavantike praptah kashi-stho 'ham maha-munih govardhanam sutam dehi nanyair me 'tra prayojanam arthi wishing; tava of you; antike nearness; praptah attained; kashi-sthah staying in Varanasi; aham I;; maha-munih a great sage; govardhanam Govardhana; sutam son; dehi please give; na not; anyaih by others; me of me; atra here; prayojanam need. I come to you with a request. I am a great sage. I live in Kashi. Please give me your son Govardhana. I do not wish anything else.

Note: Kashi is a name of Varanasi. Text 24 vishveshvarasya devasya kashi-namna maha-puri yatra papi mritah sadyah param moksham prayati hi vishveshvarasya of Vishveshvara; devasya Lord; kashi-namna named kasi; maha-puri great city; yatra where; papi a sinner; mritah does; sadyah at once; param ultimate; moksham liberation; prayati attains; hi indeed. The great city named Kashi is the home of Lord Vish/veshvara. A sinner who dies there at once attains liberation. Text 25 yatra gangagata sakshad vishvanatho 'pi yatra vai tatraiva sthapayishyami yatra ko 'pi na parvatah yatra where; ganga the Ganes; agata come; sakshat directky; vishvanathah Vish/vanatha; api also; yatra where; vai indeed; tatra there; eva indeed; sthapayishyami I will place; yatra where; ko 'pi any; na not; parvatah mountain. The Ganges flows there, and Lord Vishvanatha resides there. There, where there is no mountain, I will place your son. Text 26 govardhane tava sute lata-vrksha-samakule tasmims tapah karishyami jato 'yam me manorathah

govardhane on Govardhana; tava your; sute son; lata-vrksha-samakule filled with trees and vines; tasmin there; tapah austerities; karishyami I will perform; jatah manifested; ayam this; me my; manorathah desire. I will perform austerities on your son Govardhana, who is filled with trees and vines. That is my desire. Text 27 shri-sannanda uvaca pulastya-vacanam shrutva sva-suta-sneha-vihvalah ashru-purno drona-giris tam munim vakyam abravit shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; pulastya-vacanam Pulastya's words; shrutva hearing; sva-suta-sneha with love for his son; vihvalah overwhelmed; ashru-purnah filled with tears; drona-girih Mount Drona; tam to him; munim the sage; vakyam words; abravit spoke. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing Pulastya's words, Drona became filled with love for his son. His eyes filled with tears, he spoke to the sage. Text 28 shri-drona uvaca putra-snehakulo 'ham vai putro me 'yam ati-priyah te shapa-bhaya-bhito 'ham vadamy enam maha-mune shri-dronah uvaca Shri Drona said; putra-snehakulah filled with love for my son; aham I am; vai indeed; putrah son; me my; ayam he; ati-priyah very dear; te of you; shapa of the curse; bhaya-bhitah afraid; aham I; vadamy say; enam this; maha-mune O great sage. Shri Drona said: I am filled with love for my son. My son is very dear to me. O great sage, I fear your curse. Let me speak to him. Text 29

he putra gaccha munina bharate karmake shubhe traivargyam labhyate yatra nribhir moksham api kshanat he O; putra son; gaccha go; munina with the sage; bharate to Bharatavarsa; karmake the land of karma; shubhe beautiful; traivargyam the three goals of life; labhyate are obrained; yatra where; nribhih by human beings; moksham liberation; api also; kshanat in a moment. O son, go with this sage to beautiful Bharata-varsha, the land of karma, where the people attain the three goals of life, and even liberation, in a single moment. Text 30 shri-govardhana uvaca mune katham mam nayasi lambitam yojanashtakam yojana-dvayam uccangam panca-yojana-vistritam shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; katham how?; mam me; nayasi you take; lambitam extended; yojana yojanas; ashtakam eight; yojana-dvayam two yojanas; ucca tall; angam body; pancayojana five yojanas; vistritam extended. Shri Govardhana said: O sage, how will you take me? I am eight yojanas long, five yojanas wide, and two yojanas tall. Note: A yojana is eight miles. Text 31 shri-pulastya uvaca upavishya kare me tvam gaccha putra yatha-sukham vahayami kare tvam vai yavat kashim samagatah shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; upavishya sit; kare in the hand; me of me; tvam you; gaccha go; putra son; yatha-sukham as you wish; vahayami I will carry; kare in my hand; tvam you; vai indeed; yavat until; kashim Kasi; samagatah I arrive.

Shri Pulastya said: My son, please sit in my hand and I will carry you to Kashi. Text 32 shri-govardhana uvaca mune yatra sthale bbumyam sthapanam me karishyasi karishyami na cotthanam tad-bbumyah shapatho mama shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; yatra where; sthale in the place; bbumyam on earth; sthapanam placing; me of me; karishyasi you will do; karishyami I will do; na not; ca again; utthanam rising; tad-bbumyah from that place; shapathah because of a vow; mama of mine. Shri Govardhana said: I will stay where you place me. I will not leave that place. I promise you this. Text 33 shri-pulastya uvaca aham a-shalmali-dvipan maryadi-kritya kaushalam na sthapanam karishyami shapathas te 'pi me pathi shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; aham I; a-shalmali-dvipan fropm Salmali-dvipa; maryadi-kritya crossing the boundary; kaushalam the country of Ayodhya; na not; sthapanam placing; karishyami I will do; shapathah promise; te to you; api also; me of me; pathi on the path. Shri Pulastya said: As I take you from Shalmali-dvipa to the country of Kaushala I will not put you down along the way. I promise you this. Text 34 shri-sannanda uvaca muneh kara-tale tasminn aruroha mahacalah

pranamya pitaram dronam ashru-purnakulekshanah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; muneh of the sage; kara-tale in the plam of the hand; tasminn there; aruroha climbed; mahacalah the great miountain; pranamya bowing down; pitaram to his father; dronam Drona; ashru-purnakulekshanah his eyes filled with tears. Shri Sannanda said: His eyes filled with tears, the great mountain Govardhana bowed down before his father, Drona, and then climbed onto the sage's hand. Text 35 munis tam dakshina-kare dhritva gacchan chanaih shanaih sva-tejo darshayan nrinam prapto 'bhud vraja-mandale munih the sage; tam to him; dakshina-kare in the right hand; dhritva holding; gacchan going; shanaih shanaih little by little; sva-tejah his own power; darshayan showing; nrinam of the people; praptah attained; abhut became; vraja-mandale Vraja-mandala. Carrying the mountain in his right hand, he showed his great power to the people. Moving very slowly, he finally came to Vraja-mandala. Texts 36 and 37 jati-smaro giris tatra prahedam pathi cintayan paripurnatamah sakshac chrii-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir vraje 'travatarishyati bala-lilam ca kaishorim ceshtam gopala-balakaih jati previous birth; smarah remembering; girih the mountain; tatra there; praha said; idam thus; pathi on the path; cintayan thinking; paripurnatamah the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshac directly; chrii-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan the Lord; svayam Himself; asankhya countless; brahmanda of universes; patih the master; vraje in Vraja; atra here; avatarishyati will

descend; bala-lilam childhood pastimes; ca and; kaishorim of a youth; ceshtam the activities; gopala-balakaih with cowherd boys. Remembering his previous life, as he traveled, Mount Govardhana said to himself: Shri Krishna, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of countless universes, will decscend to this place, Vraja, and enjoy childhood playing with the cowherd boys, and then the pastimes of youth. Text 38 dana-lilam mana-lilam harir atra karishyati tasman maya na gantavyam bbumish ceyam kalindaja dana of paying a toll; lilam pastimes; mana of jealous anger; lilam pastimes; harih Lord Hari; atra here; karishyati will do; tasman therefore; maya by me; na not; gantavyam should be gone; bbumish earth; ca and; iyam this; kalindaja the Yamuna. Here Lord Hari will enjoy pastimes of paying a toll and pastimes of jealous anger. For this reason I should not leave this place where the Yamuna flows. Text 39 golokad radhaya sardham shri-krishno 'tragamishyati krita-krityo bhavishyami kritva tad-darshanam param golokat from Goloka; radhaya Radha; sardham with; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; atra here; agamishyati will come; krita-krityah successful; bhavishyami I will become; kritva having done; tad-darshanam the sight of Him; param great. From Goloka Shri Krishna will come here with Radha. By seeing Him I will make my life perfect. Text 40 evam vicarya manasa

bhuri bharam dadau kare tada munish ca shranto 'bhud bhuta-purvam gata-smritih evam thus; vicarya thinking; manasa in his mind; bhuri great; bharam burden; dadau gave; kare on the hand; tada then; munish the sage; ca and; shrantah exhausted; abhut became; bhuta-purvam done before; gata gone; smritih memory. Thinking this in his mind, Govardhana made himself very heavy in the sage's hand. Overcome with exhaustion, the sage could not remember what had happened before. Text 41 karad uttarya tam shailam nidhaya vraja-mandale laghu-shankajayartham hi gato 'bhud bhara-piditah karat from his hand; uttarya taking; tam him; shailam the mountain; nidhaya placing; vraja-mandale in Vraja-mandala; laghu-shankajayarthamto lighten the burden; hi iindeed; gatah gone; abhut became; bhara of the weight; piditah tormented. Tormented by the mountain's great weight, to lighten his burden the sage put him down in Vraja-mandala. Text 42 kritva shaucam jale snatva pulastyo muni-sattamah uttishtheti munih praha girim govardhanam param kritva having done; shaucam purification; jale in teh water; snatva having bathed; pulastyah Pulastya; muni-sattamah the best of sages; uttishtha rise up; iti thus; munih the sage; praha said; girim to the mountain; govardhanam Govardhana; param then. After bathing in the water there and becoming clean, the great sage Pulastya said to Mount Govardhana: "Stand up!"

Text 43 notthitam bhuri-bharadhyam karabhyam tam maha-munih sva-tejasa balenapi grihitum upacakrame na not; utthitam stood up; bhuri-bharadhyam very heavy; karabhyam with both hands; tam him; maha-munih the great sage; sva-tejasa by his potency; balenapi and strength; grihitum to take; upacakrame did. When the very heavy mountain did not stand up, the great sage grasped it with his mystic strength. Text 44 munina sangrihito 'pi giri-rajo girardraya na cacalangulim kincit tad api drona-nandanah munina by the sage; sangrihitah grasped; api although; giri-rajah the king of mountains; gira with words; ardraya sweet; na not; cacala moved; angulim a finger; kincit at all;; tat that; api also; drona-nandanah the son of Mount Drona. Although the sage embarced him and spoke sweet words, Mount Govardhana, the son of Drona, did not move even for the space of a finger. Text 45 shri-pulastya uvaca gaccha gaccha giri-shreshtha bharam ma kuru ma kuru maya jnato 'si rushtas tvam abhiprayam vadashu me shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; gaccha go; gaccha go; girishreshtha O best of mountains; bharam weight; ma don't; kuru do; ma don't; kuru do; maya by me; jnatah known; asi you are; rushtah angry; tvam you; abhiprayam reason; vada tell; ashu at once; me to me.

Shri Pulastya said: Come! Come! O best of mountains, don't make yourself heavy! Don't make yourself heavy! I know you are angry. Tell me why at once! Text 46 shri-govardhana uvaca mune 'tra me na dosho 'sti tvaya me sthapana krita karishyami na cotthanam purvam me shapathah kritah shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; atra here; me O sage; na not; doshah fault; 'sti is; tvaya by you; me of me; sthapana establishing; krita done; karishyami I will do; na not; ca and; utthanam rising; purvam before; me of me; shapathah the promise; kritah done. Shri Govardhana said: O sage, there is no fault on my part. You have put me down, and now I will never move from this place. That was the promise I made to you. Text 47 pulastyo muni-shardulah krodhat pracalitendriyah sphurad-oshtho drona-puram shashapa vigatodyamah pulastyah Pulastya; muni-shardulah the tiger of sages; krodhat out of anger; pracalita trembling; indriyah senses; sphurat trembling; oshthah lips; drona-putram the son of Drona; shashapa cursed; vigata gone; udyamah effort. Then, abandoning his attempt (to move the mountain), Pulastya, the tiger of sages, his senses filled with anger and his lips trembling, cursed Govardhana, the son of Drona. Text 48 shri-pulastya uvaca gire tvayati-dhrishtena na krito me manorathah

tasmat tu tila-matram hi nityam tvam kshinatvam vraja shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; gire O mountain; tvaya by you; atidhrishtena very arrogant; na not; kritah done; me to me; manorathah desire; tasmat therefore; tu indeed; tila-matram the size of a sesame seed; hi indeed; nityam always; tvam you; kshinatvam diminution; vraja go. Shri Pulastya said: O arrogant mountain, you would not fulfill my desire! Therefore every day you will become smaller by the size of a sesame seed. Text 49 shri-sannanda uvaca kashim gate pulastyarshav ayam govardhano girih nityam sankshiyate nanda tila-matram dine dine shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; kashim to Kasi; gate went; pulastyarshau when Pulastya Rishi; ayam he; govardhano girih Mount Govardhana; nityam always; sankshiyate diminishes; nanda O Nanda; tilamatram by the size of s sesame seed; dine day; dine after day. Shri Sannanda said: O Nanda, when Pulastya Rishi left for Kashi, Mount Govardhana beagn to shrink by the size of a sesame seed day after day. Text 50 yavad bhagirathi ganga yavad govardhano girih tavat kaleh prabhavas tu bhavishyati na karhicit yavat as; bhagirathi the the daughter of King Bhagiratha; ganga the Ganges; yavat as; govardhanah Govardhana; girih Mount; tavat so; kaleh of Kali-yuga; prabhavah the power; tu indeed; bhavishyati will be; na not; karhicit at all. As long as the Bhagirthi Ganges is present, and as long as Mount Govardhana is present, the power of Kali-yuga will not be present.

Text 51 govardhanasya prakatam caritram nrinam maha-papa-haram pavitram maya tavagre kathitam vicitram su-mukti-dam kau ruciram na citram govardhanasya of Givardhana; prakatam the manifestation; caritram the story; nrinam of men; maha-papa-haram m removes the greatest sins; pavitram pure; maya by me; tava of you; agre in the presence; kathitam told; vicitram wonderful; su-mukti-dam giving liberation; kau on the earth; ruciram beautiful; na not; citram a wonder. I have spoken to you the story of Mount Govardhana's appearance in this world, a sacred story that removes from human beings the greatest sins, that is very wonderful, and that gives the greatest liberation. It is not surprising that this story is so beautiful and glorious in this world.

Chapter Three Kalindy-agamana-varnana Description of the Yamuna's Arrival Text 1 shri-sannanda uvaca goloke harinajnapta kalindi saritam vara krishnam pradakshini-kritya gantum abhyudyatabhavat shri-sannandah uvacaShri Sannanda said; golokein Goloka; harinaby Lord Hari; jnaptainformed; kalindiYamuna; saritamof rivers; varathe best; krishnamLord Krishna; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; gantumto go; abhyudyataabout; abhavatbecame. Shri Sannanda said: Ordered by Lord Krishna in Goloka, Yamuna, the best of rivers, circumambulated the Lord and was about to go (to the earth). Text 2 tadaiva viraja sakshad

ganga brahma-dravodbhava dve nadyau yamunayam tu sampraline babhuvatuh tadathen; evacertainly; virajaViraja; sakshatdirectly; gangathe Ganges; brahma-dravodbhavaspiritual river; dvetwo; nadyaurivers; yamunayamin the yamuna; tuindeed; sampralinemerged; babhuvatuhbecame. Then the Viraja river and the spiritual Ganga river both entered the Yamuna. Text 3 paripurnatamam krishnam tasmat krishnasya nanda-rat paripurnatamasyapi patta-rajnim vidur janah paripurnatamamthe supreme; krishnamthe Yamuna; tasmatfrom that; krishnasyaof Krishna; nanda-ratKing Nanda; paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apieven; patarajnimthe most important queen; viduh know; janahthe people. O king Nanda, for this reason the people know that the Yamuna is the greatest of rivers and the first queen of Lord Krishna. Text 4 tato vegena mahata kalindi saritam vara bibheda viraja-vegam nikunja-dvara-nirgata tatahthen; vegenawith power; mahatagreat; kalindithe Yamuna; saritam of rivers; varathe best; bibhedabroke; viraja-vegamthe current of the Viraja; nikunjaof a forest grove; dvarato the gate; nirgatagone. Then, with great force breaking through the current of the Viraja, the Yamuna left the gate of the transcendental forest grove. Text 5 asankhya-brahmanda-cayam

sprishva brahma-dravam gata bhindanti taj-jalam dirgham sva-vegena maha-nadi asankhya-brahmanda-cayamcountless universes; sprishvatouching; brahma-dravamthe spiritual river; gatagone; bhindantibreaking; taj-jalam that water; dirghamlong; sva-vegenaby its own power; maha-nadigreat river. Touching countless universes, she came to the spiritual Ganga. With great force the great Yamuna river broke through the Ganga's waters. Text 6 vama-padangushha-nakhabhinna-brahmanda-mastake shri-vamanasya vivare brahma-drava-samakule vamaleft; padangushhatoe; nakhanail; bhinnabroken; brahmandaof the universe; mastakeon the head; shri-vamanasyaof Lord Vamana; vivarein the opening; brahma-drava-samakulethrough which the spiritual Ganga flowed. Then the Yamuna came to an opening Lord Vamana's left toe had made in the top of a universe, an opening through which the spiritual Ganga flowed. Text 7 tasmin shri-gangaya sardham pravishabhut sarid-vara vaikunham cajita-padam samprapya dhruva-mandale tasminin that place; shri-gangayaShri Ganga; sardhamwith; pravisha abhutendered; sarid-varathe best of rivers; vaikunhamVaikuntha; caamd; ajitaof the unconquerable; padamthe abode; samprapyaattaining; dhruvaof Dhruva; mandalein the realm. With Shri Ganga entering that opening, the Yamuna, the best of rivers, then came to the unconquerable Lord's abode of Vaikunha in the planet of Maharaja Dhruva. Text 8

brahmalokam abhivyapya patanti brahma-mandalat tatah suranam shatasho lokal lokam jagama ha brahmalokamBrahmaloka; abhivyapyaattaining; patantifalling; brahmamandalatfrom the planet of Brahma; tatahthen; suranamof the demigods; shatashahhundreds; lokalfrom planet; lokamto planet; jagamawent; ha indeed. Then the Yamuna came to Brahmaloka. Falling from Brahma's planet, she went to the hundreds of planets of the demigods. She went from one planet to another. Text 9 tatah papata vegena sumeru-giri-murdhani giri-kuan atikramya bhittva ganda-shila-taan tatahthen; papatafell; vegenawith great force; sumeru-giri-murdhanion top of Mount Sumeru; giri-kuanthe mountain peaks; atikramyapassing; bhittva breaking; ganda-shila-taanthe stone face of the mountain. Then with great force she fell on Mount Sumeru. Flowing from its peaks, she broke the stones on its slope. Text 10 sumeror dakshina-disham gantum abhyuditabhavat tatah shri-yamuna sakshac chri-gangayam vinirgata sumerohfrom Sumeru; dakshina-dishamto the south; gantumto go; abhyudita abhavatbegan; tatahthen; shri-yamunaShri Yamuna; sakshat directly; shri-gangayamin Shri Ganga; vinirgataleft. Then, in order to go south from Mount Sumeru, Shri Yamuna left Shri Ganga's path. Text 11

ganga tu prayayau shailam himavantam maha-nadi krishna tu prayayau shailam kalindam prapya sa tada gangathe Ganga; tuindeed; prayayauwent; shailamto the mountains; himavantamHimalaya; maha-nadithe great river; krishnaYamuna; tuindeed; prayayauwent; shailamto mount; kalindamkalinda; prapyaattaining; sa she; tadathen. Then the Ganga went to Mount Himavat and the great river Yamuna went to Mount Kalinda. Texts 12 and 13 kalinditi samakhyata kalinda-prabhava yada kalinda-giri-sanunam ganda-shaila-taan dridhan bhittva luhanti bhu-khande krishna vegavati sati deshan punanti kalindi prapta vai khandave vane kalindithe daughter of Kalinda; itithus; samakhyatanamed; kalindafrom Kalinda; prabhavaborn; yadawhen; kalinda-giriof Mount Kalinda; sanunamof the peaks; ganda-shaila-taanthe slopes with stones; dridhanfirm; bhittva breaking; luhantimoving on the ground; bhu-khandeon the earth; krishnathe Yamuna; vegavatipowerful; satisacred; deshanthe countries; punanti purifying; kalindithe Yamuna; praptaattained; vaiindeed; khandave vanethe Khandava forest. Because she is thus Mount Kalinda's daughter, she is named Kalindi. Flowing from Mount Kalinda's peaks, and breaking the hard rocks on his slopes, the sacred Kalindi swiftly flowed on the earth, purifying the countries she passed. Then she entered the Khandava forest. Text 14 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam varam icchanti

dhritva vapuh param divyam tapas tepe kalindaja paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; chrikrishnamShri Krishna; varamas her husband; icchantiwishing; dhritva manifesting; vapuha form; paramthen; divyamtranscendental; tapah austerity; tepeperformed; kalindajathe Yamuna. Wishing to attain Lord Krishna, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, as her husband, the Kalindi assumed a splendid spiritual form and performed great austerities. Text 15 pitra vinirmite gehe jale 'dyapi samashrita tato vegena kalindi praptabhud vraja-mandale pitraby her father; vinirmitemade; gehein a house; jalein the water; adya today; apieven; samashritasheltered; tatahthen; vegenawith force; kalindi the Kalindi; prapta abhutattained; vraja-mandaleVraja-mandala. Even today she stays in a water-house her father made for her. Then the Kalindi swiftly entered Vraja-mandala. Text 16 vrindavana-samipe ca mathura-nikae shubhe shri-mahavana-parshve ca saikate ramana-sthale vrindavanaVrindavana; samipenear; caand; mathuraMathura; nikae near; shubhebeautiful; shri-mahavanaof Shri Mahavana; parshveby the side; caand; sashe; ekatesecluded; ramanabeautiful; sthalein a place. Then she flowed through Vrindavana, beautiful Mathura, and beautiful secluded Mahavana. Text 17

shri-goloke ca yamuna yuthi-bhutvati-sundari shri-krishnacandra-rasartham nija-vasam cakara ha shri-golokeon Shri Goloka; caand; yamunaYamuna; yuthi-bhutva becoming a leader of many gopis; ativery; sundaribeautiful; shri-krishnacandra of Lord Krishnacandra; rasathe rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; nijaown; vasamhome; cakaradid; haindeed. As the very beautiful leader of many gopis, Shri Yamuna made her home in Shri Goloka to perform the rasa dance with Shri Krishnacandra. Text 18 atho vrajad vrajanti sa vraja-vikshepa-vihvala premanandashru-samyukta bhutva pashcima-vahini athahthen; vrajatfrom Vraja; vrajantigoing; sashe; vrajaof Vraja; vikshepaleaving; vihvalaoverwhelmed; premaof love; anandaof bliss; ashru with tears; samyuktaendowed; bhutvabecoming; pashcimawest; vahini flowing. As she left Vraja she became overwhelmed by feelings of separation. Filled with tears of bliss and love, she turned west (and returned to Vraja). Text 19 tatas tri-varam vegena natvatho vraja-mandale deshan punanti prayayau prayagam tirtha-sattamam tatahthen; tri-varamthree times; vegenaquickly; natvabowing down; athahthen; vraja-mandalein Vraja-mandala; deshanto coutnries; punanti purifying; prayayauwent; prayagamto Prayag; tirtha-sattamamthe best of holy places. Then, bowing three times to Vraja-mandala, she went to very holy Prayaga, purifying the countries she passed.

Text 20 punah shri-gangaya sardham kshirabdhim sa jagama ha devah suvarsham pushpanam cakrur divi jaya-dhvanim punahagain; shri-gangayaShri Ganga; sardhamwith; kshirabdhimto the milk-ocean; sashe; jagamawent; haindeed; devahthe demigods; suvarsham a shower; pushpanamof flowers; cakruhdid; diviin heaven; jaya-dhvanim sounds of "victory!". When, flowing with Shri Ganga, she entered the Kshira ocean, the demigods in heaven showered flowers and exclaimed victory!" Text 21 krishna shri-yamuna sakshat kalindi saritam vara samudram etya shri-gangam praha gadgadaya gira krishnadark; shri-yamunaShri Yamuna; sakshatdirectly; kalindithe daughter of Mount Kalinda; saritamof rivers; varathe best; samudramto the ocean; etyagoing; shri-gangamto Shri Ganga; prahasaid; gadgadayachoked with emotion; girawith words. When dark Shri Yamuna, who was the best of rivers and the daughter of Mount Kalinda, entered the ocean, she spoke to Shri Ganga with words choked with emotion. Text 22 shri-yamunovaca he gange tvam tu dhanyasi sarva-brahmanda-pavani krishna-padabja-sambhuta sarva-lokaika-vandita shri-yamuna uvacaShri Yamuna said; heO; gangeGanga; tvamyou; tu indeed; dhanyafortunate; asiare; sarvaall; brahmandauniverses; pavani

purifying; krishnaof Lord Krishna; padabjafrom the lotus feet; sambhutaborn; sarvaby all; lokapeople; ekaalone; vanditaoffered respects. Shri Yamuna said: O Ganga, you are fortunate. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Krishna's lotus foot. Everyone bows down before you alone. Text 23 urdhvam yami harer lokam gaccha tvam api he shubhe tvat-samanam hi divyam ca na bhutam na bhavishyati urdhvamup; yamiI go; harehof Lord Hari; lokamto the world; gacchago; tvamyou; apialso; heO; shubhebeautiful one; tvatto you; samanam equal; hiindeed; divyamglorious; caand; nanot; bhutamwas; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be. Now I will ascend to Lord Hari's abode. O beautiful one, you come also. There never was, nor will there ever be, anyone as glorious as you. Text 24 shri-gangovaca sarva-tirtha-mayi ganga tasmat tvam pranamamy aham yat kincid va prakathitam tat kshamasva su-mangale shri-ganga uvacaShri ganga said; sarva-tirtha-mayiconsisting of all holy places; gangaGanga; tasmattherefore; tvamyou; pranamamibow down; ahamI; yatwhat; kincitsomething; vaor; prakathitamsaid; tatthat; kshamasvaplease forgive; su-mangaleO auspicious one. Shri Ganga said: I, the Ganga, who contain all holy places, bow down before you. O auspicious one, please forgive any improper words I may have said. Text 25 he krishne tvam tu dhanyasi sarva-brahmanda-pavani krishna-vamamsa-sambhuta

paramananda-rupini heO; krishnedark yamuna; tvamyou; tuindeed; dhanyafortunate; asi are; sarvaall; brahmandauniverses; pavanipurifying; krishnaof Lord Krishna; vamaleft; amsafrom the shoulder; sambhutaborn; paramatranscendental; anandabliss; rupinithe form. O dark Yamuna, you are the fortunate one. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder. Your form is full of transcendental bliss. Text 26 paripurnatama sakshat sarva-lokaika-vandita paripurnatamasyapi shri-krishnasya mahatmanah paripurnatamamost perfect; sakshatdirectly; sarva-lokaika-vanditaoffered respect by all; paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api also; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe great one. You are most perfect and complete. You are worshiped by all. You are dear to Shri Krishna, the great Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 27 paa-rajnim param krishne krishnam tvam pranamamy aham tirthair devair durlabham tvam goloke 'pi ca durghaa paa-rajnim paramthe most important queen; krishneO dark one; krishnam to the dark one; tvamyou; pranamamibow down; ahamI; tirthaihwith holy places; devaihwith demigods; durlabhamdifficult to attain; tvamyou; goloke in Goloka; apieven; caand; durghaadifficult to attain. O dark Yamuna, I bow down to you, the first queen of Lord Krishna. The holy places and demigods find it difficult to attain you. Even in Goloka it is difficult to attain you. Text 28

aham yasyami patalam shri-krishnasyajnaya shubhe tvad-viyogaturaham vai yanam kartum na ca kshama ahamI; yasyamiwill go; patalamto Patalaloka; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; ajnayaby the order; shubheO beautiful one; tvatfrom you; viyogaby separation; aturaafflicted; ahamI; vaiindeed; yanamjourney; kartumto make; nanot; caand; kshamaable. By Lord Krishna's order I must go to Patalaloka now. I am unhappy to leave you, but I cannot go with you. Text 29 yuthi-bhutva bhavishyami shri-vraje rasa-mandale yat kincin me prakathitam tat kshamasva hari-priye yuthia leader of many gopis; bhutvahaving become; bhavishyamiI will be; shri-vrajein Shri Vraja; rasa-mandalein the circle of the rasa dance; yatwhat; kincitsomething; meof me; prakathitamsaid; tatthat; kshamasvaplease forgive; hari-priyeO beloved of Lord Hari. I will become a leader of many gopis in the rasa-dance circle in Shri Vraja. O beloved of Lord Hari, please forgive any improper words I may have said. Text 30 shri-sannanda uvaca ittham parasparam natva dve nadyau yayatur drutam lokan pavitri-kurvanti patale svah-sarid gata shri-sannandah uvacaShri Sannanda said; itthamthus; parasparamto each other; natvabowing down; dvetwo; nadyaurivers; yayatuh-went; drutam quickly; lokanto the planets; pavitri-kurvantipurifying; pataleto Patala; svahsaritthe heavenly Ganga; gatawent.

Shri Sannanda said: Bowing down before each other, the two rivers then quickly went their respective ways. The heavenly Ganga went to Patalaloka, purifying the planets as she passed. Text 31 sapi bhogavati-namna babhau bhogavati-vane yaj-jalam sa-trinayanah shesho murdhna bibharti ha sashe; apialso; bhogavati-namnaby the name Bhagavati; babhauis manifested; bhogavati-vanein Bhogavati forest; yaj-jalamthe water of ehom; satrinayanahwith Lord Shiva; sheshahLord Shesha; murdhnaon His head; bibharticarries; hacertainly. There she is named Bhogavati, for she flows through the Bhogavati forest. Lord Shesha and Lord Shiva carry her water on Their heads. Text 32 atha krishna sva-vegena bhittva saptabdhi-mandalam sapta-dvipa-mahi-prishhe luhanti vegavat tara athathen; krishnathe Yamuna; sva-vegenaquickly; bhittvabreaking; saptabdhi-mandalamthe seven oceans; sapta-dvipa-mahi-prishheon the seven continents; luhantimoving; vegavattaraquickly. Quickly traversing the seven oceans, the dark Yamuna quickly flowed through the world of seven islands. Text 33 gatva svarnamayim bhumim lokalokacalam gata tat-sanu-ganda-shailanam taam bhittva kalindaja

gatvacoming; svarnamayimgolden; bhumimto the land; lokalokacalam Mount Lokaloka; gatagone; tat-sanuon its peaks; ganda-shailanamof rocks; taamslope; bhittvabreaking; kalindajathe Yamuna. Then the Yamuna flowed to the golden land and then Mount Lokaloka where, flowing from its peaks, she broke the rocks on its slopes. Text 34 tan-murdhni cotpapatashu spharavaj-jala-dharaya udgacchanti tad-urdhvam sa yayau svargam tu nakinam tan-murdhnion its head; caalso; utpapatarose; ashuquickly; spharavajjala-dharayaa great stream of water; udgacchantirising; tad-urdhvamabove that; sashe; yayauwent; svargamto Svargaloka; tuindeed; nakinamof the heavenly planets. Then she rose again to its peaks and, with a great stream of water, rose to Svargaloka in the heavenly worlds. Text 35 a-brahmalokam lokams tan abhivyapya hareh padam brahmanda-randhram shri-brahmadrava-yuktam sametya sa a-brahmalokamup to Brahmaloka; lokanthe planets; tanthem; abhivyapya passing; harehof Lord Hari; padamto the abode; brahmandaof universe; randhramthe opening; shri-brahma-drava-yuktamwith the Ganga; sametya meeting; sashe. She passed through the planets on the way to Brahmaloka and, meeting the Ganga at the opening in the universe, went to Lord Hari's abode. Text 36 pushpa-varsham pravarshatsu deveshu pranateshu ca

punah shri-krishna-golokam aruroha sarid-vara pushpaof flowers; varshama shower; pravarshatsushowering; deveshuas the demigods; pranateshubowing down; caand; punahagain; shri-krishnagolokamto Shri Krishna's Goloka; arurohaascended; sarid-varathe best of rivers. As the demigods showered flowers and bowed down to offer respects, Shri Yamuna, the best of rivers, returned to Shri Krishna's abode of Goloka. Text 37 kalinda-giri-nandini-nava-caritram etac chubham shrutam ca yadi pahitam bhuvi tanoti sanmangalam jano 'pi yadi dharayet kila pahec ca yo nityashah sa yati paramam padam nija-nikunja-lilavritam kalinda-giri-nandiniof the daughter of Mount Kalinda; navanew; caritram pastimes; etatthis; shubhamauspicious; shrutamheard; caand; yadiif; pahitamread; bhuvion earth; tanotigives; sanmangalamauspiciousness; janaha person; apieven; yadiif; dharayet remembers;kila pahecreads; ca or; yahwho; nityashahregularly; sahe; yatigoes; paramamto the supreme; padamabode; nijaown; nikunjaforest groves; lilawith pastimes; avritamfilled. If a person in this world hears or reads this auspicious and ever-new pastime of Mount Kalinda's daughter Yamuna, he will attain great auspiciousness. If one regularly reads or remembers this pastime, he will attain the transcendental forest groves where the Supreme Lord enjoys His pastimes. .pa

Chapter Four Vatsasura-moksha The Liberation of Vatsasura Text 1 sannandasya vacah shrutva gantum nandah samudyatah sarvair gopa-ganaih sardham mudito 'bhun maha-manah

sannandasyaof sannanda; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; gantumto go; nandahNanda; samudyatahabout; sarvaihwith all; gopa-ganaihthe ghopas; sardhamwith; muditahjoyful; abhutbecame; maha-manahnoblehearted. After hearing Sannanda's words, noble-hearted Nanda became happy. He decided to go there with all the cowherd people, . . . Text 2 yashodaya ca rohinya sarva-gopi-ganaih saha ashvai rathair vira-janair mandito vipra-mandalaih yashodayawith Yashoda; caand; rohinyawith Rohini; sarva-gopi-ganaih with all the gopis; sahawith; ashvaihorses; rathaihchariots; vira-janaih soldiers; manditahdecorated; vipra-mandalaihwith brahmanas. Decorated with Yashoda, Rohini, all the gopis, many horses, chariots, soldiers, and brahmanas, . . . Text 3 gobhish ca shakaair yukto vriddhair balais tathanugaih gayakair giyamanaish ca shankha-dundubhi-nihsvanaih gobhihcows; caand; shakaaihcarts; yuktahengaged; vriddhaihwith elder; balaihboys; tathaso; anugaihfollowing; gayakaihwith singers; giyamanaihsinging; caand; shankha-dundubhi-nihsvanaihwith sounds of shankhas and dundubhis. . . . with many cows, carts, adults followed by children, musicians playing shankhas and dundubhis, . . . Text 4 putrabhyam rama-krishnabhyam

nanda-rajo maha-matih ratham aruhya he rajan vanam vrindavanam yayau putrabhyamwith two sons; rama-krishnabhyamKrishna and Balaram; nandarajahKing Nanda; maha-matihnoble-hearted; rathamchariot; aruhya climbing; heO; rajanking; vanamforest; vrindavanamVrindavana; yayau went. . . . and with His two sons, Krishna and Balarama, noble-hearted King Nanda, riding on a chariot, went, O king, to Vrindavana forest. Texts 5 and 6 vrishabhanu-varo gopo gajam aruhya bharyaya anke nitva sutam radham giyamanash ca gayakaih mridanga-tala-vinanam venunam kala-nihsvanaih gopala-go-ganaih sardham vrindaranyam jagama ha vrishabhanu-varahVrishabhanu; gopahthe gopa; gajaman elephant; aruhya climbing; bharyayawith his wife; ankeon his lap; nitvaplaced; sutam daughter; radhamRadha; giyamanahbeing sun; caand; gayakaihby singers; mridanga-tala-vinanammridangas, talas and vinas; venunamflutes; kalanihsvanaihsweet sounds; gopalagopas; go-ganaihand cows; sardhamwith; vrindaranyamto Vrindavana forest; jagamawent; haindeed. Then, with his daughter on his lap and his wife by his side, and accompanied by many cows and gopas, King Vrishabhanu, riding on an elephant as many musicians sweetly played mridangas, talas, vinas, and flutes, also went to Vrindavana forest. Text 7 upanandas tatha nandas tatha shad vrishabhanavah sarvaih parikaraih sardham jagmur vrindavanam vanam upanandahUpananda; tathathen; nandahNanda; tathathen; satthe six; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus; sarvaihwith all; parikaraihassociates; sardham with; jagmuhwent; vrindavanamto Vrindavana; vanamforest.

then the Nandas, the Upanandas, and the six Vrishabhanus, accompanied by all their associates, also went to Vrindavana forest. Text 8 vrindavane sampravishya gopah sarve sahanujah ghoshan vidhaya vasatir vasam cakrur itas tatah vrindavaneVrindavana forest; sampravishyaentering; gopahthe gopas; sarveall; sahanujahwith their associates; ghoshanresidences; vidhaya making; vasatihresidence; vasamresidence; cakruhdid; itahhere; tatahand there. When they entered Vrindavana forest all the gopas and their followers made homes for themselves here and there. Texts 9 and 10 sabha-mandapa-samyuktam sa-durgam parikha-yutam catur-yojana-vistirnam sapta-dvara-samanvitam sarovaraih parivritam raja-margam manoharam sahasra-kunjam ca puram vrishabhanur aciklpat sabhawith assembly rooms; mandapaand pavilions; samyuktamendowed; sa-durgamwith a fort; parikha-yutamwith a moat; catuhfour; yojanayojanas; vistirnamin size; sapta-dvara-samanvitamwith seven gates; sarovaraihwith lakes; parivritamsurrounded; raja-margama royal road; manoharambeautiful; sahasraa thousand; kunjamgroves; caand; purama city; vrishabhanuhKing Vrishabhanu; aciklpatbuilt. Maharaja Vrishabhanu built a beautiful city with many assembly-houses, pavilions, lakes, royal roads, and a thousand gardens. Everything was surrounded by a fortress with seven gates and a moat four yojanas around.

Text 11 shri-krishno nanda-nagare vrishabhanu-pure 'rbhakaih cacara kridana-paro gopinam pritim avahan shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanda-nagarein the city of Nanda; vrishabhanupurein the city of Vrishabhanu; arbhakaihwith the boys; cacarawent; kridanaparahintent on playing; gopinamfor the gopis; pritimlove; avahanbearing. Filled with love for the gopis, and intent on enjoying many pastimes, Shri Krishna wandered in Nanda's city and Vrishabhanu's city with the boys. Text 12 atha vrindavane rajan sarva-gopala-sammatau babhuvatur vatsa-palau rama-krishnau manoharau athathen; vrindavanein Vrindavana; rajanO king; sarva-gopala-sammatau with all the gopas; babhuvatuhwere; vatsa-palauto protectors of the calves; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; manoharauhandsome. O king, then handsome Krishna and Balarama, as well as the other gopa boys, were given the duty of protecting the calves in Vrindavana. Text 13 carayam asatur vatsan grama-simny arbhakaih saha kalindi-nikae punye puline rama-keshavau carayam asatuhherded; vatsanthe calves; gramaof the village; simnion the outskirts; arbhakaihthe boys; sahawith; kalindiof the Yamuna; nikae near; punyesacred; pulineon the shore; ramaBalarama; keshavauand Krishna. Accompanied by the boys, Krishna and Balarama herded the calves on the sacred outskirts of the village near the Yamuna's shore.

Text 14 nikunjeshu ca kunjeshu sampralinav itas tatah ringamanau ca kutrapi nandantau ceratur vane nikunjeshuin gardens; caand; kunjeshuin groves; sampralinaventered; itahhere; tatahand there; ringamanaucrawling; caand; kutrapisomewhere; nandantauenjoyed; ceratuhwent; vanein the forest. Passing here and there through many groves and gardens, enjoying many pastimes as They went, and sometimes even crawing on the ground, Krishna and Balarama, walked in the forest. Text 15 kinkini-jala-samyuktau sinjan-manjira-nupurau nila-pitambara-dharau hara-keyura-bhushitau kinkiniof tinkling ornaments; jalawith a network; samyuktauendowed; sinjan-manjira-nupurauwith tinkling anklets; nila-pitambara-dharauwearing blue and yellow garments; hara-keyura-bhushitaudecorated with necklaces and bracelets. Wearing a network of tinkling ornaments and tinkling anklets, wearing garments of blue and yellow, decorated with necklaces and bracelets, . . . Text 16 kshepanaih kshipatau balair vamshi-vadana-tat-parau mukhena kinkini-shabdam kurvadbhir balakaish ca tau kshepanaihthrowing; kshipatauthrowing; balaihwith the boys; vamshivadana-tat-parauintently playing Their flutes; mukhenawith the mouth; kinkinishabdamtinkling sounds of the ornaments; kurvadbhihmaking; balakaihwith the boys; caand; tauThey.

. . . throwing things with the boys, intently playing Their flutes, along with the boys making an array of noises with their mouths, . . . Text 17 dhavantau pakshibhish chayam rejatu rama-keshavau mayura-paksha-samyuktau pushpa-pallava-bhushitau dhavantaurunning; pakshibhihwith the birds; chayamthe shadow; rejatu shone; rama-keshavauKrishna and Balarama; mayurapeacock; paksha feathers; samyuktauwith; pushpaflowers; pallavaand leaves; bhushitau decorated. . . . and chasing the birds' shadows, Krishna and Balarama, decorated with flowers, leaves, and peacock feathers, were very splendid and glorious. Text 18 ekada vatsa-vrindeshu praptam vatsasuram nripa kamsa-pranoditam jnatva shanais tatra jagama ha ekadaone time; vatsa-vrindeshuamong the calves; praptamattained; vatsasuramVastasura; nripaO king; kamsaby Kamsa; pranoditamsent; jnatvaunderstanding; shanaihslowly; tatrathere; jagamawent; hacertainly. O king, aware that the demon Vatsasura had entered among the calves on Kamsa's order, Krishna stealthily approached him. Text 19 dhavan gopeshu sarvatra langulam calayan muhuh daityah pashcima-padabhyam harim amse tatada ha dhavanrunning; gopeshuamong the gopas; sarvatraeverywhere; langulam his tail; calayanmoving; muhuhagain and again; daityahthe demon;

pashcima-padabhyamwith his hind legs; harimKrishna; amseon the shoulder; tatadastruck; hacertainly. Moving his tail as he ran among the gopas, with his hind legs the demon struck Krishna on the shoulder. Text 20 palayiteshu baleshu krishnas tam padayor dvayoh grihitva bhramayitvatha patayam asa bhu-tale palayiteshufled; baleshuas the boys; krishnahKrishna; tamhim; padayoh feet; dvayohboth; grihitvagrasping; bhramayitvawhirling about; athathen; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. As the boys fled, Krishna grasped the demon's two legs, whirled him about, and threw him to the ground. Text 21 punar nitva karabhyam tam kapitthe prahinod dharih tada mrityum gate daitye kapittho 'pi maha-drumah punahagain; nitvabringing; karabhyamwith both hands; tamhim; kapitthe into a kapittha tree; prahinotthrew; dharihKrishna; tadathen; mrityum death; gateattained; daityethe demon; kapitthahhapittha; apialso; mahadrumahgreat tree. Picking him up again, with both hands Krishna threw the demon into a kapittha tree. When the demon died the great kapittha tree . . . Text 22 kapitthan patayam asa tad adbhutam ivabhavat vismiteshu ca baleshu sadhu-sadhv-iti-vadishu

kapitthanthe kapittha trees; patayam asacausing top fall; tatthat; adbhutam wonder; ivalike; abhavatwas; vismiteshuastonished; caand; baleshu among the boys; sadhu-sadhuwell done! well done! itithus; vadishusaying. . . . made the other kapittha trees fall. As the astonished boys called out "Well done! Well done!", . . . Text 23 divi deva jaya-ravaih pushpa-varsham pracakrire tad daityasya mahaj jyotih krishne linam babhuva ha diviin heaven; devathe demigods; jaya-ravaihwith sounds of "Victory!"; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; pracakriredid; tatthat; daityasyaof the demon; mahatgreat; jyotihlight; krishnein Krishna; linamentered; babhuva became; haindeed. . . . the demigods in heaven showered flowers amid shouts of "Victory!" Then from the demon came a great light then entered Lord Krishna. Text 24 shri-bahulashva uvaca aho purvam su-krita-krit ko 'yam vatsasuro mune shri-krishne linatam prapta shri-prapurne parat pare shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; ahahOh; purvamprevious; sukrita-kritgreat pious deeds done; kahwhat?; ayamthis; vatsasurahVatsasura; muneO sage; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatamentering; praptaattained; shri-prapurnethe full Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; paregreater. Shri Bahulashva said: O sage, what pious deeds did Vatsasura do in his previous life so that now he is able to enter Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest? Text 25

shri-narada uvaca muru-putro maha-daityah pramilo nama deva-jit vasishhasyashrame prapto nandinim gam dadarsha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; muru-putrahthe son of Muru; mahadaityaha great demon; pramilahPramila; namanamed; deva-jitconquering the demigods; vasishhasyaof Vasishha; ashramein the ashrama; praptah attained; nandinimNandini; gam acow; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Shri Narada said: He was a great demon who was named Pramila and was the son of Muru. After conquering the demigods, he entered Vasishha Muni's ashrama and saw a cow named Nandini. Text 26 tal-lipsur brahmano bhutva yayace gam manoharam tushnim sthite gaur uvaca vasishhe divya-darshane tatthat; lipsuhdesiring; brahmanaha brahmana; bhutvabecoming; yayace begged; gamfor the cow; manoharambeautiful; tushnimsilence; sthite situated; gauhthe cow; uvacasaid; vasishheto vaishha; divya-darshane who had divine vision. Desiring that cow, the demon transformed himself into a brahmana and begged for the beautiful cow. As Vaishha, who had divine vision, stood silent, the cow spoke. Text 27 shri-nandiny uvaca muninam gam samahartum bhutva viprah samagatah daityo 'si muru-jas tasmad go-vatso bhava durmate shri-nandini uvacaShri Nandini said; muninamof the sages; gamthe cow; samahritumto take; bhutvabecome; vipraha brahmana; samagatahcome; daityaha demon; asiyou are; muru-jahthe son of Muru; tasmattherefore; govatsaha calve; bhavabecome; durmateO wicked-hearted one.

Shri Nandini said: You are a demon, Muru's son, and you have assumed the form of a brahmana to steal the sages' cow. Therefore, O wicked-hearted one, now you become a calf! Text 28 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva vatsa-rupo 'bhun muru-putro mahasurah vasishham gam parikramya natva trahity uvaca ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evaindeed; vatsa-rupah the form of a calf; abhutbecame; muru-putrahthe son of Muru; mahasuraha great demon; vasishhamVasishha; gamthe cow; parikramya circumambulating; natvabowing down; trahiplease protect; itithus; uvaca said; hacertainly. The great demon that was Muru's son at once became a calf. He circumambulated Vasishha and the cow, bowed down, and said, "Please save me!" Text 29 shri-gaur uvaca dvaparante maha-daitya vrindaranye yada tava go-vatseshu gatasyapi tada muktir bhavishyati shri-gaur uvacathe cow said; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; maha-daityaa great demon; vrindaranyein Vrindavana forest; yadawhen; tava of you; go-vatseshuamong the calves; gatasyagone; apialso; tadathen; muktihliberation; bhavishyatiwill be. The cow said: O great demon, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, when you go among many calves, you will attain liberation. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca paripurnatame sakshat krishne patita-pavane

tasmad vatsasuro daityo lino 'bhun na hi vismayah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; paripurnatamein the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; krishneShri Krishna; patita-pavane the savior of the fallen; tasmatfrom that; vatsasurahVatsasura; daityahthe demon; linahentered; abhutbecame; nanot; hiindeed; vismayahsurprise. Shri Narada said: For this reason the demon Vrindavana Vatsasura entered Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is not very surprising. .pa

Chapter Five Bakasura-moksha The Liberation of Bakasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada carayan vatsan sa-ramo balakair harih yamuna-nikae praptam bakam daityam dadarsha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaonce; carayanherding; vatsan the calves; sa-ramahwith Balarama; balakaihwith the boys; harihKrishna; yamuna-nikaenear the Yamuna; praptamattained; bakama duck; daityam demon; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Shri Narada said: One day, as He was herding the calves in the company of Balarama and the boys, Krishna saw a great duck demon by the Yamuna's shore. Text 2 shveta-parvata-sankasho brihat-pado ghana-dhvanih palayiteshu baleshu vajra-tundo 'grasad dharim

shveta-parvata-sankashahlike a great white mountain; brihat-padahwith gigantic feet; ghana-dhvanihthe rumbling of clouds; palayiteshufled; baleshu the boys; vajrathunderbolt; tundahbeak; agrasatswallowed; harimKrishna. Its form a white mountain, its feet gigantic, its quacking the rumbling of clouds, and its beak a thunderbolt, the demon swallowed Lord Krishna as the boys fled. Text 3 rudanto balakah sarve gata-prana ivabhavan ha-ha-karam tada kritva devah sarve samagatah rudantahcrying; balakahthe boys; sarveall; gata-pranatheir live breathj gone; ivaas if; abhavanbecame; ha-ha-karamalas! alas!; tadathen; kritva doing; devahthe demigods; sarveall; samagatahcame. All the boys wept as if they had lost their lives. All the demigods came and cried out, "Alas! Alas!" Text 4 indro vajram tada nitva tam tatada maha-balam tena ghaena patito na mamara samutthitah indrahIndra; vajramthunderbolt; tadathen; nitvabringing; tamit; tatada struck; maha-balamvery powerful; tenaby that; ghaenablow; patitah fallen; nanot; mamaradied; samutthitahstood up. Bringing his very powerful thunderbolt, Indra struck the demon. With that blow the demon fell, but he did not die. Again the demon stood up. Text 5 brahmapi brahma-dandena tam tatada rushanvitah tena ghaena patito murchito ghaika-dvayam

brahmaBrahma; apialso; brahma-dandenawith his brahma-weapon; tam him; tatadastruck; rushanvitahangry; tenaby that; ghaenablow; patitah fell; murchitahunconscious; ghaika-dvayamfor two ghatikas. Then Brahma became angry and with his brahma-danda struck the demon. With that blow the demon fell and was unconscious for two ghaikas. Note: One ghaika equals 24 minutes. Text 6 vidhunvan sva-tanum vegaj jrimbhitah punar utthitah na mamara tada daityo jagarja ghanavad bali vidhunvanshaking; sva-tanumhis body; vegatquickly; jrimbhitahyawned; punahagain; utthitahrose; nanot; mamaradied; tadathen; daityahthe demon; jagarjaroared; ghanavatlike a cloud; balipowerful. The demon powerful did not die. He shook his body, yawned, again stood up, and roared like a cloud. Text 7 trilocanas tri-shulena tam jaghana mahasuram chinnaika-paksho daityo 'pi na mrito 'ti-bhayankarah trilocanahShiva; tri-shulenawith his trident; tamhim; jaghanastruck; mahasuramthe great demon; chinnacut; ekaone; pakshahwing; daityah the demon; apieven; nanot; mritahdied; ati-bhayankarahvery fearful. With his trident Shiva struck the great demon. One wing was cut off, but still the very fearful demon did not die. Text 8

vayavyastrena vayus tam sanjaghana bakam tatah uccacala bakas tena punas tatra sthito 'bhavat vayavya-astrenawith his wind-weapon; vayuhVayu; tamhim; sanjaghana struck; bakamthe duck; tatahthen; uccacalaflew away; bakahthe duck; tena by that; punahagain; tatrathere; sthitahstood; abhavatbecame. With his wind-weapon Vayu struck the duck demon. The duck flew away and then returned. Text 9 yamas tam yama-dandena tadayam asa cagratah tena dandena na mrito bako vai canda-vikramah yamahYama; tamhim; yama-dandenawith his yama-danda; tadayam asa struck; caand; agratahfrom that; tenaby that; dandenaweapon; nanot; mritahdied; bakahthe duck; vaiindeed; canda-vikramahvery powerful. With his yama-danda Yama struck the demon. With that blow the very powerful duck did not die. Text 10 dando 'pi bhagnatam pragat sa kshato nabhavad bakah tadaiva cagratah praptas candamshush canda-vikramah dandahthe weapon; apieven; bhagnatamthe state of being broken; pragat attained; sahe; kshatahbroken; nanot; abhavatwas; bakahthe duck; tadathen; evaindeed; caand; agratahin the presence; praptahattained; candamshuhSurya; canda-vikramahpowerful. Indeed, the yama-danda became broken, but the duck was not hurt. Then powerful Surya approached. Text 11

shata-banair bakam daityam sanjaghana dhanur-dharah tikshnaih paksha-gatair banair na mamara bakas tatah shatahundred; banaihwith arrows; bakamthe duck; daityamdemon; sanjaghanastruck; dhanuha bow; dharahhilding; tikshnaihsharp; pakshagataihgone to the wing; banaihwith arrows; nanot; mamaradied; bakahthe duck; tatahthen. The archer Surya struck the demon duck with a hundred sharp arrows flying to his wing. The duck did not die. Text 12 dhanadas tam ca khadgena su-tikshnena jaghana ha chinna-dvitiya-paksho 'bhun na mrito daitya-pungavah dhanadahKuvera; tamhim; caand; khadgenawith a sword; su-tikshnena very sahrp; jaghanastruck; haindeed; chinnacut; dvitiyathe second; pakshah wing; abhunwas; nanot; mritahdied; daitya-pungavahthe best of demons. With a sharp sword Kuvera attacked the demon. His second wing was cut away, but the great demon did not die. Text 13 niharastrena tam somah sanjaghana maha-bakam shitarto murchito daityo na mritah punar utthitah nihara-astrenawith his ice-weapon; tamhim; somahSoma; sanjaghana struck; maha-bakamthe great duck; shitawith cold; artahpained; murchitah fainted; daityahthe demon; nanot; mritahdied; punahagain; utthitahstood. With his ice-weapon Soma struck the great duck. Tormented by the cold, the demon fainted, but then again he stood up.

Text 14 agneyyastrena tam hy agnih santatada maha-bakam bhasma-romabhavad daityo na mamara maha-khalah agneyya-astrenawith his fire-weapon; tamhim; hiindeed; agnihAgni; santatadastruck; maha-bakamthe great duck; bhasmaashes; romafeathers; abhavatbecame; daityahthe demon; nanot; mamaradied; maha-khalah very wicked. With his fire-weapon Agni struck the great duck. Even though his feathers were burned to ashes, the very wicked demon did not die. Text 15 apam patis tam pashena baddhva kau vicakarsha ha karshanat sa maha-papash chinno 'bhun na mritash ca vai apamof the waters; patihthe lord; tamhim; pashenawith a rope; baddhva bound; kauon the ground; vicakarshadragged; haindeed; karshanatfrom dragging; sahe; maha-papahgreat sinner; chinnahbroken; abhutwas; na not; mritahdead; caand; vaiindeed. Varuna bound him with a rope and dragged him across the ground. From the dragging the great sinner was hurt, but he did not die. Text 16 tatada gadaya tam vai bhadrakali tarasvini murchitas tat-praharena param kashmalatam yayau tatadastruck; gadayawith a club; tamhim; vaiindeed; bhadrakali Bhadrakali; tarasvinipowerful; murchitahfainted; tat-praharenaby the blow; paramgreat; kashmalatamcoma; yayauattained.

Then powerful goddess Bhadrakali struck him with a mace. With that blow he fainted and fell into a deep coma. Text 17 kshata-murdha samutthaya vidhunvan sva-tanum punah jagarja ghanavad viro bako daityo maha-khalah kshatawounded; murdhahead; samutthayarose; vidhunvanshaking; svatanumhis body; punahagain; jagarjaroared; ghanavatlike a cloud; virah heroic; bakahduck; daityahdemon; maha-khalahvery wicked. His head broken, the very wicked and powerful demon duck rose, shook his body, and roared like a thundering cloud. Text 18 tada shakti-dharah shaktim tasmai cikshepa sa-tvarah tayaika-pado bhagno 'bhun na mritah pakshinam varah tadathen; shakti-dharahkarttikeya; shaktimsakti; tasmaito him; cikshepa threw; sa-tvarahquickly; tayaby that; ekaone; padahfoot; bhagnah broken; abhunwas; nanot; mritahdied; pakshinamof birds; varahthe best. Then Karttikeya threw his shakti-weapon at him. Although one of his feet was cut, that demon, the best of birds, did not die. Text 19 tada krodhena sahasa dhavan daityas tadit-svanah devan vidravayam asa sva-cancva tikshna-tundaya tadathen; krodhenawith anger; sahasaat once; dhavanrunning; daityah the demon; tadit-svanahmaking a sound of thunder; devanthe demigods; vidravayam asaput to flight; sva-cancvawith his beak; tikshna-tundayavery sharp.

Then, roaring like thunder, the demon angrily chased the demigods and with his sharp beak made them flee. Text 20 agre palayitan devan anvadhavad bako 'mbare punas tatra gato daityo nadayan mandalam disham agreahead; palayitanfleeing; devandemigods; anvadhavatfollowed; bakahthe duck; ambarein the sky; punahagain; tatrathere; gatahwent; daityahthe demon; nadayanfilling with sound; mandalamthe circle; disham of the directions. The demigods flew into the sky and the demon, filling the circle of the directions with sound, flew after them. Text 21 tada devarshayah sarve sarve brahmarshayo dvijah shri-nanda-nandanayashu sa-phalam cashisham daduh tadathen; devarshayahthe devarshis; sarveall; sarveall; brahmarshayah the brahmarshis; dvijahthe brahmanas; shri-nanda-nandanayato the son of Nanda; ashuat ocne; sa-phalamwith results; caand; ashishamblessing; daduhgave. Then all the devarshis, brahmarshis, and brahmanas offered blessings to Nanda's son, Krishna. Text 22 tadaiva krishnas tan-madhye tatana vapur ujjvalam caccharda krishnam sahasa kshata-kanho maha-bakah

tadathen; evaindeed; krishnahKrishna; tan-madhyein the midst of the demon; tatanaexpanded; vapuhform; ujjvalamglorious; cacchardavomited; krishnamKrishna; sahasaat once; kshatabroken; kanhahthroast; mahathe great; bakahduck. Then, from inside the duck Krishna expanded His glorious form. His throat broken, the great duck at once vomited Krishna out. Text 23 punah krishnam samahartum tikshnaya tundayagatam pucche grihitva tam krishnah pothayam asa bhu-tale punahagain; krishnamKrishna; samahartumto grab; tikshnayawith his sharp; tundayagatambeak; pucchethe tail; grihitvagrasping; tamhim; krishnahKrishna; pothayam asathre; bhu-taleto the ground. When the duck came to catch Krishna in his beak, Krishna grasped the duck's tail and threw him to the ground. Text 24 punar utthaya tundam svam prasaryyavasthitam bakam dadara tunde hastabhyam krishnah shakham gajo yatha punahagain; utthayarising; tundambeak; svamown; prasaryyaopening; avasthitamsituated; bakamduck; dadarasplit; tundein the beak; hastabhyam with both hands; krishnahKrishna; shakhama tree-branch; gajahan elephant; yathaas. The duck stood up again and opened his beak. With both hands Krishna split the duck's beak as an elephant breaks a tree-branch. Text 25 tada mritasya daityasya jyotih krishne samavishat

devata vavrishuh pushpair jayaravaih samanvitah tadathen; mritasyadead; daityasyafrom the demon; jyotihlight; krishne in Lord Krishna; samavishatentered; devatathe demigods; vavrishuh showered; pushpaihflowers; jayaof victory; aravaihwith sounds; samanvitah with. Then the demon died. A light left his body and entered Lord Krishna. With shouts of "Victory!", the demigods showered flowers. Text 26 gopala vismitah sarve krishnam samshlishya sarvatah ucus tvam kusali-bhuto mukto mrityu-mukhat sakhe gopalahthe gopas; vismitahsurprised; sarveall; krishnamKrishna; samshlishyaembracing; sarvatahin all respects; ucuhsaid; tvamYou; kusalibhutahare well; muktahfreed; mrityuof death; mukhatfrom the mouth; sakheO friend. Filled with wonder, all the gopas embraced Krishna and said, "Friend, You are saved from death's mouth!" Text 27 evam krishno bakam hatva sa-balo balakaih saha go-vatsair harshito gayann ayayau raja-mandire evamthus; krishnahKrishna; bakamthe duck; hatvahaving killed; sa-balah with Balarama; balakaihthe boys; sahawith; go-vatsaihwith the calves; harshitahjoyful; gayansinging; ayayaucame; raja-mandireto the royal palace. After killing the duck, Krishna, cheerful and singing as He went, returned with the boys and calves to (His father's) palace. Text 28

paripurnatamasyasya shri-krishnasya mahatmanah jagur grihe gata balah shrutvedam te 'ti-vismitah paripurnatamasyasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnasya Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Lord; jaguhsang; grihein the home; gatahwent; balahthe boys; shrutvahearing; idamthis; tethey; ati-vismitah very surprised. When they entered the house, the boys told what Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, had done, and when the people heard it they became filled with wonder. Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca ko 'yam daityah purva-kale kasmat kena bako 'bhavat purna-brahmani sarveshe shri-krishne linatam gatah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said: kahwho?; ayamthis; daityah demon; purva-kalein the previous time; kasmatwhy?; kenaby whom?; bakah a duck; abhavatbecame; purna-brahmaniin the Supreme Brahman; sarveshe the master of all; shri-krishneShri Krishna; linatammerging; gatahattained. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this demon before? Why did he become a duck? Why was he able to enter Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the master of all? Text 30 shri-narada uvaca hayagriva-suto daitya utkalo nama he nripa rane 'maran vinirjitya shakra-cchatram jahara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; hayagriva-sutahthe son of hayagriva; daityaa demon; utkalahUtkala; namanamed; heO; nripaking; ranein battle; amaranthe demigods; vinirjityadefeating; shakraof Indra; chatramthe parasol; jaharastole; hacertainly.

Shri Narada said: O king, he was a demon named Utkala, who was Hayagriva's son. He defeated many demigods in battle and he stole Indra's parasol. Text 31 tatha nrinam nripanam ca rajyam hritva maha-balah cakara varshani shatam rajyam sarva-vibhutimat tathaso; nrinamof men; nripanamof kings; caand; rajyamthe kingdom; hritvataking; maha-balahvery powerful; cakaradid; varshaniyears; shatam a hundred; rajyamkingdom; sarva-vibhutimathaving all opulences.

Stealing from the kingdoms of many human kings, for a hundred years this powerful demon ruled a kingdom full of all opulence. Text 32 ekada vicaran daityah sindhu-sagara-sangame jajaler muni-siddhasya parna-shala-samipatah ekadaone day; vicarangoing; daityahthe demon; sindhuof the river; sagaraand the ocean; sangameat the meeting; jajalehof jajali; muni-siddhasya the best of sages; parna-shala-samipatahnear a leaf-hut. One day the demon came near Jajali's Muni's leaf hut at the place where the Ganga meets the ocean. Text 33 jale nikshipya badisham minan akarshayan muhuh nishedhito 'pi munina namanyata sa durmatih

jalein the water; nikshipyathrowing; badisham a fishhook; minana fgish; akarshayancaught; muhuhagain and again; nishedhitahforbidden; apieven; muninaby the sage; nanot; amanyatarespected; sahe; durmatihwickedhearted. Casting a fishhook into the water, the demon caught a fish. Although forbidden again and again, the wicked-hearted demon gave no respect (to the sage's words). Text 34 tasmai shapam dadau siddho jajalir muni-sattamah bakavat tvam jhashan atsi tvam bako bhava durmate tasmaito him; shapama curse; dadaugave; siddhahperfect; jajalihJajali; muni-sattamahthe best of sages; bakavatlike a duck; tvamyou; jhashanfish; atsieat; tvamyou; bakaha duck; bhavabecome; durmateO demon. The perfect sage Jajali cursed him: "O demon, you eat fish like a duck, then become a duck!" Text 35 tat-kshanad baka-rupo 'bhud bhrasta-teja gata-smayah patitah padayos tasya natva praha kritanjalih tat-kshanatfrom that moment; bakaof a duck; rupahthe form; abhut became; bhrastabroken; tejapower; gatagone; smayahpride; patitahfallen; padayohat the feet; tasyaof him; natvabowing down; prahasaid; kritanjalih with folded hands. In a moment he became a duck. His powers lost and his pride and arrogance gone, he fell with folded hands at the sage's feet and spoke to him. Text 36 utkala uvaca na jane te tapash-candam

mune mam pahi jajale sadhunam bhavatam sangam moksha-dvaram param viduh utkalah uvacaUtkala said; nanot; janeI know; teyour; tapash-candam power of austerity; muneO sage; mamme; pahiprotect; jajaleO Jajali; sadhunamof saints; bhavatamof you; sangamassociation; mokshato liberation; dvaramthe door; paramgreat; viduhthey know. Utkala said: O sage, save me! I did not know the power of your austerities. (The wise) know that association with great saints like yourself is the great door to liberation. Text 37 mitre shatrau sama mane 'pamane hema-loshayoh sukhe duhkha-sama ye vai tvadrishah sadhavash ca te mitrefriend; shatrauand enemy; samathe same; manehonor; apamane and dishonor; hemagold; loshayohand a clod of earth; sukhein happiness; duhkhaand unhappiness; samathe same; yewho; vaiindeed; tvadrishah like you; sadhavahsaints; caand; tethey. Saints like yourself see friends and enemies equally. They see that honor and dishonor, gold and a clod of earth, and happiness and unhappiness are all the same. Text 38 kim kim na jatam mahatam darshanat kau mune nrinam parameshhyam ca samrajyam aindra-yoga-padam labhet kimwhat?; kimwhat?; nanot; jatamborn; mahatamof the saints; darshanatfrom the sight; kauon earth; muneO sage; nrinamof men; parameshhyamof Brahma; caand; samrajyamthe kingdom; aindra-yogapadamthe post of Indra; labhetmay obtain. O sage, what, what does one not obtain by seeing great saints? By seeing them one obtains Brahma's kingdom and Indra's station.

Text 39 jajale muni-shardula traivargyam kim abhuj janaih sadhunam kripaya sakshat purnam brahmapi labhyate jajaleO Jajali; muni-shardulaO tiger of sages; traivargyamthe three goals of life; kimwhat?; abhutbecome; janaihby men; sadhunamof sdaints; kripaya by the mercy; sakshatdirectly; purnamthe full; brahmaSupreme; apieven; labhyateis attained. O Jajali, O tiger of sages, what is the use of the three goals of life? By the mercy of great saints one can attain the Supreme Brahman. Text 40 shri-narada uvaca tada prasannah sa munir jajalis tam uvaca ha varsha-shashi-sahasrani tapas taptam ca yena vai shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; prasannahpleased; sahe; munihthe sage; jajalihJajali; tamto him; uvacasaid; haindeed; varsha years; shashi60; sahasranithousand; tapahausterities; taptamto perform; caand; yenaby that; vaiindeed. Shri Narada said: Pleased, Jajali Muni, who had performed austerities for sixtythousand years, spoke to him. Text 41 shri-jajalir uvaca vaivasvatantare prapte hy asha-vimshatime yuge dvaparante bharate 'pi mathure vraja-mandale shri-jajalir uvacaShri Jajali said; vaivasvata-antarein the Vaivasvatamanvantara; prapteattained; hiindeed; asha-vimshatimein the twenntyeighth; yugeyuga; dvaparaof the Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; bharatein

Bharata-varsha; apialso; mathurein Mathura; vraja-mandalein the circle of Vraja. Shri Jajali said: In the Vaivasvata-manvantara, in the twenty-eighth yuga-cycle, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bharata-varsha, in Mathura, in the circle of Vraja, . . . Text 42 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam vrindavane gavam vatsamsh carayan vicarishyati paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; chrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself vrindavanein Vrindavana; gavamof cows; vatsancalves; carayanherding; vicarishyatiwill walk. . . . Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will herd many calves in Vrindavana forest. Text 43 tada tan-mayatam krishne yasyasi tvam na samshayah hiranyakshadayo daityah vairenapi param gatah tadathen; tan-mayatamthe state of being of them; krishnein Krishna; yasyasiyou will attain; tvamyou; nano; samshayahdoubt; hiranyakshaadayahheaded by Biranyakas; daityahdemons; vairenawith hatred; apieven; paramthe Supreme; gatahattained. Then you will enter into Lord Krishna. Of this there is no doubt. Even by hating Him, many demons, such as Hiranyaksha, have already attained the Supreme. Text 44 ittham bakasuro daitya utkalo jajaler varat shri-krishne linatam praptah

sat-sangat kim na jayate itthamthus; bakasurahBakasura; daityathe demon; utkalahUtkala; jajaleh of Jajali; varatfrom the blessing; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatam entrance; praptahattained; satof great saints; sangatfrom the association; kim what?; nanot; jayateis born. In this way, by Jajali's blessing, the demon Utkala became Bakasura and entered into Shri Krishna. What is not possible by the association of great saints? .pa

Chapter Six Aghasura-moksha The Liberation of Aghasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada balakaih sakam go-vatsamsh carayan harih kalindi-nikae ramye bala-kridam cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaonce; balakaihthe boys; sakam with; go-vatsanthe calves; carayanherding; harihKrishna; kalindi-nikaeon the shore of the Yamuna; ramyebeautiful; bala-kridamchildhood pastimes; cakaradid; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Once, as, near the beauitful Yamuna, with the boys He was herding the calves, Krishna enjoyed the pastimes of childhood. Text 2 aghasuro nama mahadaityas tatra sthito 'bhavat krosha-dirgham vapuh kritva prasarya mukha-mandalam aghasurahAghasura; named; namanamed; maha-daityaha great demon; tatrathere; sthitahsituated; abhavatwas; kroshatwo miles; dirghamlong; vapuhbody; kritvadoing; prasaryaopening; mukha-mandalamhis mouth.

A great demon named Aghasura stayed there. His body was two miles long and his mouth wide open. Text 3 durad yam parvatakaram vikshya vrindavane vane gopa jagmur mukhe tasya vatsaih kritvanjali-dhvanim duratfrom far away; yamwhat; parvatakaramthe body of a mountain; vikshyaseeing; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vaneforest; gopathe gopas; jagmuhwent; mukhein the mouth; tasyaof him; vatsaihwith the calves; kritvamaking; anjaliof the hands; dhvanimthe sound. From afar they saw him, his body like a great mountain. Approaching, and clapping their hands, they entered his mouth with the calves. Text 4 tad-rakshartham ca sa-balas tan-mukhe pravishad dharih nigirneshu sa-vatseshu baleshu tv ahi-rupina ha-shabdo 'bhut suranam tu daityanam harsha eva hi krishno vapuh svam vairajam tatanaghodare tatah tad-rakshartham-to protect them; caand; sa-balahwith the boys; tan-mukhe in his mouth; pravishatentered; harihLord Krishna; nigirneshuswallowed; savatseshuwith the calves; baleshuand boys; tvindeed; ahi-rupinain the form of a snake; haof ala; shabdahthe sound; abhutweas; suranamof the demigods; tuindeed; daityanamof the demons; harshajoy; evaindeed; hi indeed; krishnahKrishna; vapuhform; svamown; vairajamuniversal; tatana manifested; aghaof Agha; udarein the belly; tatahthen. To protect them, Krishna entered the mouth along with the boys. When the demon in the form of a snake had swallowed the boys and calves, the demigods cried out, "Alas!" and the demons became happy. Then Krishna expanded His universal form inside Aghasura's stomach.

Text 6 tasya samrodha-gah pranah shiro bhittva vinirgatah tan-mukhan nirgatah krishno balair vatsaish ca maithila tasyaof him; samrodha-gahstopped; pranahthe life breath; sirahhead; bhittvabreaking; vinirgatahleft; tan-mukhanfrom his mouth; nirgatahleft; krishnahKrishna; balaihwith the boys; vatsaihand calves; caand; maithilaO king of Mithila. It's movements stopped, the demon's life-breath broke through the demon's skull and left. Then Krishna and the boys and calves left his mouth, O king of Mithila. Text 7 sa-vatsakan shishun drishva jivayam asa madhavah taj-jyotih shri-ghana-shyame linam jatam tadid yatha sa-vatsakanwith the calves; shishunthe boys; drishvaseeing; jivayam asa restored to life; madhavahKrishna; taj-jyotihhis effulgence; shri-ghana-shyame in Krishna, who was dark as a monsoon cloud; linamentered; jatamborn; tadit lightning flash; yathalike. With a glance Krishna brought the boys and calves to life. Then a light that was like a lightning flash (left the demon's body) and entered Krishna, who was dark as a monsoon cloud. Text 8 tadaiva vavrishur devah pushpa-varshani parthiva evam shrutva muner vakyam maithilo vakyam abravit tadathen; evaindeed; vavrishuhshowered; devahthe demigods; pushpavarshaniwith showers of flowers; parthivaO king; evamthus; shrutvahearing;

munehof the sage; vakyamthe words; maithilahthe king of Mithila; vakyam words; abravitsaid. O king, then the demigods showered flowers. After hearing the sage's words, the king of Mithila spoke. Text 9 shri-rajovaca ko 'yam daityah purva-kale shri-krishne linatam gatah aho vairanubandhena shighram daityo harim gatah shri-raja uvacathe king said; kahwho?; ayamthis; daityahdemon; purvakalein the previous time; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatamentering; gatah attained; ahahOh; vaira-anubandhenawith hatred; shighramquickly; daityah the demon; harimLord Krishna; gatahattained. The king said: Who was this demon in his previous birth that he was able to enter Lord Krishna? Simply by hating Him, this demon quickly attained Lord Krishna. Text 10 shri-narada uvaca shankhasura-suto rajann agho nama maha-balah yuvati-sundarah sakshat kamadeva ivaparah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shankhasura-sutahthe son of Sankhasura; rajannO king; aghahAgha; namanamed; mahavery; balah powerful yuvayoung; ati-sundarahvery handsome; sakshatdirectly; kamadeva Kamadeva; ivalike; aparahanother. Shri Narada said: O king, he was Shankhacuda's son, and his name was Agha. He was young, strong, and very handsome. He was like another Kamadeva. Text 11

ashavakram munim yantam virupam malayacale drishva jahasa tam aghah ku-rupo 'yam iti bruvan ashavakram munimAshavakra Muni; yantamgoing; virupamdisfigured; malayacalein the Malaya Mountains; drishvaseeing; jahasalaughed; tamat him; aghahAgha; ku-rupahungly; ayamthis; itithus; bruvansaying. When he saw the disfigured sage Ashavakra Muni walking by the Malaya Hills, Agha laughed and said, "Who is this ugly person?" Text 12 tam shashapa maha-dusham tvam sarpo bhava durmate kurupa vakra-ga jatih sarpanam bhumi-mandale tamhim; shashapacursed; maha-dushamvery wicked; tvamyou; sarpah a snake; bhavabecome; durmateO wicked-hearted one; kurupaugly; vakragadifigured; jatihbirth; sarpanamof snakes; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth. Then the sage cursed the demon Agha: "O wicked-hearted one, you will become a snake. You will be the ugliest snake in the circle of the earth." Text 13 tat-padayor nipatitam daityam dinam gata-smayam prasannah sa munir varam tasmai dadau punah tat-padayohat his feet; nipatitamfallen; daityamthe demon; dinampoor; gata-smayamhis arrogance gone; drishvaseeing; prasannahsatisfied; sahe; munihthe sage; varambenedication; tasmaito him; dadaugave; punah again. Seeing that the demon, his pride and arrogance now gone, had fallen at his feet, the sage became pleased with him and gave him a benediction.

Text 14 shri-ashavakra uvaca koi-kandarpa-lavanyah shri-krishnas tu tavodare yadagacchet sarpa-rupat tada muktir bhavishyati shri-ashavakra uvacaShri Ashavakra said; koi-kandarpa-lavanyah handsome as millions of Kamadevas; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; tuindeed; tava of you; udarein the stomach; yadawhen; agacchetenters; sarpa-rupatfrom the form of a snake; tadathen; muktihliberation; bhavishyatiwill be. Shri Ashavakta said: Shri Krishna, who is more handsome than many millions of Kamadevas, will enter your stomach. Then you will be free from having a snake's form. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca ashavakrasya shapena sarpo bhutva hy aghasurah tad-varat paramam moksham gato devaish ca durlabham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashavakrasyaof Ashavakra; shapena by the curse; sarpaha snake; bhutvabecoming; hiindeed; aghasurah Aghasura; tad-varatby that benediction; paramamultimate; moksham liberation; gatahattained; devaihby the demigods; caand; durlabhamdifficult to attain. By Ashavakra's curse Aghasura became a snake, and by Ashavakra's blessing Aghasura attained a liberation even the demigods cannot attain. Text 16 vatsad baka-mukhan muktam tato muktam hy aghasurat shrutva kati-dinaih krishnam yashodabhud bhayatura vatsatfrom vatsasura; baka-mukhanfrom Baka's mouth; muktamfreed; tatahthen; muktamfreed; hiindeed; aghasuratfrom Aghasura; shrutva

hearing; kati-dinaihfor some days; krishnamKrishna; yashodaYashoda; abhut become; bhayawith fear; aturaovercome. Hearing how in only a few days Krishna was rescued from Vatsasura, Bakasura's beak, and now from Aghasura, Yashoda became filled with fears. Texts 17 and 18 kalavatim rohinim ca gopi-gopanvayadhikan vrishabhanu-varam gopam nandarajam vrajeshvaram navopanandan nandamsh ca vrishabhanun vrajeshvaran samahuya tad-agre ca vacah praha yashomati kalavatimKalavati; rohinimRohini; caand; gopi-gopanvayadhikanthe most important gopas and gopis; vrishabhanu-varamKing Vrishabhanu; gopamthe gopa; nandarajamKing Nanda; vrajeshvaramthe master of Vraja; navanine; upanandanUpanandas; nandanNandas; caand; vrishabhanunthe Vrishabhanus; vrajeshvaranthe rulers of Vraja; samahuyacalling; tad-agrein their presence; caand; vacahwords; prahasaid; yashomatiYashoda. Calling together Kalavati, Rohini, the most important gopas and gopis, the gopa king Vrishabhanu, Vraja's king Nanda, the nine Upanandas, the Nandas, the Vrishabhanus, and the various leaders of Vraja, Yashoda spoke to them. Text 19 shri-yashodovaca kim karomi kva gacchami kalyanam me katham bhavet mat-sute bahavo 'rishah agacchanti kshane kshane shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; kimwhat?; karomishall I do?; kva where; gacchamishall I go; kalyanamauspiciousness; mefor me; katham how?; bhavetwill be; mat-sutefor my son; bahavahmany; arishah calamities; agacchanticome; kshanemoment Krishna; kshaneafter moment.

Shri Yashoda said: What shall I do? Where shall I go? How will I be happy? Moment after moment many calamities have fallen on my son. Text 20 purvam maha-vanam tyaktva vrindaranye gata vayam etat tyaktva kva yasyamo deshe vadata nirbhaye purvambefore; maha-vanamMahavana; tyaktvaleaving; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; gatagone; vayamwe; etatthis; tyaktvaleaving; kvawhere?; yasyamahwe will go; deshein a country; vadatatell; nirbhayethat will not be fearful. First we left Mahavana and came to Vrindavana. If we leave Vrindavana to what safe country, where there will be no fearful calamities, could we go? Please tell me. Text 21 cancalo 'yam balako me kridan dure prayati hi balakash cancalah sarve na manyante vaco mama cancalahrestless; ayamthjis; balakahboy; meof mine; kridanplaying; durefar away; prayatigoes; hiindeed; balakahboys; cancalahrestless; sarveall; nanot; manyanteare considered; vacahwords; mamamy. When He plays, my restless boy goes far away. All the boys are restless. I am not the only one to say that. Text 22 bakasurash ca me balam tikshna-tundo 'grasad bali tasman muktam tu jagraharbhakair dinam aghasurah bakasurahBakasura; caand; memy; balamboy; tikshna-tundaha sharp beak; agrasatswallowed; balipowerful; tasmanfrom that; muktamrescued; tu

indeed; jagrahagrabbed; arbhakaihwith the boys; dinamone day; aghasurah Aghasura. Powerful and sharp-beaked Bakasura swallowed my boy. Somehow He was rescued. Another day Aghasura swallowed my boy and all the other boys. Text 23 vatsasuras taj-jighamshuh so 'pi daivena maritah vatsartham sva-grihad balam na bahih karayamy aham vatsasuras-Vatsasura; taj-jighamshuhyearning to kill Him; sahhe; apieven; daivenaby fate; maritahwas killed; vatsarthamfor the sake of the calves; svagrihatfrom His own home; balamthe boy; nanot; bahihoutside; karayami cause to do; ahamI. When he tried to kill my boy, Vatsasura was himself killed by his own fate. Now I do not allow my boy to go outside to care for the calves. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca ittham vadantim satatam rudantim yashomatim vikshya jagada nandah ashvasayam asa su-garga-vakyair dharmartha-vid dharma-bhritam varishhah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; vadantimspeaking; satatamagain and again; rudantimweeping; yashomatimYashoda; vikshya seeing; jagadaspoke; nandahNanda; ashvasayam asacomforted; su-gargavakyaihwith the words of Garga Muni; dharmartha-vitwho understood the meaning of religion; dharma-bhritamof the pious; varishhahthe best. Shri Narada said: Glancing at Yashoda as she spoke these words and wept, Nanda, who was the best of the pious and who understood the true meaning of religion, spoke to her. He comforted her by repeating the words of Garga Muni. Text 25

shri-nandaraja uvaca garga-vakyam tvaya sarvam vismritam he yashomati brahmananam vacah satyam nasatyam bhavati kvacit shri-nandaraja uvacaNanda Maharaja said; gargaof Garga Muni; vakyam the words; tvayaby you; sarvamall; vismritamforgotten; he yashomatiO Yashoda; brahmananamof the brahmanas; vacahthe words; satyamtrue; na not; asatyamuntrue; bhavatiare; kvacitever. Nanda Maharaja said: O Yashoda, you have completely forgotten Garga Muni's words. The words of the brahmanas are always true. They are never untrue. Text 26 tasmad danam prakartavyam sarvarisha-nivaranam danat param tu kalyanam na bhutam na bhavishyati tasmattherefore; danamcharity; prakartavyamshould be given; sarvaall; arishacalamities; nivaranamdispeling; danatthan charity; parambetter; tu indeed; kalyanamgood fortune; nanot; bhutammanifested; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be. Therefore charity should be given. That will dispel all calamities. There has never been nor will there ever be a source of good fortune better than giving charity. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca tada yashoda viprebhyo nava-ratnam maha-dhanam svalankaramsh ca balasya sa-balasya dadau nripa shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; yashodaYashoda; viprebhyah to the brahmanas; nava-ratnamnine jewels; mahagreat; dhanamwealth; svalankaranown ornaments; caand; balasyaof the boy; sa-balasyawith Balarama; dadaugave; nripaO king.

Shri Narada said: O king, on behalf of her boy and Balarama, Yashoda then gave to the brahmanas great wealth, seven kinds of precious jewels, and even her own ornaments. Text 28 ayutam vrishabhanam ca gavam laksham manoharam dvi-laksham anna-bharanam nando danam dadau tatah ayutamten thousand; vrishabhanambulls; caand; gavamcows; laksham a hundred thousand; manoharambeautiful; dvi-laksamtwo hundred thousand; annaof grains; bharanambharas; nandahNanda; danamcharity; dadau gave; tatahthen. The Nanda gave in charity ten thousand bulls, a hundred thousand beautiful cows, and two hundred thousand bharas of grain. .pa

Chapter Seven Vatsa-vatsapala-harana Kidnapping of the Calves and Cowherd Boys Text 1 athanyac chrinu rajendra shri-krishnasya mahatmanah kaumare kridanam cedam paugande kirtanam yatha athathen; anyatanother; shrinuplease hear; rajendraO king of kings; shrikrishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kaumarein childhood; kridanamplaying; caand; idamthis; paugandein pauganda; kirtanamglory; yathaas. O king of kings, please listen as I describe other pastimes Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, enjoyed in His kaumara and pauganda years. Text 2

shri-krishno 'gha-mukhan mrityo rakshitva vatsa-vatsapan yamuna-pulinam gatva prahedam harsha-vardhanam shri-krishnahLord Krishna; agha-mukhatfrom Agha's mouth; mrityahfrom death; rakshitvasaving; vatsathe calves; vatsapanand the calfherd-boys; yamuna-pulinamto the shore of the Yamuna; gatvagoing; prahasaid; idam this; harshajoy; vardhanamincreasing. After rescuing the calves and gopas from death in Aghasura's mouth, Shri Krishna went to the Yamuna's shore and spoke the following delightful words: Texts 3-5 aho 'ti-ramyam pulinam priyam komala-valukam sharat-praphulla-padmanam paragaih paripuritam vayuna tri-vidhakhyena sugandhena sugandhitam madhupa-dhvani-samyuktam kunja-druma-latakulam atropavishya gopala dinaika-prahare gate bhojanasyapi samayam tasmat kuruta bhojanam ahahOh; ati-ramyamvery beautiful; pulinamshore; priyamfavorite; komalasoft; valukamsand; sharatautumn; praphullablooming; padmanam of lotuses; paragaihwith pollen; paripuritamfilled; vayunaby the breeze; trividhakhyenanamed trividha; sugandhenawith the fragrance; sugandhitam scented; madhupaof bees; dhvanithe sound; samyuktamwith; kunjaforest; drumatrees; latavines; akulamfilled; atrahere; upavishyaentering; gopala O gopas; dinaof the day; ekaone; praharea period of three hourse; gate passed; bhojanasyaof lunch; apialso; samayamthe time; tasmatfrom that; kurutado; bhojanamlunch. O gopas, let us go to this beautiful and pleasing riverbank of soft sands, which is flooded with pollen from the lotuses blossoming in autumn, fragrant with a breeze carrying three scents, and filled with trees, vines, and the humming of bees, and, now that three hours have passed and it is time for lunch, let us take our lunch here.

Text 6 atra bhojana-yogya bhur drishyate mridu-valuka vatsakah salilam pitva te carishyanti shadvalam atrahere; bhojana-yogyasuitable for lunch; bhuhplace; drishyatewas seen; mridusoft; valukasands; vatsakahthe calves; salilamwater; pitva drinking; tethey; carishyantiwill go; shadvalamto the new grasses. I see that this place with soft sands is a very good place for our lunch. The calves will drink the water here, and then they will go to the new grasses there. Text 7 iti krishna-vacah shrutva tathety ahush ca balakah prakartum bhojanam sarve hy upavishah sarit-tae itithus; krishnaof Krishna; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; tathaso be it; itithus; ahuhsaid; caand; balakahthe boys; prakartumto do; bhojanam lunch; sarveall; hiindeed; upavishahsat down; saritof the river; taeon the bank. Hearing Krishna's words, the boys said, "So be it." They all sat down on the riverbank to take lunch. Text 8 atha kecid balakash ca yesham parshve na bhojanam te tu krishnasya karnante jagadur dinaya gira athathen; kecitsome; balakahboys; caand; yeshamof them; parshve on the side; nanot; bhojanamlunch; tethey; tuindeed; krishnasyaof Krishna; karnantein the ear; jagaduhspoke; dinaya girawith a whisper. Some boys, who had not brought lunch, whispered in Krishna's ear:

Text 9 vayam tu kim karishyamo 'smat parshve na tu bhojanam nanda-gramam tu duram hi gacchamo vatsakair vayam vayamwe; tuindeed; kimwhat; karishyamahwill do; asmatof us; parshveon the side; nanot; tuindeed; bhojanamlunch; nandaof Nanda; gramamthe village; tuindeed; duramfar away; hiindeed; gacchamahwe go; vatsakaihwith the calves; vayamwe. We did not bring any lunch. With the calves we have come very far from Nanda's village. Text 10 iti shrutva harih praha ma shokam kuruta priyah aham dasyami sarvesham prayatnenapi bhojanam tasman mad-vakya-niratah sarve bhavata balakah itithus; shrutvahearing; harihKrishna; prahasaid; madon't; shokam lament; kurutado; priyahdear friends; ahamI; dasyamiwill give; sarvesham of all; prayatnenacarefully; apialso; bhojanamthe lunch; tasmattherefore; matof Me; vakyaon the words; niratahintent; sarveall; bhavatabecome; balakahO boys; Hearing this, Krishna said: Dear friends, don't lament. I will carefully give lunch to everyone. All you boys just follow My words. Text 11 iti krishnasya vacanat krishna-parshve ca te sthitah muktva shikyani sarve 'nye bubhujuh krishna-samyutah itithus; krishnasyaof Krishna; vacanatfrom the words; krishna-parshveat Krishna's side; caand; tethey; sthitahsituated; muktvagiving up; shikyani

ropes; sarveall; anyeothers; bubhujuhate; krishna-samyutahin Krishna's company. On Krishna's word all the boys assembled around Krishna, put down their goparopes, and ate their lunch in Krishna's company. Text 12 cakara krishnah kila raja-mandalim gopala-balaih puratah prapuritaih aneka-varnair vasanaih prakalpitair madhye sthito pita-paena bhushitah cakaramade; krishnahKrishna; kilaindeed; raja-mandalima royal circle; gopala-balaihwith gopa boys; puratahin the presence; prapuritaihfilled; anekavarnaihwith many different kinds; vasanaihwith garments; prakalpitaihmade; madhyein the middle; sthitahsituated; pita-paenawith a yellow garment; bhushitahdecorated. With the gopa boys dressed in garments of many colors, Krishna made a royal circle, with Himself, dressed in yellow, in the center. Text 13 reje tatah so vara-gopa-darakair yathamaresho hy amaraish ca sarvatah punar yathambhoruha-komalair dalair madhye tu vaideha suvarna-karnika rejeshone; tatahthen; sahHe; vara-gopa-darakaihwith the gopa boys; yathaas; amaraof the demigods; ishahthe king; hiindeed; amaraihwith the demigods; caand; sarvatahall; punahagain; yathaas; ambhoruhalotus; komalaihsoft; dalaihwith petals; madhyein the middle; tuindeed; vaidehaO king of Videha; suvarnagolden; karnikawhorl. O king of Videha, surrounded by the gopa boys as Indra is surrounded by the demigods or a lotus whorl is surrounded by many soft petals, Krishna shone with great splendor. Text 14

kusumair ankuraih kecit pallavaish ca dalaih phalaih hastair drishadbhih shigbhish ca jakshus te krita-bhajanah kusumaihwith flowers; ankuraihwith grass; kecitsome; pallavaihwith twigs; caand; dalaihwith leaves; phalaihwith fruits; hastaihwith hands; drishadbhihwith stones; shigbhihwith rope; caand; jakshuhate; tethey; kritahaving made; bhajanahdishes. Making lunch-trays out of flowers, grass, twigs, leaves, fruit, rocks, rope, or their hands, the boys ate. Text 15 tatraiko balakah shighram krishnaya kavalam dadau krishnas tu kavalam bhuktva sarvan pashyann idam jagau tatrathere; ekahone; balakahboy; shighramquickly; krishnayato Krishna; kavalama morsel; dadaugave; krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; kavalam the morsel; bhuktvaate; sarvanall; pashyannseeing; idamthis; jagausaid. Then one boy suddenly gave a morsel to Krishna. Krishna ate it, glanced at everyone, and said: Text 16 anyan nidarshayan svadu naham janami vai sakhe tathety uktva sa balash ca nitvanyan kavalan dadau anyanthe others; nidarshayanshowing; svadudelicious; nanot; ahamI; janamiknow; vaiindeed; sakheO friend; tathaso be it; itithus; uktva saying; saHe; balahthe boy; caand; nitvabringing; anyanothers; kavalan morsels; dadaugave. Showing the others, Krishna said: Friend, I do not know of anything more delicious than this. The boy said: It is so. Then the boy gave morsels of that food to the others.

Text 17 bhuktva te kathayam asuh prahasantah parasparam punas tatrapi subalo haraye kavalam dadau bhuktvaeating; tethey; kathayam asuhsaid; prahasantahlaughing; parasparamamong themselves; punahagain; tatrathere; apialso; subalah Subala; harayeto Krishna; kavalam amorsel; dadaugave. Joking and laughing, the boys ate. Then Subala gave a morsel of food to Krishna. Text 18 krishnas tu kavalam kincid bhuktva tatra jahasa ha ye bhukta-kavala balas te sarve jahasuh sphuam krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; kavalamthe morsel; kincita little bit; bhuktva eating; tatrathere; jahasalaughed; haAh!; yewho; bhuktaeating; kavalah the morsel; balahthe boys; tethey; sarveall; jahasuhlaughed; sphuam aloud. Krishna tasted the morsel and laughed. All the boys that tasted that food laughed aloud. Text 19 shri-bala ucuh yasya matamaha mudha shrinu nanda-kumaraka na jnanam bhojane tasya tasmat svadu na vidyate shri-balah ucuhthe boys said; yasyaof whom; matamahathe grandmother; mudhabewildered; shrinulisten; nandaof Nanda; kumarakaO son; nanot; jnanamknowledge; bhojanein eating; tasyaof him; tasmattherefore; svadu delicious; nanot; vidyateis.

The boys said: O son of Nanda, his bewildered grandmother does not know how to cook. That was not delicious. Text 20 tato dadau ca kavalam shridama madhavaya ca anyan sarvan bahu-shreshham jaguh sarve vrajarbhakah tatahthen; dadaugave; caand; kavalama morsel; shridamaShridama; madhavayato Krishna; caand; anyanthe others; sarvanall; bahu-shreshham the best; jaguhsaid; sarveall; vrajaof Vraja; arbhakahthe boys. Then Shridama gave a morsel to Krishna and the other boys. All the boys of Vraja declared, "This is the best." Text 21 punah krishnaya pradadau kavalam ca varuthapah anyan balams tatha sarvan kincit kincit prayatnatah punahagain; krishnayato Krishna; pradadaugave; kavalama morsel; ca and; varuthapahvaruthapa; anyanto the other; balanboys; tathathen; sarvan all; kincitsomething; kincitsomething; prayatnatahcarefully. Then Varuthapa earnestly gave a morsel to Krishna and all the other boys. Text 22 bhuktva tu jahasuh sarve shri-krishnadya vrajarbhakah shri-bala ucuh tadrisham bhojanam casya yadrisham subalasya vai bhuktvaeating; headed by Krishna; said; tadrishamlike which; subalasyaof tuindeed; jahasuhlaughed; sarveall; shri-krishnadya vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; shri-balah ucuhthe boys that; bhojanamfood; caand; asyaof him; yadrishamlike Subala; vaiindeed.

When they ate it, Krishna and all the boys of Vraja laughed. The boys said, "This is like Subala's food. Text 23 bhuktvaty-udvigna-manasah sarve vayam atah kila evam prithak prithak sarve darshayantah sva-bhojanam bhuktvaeating; aty-udvigna-manasahvery unhappy at heart; sarveall; vayamwe; atahtherefore; kilaindeed; evamthus; prithak prithak individually; sarveall; darshayantahshowing; sva-bhojanamown lunch. "by eating this we have all become very unhappy at heart." In this way each boy showed his lunch to the others. Text 24 hasayanto hasantash ca cakruh kridam parasparam jaharasya pae venum vetram shringam ca kakshake hasayantahmaking others laugh; hasantahlaughing; caand; cakruhdid; kridampastimes; parasparamtogether; jaharasyaof the abdomen; paein the cloth; venumflute; vetramstick; shringamhorn; caand; kakshakein the hiding place. Laughing and making each other laugh, the boys enjoyed pastimes. Tucked into the cloth about His waist His flute, stick, and horn, . . . Text 25 vame panau ca kavalam hy angulishu phalani ca shirasa mukuam bibhrat skandhe pita-paam tatha

vamein the left; panauhand; caand; kavalama morsel of food; hi indeed; angulishuin the fingers; phalanifruits; caand; shirasaby the head; mukuama crown; bibhratholding; skandheon the shoulders; pita-paam yellow garments; tathaso. . . . in His left hand a morsel of food, on His fingers pieces of fruit, on His head a crown, over His shoulder a yellow cloth, . . . Text 26 hridaye vana-malam ca kaau kancim tathaiva ca padayor nupurau bibhrac chrivatsam kaustubham hridi hridayeon the chest; vana-malam a forest garland; caand; kaauon the hips; kancim abelt; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; padayohon His feet; nupurauanklets; bibhratwearing; shrivatsamShrivatsa; kaustubhamand Kautubha; hridiom His chest. . . . on His chest a forest garland, on His hips a belt, on His feet anklets, on His chest a Kaustubha jewel and Shrivatsa mark, . . . Text 27 tishhan madhye gopa-goshhyam hasayan narmabhih svakaih svarge loke ca mishati bubhuje yajna-bhug gharih tishhansituated; madhyein the center; gopa-goshhyamof the gopas; hasayanmaking laugh; narmabhihwith jokes; svakaihown; svargeon Svargaloka; lokeon the other planets; caand; mishatigazing; bubhuje enjoyed; yajna-bhukthe enjoyer of sacrifices; harihLord Krishna. . . . staying in the midst of the gopas and making them laugh with His joking words as the people of Svargaloka and the other planets gazed with wonder, Lord Krishna, the enjoyer of sacrifices, enjoyed many pastimes. Text 28 evam krishnatma-natheshu

bhunjaneshv arbhakeshu ca vivishur gahvare duram trina-lobhena vatsakah evamthus; krishnaKrishna; atmaown; natheshuLord; bhunjaneshu eating; arbhakeshuamong the boys; caand; vivishuhentered; gahvarethe deep forest; duramfar away; trina-lobhenaeager for grass; vatsakahthe calves. As the boys, for whom Krishna was the Lord of their lives, ate, the calves, greedy for more grass, went far away, deep in the forest. Text 29 vilokya tan bhaya-trastan gopan krishna uvaca ha yuyam gacchantu maham tu hy aneshye vatsakan iha vilokyaseeing; tanthem; bhaya-trastanfrightened; gopanteh gopas; krishnaKrishna; uvacasaid; haO; yuyamyou; gacchantugo; madon't; aham I; tuindeed; hiindeed; aneshyewill bring; vatsakanthe calves; ihahere. Seeing that the gopas were frightened, Krishna said to them, "Don't go. I shall bring the calves here." Text 30 ity uktva krishna utthaya grihitva kavalam kare vicikaya dari-kunjagahvare vatsakan svakan itithus; uktvasaying; krishnaKrishna; utthayarising; grihitvataking; kavalama morsel of food; karein His hand; vicikayato search; darithe caves; kunja-gahvareand forest groves; vatsakanthe calves; svakanown. Saying this, Krishna stood up, took a morsel of food in His hand, and left to search the caves and forests for the calves. Text 31

tadaiva cambhoja-bhavah samagato vilokya muktim hy agha-rakshasasya ca dadarsha krishnam puline yatha-ruci bhunjanam annam vraja-balakaih saha tadathen; evaindeed; caand; ambhoja-bhavahBrahma; samagatah came; vilokyaseeing; muktimliberation; hiindeed; agha-rakshasasyaof Aghasura; caand; dadarshasaw; krishnamKrishna; pulineon the shore; yatha-rucias He pleased; bhunjanameating; annamlunch; vraja-balakaihthe boys of Vraja; sahawith. Then the demigod Brahma, who had already seen the liberation of Aghasura, came and gazed at Krishna happily eating lunch with the boys on the riverbank. Text 32 drishva ca krishnam manasa sa uce tv ayam hi gopo na hi deva-devah harir yadi syad bahu-kutsitanne katham rato va vraja-gopa-balaih drishvaseeing; caand; krishnamKrishna; manasain his mind; sahe; ucesaid; tvindeed; ayamHe; hiindeed; gopaha gopa; nanot; hiindeed; deva-devahthe master of the demigods; harihLord Hari; yadiif; syatis; bahu very; kutsitawretched; annein food; kathamhow?; ratahenjoying; vaor; vraja-gopa-balaihwith Vraja's gopa boys. As he gazed at Krishna, Brahma said in his mind, "This must be a gopa. He cannot be Lord Hari, the Personality of Godhead. Why would Lord Hari enjoy such wretched food with the gopa boys of Vraja?" Text 33 ity uktva mohito brahma mayaya paramatmanah drashum manju mahattvam tu manash cakre hy aho nripa itithus; uktvaspeaking; mohitahbewildered; brahmaBrahma; mayayaby the illusory potency; paramatmanahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; drashumto see; manjubeautiful; mahattvamglory; tuindeed; manahmind; cakredid; hiindeed; ahahOh; nripaking.

After speaking these words, Brahma became bewildered by the Lord's illusory potency. O king, he set his heart on seeing the beautiful glories of the Lord. Text 34 sarvan vastan ito gopan nitva khe 'vasthitah pura antardadhe vismito 'jo drishvaghasura-mokshanam sarvanall; vastanthe calves; itahfrom there; gopanthe gopas; nitva taking; khein the sky; avasthitahsituated; purabefore; antardadhe disappeared; vismitahsurprised; ajahBrahma; drishvahaving seen; aghasuramokshanamthe liberation of Aghasura. As he stood in the sky, Brahma, and who was very surprised to see Aghasura's liberation, stole all the calves and boys and disappeared. .pa

Chapter Eight Shri Krishna-darshana-varnana Description of Seeing Lord Krishna Text 1 shri-narada uvaca adrishva vatsakan etya vatsapan puline harih ubhau vicinvan vipine mene karma vidheh kritam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said: ; adrishvanot seeing; vatsakanthe calves; etyagoing; vatsapanto the gopas; pulineon the shore; harihKrishna; ubhauboth; vicinvansearching; vipinein the forest; menethought; karma the work; vidhehof Brahma; kritamdone. Shri Narada said: Not seeing the calves, returning to the riverbank and not seeing the gopas, and then searching in the forest for them both, Krishna thought, "This must be Brahma's work."

Text 2 tato gavam gopikanam mudam kartum sa lilaya sarvam tu vishva-kric cakre hy atmanam ubhayayitam tatahthen; gavamof the cows; gopikanamof the gopis; mudamhappiness; kartumto do; saHe; lilayaplayfully; sarvamall; tuindeed; vishva-kritthe creator of the universes; cakremade; hiindeed; atmanamHimself; ubhayayitamboth. Then, to please the cows and gopis, Lord Krishna, who is the creator of the universes, made Himself into (the calves and boys). Texts 3 and 4 yavat vatsapa-vatsanam vapuh pani-padadikan yavad yashi-visanadin yavac chila-gunadikan yavad bhushana-vastradin tavac chri-harina svatah sarvam vishnumayam vishvam iti vakyam pradarshitam yavatas; vatsapagopas; vatsanamand calves; vapuhforms; panipadadikanbeginning weith feet and hands; yavatas; yashisticks; visana horns; adinbeginning with; yavacas; shilacharacter; gunaand qualities; adikanbeginning with; yavatas; bhushana-vastradinbeginning with graments and ornaments; tavacso; chri-harinaby Lord Krishna; svatahpwrsonally; sarvamall; vishnumayamconsisting of Lord Vishnu; vishvamthe universe; iti thus; vakyamthe statement; pradarshitamdemonstrated. Whatever were the gopas' and calves' forms, with their hands, feet, and other parts, whatever were their sticks, horns, and other possessions, whatever were their characters, qualities, and other features, and whatever were their clothes, ornaments, and other things, Lord Krishna perfectly copied. In this way He proved the Vedic statement: "sarvam vishnumayam vishvam" (The entire universe is Lord Vishnu). Text 5

atma-vatsan atma-gopaish carayan kridaya harih pravishan nanda-nagaram asham-giri-gate ravau atmaself; vatsancalves; atmaself; gopaihwith gopas; carayanhering; kridayawith pastimes; harihKrishna; pravishanentered; nanda-nagaramthe village of Nanda; asham-giri-gateon the western horizon; ravauthe sun. As the sun was setting on the western horizon, Krishna, herding calves that were in truth Himself, and accompanied by gopas that were also Himself, playfully entered Nanda's village. Text 6 tat-tad-goshhe prithan nitva tat-tad-vatsan praveshya ca krishno 'bhavat tat-tad-atma tat-tad-geham pravishavan tat-tad-goshheto the various barns; prithakvariously; nitvabringing; tattad-vatsanthe various calves; praveshyabringin ginside; caand; krishnah Krishna; abhavatbecame; tat-tad-atmavarious; tat-tad-gehamvarious homes; pravishavanentered. The many gopas, who were all Krishna, led the various calves, who were also Krishna, to their respective barns. Then the gopas entered their own homes. Text 7 shrutva vamshi-ravam gopyah sambhramac chighram utthitah payamsi payayam asur lalayitva sutan prithak shrutvahearing; vamshiof the flute; ravamthe sound; gopyahthe gopis; sambhramatfainted; shighramat once3; utthitahstood up; payamsimilk; payayam asuhmade flow; lalayitvaembracing; sutansons; prithak individually. Hearing the sound of the flute, the gopis fainted and then suddenly stood up. As milk flowed from them, each embraced her son.

Text 8 svan svan vatmsams tatha gavo rambhamanan nirikshya ca lihantyo jihvayangani payamsi ca hy apayayan svan svantheir own; vatmsancalves; tathaso; gavahthe cows; rambhamananmooing; nirikshyaseeing; caand; lihantyahlicking; jihvayanganiiwth the tongue; payamsimilk; caand; hiindeed; apayayan made drink. Seeing their calves, the cows mooed. They licked the calves with their tongues, and made the calves drink their milk. Text 9 abhavan matarah sarva gopyo gavo harer aho ati-sneham ca vavridhe purvato hi catur-gunam abhavanbecame; matarahmothers; sarvaall; gopyahthe gopis; gavah cows; harehof Krishna; ahahOh; ati-snehamgreat love; caand; vavridhe expanded; purvatahthan before; hiindeed; catur-gunamfour times. In this way all the gopis and cows became Krishna's mothers. Their love for their children became four times what it had been. Text 10 sva-putran lalayitva tu majjanonmardanadibhih pashcad gopyash ca krishnasya darshanam kartum ayayuh sva-putranown sons; lalayitvaembracing; tuindeed; majjanabathing; unmardanamassaging; adibhihbeginning with; pashcatthen; gopyahthe gopis; caand; krishnasyaof Krishna; darshanamthe sight; kartumto do; ayayuhattained.

As they embraced, bathed, massaged, and in other ways served their sons, the gopis now gazed on Lord Krishna. Text 11 anekanam tu balanam udvahah krishna-rupinam babhuvus tah vraje vadhvo ratah krishne tu koishah anekanammany; tuindeed; balanamof boys; udvahahweddings; krishna Krishna; rupinamthe forms; babhuvuhwere; tahthey; vrajein Vraja; vadhvah the girls; ratahin love; krishnewith Krishna; tuindeed; koishahmillions. Then the millions of gopi girls, who were all deeply in love with Krishna, were married to the many gopa boys, who at that time were all forms of Krishna. Text 12 vatsa-pala-mishenapi svatmanam hy atmana hareh palito vatsarash caiko babhuva vraja-mandale vatsa-palaof being gopa boys; mishenaon the preText; apialso; svatmanam Himself; hiindeed; atmanaHimself; harehof Lord Krishna; palitahprotected; vatsarahyear; caand; ekahone; babhuvawas; vraja-mandalein the circle of Vraja. In the circle of Vraja one year passed with Krishna disguising Himself as both the calves and gopas. He was the calves and He was the gopas protecting the calves. Text 13 sa-ramash caikadha vatsamsh caranyam carayan yayau hayanapuranishv atra pancashasu ca ratrishu

sa-ramahwith Balaram; caand; ekadhaone day; vatsantrhe calves; ca and; aranyamto the forest; carayanherding; yayauwent; hayanaone year; apuranishuunfulfilled; atrathere; pancashasufive; caand; ratrishunights. On the day when there were only five nights remaining to complete the year, Krishna and Balarama went to the forest as They herded the calves. Text 14 tatrapi durac caratash ca gavo vatsan upavrajya giresh ca shringat lihanti cangani vilokayantyo hy apayayams ta amritani sadyah tatrapistill; duracfrom far away; caratahgoing; caand; gavahthe cows; vatsanto the calves; upavrajyaapproaching; girehfrom the mountain; caand; shringatfrom the top; lihantilicks; caand; anganilimbs; vilokayantyah gazing; hiindeed; apayayangave to drink; tathey; amritaninectar; sadyah at once. From far away on the summit of Govardhana Hill the cows ran to their calves, licked their bodies, gazed on them, and made them drink the nectar of their milk. Text 15 govardhanad adho vatsan pita-dugdhan vilokya ca snehavritah sthita gash ca gopala dadrishur nripa govardhanatGovardhana Hill; adhahbelow; vatsanthe calves; pitadrunk; dugdhanthe milk; vilokyaseeing; caand; snehavritahfilled with affection; sthitasituated; gahthe cows; caand; gopalagopas; dadrishuhsaw; nripaO king. O king, the cowherd men saw the calves, who had already drunk their (mothers') milk, staying below Govardhana Hill, and they saw the cows, overcome with love for their calves, also staying there. Text 16

tatah krodhena mahata parvatad avatirya ca tadanarthe sva-putranam ajagmuh kacchato drutam tatahthen; krodhenawith anger; mahatagreat; parvatatfrom the hill; avatiryadescending; caand; tadana-artheto punish; sva-putranamown sons; ajagmuhcame; kacchatahvicinity; drutamquickly. As the men came down from the hill to hit the cows, they suddenly came upon their own sons. Text 17 tadagata samipe tu putranam gopa-nayakah svan svan sutams tadonniya hy anke kritva milanti vai tadathen; agatahcome; samipenear; tuindeed; putranamof sons; gopanayakahthe gopa men; svan svanown; sutamhsons; tadathen; unniya placing; hiindeed; ankeon the lap; kritvadoing; milantimeet; vaiindeed. Meeting them, the gopa men immediately placed their sons on their laps. Text 18 yatha yuvano vriddhash ca snehad ashru-pariplutah svan svan pautran grihitva tu hy upavisha milanti hi yathaas; yuvanahyoung; vriddhahold; caand; snehatout of love; ashrupariplutahdrowning in tears; svanown; svanown; pautrangrandsons; grihitva taking; tuindeed; hiindeed; upavishasat; milantimeet; hiindeed. Young and old were flooded with tears of love. The men embraced their sons and grandsons and sat down with them. Text 19

evam prema-paran sarvan drishva sankarshano balah bahu-prakaram sandeham kritva manasi so 'bravit evamthus; prema-paranfilled with love; sarvanall; drishvaseeing; sankarshanahBalarama; balahpowerful; bahu-prakarammany kinds; sandehamdoubt; kritvadoing; manasiin the mind; sahHe; abravitsaid. Seeing everyone so affectionate, powerful Balarama had many doubts. In His mind he said: Text 20 aho kim vatsarat prapto na jnato 'pi vraje maya ati-snehas tu sarvesham vardhate ca dine dine ahah-Oh; kimwhat?; vatsaratfrom a year; praptahattained; nanot; jnatahunderstood; apieven; vrajein Vraja; mayaby Me; ati-snehahvery affectionate; tuindeed; sarveshamof all; vardhateincreases; caalso; dine dineday after day. I do not understand what has happened for the past year. Everyone is so affectionate, and their love increases day after day. Text 21 keyam maya samayata deva-gandharva-rakshasam nanya me mohini maya vina krishnasya sampratam kawhat?; iyamthis; mayaillusion; samayatacome; deva-gandharvarakshasamof the devas, gandharvas, and raksasas; nanot; anyaanother; me Me; mohinibewildering; mayaillusion; vinawithout; krishnasyaKrishna; sampratamnow. Is this an illusion made by the devas, gandharvas, or rakshasas? No one but Krishna can bewilder Me.

Text 22 evam vicarya ramas tu locane sve nyamilayat bhutam bhavyam bhavishyam ca divyakshabhyam dadarsha ha evamin this way; vicaryathinking; ramahBalarama; tuindeed; locane eyes; sveown; nyamilayatclosed; bhutamwas; bhavyamis; bhavishyamwill be; caand; divyatranscendental; akshabhyamwith eyes; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Thinking this, Balarama closed His eyes. Then with transcendental eyes He looked at the past, present, and future. Text 23 sarvan vatsams tatha gopan vamshi-vetra-vibhushitan barhi-paksha-dharan shyaman bhrigv-anghri-krita-kautukan sarvanall; vatsanthe calves; tathaand; gopangopas; vamshi-vetravibhushitandecorated with flutes and sticks; barhi-paksha-dharanwearing peacock feathers; shyamandark; bhrigv-anghri-krita-kautukanwearing the mark of Bhrigu Muni's foot. He saw that all the calves and gopas had become dark boys, each decorated with a flute and stick, peacock feathers, Bhrigu Muni's footprint, . . . Text 24 jalakanam maninam ca gunjanam sragbhir eva ca padmanam kumudanam ca hy esham sragbhir vibhushitan jalakanamof flowers; maninamof jewels; caand; gunjanamof jewels; sragbhihwith necklaces; evaindeed; caand; padmanamof lotuses; kumudanamof water lilies; caand; hiindeed; eshamof them; sragbhihwith garlands; vibhushitandecorated. . . . necklaces of flowers, jewels, gunja, lotuses, and water lilies, . . .

Text 25 ushnishair mukuair divyaih kundalair alakair vritan ananda-varshan kurvanan sharat-padma-drishair api ushnishaihwith turbans; mukuaihcrowns; divyaihsplendid; kundalaih with earrings; alakaihwith curly locks of hair; vritancovered; anandaof bliss; varshanshowers; kurvanandoing; sharatautumn; padmalotus; drishaihwith eyes; apialso. . . . turbans, crowns, and splendid earrings, endowed with curly locks of hair, making showers of bliss with the glances of their autumn-lotus eyes, . . . Text 26 koi-kandarpa-lavanyan nasa-mautika-shobhitan sikha-bhushana-samyuktan pani-bhushana-bhushitan koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lavanyanhandsome; nasanose; mautikapearl; shobhitandecorated; shikha-bhushana-samyuktanwith ornaments on top of the head; pani-bhushana-bhushitandecorated with ornaments on Their hands. . . . more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, their noses decorated with pearls and their heads and hands decorated with many ornaments, . . . Text 27 dvi-bhujan pita-vastraish ca kanci-kaaka-nupuraih prabhatara-vikoinam shobhabhih shobhitan shubhan dvi-bhujantwo arms; pita-vastraihwith yellow garments; caand; kanciwith belts; kaakawith bracelets; nupuraihwith anklets; prabhatara-vikoinam splendid as millions of rising suns; shobhabhihwith splendor; shobhitanglorious; subhanglorious.

. . . having two arms, glorious with yellow garments, belts, bracelets, and anklets, and more glorious than millions of rising suns. Text 28 uttare giri-rajasya yamunayash ca dakshine acasha vrindakaranye sarvan krishnam halayudhah uttareon the top; giri-rajasyaof the king of mountains; yamunayahof the Yamuna; caand; dakshinein the south; acashasaw; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; sarvanall; krishnamKrishna; halayudhahBalarama. Balarama saw that all these forms on top of Govardhana Hill, and in Vrindavana forest south of the Yamuna were all Krishna. Text 29 jnatva krishna-kritam karma tatha vidhi-kritam balah punar vatsan vatsapamsh ca pashyan krishnam uvaca ha jnatvaunderstanding; krishna-kritamdone by Krishna; karmawork; tatha so; vidhi-kritamdone by Brahma; balahBalarama; punahagain; vatsanthe calves; vatsapanthe gopas; caand; pashyanseeing; krishnamto Krishna; uvacasaid; haindeed. Understanding what Brahma had done and what Krishna had done, and looking again at the calves and gopas, Balarama said to Krishna: Text 30 brahmananto dharma indrah shivash ca sevante tam bhakti-yuktah sadaite svatmaramah purna-kamah pareshah srashum shaktah koisho 'ndani yah khe

brahmaBrahma; anantahAnanta; dharmayama; indrahIndra; sivah Shiva; caand; sevanteserve; tamhim; bhakti-yuktahwith devotion; sada always; etethey; svatmaramahself-satisfied; purna-kamahdesires always fulfilled; pareshahthe Supreme Lord; srashumto create; shaktahable; koishahmillions; andaniof universes; yahwho; khein the sky. The devotees Brahma, Ananta, Yama, Indra, and Shiva always worship the Supreme Lord, who is the controller of everything, who is self-satisfied, whose desires are always fulfilled, and who has the power to create many millions of universes in the sky. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca evam bruvati shri-rame tavat tatragato vidhih dadarsha krishnam ramam ca vatsakair vatsapaih samam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; bruvatisays; shri-rameas Balaram; tavatthen; tatrathere; agatahcame; vidhihBrahma; dadarsha saw; krishnamKrishna; ramamBalarama; caand; vatsakaihwith the calves; vatsapaihand gopas; samamwith. Shri Narada said: As Balarama was speaking, Brahma came there and saw Krishna, Balarama, the calves, and the gopas. Text 32 aho krishnena canita yatra sarve dhrita maya iti bruvan yayau sthane tatra sarvan dadarsha sah ahahOh; krishnenaby Krishna; caand; anitabrought; yatrawhere; sarve all; dhritaheld; mayaby me; itithus; bruvansaying; yayauwent; sthane in the place; tatrathere; sarvanall; dadarshasaw; sahhe. Saying, "Krishna brought back all the (calves and gopas) I took away," Brahma left and saw them all still there (where he had hid them). Text 33

drishva prasuptan sarvams tu sa agatya vraje punah vatsapalair harim vikshya manasi praha vismitah drishvaseeing; prasuptanasleep; sarvanall; tuindeed; saher; agatya coming; vrajeto Vraja; punahagain; vatsapalaihwith the gopas; harimLord Krishna; vikshyaseeing; manasiin his mind; prahasaid; vismitahastonished. Seeing them all still asleep, he returned to Vraja and gazed again at Krishna and the gopas. Astonished, in his mind he said: Text 34 aho vicitram te sarve kutra sthanat samagatah kridanto purvavac catra sakam krishnena kridanaih ahahO; vicitrama wonder; tethey; sarveall; kutrafrom what?; sthanat place; samagatahcome; kridantahplaying; purvavat-as before; caand; atra here; sakamwith; krishnenaKrishna; kridanaihwith pastimes; This is a great wonder. From where did all these boys come that now they are playing with Krishna just as before? Text 35 mat-truir vatsarash caiko vyatito 'bhun mahi-tale sarve prasannatam prapta na jnatah kenacit kvacit matof me; truiha moment; vatsarahyear; caand; ekahone; vyatitah passed; abhunhjas been; mahi-taleon the earth; sarveall; prasannatam happiness; praptaattained; nanor; jnatahunderstood; kenacithow; kvacit where. What is for me only a moment is a year on earth. I don't understand how they are still manifested as before.

Text 36 evam sammohayan brahma mohanam vishva-mohanam sva-mayayandha-karena sva-gatram naiva drishavan evamthus; sammohayanbewildering; brahmaBrahma; mohanam bewilderment; vishva-mohanambewilderment of the universe; svaown; mayaya by illusion; andha-karenawith blinding dsrkness; sva-gatramown body; na not; evaindeed; drishavansaw. In this way Brahma, who bewilders the entire universe, was so blinded by Krishna's illusion that he could not see even his own body. Text 37 vatsapalapaharanat kim abhuj jagatah pateh aho khadyota-vad vedha shri-krishna-ravi-sammukhe vatsapalaof the gopas; apaharanatfrom kidnapping; kimwhat?; abhut was; jagatahof the universe; patehthe master; ahahOh; khadyota-vatlike a firefly; vedhaBrahma; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; ravithe sun; sammukhe before. What happened to Brahma, the master of the universe, after he stole the gopas? The creator Brahma became like a firefly standing before the sun of Shri Krishna. Text 38 evam vimuhyati sati jadi-bhute ca brahmani sva-mayam kripayakrishya krishnah svam darshanam dadau evamthus; vimuhyatibewildered; satibeing so; jadi-bhutestunned; ca and; brahmaniBrahma; sva-mayamown illusion; kripayamercifully; akrishya pulling away; krishnahKrishna; svamown; darshanamsight; dadaugave.

As Brahma stood, stunned and bewildered, Krishna mercifully removed His own illusory potency and revealed Himself. Text 39 evam tatra sakrid brahma go-vatsan gopa-darakan sarvan acasha shri-krishnam bhaktya vijnana-locanaih evamthus; tatrathere; sakritat once; brahmaBrahma; go-vatsanthe calves; gopa-darakanthe gopas boys; sarvanall; acashasaw; shri-krishnam Shri Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; vijnanaof knowledge; locanaihwith eyes. With eyes of knowledge Brahma devotedly gazed at the calves and gopa boys and saw that they were all Shri Krishna. Text 40 dadarshatha vidhis tatra bahir antah shariratah svatmana sahitam rajan sarvam vishnumayam jagat dadarshasaw; athathen; vidhihBrahma; tatrathere; bahihoutside; antah inside; shariratahthe body; svatmanaown self; sahitamwith; rajanO king; sarvameverything; vishnumayamconsisting of Lord Vishnu; jagatthe universe. O king, Brahma then saw that the entire universe, including all that was inside and outside his body, and including his own self, was all the potency of Lord Vishnu. Text 41 evam vilokya brahma tu jado bhutva sthiro 'bhavat vrindavad vrindakaranye pradrishyeta yatha tatha evamthus; vilokyaseeing; brahmaBrahma; tuindeed; jadahstunned; bhutvabecoming; sthirahstationary; abhavatbecame; vrindavatlike a tulasi plant; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; pradrishyetawas seen; yathaas; tathaso.

Gazing at this, Brahma became stunned. He looked like an unmoving tulasi plant in Vrindavana forest. Text 42 svatmano mahimam drashum hy anise 'pi ca brahmani cacchada sapadi jnatva maya-javanikam harih svatmanahof his self; mahimamthe glory; drashumto see; hiindeed; aniseunable; apialthough; caand; brahmaniBrahma; cacchadapulled the cover; sapadiat once; jnatvaunderstanding; mayaof illusion; javanikamthe curtain; harihKrishna. Aware that Brahma had no power to continue gazing at the Lord's glories, Krishna at once pulled the curtain of His illusory potency. Text 43 tatah pralabdha-nayanah srasha supta ivotthitah unmilya nayane kricchrad dadarshedam sahatmana tatahfrom that; pralabdhabewildered; nayanaheyes; srashathe creator; suptaasleep; ivaas if; utthitahrose; unmilyaopening; nayanehis eyes; kricchratwith difficulty; dadarshasaw; idamthis; sahawith; atmanahimself. Then, his eyes covered, the creator Brahma became as if asleep. Awakening, and with difficulty opening his eyes, he saw Vrindavana and he also saw himself. Text 44 samahitas tatra bhutva sadyo 'pashyad disho dasha shrimad-vrindavanam ramyam vasanti-latikanvitam

samahitahcalm; tatrathere; bhutvahaving become; sadyahat once; apashyatsaw; dishahdirections; dashaten; shrimatbeautiful; vrindavanam Vrindavana; ramyamdelightful; vasanti-latikavasanti vines; anvitamwith. Now composed and peaceful, in the ten directions he saw, filled with flowering vasanti vines, charming and beautiful Vrindavana, . . . Text 45 shardula-balakair yatra kridanti mriga-balakah shyenaih kapota nakulaih sarpa vaira-vivarjitah shardulatiger; balakaihwith cubs; yatrawhere; kridantiplay; mrigabalakahfawns; syenaihwith eagles; kapotahdoves; nakulaihwith mongeese; sarpasnakes; vairaenmity; vivarjitahwithout. . . . where without any enmity fawns play with tiger cubs, doves play with eagles, and snakes play with mongeese. Text 46 tatash ca vrindakaranye sa-pani-kavalam vidhih vatsan sakhin vicinvantam ekam krishnam dadarsha sah tatahthen; caand; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; sa-pani-kavalam with a handful of food; vidhihBrahma; vatsanthe calves; sakhinfriends; vicinvantamsearching; ekamalone; krishnamKrishna; dadarshasaw; sah he. Then Brahma saw Krishna, with a morsel of food in His hand, searching for His calves and friends in Vrindavana forest. Text 47 drishva gopala-veshena guptam goloka-vallabham jnatva sakshad dharim brahma

bhito 'bhut sva-kritena ca drishva-having seen; gopala-veshenain the form of a gopa; guptamhidden; goloka-vallabhamthe beloved of Goloka; jnatvaunderstanding; sakshatat once; harimLord Hari; brahmaBrahma; bhitahfrightened; abhutbecame; svakritenabecause of what he had done; caand. Gazing at Him, and suddenly understanding that Krishna was Lord Hari, the beloved of Goloka, the Supreme Personality of Godhead now disguised as an ordinary gopa, Brahma became afraid for what he had done. Text 48 tam prasadayitum rajan jvalantam sarvato disham lajjayavan-mukho bhutva hy avatirya sva-vahanat tamHim; prasadayitumto please; rajanO king; jvalantamshining; sarvatah in all; dishamdirections; lajjayawith embarrassment; avak-mukhahsilent; bhutvabecoming; hiindeed; avatiryadescended; sva-vahanatfrom his carrier. O king, to beg for pardon from the Lord, whose glory filled all directions, Brahma, speechless with embarrassment, descended from his swan-carrier. Text 49 shanair upasasaresham prasideti vadan naman sravad-varshashru-dattarghah sa papatatha dandavat shanaihslowly; upasasaraapproached; ishamthe Lord; prasidabe kind; iti thus; vadansaying; namanbowing down; sravatflowing; varshashower; ashrutears; dattaoffered; arghaharghya; sahe; papatafell down; atha then; dandavatlike a stick. Slowly he approached the Lord. Saying, "Please be kind", bowing down, and with a streams of tears offering arghya, he fell down like a stick. Text 50

utthayashvasya tam krishnah priyam priya iva sprishan suran su-bhuvi dura-sthan aluloka sudhardra-drik utthayarising; ashvasyaappeasing; tamHim; krishnahKrishna; priyam beloved; priyaa lover; ivalike; sprishantouching; suranthe demiogds; subhuvion the earth; dura-sthanfar away; alulokasaw; sudhanectar; ardra wet; drikeyes. Pulling Brahma up, comforting him, and gently touching him as a lover touches his beloved, Lord Krishna, His eyes wet with nectar, glanced at the many demigods now standing far away. Text 51 tato jaya-jayety-uccaih stuvatam namatam samam tad-dayadrisha-drishanam sanandah sambhramo 'bhavat tatahthen; jaya-jayety-uccaihwith loud calls of Victory! Victory!; stuvatam praying; namatambowing down; samamwith; tad-dayaHis mercy; adrishadrishanama slight glance; sanandahblissful; sambhramahrespectful; abhavat became. When the demigods received Lord Krishna's merciful glance they called out, "Glory! Glory!", bowed down, and offered prayers. Pleased with them, Krishna offered them all respect. Text 52 drishva harim tatra samasthitam vidhir nanama tam bhakti-manah kritanjalih stutim cakarashu sa dandaval luhan prahrisha-roma bhuvi gadgadaksharah drishvaseeing; harimKrishna; tatrathere; samasthitammanifested; vidhihBrahma; nanamabowed down; tamto Him; bhaktiwith devotion; manahin his heart; kritanjalihwith folded hands; stutimprayers; cakara offered; ashuat once; sahe; dandavatlike a stick; luhanfalling to the ground; prahrisha-romahhis bodily hairs erect; bhuvion the gorund; gadgadaaksharahin a choked voice.

Gaizing at Lord Krishna standing there, and his heart filled with devotion, with folded hands Brahma bowed down. Falling like a stick to the ground, the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, and his voice choked with emotion, Brahma offered prayers.

Chapter Nine Brahma-stuti Brahma's Prayers Text 1 shri-brahmovaca krishnaya megha-vapushe capalambaraya piyusha-misha-vacanaya parat paraya vamshi-dharaya shikhi-candrikayanvitaya devaya bhratri-sahitaya namo 'stu tasmai shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; krishnayato Krishna; megha-vapushe whose form is a cloud; capalambarayawho wears garments of lightning; piyusha with nectar; mishasweet; vacanayawords; paratthan ther greatest; paraya greater; vamshi-dharayaholding a flute; shikhipeacock; candrikayafeather; anvitayawith; devayato the Lord; bhratri-sahitayaaccompanied by His brother; namahobeisances; astumaybe; tasmaito Him. Shri Brahma said: Obeisances to Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, holding a flute, wearing a peacock feather, staying in His brother's company, His form a monsoon cloud, His garments lightning, and His words sweet as nectar. Text 2 krishnas tu sakshat purushottamah svayam purnah pareshah prakriteh paro harih yasyavataramsha-kala vayam surah srijama vishvam kramato 'sya shaktibhih krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; purnahperfect; pareshahthe supreme master; prakritehof the material energy; parahabove; harihLord Hari; yasya of whom; avataraincarnations; amshapartrs; kalaand parts of a part; vayam we; surahdemigods; srijamacreate; vishvamthe universe; kramatah accordingly; asyaof Him; shaktibhihwith the potencies. Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the perfect and complete supreme master, who stays above the material energy. We demigods, who are the parts of the parts of His incarnations, create this world with the aid of His potencies.

Text 3 sa tvam sakshat krishnacandravataro nandasyapi putratam agatah kau vrindaranye gopa-veshena vatsan gopair mukhyaish carayan bhrajase vai sahHe; tvamYou; sakshatdirectly; krishnacandravatarahthe incarnation Lord Krishnacandra; nandasyaof nanda; apieven; putratamin the status og being the son; agatahcome; kauto the earth; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; gopaveshenain the garments of a gopa; vatsanthe calves; gopaihwith the gopas; mukhyaihmost important; carayanherding; bhrajaseYou are splendidly manifested; vaicertainly. You are the same Lord Krishnacandra. You have come to the earth and become the son of Maharaja Nanda. Appearing like an ordinary cowherd boy, and herding the calves in the company of many gopas, You are splendidly manifest. Text 4 harim koi-kandarpa-lilabhiramam sphurat-kaustubham shyamalam pita-vastram vrajesham tu vamshi-dharam radhikesham param sundaram tam nikunje namami harimLord Hari; koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lilaplayfulness; abhiramamhandsomeness; sphuratglittering; kaustubhamKaustubha jewel; shyamalamdark; pita-vastramyellow garments; vrajeshamthe king of Vraja; tu indeed; vamshi-dharamholding a flute; radhikeshamthe master of Radha; paramsupreme; sundaramhandsome; tamHim; nikunjein the forest; namami I offer my respectful obeisances. In this forest grove I offer my respectful obeisances to handsome and dark Lord Hari, more playful and charming than millions of Kamadevas, decorated with yellow garments and glistening Kaustubha gem, clutching a flute, the king of Vraja and the Lord of Shri Radha. Text 5 tam krishnam bhaja harim adi-devam asmin kshetra-jnam kham iva vilipta-megham eva svacchangam param adhi-yajna-caitya-rupam bhakty-adyair vishada-viraga-bhava-sanghaih tamHim; krishnam bhajaworship; harimHari; adi-devamthe original Lord; asminhere; kshetrathe place; jnamknowing; khamthe sky; ivalike; viliptaanointed; meghamclouds; evaindeed; svacchasplendid; angam body; paramtranscendental; adhi-yajna-caitya-rupamthe form of the Lord of

sacrifices; bhakty-adyaihbeginning weith devotional service; vishadapure; viragarenunciation; bhavacondition; sanghaihwith multitudes. With devotion, purity, and renunciation, worship Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, pure as a cloudless sky, His limbs splendid, the master of sacrifices, the master of consciousness, the all-knowing Supersoul. Text 6 yavan manash ca rajasa prabalena vidvan sankalpa eva tu vikalpaka eva tavat tabhyam bhaven manasijas tv abhimana-yogas tenapi buddhi-vikritim kramatah prayanti yavatas; manashthe mind; caand; rajasawith passion; prabalena powerful; vidvanwise; sankalpaacceptance; evaindeed; tuindeed; vikalpaka rejection; evaindeed; tavatso; tabhyamwith them; bhavetmay be; manasijahthe desire for sense gratification; tvindeed; abhimanapride; yogah contact; tenaby that; apialso; buddhiof intelligence; vikritimruination; kramatahgradually; prayantiattain. O wise one, when the mind is influenced by passion it accepts the materially pleasant and rejects the materially unpleasant. By these two actions material desires and arrogant pride breed in the heart. In this way the intelligence is gradually disfigured. Text 7 vidyud-dyutis tv ritu-guno jala-madhya-rekha bhutolmukah kapaa-pantha-ratir yatha ca ittham tathasya jagatas tu mukham mrisheti duhkhavritam vishaya-ghurnam alata-cakram vidyutlightning; dyutihsplendor; tvindeed; rituof the seasons; gunahthe quality; jalawater; madhyamiddle; rekhaa line; bhutamanifested; ulmukah firebrand; kapaafalse; panthapath; ratihmaking; yathaas; caand; ittham thus; tathaso; asyaof this; jagatahmaterial universe; tuindeed; mukham tha face; mrishafalse; itithus; duhkhawith sufferings; avritamfilled; vishaya sense objects; ghurnamwhirling; alata-cakrama firebrand circle. Like a fleeting lightning flash, a ripple on the water, the passing seasons, and the false, blurred line of a moving spark, the face, filled with sufferings, of the material world is temporary and untrue. The whirl of sense happiness is the seemingstationary circle of a quickly-moving spark. Text 8 vriksha jalena calatapi cala ivatra netrena bhuri-calitena caleva bhush ca

evam gunaih prakriti-jair bhramato jana-stham satyam vaded guna-sukhad idam eva krishna vrikshahtrees; jalenaby the water; calatamoving; apieven; calamoving; ivalike; atrahere; netrenaby the eye; bhuri-calitenamoving greatly; cala moving; ivalike; bhushearth; caand; evamthus; gunaihby the modes; prakriti-jaihborn from matter; bhramatahbewildering; janain the people; stham situated; satyamtruth; vadetmay speak; gunaquality; sukhatout of happiness; idamthis; evaindeed; krishnaO Krishna. When water moves, the trees reflected on it seem to move also. When the eyes are tossed to and fro, the earth seems to move. O Krishna, bewildered by the modes of material nature, the people say material sense pleasures are real. Text 9 duhkham sukham ca manasa prabhavam ca supte mithya bhavet punar aho bhuvi jagare 'sya ittham viveka-ghaitasya janasya sarvam svapna-bhramadrita-jagat satatam bhaved dhi duhkhamsuffering; sukhampleasure; caand; manasaby the mind; prabhavambirth; caand; suptein a dream; mithyafalse; bhavetis; punah again; ahahOh; bhuvion the earth; jagareof a person awake; asyaof him; itthamthus; viveka-ghatitasyadiscriminating; janasyaof a person; sarvam everything; svapnaof a dream; bhramaillusion; adritahonored; jagatthe world; satatamalways; bhavetis; hicertainly. Pains and pleasures are created by the mind. A person awake knows what he saw in a dream is false. A wise man knows the entire material world is a dream. Text 10 jnani visrijya mamatam abhimana-yogam vairagya-bhava-rasikah satatam nirihah dipena dipa-kashatam ca yatha prajatam pashyet tathatma-vibhavam bhuvi caika-tattvam jnania wise man; visrijyarenouncing; mamatampossessiveness; abhimanayogamwith false-ego; vairagyarenunciation; bhavathe state; rasikah enjoying; satatamalways; nirihahwithout material activities; dipenawith a lamp; dipaof the lamp; kashatamthe light; caand; yathaas; prajatam masnifested; pashyetmay see; tathaso; atmaof the self; vibhavamglory; bhuvion the earth; caand; ekaone; tattvamprinciple. A wise man who stays aloof from material deeds, renounces the world, and tastes the nectar of spiritual love, can see, as one sees with the light of a lamp, the spiritual glory of the Supreme Lord, who stays as the Supersoul in this world.

Text 11 bhakto bhajed aja-patim hridi vasudevam nirdhuma-vahnir iva mukta-guna-sva-bhavah pashyan ghaeshu sa-jaleshu yathendum ekam etadrishah paramahamsa-varah kritarthah bhaktaha devotee; bhajetmay worship; aja-patimthe master of Brahma; hridiin his heart; vasudevamLord Vasudeva; nirdhumawithout smoke; vahnih fire; ivalike; muktafreed; gunafrom the modes of nature; sva-bhavah whose character; pashyanseeing; ghateshuin pots; sa-jaleshufilled with water; yathaas; indummoon; ekamone; etadrishahlike that; paramahamsa-varah the best of the swanlike saints; kritarthahwho has attained perfection. A devotee like a smokeless flame free from the touch of the material modes, who worships Lord Vasudeva in his heart and sees the one Lord Vasudeva present in everyone's heart as one moon is reflected in many pots of water, is perfect, the best of swanlike saints. Text 12 stuvanti vedah satatam ca yam sada harer mahimnah kila shodashim kalam kadapi jananti na te tri-loke vaktum gunamsh tasya jano 'sti kah parah stuvantioffer prayers; vedahthe Vedas; satatamalways; caand; yamto whom; sadaalways; harehof Lord Hari; mahimnahof the glory; kilaindeed; shodashimsixteenth; kalampart; kadapisometimes; janantiknow; nanot; te of You; tri-lokein the three woirlds; vaktumto say; gunanthe qualities; tasya of Him; janaha person; astiso; kahwho?; parahis able. Athough they always praise Him, the Vedas do not understand even one sixteenth of Lord Hari's glories. Who in the three worlds has the power to describe His qualities? Text 13 vaktaish caturbhis tv aham eva devah shri-pancavaktrah kila panca-vaktraih sahasrashirshas tu sahasra-vaktrair yam stauti sevam kurute ca tasya vaktaihwith mouths; caturbhihfour; tvindeed; ahamI; evaindeed; devah the lord; shri-pancavaktrahShiva; kilaindeed; pancawith five; vaktraih mouths; sahasrashirshahAnanta; tuindeed; sahasrawith a thousand; vaktraih mouths; yamwhom; stautipraise; sevamservice; kurutedo; caand; tasya of Him. Ananta praises Him with a thousand mouths, Shiva with five mouths and I with four mouths. We serve Lord Hari. Text 14

vishnush ca vaikunha-nivasa-kric ca kshiroda-vasi harir eva sakshat narayano dharma-sutas tathapi goloka-natham bhajate bhavantam vishnuhLord Vishnu; caand; vaikunha-nivasa-kricwho resides in Vaikunha; caand; kshiroda-vasiresiding on the milk-ocean; harihLord Hari; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; narayanahNarayana; dharma-sutahthe son of Dharma; tathapistill; goloka-nathamthe Lord of Goloka; bhajatewprships; bhavantamYou. Lord Vishnu who stays in Vaikunha, Lord Hari who stays on the milk-ocean, and Narayana Rishi, the son of Dharma, all worship You, the master of Goloka. Text 15 aho 'ti-dhanyo mahima murarer jananti bhumau munayo na manavah surasura va manavo budhah punah svapne 'pi pashyanti na tat-pada-dvayam ahahOh; ativery; dhanyahopulent; mahimaglory; murarehof Krishna; janantiknow; bhumauon the earth; munayahsages; nanot; manavah humans; surademigods; asurahdemons; vaor; manavahManus; budhah philosophers; punahagain; svapnein dream; apieven; pashyantisee; nanot; tat-pada-dvayamHis feet. Lord Krishna's glories are very great. Even in their dreams the sages, humans, demigods, demons, manus, and philosophers do not see His feet. Text 16 varam harim gunakaram su-mukti-dam parat param rameshvaram guneshvaram vrajeshvaram namamy aham varamgreat; harimLord Hari; gunakarama jewel mine of virtues; su-muktidamgranting liberation; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; ramaof the goddess of fortune; ishvaramthe master; gunaof transcendental virtues; ishvaramthe master; vrajaof Vraja; ishvaramto the master; namamyoffer obeisances; ahamI. I offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Hari, greater than the greatest, a jewel mine of transcendental virtues, the giver of liberation, the master of the goddess of fortune, the master of transcendental virtues, and the master of Vraja. Text 17 tambula-sundara-mukham madhuram bruvantam

bimbadharam smita-yutam sita-kunda-dantam nilalakavrita-kapola-manoharabham vande calat-kanaka-kundala-mandanarham tambulawith betelnuts; sundarahandsome; mukhamface; madhuram sweet; bruvantamspeaking; bimbadharambimba-fruit lips; smitaa smile; yutamwith; sitawhite; kundajasmine; dantamteeth; nilablack; alaka curling locks of hair; avritacovered; kapolacheeks; manoharacharming; abham glory; vandeI offer my respectful obeisances; calatmoving; kanakagold; kundalaearrings; mandana-arhamdecorated. I offer my respectful obeisances to smiling, sweetly speaking Lord Hari, His mouth handsome with betelnuts, His lips bimba fruits, His teeth white jasmine flowers, and His handsome cheeks covered by curly black locks and decorated with swinging gold earrings. Text 18 sundaram tu tava rupam eva hi manmathasya manaso haram param avirastu mama netrayoh sada shyamalam makara-kundalavritam sundaramhandsome; tuindeed; tavaYour; rupamform; evaindeed; hi indeed; manmathasyaof Kamadrva; manasahthe heart; haramenchanting; paramgreat; avirastumay appear; mamaof me; netrayohon the eyes; sada always; shyamalamdark; makara-kundalavritamwith shark-shaped earrings. May Your dark handsome form, decorated with shark-shaped earrings and stealing Kamadeva's heart, appear before my eyes. Text 19 vaikunha-lila-pravaram manoharam namas-kritam deva-ganaih param varam gopala-lilabhiyutam bhajamy aham goloka-natham shirasa namamy aham vaikunhain Vaikunha; lilapastimes; pravaramexcellent; manoharam charming; namas-kritamoffered obeisances; deva-ganaihby the demigods; paramsupreme; varamgreat; gopala-lilabhiyutamenjoying pastimes as a gopa; bhajamyworship; ahamI; goloka-nathamthe master of Goloka; shirasawith the head; namamybow down; ahamI. I bow my head before Goloka's handsome king, who plays as a gopa, enjoys in Vaikunha, and receives the demigods' obeisances. Text 20 yuktam vasanta-kalakanha-vihangamaish ca saugandhikam tvarana-pallava-shakhi-sangam

vrindavanam sudhita-dhira-samira-lilam gacchan harir jayati patu sadaiva bhaktan yuktamendowed; vasantaspring; kalakanhacuckoo; vihangamaihbirds; caand; saugandhikamfragrant; tvaranaquick; pallavabuds; shakhitrees; sangamcompany; vrindavanamVrindavana; sudhita-dhira-samira-lilamwith playful nectar breezes; gacchangoing; harihLord Hari; jayatiall glories; patu may protect; sadaalways; evacertainly; bhaktanthe devotees. Glory to Lord Hari, who walks in fragrant Vrindavana forest, which is filled with sweet-throated spring cuckoos, newly-budding trees, and gentle, playful, nectar breezes. May He always protect the devotees. Text 21 harati kamala-manam lola-muktabhimanam dharani-rasika-danam kamadevasya banam shravana-vidita-yanam netra-yugma-prayanam bhaja yad uta samaksham dana-daksham kaaksham haratiremoves; kamalaof the lotus; manamthe pride; lolamoving; mukta pearl; abhimanampride; dharanion the earth; rasikathey who taste nectar; danamgift; kamadevasyaof Kamadeva; banamthe arrow; shravanato the ears; viditaknown; yanamjourney; netra-yugmaeyes; prayanamjourney; bhajaworship; yatwhcih; utaindeed; samakshambefore the eyes; danadakshamexpert atgiving charity; kaakshamthe sidelong glance. Worship Krishna's sidelong glance, which eclipses the pride of the lotus and the moving string of pearls, which travels almost to His ears, which is Kamadeva's arrow, and which, laden with gifts for they who taste nectar in this world, is expert at giving charity. Text 22 sharac-candrakaram nakha-mani-samuham sukha-karam su-raktam hrit-purnam prakaita-tamah-khandana-karam bhaje 'ham brahmande sakala-nara-papabhidalanam harer vishnor devair divi bharata-khande stutam alam sharatautumn; candramoon; akaramform; nakhanails; manijewels; samuhammultitude; sukha-karamdelighting; su-raktamred; hritchest; purnamfull; prakaitamanifested; tamahdarkness; khandana-karam breaking; bhajeworship; ahamI; brahmandein the universe; sakalaall; nara people; papasins; abhidalanamdestruction; harehof Lord Hari; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; devaihby the the demigods; diviin heaven; bharata-khandeon the earth; stutampraised; alamgreatly.

I worship handsome Lord Vishnu's delightful reddish jewel nails, which fill the heart, break the darkness, crush the sins of everyone in the universe, and are praised on the earth and by the demigods in heaven. Text 23 maha-padme kim va paridhir iva cabhati satatam kadacid ity asphurjad-ratha-carana ittham dhvani-dharah yatha nyastam cakram shata-kirana-yuktam tu harina sphurac-chri-manjiram hari-carana-padme tv adhigatam maha-padmea great lotus; kimwhether?; vaor; paridhiha circle of light; ivalike; caand; abhatishines; satatamalways; kadacitsometimes; itythus; asphurjad-ratha-caranahasm chariot wheel; itthamthus; dhvani-dharahmaking sounds; yathaas; nyastamplaced; cakramcakra; shata-kirana-yuktamwith a hundred points of light; tuindeed; harinaby Lord Hari; sphuramanifest; shrimanjiramankles; hari-carana-padmeon Lord Hari's lotus feet; tvindeed; adhigatamunderstood. Is this a circle of light around a great lotus flower, a great rumbling chariot wheel, the Sudarshana-cakra, the sun with its hundred points of light, or the graceful anklets on Lord Hari's lotus feet? Text 24 kayam pitambaram divyam kshudra-ghanikayanvitam bhajamy aham citta-haram krishnasyaklisha-karmanah kayamon the hips; pitambaramyellow garments; divyamsplendid; kshudra-ghanikayanvitamdecorated with small bells; bhajamyworship; aham I; citta-haramcharming; krishnasyaof Krishna; aklisha-karmanahwhose actions are full of bliss. I worship the splendid, charming, decorated with small bells yellow garment on the hips of Lord Krishna, whose every act is full of bliss. Text 25 bhaje krishna-krode bhrigu-muni-padam shri-griham alam tatha shrivatsankam nikasha-ruci-yuktam dyuti-param gale hiraharan kanaka-mani-muktavali-dharan sphurat-tarakaran bhramara-vali-bharan dhvani-karan bhajeI worship; krishna-krodeon Krishna's chest; bhrigu-muni-padamthe footprint of Bhrigu Muni; shri-grihamthe homr of the goddess of fortune; alam greatky; tathathen; shrivatsankammarked with Shrivatsa; nikasha-ruci-yuktam with a gluttering golden streak; dyuti-paramsplendid; galeon the neck; hiraharandiamon necklaces; kanakagold; manijewels; muktavalipearls;

dharanwearing; sphurat-tarakaranglittering stars; bhramarabees; vali-bharan manifesting; dhvani-karanmaking a sound. On Lord Krishna's chest I worship Bhrigu Muni's footprint, Lakshmi-devi's home, the mark of Shrivatsa, the splendid golden nikasha line, and, suspended from His neck, the many necklaces of diamonds, gold, jewels, and pearls splendid as glistening stars, and the many flower garlands filled with buzzing bees. Text 26 vamshi-vibhushitam alam dvija-dana-shilam sindura-varnam ati-kicakarava-lilam hemanguliya-nikaram nakha-candra-yuktam hasta-dvayam smara kadamba-sugandha-priktam vamshiwith a flute; vibhushitamdecorated; alamgreatly; dvija-dana-shilam giving charity to the brahmanas; sindura-varnamthe color of red sindura; atikicakarava-lilamthe playful soundof the bamboos; hemanguliya-nikaramgolden rings; nakha-candra-yuktamwith the moons of the nails; hasta-dvayamtwo ahnds; smararemember; kadamba-sugandha-priktamwith the scent of a kadamba flower. Remember Krishna's hands, decorated with a flute, expert at giving charity to the brahmanas, the color of sindura, expert at playing the bamboo flute, with gold rings and moonlike fingernails, and fragrant with a kadamba flower. Text 27 shanaish calan manasa-raja-hamsagrivakritau kandhara ucca-deshe kadambini-mana-harau karau ca bhajami nityam hari-kaka-pakshau shanaihgradually; calangoing; manasaof the mind; raja-hamsathe royal swan; grivakritauin the form of a neck; kandharaneck; ucca-deshebroad; kadambiniof monsoon clouds; manathe pride; harauremoving; karauhands; caand; bhajamiI worship; nityamalways; hariof Lord Hari; kakacrow; pakshaufeathers. On the slowly-moving swan of Lord Hari's neck again and again I worship two black crow-feathers, which remove the pride of the black monsoon clouds. Text 28 kala-darpana-vad vishadam sukha-dam nava-yauvana-rupa-dharam nripatim mani-kundala-kuntala-shali-ratim bhaja ganda-yugam ravi-candra-rucim kala-darpana-vatlike a splendid mirror; vishadamclear; sukha-dam delightful; nava-yauvana-rupa-dharamnewly youthful; nripatimking; mani

jewel; kundalaearrings; kuntala-shalilocks of heari; ratimdelight; bhaja worship; ganda-yugamcheeks; ravi-candra-rucimsplendid as the sun and moon. Please worship the delightful young prince splendid as a glistening mirror, handsome with jewel earrings and curly locks of hair, and glorious as the sun and moon, that is Lord Hari's cheeks. Text 29 khacita-kanaka-mukta-rakta-vaidurya-vasam madana-vadana-lila-sarva-saundarya-rasam aruna-vidhu-sakasham koi-surya-prakasham ghaita-shikhi-su-vitam naumi vishnoh kiriam khacitastudded; kanakagold; muktapearls; raktared; vaiduryavaidurya jewels; vasamthe abode; madanaof Kamadeva; vadanaface; lilapastimes; sarvaall; saundaryahandsomeness; rasamthe rasa dance; arunared; vidhu moon; sakashamshining; koimillions; suryasuns; prakashamshining; ghaita-shikhi-su-vitamwith a peacock feather; naumiI glorify; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; kiriamthe crown. I praise Lord Vishnu's crown, deocrated with a peacock feather, glorious as a red moon, splendid as millions of suns, the home of gold, pearls, and vaidurya jewels, and the rasa circle of all of Kamadeva's playful handsomeness. Text 30 yad-dvari deshe na gatir guhendraganesha-taresha-divakaranam ajnam vina yanti na kunja-mandalam tam krishnacandram jagad-ishvaram bhaje yad-dvariat the door; deshein the place; nanot; gatihgoing; guha Karttikeya; indraIndra; ganeshaGanesha; tareshaCandra; divakaranamand Surya; ajnamthe order; vinawithout; yantigo; nanot; kunja-mandalamto the forest; tamHim; krishnacandramKrishnacandra; jagad-ishvaramthe master of the universes; bhajeI worship. I worship Krishnacandra, the master of the universes. Karttikeya, Indra, Ganesha, Candra, and Surya cannot enter the door to His realm. Without His permission no one can enter the circle of His forest. Text 31 iti kritva stutim brahma shri-krishnasya mahatmanah punah kritanjalir bhutva sva-vijnaptim cakara ha

itithus; kritvadoing; stutimprayers; brahmaBrahma; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahtyeh Supreme Personality of Godhead; punahagain; kritanjalihwith folded hands; bhutvabeing; sva-vijnaptimappeal; cakaradid; haindeed. After speaking these prayers, Brahma folded his hands and begged the Supreme Personality of Godhead: Text 32 aparadham tu putrasya matrivat tvam kshamasva ca aham tvan-nabhi-kamalat sambhavo 'ham jagat-pate aparadhamoffense; tuindeed; putrasyaof a son; matrivatlike a mother; tvamYou; kshamasvaplease forgive; caand; ahamI; tvatof You; nabhi navel; kamalatfrom the lotus; sambhavahbirth; ahamI; jagatof the universe; pateO master. O Lord of the universe, I was born from the lotus of Your navel. As a mother forgives her son's offense, please forgive me. Text 33 kvaham loka-patih kva tvam koi-brahmanda-nayakah tasmad vraja-pate deva raksha mam madhusudana kvawhere?; ahamI; loka-patihthe king of a planet; kvawhere?; tvam You; koi-brahmanda-nayakahthe ruler of millions of universes; tasmat therefore; vraja-pateO master of Vraja; devaO Lord; rakshaprotect; mamme; madhusudanaO Krishna. What am I, the king of one planet, in comparison to You, the ruler of many millions of universes? O master of Vraja, O Lord, O Krishna, please save me! Text 34 mayaya yasya muhyanti deva-daitya-naradayah sva-mayaya tan-mohaya murkho 'ham hy udyato 'bhavam mayayaby the illusory potency; yasyaof whom; muhyantibewidlered; deva demigods; daityademons; narahumans; adayahbeginning with; sva-mayaya by His own illusory potency; tan-mohayabewildering; murkhahbewildered; ahamI; hyindeed; udyatahengaged; abhavamhave become.

By Your illusory potency the demigods, demons, humans, and other living entities are bewildered. Bewildered by Your illusory potency, I diligently perform my duties. Text 35 narayanas tvam govinda naham narayano hare brahmandam tvam vinirmaya sheshe narayanah pura narayanahNarayana; tvamYou; govindaO Govinda; nanot; ahamI; narayanahNarayana; hareO Hari; brahmandama universe; tvamYou; vinirmayacreating; shesheon Shesha; narayanahNarayana. purain ancient times. O Govinda, O Hari, You are Narayana. I am not Narayana. You are the same Narayana that in ancient times created the universe and then rested on Ananta Shesha. Text 36 yasya shri-brahmani dhamni pranam tyaktva tu yoginah yatra yasyanti tasmims tu sa-kula putana gata yasyaof whom; shri-brahmaniin Brahman; dhamniin the abode; pranam life; tyaktvaabandoning; tuindeed; yoginahyogis; yatrawhere; yasyantiwill go; tasmimhin that; tuindeed; sa-kulawith their families; putanaPutana; gata went. Puitana and her family entered the same Brahman effulgence the yogis attain when they leave this life. Text 37 vatsanam vatsapanam ca kritva rupani madhava vicacara vane tvam tu hy aparadhan mama prabho vatsanamof the calves; vatsapanamand gopas; caand; kritvamaking; rupaniforms; madhavaO Krishna; vicacarawander; vanein the forest; tvam You; tuindeed; hyindeed; aparadhanoffenses; mamamy; prabhahO Lord. O Madhava, after creating the forms of the calves and gopas, You wandered in the forest. O Lord, please forgive my offenses.

Text 38 tasmat kshamasva govinda prasida tvam mamopari aganayyaparadham me sutopari pita yatha tasmattherefore; kshamasvaplease forgive; govindaO Govinda; prasida be merciful; tvamYou; mama uparito me; aganayyanot counting; aparadham the offense; meof me; suta uparito a son; pitaa father; yathaas. O Govinda, please forgive me. Please be merciful to me. As a father does not consider his son's actions an offense, please do not take offense with me. Text 39 tvad-abhakta rata jnane tesham klesho vishishyate parishramat karshakanam yatha kshetre tusharthinam tvad-abhaktahthey who are not Your devotees; rataengaged; jnanein impersonal speculation; teshamof them; kleshahsuffering; vishishyateis; parishramatout of fatigue; karshakanamof farmers; yathaas; kshetrein the firld; tusharthinamthreshing chaff. They who are not devoted to You but instead are earnestly engaged in impersonal speculation gain only trouble for all their efforts. They are like a farmers that thresh empty husks. Text 40 tvad-bhakti-bhave nirata bahavas tvad-gatim gatah yogino munayash caiva tatha ye vraja-vasinah tvad-bhakti-bhavein devotion to YTou; nirataengaged; bahavahmany; tvadgatimthe destination of You; gatahattained; yoginahyogis; munayahsages; caand; evaindeed; tathaso; yewho; vrajaof Vraja; vasinahthe residents. As many yogis and sages became devoted to You and attained You, so the residents of Vraja also became devoted to You and attained You. Text 41 dvidha ratir bhaved vara shrutac ca darshanac ca va aho hare tu mayaya babhuva naiva me ratih

dvidhatwo kinds; ratihlove; bhavetis; varaexcellent; shrutatfrom hearing; caand; darshanatfrom seeing; caand; vaiindeed; ahahOh; hare Lord Hari; tuindeed; mayayaby the illusory potency; babhuvabecame; na not; evaindeed; meof me; ratihlove. Love is created in two ways: by hearing and by seeing. O Lord Hari, bewildered by Your illusory potency, I have not attained love for You. Text 42 ity uktvashru-mukho bhutva natva tat-pada-pankajau punar aha vidhih krishnam bhaktya sarvam kshamapayan itythus; uktvaspeaking; ashrutears; mukhahon his face; bhutva becoming; natvabowing down; tat-pada-pankajauto His lotus feet; punah again; ahaspoke; vidhihBrahma; krishnamto Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; sarvamall; kshamapayanappealing for forgiveness. Speaking these words, bowing before Krishna's lotus feet, and tears gliding down his face, Brahma earnestly begged for forgiveness. Text 43 ghosheshu vasinam esham bhutvaham tvat-padambujam yada bhajeyam su-gatis tada bhuyan na canyatha ghosheshuin the cowherd villages; vasinamof the residents; eshamof them; bhutvabecoming; ahamI; tvat-padambujamYour lotus feet; yada when; bhajeyamI worship; su-gatihan auspicious condition; tadathen; bhuyan will be; nanot; caand; anyathaotherwise. When I take birth among the residents of these cowherd villages, and when I worship Your lotus feet, then I will attain auspiciousness. Nothing else will be auspicious for me. Text 44 vayam tu gopa-desheshu samsthitash ca shivadayah sakrit krishnam tu pashyantas tasmad dhanyash ca bharate vayamwe; tuindeed; gopa-desheshuin the places of the gopas; samsthitashsituated; caand; shivadayahheaded by Lord Shiva; sakritonce;

krishnamKrishna; tuindeed; pashyantahseeing; tasmatfrom that; dhanyash fortunate; caand; bharateon the earth. When we demigods, who have Shiva as our leader, enter the lands of the gopas and once gaze on Lord Krishna, then we will be fortunate. Text 45 aho bhagyam tu shri-krishna mata-pitros tava prabho tatha ca gopa-gopinam purnas tvam drishyate vraje ahahOh; bhagyamgood fortune; tuindeed; shri-krishnaO Shri Krishna; mata-pitrohof the mother and father; tavaof You; prabhahO Lord; tathaso; caand; gopa-gopinamof the gopas and gopis; purnahperfect; tvamYou; drishyateare seen; vrajein Vraja. O Lord, how fortunate are Your parents, the gopas, and the gopis, who see You in Your original form in Vraja! Text 46 mukta-harah sarva-vishvopakarah sarvadharah patu mam vishva-karah lilagarah shuri-kanya-viharah kridaparah krishnacandravatarah muktaof pearls; harahwith a necklace; sarva-vishvopakarahthe maintainer of all the universes; sarvadharahthe resting place of everything; patumay protect; mamme; vishva-karahthe creator of the universes; lilagarahthe abode of transcendental pastimnes; shuri-kanyaby the Yamuna; viharahwho enjoys pastimes; kridaparahplayful; krishnacandravatarahthe descent of Lord Krishna. May Lord Krishna, who wears a pearl necklace, in whom everything rests, who creates and maintains all the universes, and who, enjoying by the Yamuna, is the playful abode of transcendental pastimes, protect me. Text 47 shri-krishna vrishni-kula-pushkara nanda-putra radha-pate madana-mohana deva-deva sammohitam vraja-pate bhuvi te 'jaya mam govinda gokula-pate paripahi pahi shri-krishnaO Shri Krishna; vrishni-kula-pushkaraO lotus flower in the family of Vrishni; nanda-putraO son of Nanda; radha-pateO Lord of Radha; madanamohanaO enchanter of Kama; deva-devaO master of the demigods; sammohitambewildered; vraja-pateO master of Vraja; bhuvion earth; teof

You; ajayaby the illusory potency; mamto me; govindaO Govinda; gokula-pate O master of Gokula; paripahiplease protect; pahiplease protect. O Shri Krishna, O lotus growing in King Vrishni's family, O son of Nanda, O Lord of Radha, O enchanter of Kamadeva, O master of the demigods, O king of Vraja, O king of Gokula, O Govinda, please protect, please protect me, who am now bewildered by Your illusory potency! Text 48 karoti yah krishna-hareh pradakshinam bhavej jagat-tirtha-phalam ca tasya tu te krishnalokam sukhadam parat param goloka-lokam pravaram gamishyati karotidoes; yahone who; krishna-harehof Lord Krishna; pradakshinam circumambulation; bhavet may be; jagatof the universe; tirthathe holy places; phalamthe result; caand; tasyaof him; tuindeed; teof You; krishnalokam Krishnaloka; sukhadamblissful; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; goloka of Goloka; lokamthe realm; pravarambest; gamishyatiwill go. A person who circumambulates Lord Krishna attains the result of visiting all the holy places in the universe. He will go to Your Krishnaloka, the best of spiritual realms. Text 49 shri-narada uvaca ity abhishuya govindam shrimad-vrindavaneshvaram natva tri-varam lokeshas cakara tu pradakshinam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; abhishuyaoffering prayers; govindamto Govinda; shrimatglorious; vrindavanaof Vrindavana; ishvaramto the master; natvabowing down; tri-varamthree times; lokeshahBrahma, the king of the worlds; cakaradid; tuindeed; pradakshinamcircumambulation. Shri Narada said: After offering these prayers and bowing down, three times Brahma circumambulated Lord Govinda, the glorious master of Vrindavana. Text 50 tatra calakshito bhutva vatsan balan pitamahah varam dattva prayanartham yacanam sa cakara ha tatrathere; caand; alakshitahinvisible; bhutvabecopming; vatsanthe calves; balanand boys; pitamahahBrahma; varambenediction; dattvagiving;

prayanadeparture; arthamfor the purpose; yacanamrequest; sahe; cakara did; haindeed. First becoming invisible, and then offerings blessing to the calves and boys, grandfather Brahma asked permission to leave. Text 51 tatash ca brahmane tasmai netrenajnam dadau harih punah pranamya svam lokam atma-bhuh pratyapadyata tatahthen; caand; brahmaneto Brahma; tasmaito him; netrenawith an eye; aj 24ampermission; dadaugivinmg; harihLord Hari; punahagain; pranamyabowing down; svamto his own; lokamplanet; atma-bhuhBrahma; pratyapadyatawent. With a glance Krishna gave His permission. Then Brahma bowed again and returned to his own world. Text 52 atha krishno vanac chighram anayam asa vatsakan yatrapi puline rajan gopanam raja-mandali athathen; krishnahKrishna; vanatfrom the forest; shighramquickly; anayam asaled; vatsakanthe calves; yatrawhere; apialso; pulineon the shore; rajanO king; gopanamof the gopas; raja-mandaliin a royal circle. O king, then Krishna quickly led the calves from the forest to the Yamuna's shore, where Krishna was in the midst of a glorious circle of gopas. Text 53 goparbhakash ca shri-krishnam vatsaih sardham samagatam kshanardham menire vikshya krishna-maya-vimohitah gopagopa; arbhakahboys; caand; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; vatsaih with the calves; sardhamwith; samagatamcome; kshanaa moment; ardham half; menireconsidered; vikshyaseeing; krishna-maya-vimohitahbewildered by Krishna's illusory potency. Bewildered by Krishna's yogamaya potency, when they saw Krishna with the calves, the gopa boys thought He had been gone for only half a moment. Text 54

ta ucur vatsakaih krishna tvaram tvam tu samagatah kurushva bhojanam catra kenapi na kritam prabho tethey; ucuhsaid; vatsakaihwith the calves; krishnaO Krishna; tvaram quickly; tvamYou; tuindeed; samagatahcome; kurushvaplease do; bhojanam lunch; caand; atrahere; kenapisomehow; nanot; kritamdone; prabhah O Lord. They said: O Krishna, You have come so quickly with the calves! O Lord, come and take lunch. Somehow we have not finished our lunch. Text 55 tatash ca vihasan krishno 'bhyavahrityarbhakaih saha darshayam asa sarvebhyas carmajagaram eva ca tatahthen; caand; vihasanlaughing; krishnahKrishna; abhyavahritya taking lunch; arbhakaih sahawityh the boys; darshayam asashowed; sarvebhyahto all; carmathe skin; ajagaramof the snake; evaindeed; ca also. Laughing, Krishna took lunch with the boys. Then He showed them the skin of the dead snake Aghasura. Text 56 sayam-kale sa-ramas tu krishno gopaih paravritah agre kritva vatsa-vrindam hy ajagama shanair vrajam sayam-kalein the evening; sa-ramahwith Balarama; tuindeed; krishnah Krishna; gopaihby the goppas; paravritahaccompanied; agrein the front; kritvaplacing; vatsa-vrindamthe calves; hyindeed; ajagamareturned; shanaihslowly; vrajamto Vraja. Then Krishna, placing the calves in front and accompanied by Balarama and the gopas, slowly returned to the village of Vraja in the evening. Text 57 go-vatsakaih sita-sitasita-pita-varnai raktadi-dhumra-haritair bahu-shila-rupaih gopala-mandala-gatam vraja-pala-putram vande vanat sukhada-goshhakam avrajantam

go-vatsakaihwith the calves; sitawhite; sitasitablack; pitayellow; varnaih with colors; raktared; adibeginning; dhumrasmokey; haritaihgreen; bahushila-rupaihwith many different forms and natures; gopala-mandala-gatamgone to the circle of gopas; vraja-palaof the king of Vraja; putramto the son; vandeI bow down; vanatfrom the forest; sukhadablissful; goshhakamto the gopa village; avrajantamreturning. As, encircled by gopas and by calves of many different forms and natures and of many colors beginning with white, black, yellow, red, green, and smokey, He returns from the forest to the blissful village of gopas, I bow down before Lord Krishna, the prince of Vraja. Text 58 anando gopikanam tu hy asit krishnasya darshane yasam yena vina rajan kshano yuga-samo 'bhavat anandahthe bliss; gopikanamof thr gopis; tuindeed; hyindeed; asitwas; krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; darshanein the sight; yasamof wehom; yenaby which; vinawithout; rajanO king; kshanaha moment; yuga-samahequal to a yuga; abhavatbecame. When they saw Krishna, the gopis became filled with bliss. O king, for them a moment's separation from Him seemed like a yuga. Text 59 kritva goshhe prithag vatsan balah svam svam grihan gatah jagush caghasura-vadham atmano rakshanam hareh kritvadoing; goshhein Vraja; prithagspecific; vatsancalves; balahboys; svam svameach their own; grihanhome; gatahwent; jaguhsang; cand; aghasuraof Aghasura; vadhamthe slaying; atmanahof themselves; rakshanamthe protection; harehof Lord Hari. After placing the calves in their barns, the boys went to their own homes. There they told how Krishna killed Aghasura and saved them.

Chapter Ten Shri Krishna-go-carana-varnana Description of Shri Krishna's Herding the Cows

Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopecchaya rama-krishnau gopalau tau babhuvatuh gash carayantau gopalair vayasyaish ceratur vane shri-narada uvaca Shri Narada said; gopa of ther gopas; icchaya by teh desire; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; gopalau gopas; tau They; babhuvatuh became; gah the cows; carayantau herding; gopalaih with the gopas; vayasyaih friends; ceratuh went; vane in the forest. Shri Narada said: By the wish of the adult gopas, Krishna and Balarama were placed in charge of protecting the cows. Herding the cows with Their gopa friends, Krishna and Balarama would walk in the forest. Text 2 agre prishhe tada gavas carantyah parshvayor dvayoh shri-krishnasya balasyapi pashyantyah sundaram mukham agre in front; prishhe behind; tada then; gavah the cpws; carantyah going; parshvayoh on the sides; dvayoh two; shri-krishnasya of Shri Krishna; balasya of Balarama; api and; pashyantyah seeing; sundaram handsome; mukham face. Walking before, behind, and on both sides, the cows gazed at Krishna and Balarama's handsome faces. Text 3 ghana-manjira-jhankaram kurvantyas ta itas tatah kinkini-jala-samyukta hema-mala-lasad-galah ghana bells; manjira anklets; jhankaram tinkling; kurvantyah doing; ta they; itah here; tatah and there; kinkini of small bells; jala with a network;

samyuktah endowed; hema golden; mala necklaces; lasat glistening; galah necks. The cows wore glittering golden necklaces, a network of small bells, and tinkling anklets. Text 4 mukta-gucchair barhi-picchair lasat-pucchaccha-kesharah sphuratam nava-ratnanam mala-jalair virajitah mukta of pearls; gucchaih with bunches; barhi-picchaih with peacock feathers; lasat-pucchaccha-kesharah splendid tails; sphuratam manifested; nava-ratnanam of nine jewels; mala-jalaih with many necklaces; virajitah splendid. Their tails were decorated with peacock feathers and bunches of pearls. They were splendid with necklaces of nine jewels. Text 5 shringayor antare rajan shiro-mani-manoharah hema-rashmi-prabha-sphurjacchringa-parshva-praveshanah shringayoh horns; antare between; rajan O king; shiro-mani-manoharah neautiful; wityh a crow jewel; hema gold; rashmi-prabha splendor; sphurjat shining; shringa horn; parshva side; praveshanah entered. O king, a crown jewel placed between their horns made them beautiful. Their horns were plated with gold. Text 6 arakta-tilakah kashcit pita-puccharunanghrayah kailasa-giri-sankashah shila-rupa-maha-gunah

arakta red; tilakah tilaka; kashcit some; pita yellow; puccha tails; aruna red; anghrayah feet; kailasa Kailasa; giri Mount; sankashah splendor; shila noble character; rupa beauty; maha-gunah virtues. Some had yellow tails and red hooves. They were decorated with red tilaka. They were like many Mount Kailasas. They had virtues, good character, and beauty. Text 7 sa-vatsa manda-gaminya udho-bharena maithila kundoghnyah paalah kashcil lakshantyo bhavya-murtayah sa-vatsa with calves; manda-gaminya walking slowly; udho-bharena with full milk-bags; maithila O King of Mithila; kundoghnyah with great udders; paalah red patala flowers; kashcil some; lakshantyah bhavya-murtayah beautiful forms. O king of Mithila, accompanied by their calves, they walked slowly, their udders full. Some were like great red paala flowers. They were very beautiful. Text 8 kashcit pita vicitrash ca shyamash ca haritas tatha tamra dhumra ghana-shyama ghana-shyame gatekshanah kashcit some; pita yellow; vicitrash multicolored; ca and; shyamash black; ca and; haritah green; tatha so; tamra brown; dhumra smokey; ghana-shyama the color of clouds; ghana-shyame on Krishna, who was dark as a cloud; gata gone; ikshanah eyes. Some were yellow, some multicolored, some black, some green, some smokecolored, and some cloud-colored. All their eyes were placed on Krishna, His form dark as a cloud. Text 9

laghu-shringyo dirgha-shringya ucca-shringyo vrishaih saha mriga-shringyo vakra-shringyah kapila mangalayanah laghu small; shringyah horns; dirgha long; shringya horns; ucca high; shringyah horns; vrishaih bulls; saha with; mriga deer; shringyah horns; vakra bent; shringyah horns; kapila brown; mangalayanah auspicious. Some had short horns, some long horns, some high horns, some bent horns, and some horns like a deer's antlers. Some were with many bulls. Some were brown and beautiful. Text 10 shadvalam komalam kantam vikshantyo 'pi vane vane koishah koisho gavas carantyah krishna-parshvayoh shadvalam grass; komalam soft; kantam desirable; vikshantyah seeing; api also; vane in forest; vane after forest; koishah millions; koishah on millions; gavah of cows; carantyah herded; krishna-parshvayoh by Krishna's side. Searching for tender and delicious grasses, millions and millions of cows walked at Krishna's side through forest after forest. Texts 11-13 punyam shri-yamuna-tiram tamalaih shyamalair vanam nipaih nimbaih kadambaish ca pravalaih panasair drumaih kadali-kovidaramrair jambu-bilvair manoharaih ashvatthaish ca kapitthaish ca madhavibhish ca manditam babhau vrindavanam divyam vasantartu-manoharam nandanam sarvato-bhadram kshipac caitraratham vanam

punyam sacred; shri-yamuna-tiram the shore of the Yamuna; tamalaih with tamala trees; shyamalaih dark; vanam forest; nipaih with nipa trees; nimbaih with nim trees; kadambaih with kadamba trees; ca and; pravalaih with pravala trees; panasaih with panasa trees; drumaih withb trees; kadali with kadali trees; kovidara with kovidara trees; amraih wityh mango trees; jambu with jambu trees; bilvaih with bilva trees; manoharaih beautiful; ashvatthaish with asvattha trees; ca and; kapitthaih with kappitha trees; ca and; madhavibhish with madhavi vines; ca and; manditam decorated; babhau was splendidly manifested; vrindavanam Vrindavana; divyam transcendental; vasantartu-manoharam beautiful in the springtime; nandanam nandana; sarvatobhadram Sarvatobhadram; kshipac eclisping; caitraratham Caitraratha; vanam forest. Its Yamuna shore very pure and sacred, and its groves decorated with many dark tamala trees and many beautiful nipa, nimba, kadamba, pravala, panasa, kadali, kovidara, mango, jambu, bilva, ashvattha, and kapittha trees, as well as many madhavi vines, beautiful in the springtime, and its glory eclipsing the nandana, sarvatobhadra, and caitraratha forests of heaven, transcendental Vrindavana forest was splendidly manifest. Texts 14-17 yatra govardhano nama su-nirjhara-dari-yutah ratna-dhatu-mayah shriman mandara-vana-sankulah shrikhanda-badari-rambhadevadaru-vaair vritah palasha-plakshashokaish carisharjuna-kadambakaih parijataih paalaish ca campakaih parishobhitah karanja-jala-kunjadhyah shyamair indrayavair vritah kalakanhaih kokilaish ca pums-kokila-mayura-bhrit gash carayams tatra krishno vicacara vane vane yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; su-nirjhara-dariyutah with caves and streams; ratna-dhatu-mayah made of jewels; shriman beautiful; mandara-vana-sankulah filled with forests of mandara trees; shrikhanda-badari-rambha-devadaru-vaaih with shrikhanda, badari, rambha,

devadaru, and vaatrees; vritah filled; palasha-plakshashokaih with palasha, plaksha, and ashoka trees; ca and; arisharjuna-kadambakaih with arisha, arjuna, and kadambaka trees; parijataih with parijata trees; paalaish with patala trees; ca and; campakaih with campaka trees; parishobhitah beautiful; karanja-jala-kunjadhyah opulent with many karanja trees; shyamaih black; indrayavaih withj indrayava trees; vritah filled; kalakanhaih with kalkanthas; kokilaish kokilas; ca and; pums-kokila male kokilas; mayura peacocks; bhrit manifested; gash cows; carayamh herding; tatra there; krishnah Krishna; vicacara went; vane in forest; vane after forest. In Vrindavana forest, on the beautiful hill named Govardhana, which was made of precious gems, had many glorious caves and swiftly-moving streams, and was filled with many beautiful mandara, shrikhanda, badari, rambha, devadaru, vaa, palasha, plaksha, ashoka, arisha, arjuna, kadambaka, parijata, paala, campaka, karanja, and shyama-indrayava trees, and many kalakanhas, kokilas, pumskokilas, and peacocks, Krishna wandered from forest to forest as He herded the cows. Texts 18-22 vrindavane madhuvane parshve talavanasya ca kumud-vane bahule ca divya-kama-vane pare brihat-sanu-gireh parshve girer nandishvarasya ca sundare kokilavane kokila-dhvani-sankule ramye kushavane saumye lata-jala-samanvite maha-punye bhadravane bhandiropavane nripa lohargale ca yamunatire tire vane vane pita-vasah parikaro naa-vesho manoharah vetra-bhrid vadayan vamshim gopinam pritim avahan mayura-piccha-bhrin mauli sragvi krishno babhau nripa vrindavane in Vrindavana; madhuvane Madhuvana; parshve on the side; talavanasya of Talavana; ca and; kumud-vane Kumud-vana; bahule Bahula;

ca qand; divya-kama-vane splendid Kamavana; pare great; brihat-sanu-gireh on the top of the hill; parshve on the side; gireh of the hill; nandishvarasya of Nandisvara; ca and; sundare beautiful; kokilavane Kokilavana; kokiladhvani-sankule filled with the sounds of cuckoos; ramye beautiful; kushavane Kusavana; saumye beautiful; lata-jala-samanvite filled with vines; maha-punye very sacred; bhadravane bhadravana; bhandiropavane in Bhandiravana; nripa O king; lohargale in Lohargala; ca and; yamuna of the Yamuna; tire on the shore; tire on the shore; vane in forest; vane after forest; pita-vasah-parikarah dressed in yellow garments; naa-veshah dressed as a dancer; manoharah handsome; vetra-bhrit holding a stick; vadayan playing; vamshim the flute; gopinam of the gopis; pritim pleasure; avahan bringing; mayura-piccha-bhrin wearing a peacock feather; mauli with a crown; sragvi with a garland; krishnah Krishna; babhau shone; nripa O king. O king, in Vrindavana, Madhuvana, Talavana, Kumudvana, Bahulavana, Divyakamavana, on the summit and slopes of Nandishvara Hill, in beautiful Kokilavana, which was filled with the singing of cuckoos, in beautiful Kushavana, which was filled with many flowering vines, in beautiful and sacred Bhadravana, in Bhandiropavana, in Lohargala, in shore after shore by the Yamuna, and in forest after forest, handsome Krishna, in yellow garments, dressed as a dancer, holding a stick, decorated with peacock feathers, a crown, and many garlands, playing His flute, and delighting the gopis, was splendidly manifest. Text 23 agre kritva gavam vrindam sayam-kale harih svayam ragaih samirayan vamshim shri-nanda-vrajam avishat agre in front; kritva placing; gavam the cows; vrindam multitude; sayamkale in the evening; harih Krishna; svayam personally; ragaih with many melodies; samirayan playing; vamshim the flute; shri-nanda-vrajam to the gopa village of Nanda; avishat-entered. Placing the cows in front and playing many melodies on His flute, Krishna returned to Nanda's village in the evening. Texts 24 and 25 venu-vamshi-dhvanim shrutva shri-vamshivaa-margatah go-rajobhir nabho vyaptam vikshya gehad vinirgatah

duri-kartum hy adhibadham ahartum sukham uttamam vismartum na samarthas tam drashum gopyah samayayuh venu-vamshi-dhvanim the sound of the flute; shrutva hearing; shrivamshivaa-margatah from the path to Vamsivata; go-rajobhih with the dust of the cows; nabhah the air; vyaptam filled; vikshya seeing; gehat from their homes; vinirgatah left; duri-kartum to put far away; hy indeed; adhibadham anxiety; ahartum to attain; sukham happiness; uttamam the highest; vismartum to forget; na not; samarthah able; tam Him; drashum to see; gopyah the gopis; samayayuh went. Hearing the sound of the flute, and seeing the cows' dust fill the sky along the Vamshivaa path, the gopis, to put their anxieties far away and to taste the highest happiness, and unable to forget Him, went to see Krishna. Text 26 sankoca-vithishu na sangrihitah sanaish calan go-gana-sankulasu simhavaloko gaja-bala-lilair vadhu-janaih pankaja-patra-netrah su-manditam maithila go-rajobhir nilam param kuntalam adadhanah hemangadi mauli-virajamana a-karna-vakri-krita-drishi-banah go-dhulibhir mandita-kunda-harah karnopari sphurjita-karnikarah pitambaro venu-ninada-karah patu prabhur vo hrita-bhuri-bharah sankoca-vithishu on the paths; na not; sangrihitah taken; sanaish slowly; calan going; go-gana-sankulasu among the cows; simhavalokah with a lion's glance; gaja-bala-lilaih with the playfulness of a baby elephant; vadhu-janaih by the girls; pankaja-patra-netrah lotus-petal eyes; su-manditam decorated; maithila O King of Mithila; go-rajobhih with the cows' dust; nilam black; param then; kuntalam hair; adadhanah taking; hemangadi golden bracelets; maulivirajamana with a splendid crown; a-karna from His ears; vakri-krita crooked; drishi of glances; banah with arrows; go-dhulibhih with cows' dust; mandita decorated; kunda of jasmine flowers; harah garland; karnopari pn His ear; sphurjita-karnikarah the whorl of a blossomed lotus; pitambarah wearing yellow garments; venu-ninada-karah plkaying the flute; patu may protect; prabhuh

the Lord; vah you; hrita-bhuri-bharah who removed the great burden of the earth. May Lord Krishna, who did not leave the path, who slowly brought the cows with Him, whose glance was like a lion's, whose playfulness was like a baby elephant's, whose eyes were lotus petals, who was the object of the gopis' glances, who was decorated with cows' dust, who had handsome black hair, who wore golden armlets, who was glorious with a crown, who shot arrows of crooked glances from large eyes that seemed to touch His ears, whose jasmine-garland was decorated with cows' dust, who wore the whorl of a blossoming lotus on His ear, who wore yellow garments, who played the flute, and who removed the earth's great burden, protect you all. .pa

Chapter Eleven Dhenukasura-moksha The Liberation of Dhenukasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada sa-balah krishnash carayan ga manoharah gopalaih sahitah sarvair yayau talavanam navam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; sa-balah with Balarama; krishnash Krishna; carayan herding; ga the cows; manoharah beautiful; gopalaih with the gopas; sahitah with; sarvaih all; yayau went; talavanam to Talavana; navam new. One day, as He was herding the beautiful cows with Balarama and all the gopas, Krishna went to newly-blossoming Talavana forest. Text 2 dhenukasya bhayad gopa na gatas te vanantaram krishno 'pi na gatas tatra bala eko vivesha ha

dhenukasya of an ass; bhayat out of fear; gopa the gopas; na not; gatah went; te they; vanantaram to the forest; krishnah Krishna; api even; na not; gatah wednt; tatra there; bala Balarama; ekah alone; vivesha entered; ha indeed. Out of fear of an ass, Dhenuka, the gopas did not enter that forest. Even Krishna did not enter. Only Balarama entered. Text 3 nilambaram kaau baddhva baladevo maha-balah paripakva-phalartham hi tad-vane vicacara ha nila blue; ambaram garments; kaau on His hip; baddhva bound; baladevah Balarama; maha-balah very powerful; paripakva ripe; phala fruits; artham for the purpose; hi indeed; tad-vane to that forest; vicacara went; ha indeed. Tying the blue sash at His waist, very powerful Balarama entered that forest to get its ripe fruit. Text 4 bahubhyam kampayams talan phala-sangham nipatayan garjamsh ca nirbhayam sakshad ananto 'nanta-vikramah bahubhyam with both arms; kampayamh shaking; talan the tala trees; phala-sangham many fruits; nipatayan causing to fall; garjan roaring; ca and; nirbhayam without fear; sakshat directly; anantah Lord Ananta; anantavikramah whose strength had not limit. Roaring fearlessly, Balarama, who was Lord Ananta Himself, and whose strength had no limit, with both arms shook the tala trees and made many fruits fall. Text 5 phalanam patatam shabdam shrutva krodhavritah kharah

madhyahne svapa-krid dusho bhimah kamsa-sakho bali phalanam of the fruits3; patatam falling; shabdam the sound; shrutva heariung; krodha with anger; avritah filled; kharah the ass; madhyahne in the middle of the day; svapa-krit napping; dushah the demon; bhimah powerful; kamsa-sakhah a friend of Kamsa; bali strong. When he heard the sound of the falling fruits, the ass-demon Dhenuka, who was very powerful, who was a friend of Kamsa, and who had been taking his midday nap, became filled with anger. Texts 6-9 ayayau sammukhe yoddhum baladevasya dhenukah balam pashcima-padabhyam nihatytorasi sa-tvaram cakara khara-shabdam svam paridhavan muhur muhuh grihitva dhenukam shighram balah pashcima-padayoh cikshepa tala-vrikshe ca hastenaikena lilaya tena bhagnash ca talo 'pi talan parshva-sthitan bahun patayam asa rajendra tad adbhutam ivabhavat punar utthaya daityendro balam jagraha roshatah ayayau came; sammukhe in the presence; yoddhum to fight; baladevasya Balarama; dhenukah Dhenuka; balam Balarama; pashcima behind; padabhyam with both feet; nihatyta struck; urasi on the chest; sa-tvaram quickly; cakara did; khara-shabdam an ass sound; svam own; paridhavan running; muhuh again; muhuh and again; grihitva taking; dhenukam Dhenuka; shighram at once; balah Balarama; pashcima-padayoh by the hind hooves; cikshepa threw; tala-vrikshe into a tala tree; ca and; hastenaikena with one hand; lilaya playfully; tena by Him; bhagnash broken; ca and; talah the tala tree; api even; talan the tal trees; parshva-sthitan by its side; bahun many; patayam asa caused to fall rajendra O king of kings; tat that; adbhutam wonder; iva like; abhavat was; punah again; utthaya rising; daityendrah the king of demons; balam Balarama; jagraha grabbed; roshatah angrily.

Coming before the Lord to fight, with his hind hooves Dhenuka suddenly kicked Balarama's chest and neighed. Balarama chased Dhenuka, quickly caught his hind legs, and with one hand playfully threw him into a tala tree. When that tree fell it made and many other tala trees nearby also fall. O king of kings, all this was very surprising. Then that king of demons again stood up and angrily grabbed Balarama. Text 10 yojanam nodayam asa gajam prati gajo yatha grihitva tam balah sadyo bhramayitvatha dhenukam yojanam for eight miles; nodayam asa threw; gajam one elephant; prati to; gajah one elephant; yatha as; grihitva grabbing; tam him; balah Balarama; sadyah at once; bhramayitva whirling around; atha-then; dhenukam Dhenuka. Then Balarama suddenly grabbed Dhenuka, whirled him around, and, as one elephant throws another elephant, threw him for eight miles. Text 11 bhu-prishhe pothayam asa murcchito bhagna-mastakah kshanena punar utthaya krodha-samyukta-vigrahah bhu-prishhe on the ground; pothayam asa threw; murcchitah fainted; bhagna broken; mastakah head; kshanena in a moment; punah again; utthaya standing; krodha-samyukta-vigrahahhis body filled with anger. When Dhenuka struck the ground, his head became badly wounded, and he fell unconscious. In a moment he stood up, and this time his body was filled with anger. Text 12 murdhni kritva catuh-shringam dhritva rupam bhayankaram gopan vidravayam asa shringais tikshnair bhayankaraih

murdhni on his head; kritva making; catuh-shringam four horns; dhritva placing; rupam a form; bhayankaram terrifying; gopan the gopas; vidravayam asa making flee; shringaih with horns; tikshnaih sharp; bhayankaraih terrifying. Then Dheunka manifested a terrifying form with four horns. With his sharp and terrifying horns he made the gopas flee. Text 13 agre palayitan gopan dudravashu madotkaah shridama tam ca dandena subalo mushina tatha agre before; palayitan fleeing; gopan gopas; dudrava-chased; ashu quickly; mada-utkaah angry; shridama Shridama; tam him; ca and; dandena with a stick; subalah Subala; mushina with a fist; tatha then. When the boys fled, Dhenuka chased them. Angry Shridama hit Dhenuka with a stick, and Subala hit him with his fist. Text 14 stokah pashena tam daityam sa tatada maha-balam kshepanenarjuno 'mshush ca daityam lattikaya kharam stokah Stoka; pashena with a rope; tam him; daityam the demon; sa he; tatada hit; maha-balam very powerful; kshepanena by throwing; arjunah Arjuna; amshuh Amshu; ca and; daityam the demon; lattikaya kharam the ass. Stoka Krishna whipped the powerful demon with a rope. Arjuna and Amshu threw him far away. Text 15 vishalarshabha etyashu

padena sva-balena ca tejasvi hy ardhacandrena devaprasthash capeakaih vishala Vishala; rshabha amd Rishabha; etya coming; ashu at once; padena by the foot; sva-balena with their own strength; ca and; tejasvi Tejasvi; hi indeed; ardhacandrena by strangling; devaprasthash Devaprasdtha; capeakaih with slaps. Vishala and Rishabha kicked the demon. Tejasvi tried to strangle him. Devaprastha slapped him. Texts 16 and 17 varuthapah kandukena santatada maha-kharam atha krishno 'pi tam nitva hastabhyam dhenukasuram bhramayitvashu cikshepa giri-govardhanopari shri-krishnasya praharena murcchito ghaika-dvayam varuthapah Varuthapa; kandukena with a ball; santatada hit; mahakharam thge great ass; atha then; krishnah Krishna; api also; tam him; nitva taking; hastabhyam with both hands; dhenukasuram Dhenukasara; bhramayitva whirling about; ashu at once; cikshepa threw; girigovardhanopari onto Govardhana Hill; shri-krishnasya of Shri Krishna; praharena by the blow; murcchitah fainted; ghaika-dvayam for an hour. Varuthapa hit the great demon with a ball. Then Krishna grabbed Dhenukasura with both hands, whirled him around, and threw him onto Gocvardhana Hill. By the force of this the demon was unconscious for an hour. Text 18 punar utthaya sva-tanum vidhunvan darayan mukham shringabhyam shri-harim nitva dhavan daityo nabho-gatah punah again; utthaya raising; sva-tanum his own form; vidhunvan shaking; darayan breaking apart; mukham face; shringabhyam with horns;

shri-harim Krishna; nitva taking; dhavan runinng; daityah the demon; nabho-gatah went to the sky. Shaking off this form, the demon again manifested his original form. With his horns the demon grabbed Krishna and carried Him into the sky. Texts 19 and 20 cakara tena khe yuddham urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam grihitva dhenukam daityam shri-krishno bhagavan svayam cikshepadho bhumi-madhye curnitasthih sa murcchitah punar utthaya shringabhyam nadam kritvati-bhairavam cakara did; tena by him; khe in the sky; yuddham battle; urdhvam high; vai indeed; laksha-yojanam eight hundred thousand miles; grihitva taking; dhenukam Dhenuka; daityam the demon; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan svayam the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; cikshepa threw; adhah below; bhumi-madhye to the earth; curnita broken; asthih bones; sa he; murcchitah fainted; punah again; utthaya rising; shringabhyam with two horns; nadam a sound; kritva making; ati-bhairavam veryy terrible. Eight hundred thousand miles in the sky they fought. Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, grabbed Dhenukasura and threw him to the earth. His bones broken, the demon fell unconscious. Again rising, the demon made a very terrible sound with his two horns. Text 21 govardhanam samutpaya shri-krishne prahinot kharah girim grihitva shri-krishnah prakshipat tasya mastake govardhanam Govardhana Hill; samutpaya uprotting; shri-krishne at Shri Krishna; prahinot threw; kharah Dhenukasura; girim the hill; grihitva taking; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; prakshipat threw; tasya on his; mastake head.

Uprooting Govardhana Hill, Dhenukasura threw it at Shri Krishna. Catching the hill, Krishna threw it at Dhenuka's head. Text 22 daityo girim grihitvatha shri-krishne prahinod bali krishno govardhanam nitva purva-sthane samakshipat daityah the demon; girim the hill; grihitva taking; atha then; shri-krishne at Shri Krishna; prahinot threw; bali strong; krishnah Krishna; govardhanam Govardhana; nitva taking; purva-sthane it its previous place; samakshipat threw. The demon caught the hill and threw it again at Shri Krishna. Krishna caught Govardhana Hill and threw it back to its former place. Text 23 punar dhavan maha-daityah shringabhyam darayan bhuvam balam pashcima-padabhyam tadayitva jagarja ha punah again; dhavan running; maha-daityah the great demon; shringabhyam with two horns; darayan braking apart; bhuvam the ground; balam Balarama; pashcima-padabhyam with his hind legs; tadayitva striking; jagarja roared; ha certainly. Breaking the gorund with his horns, the demon charged Balarama, kicked him with his hind hooves, and roared. Texts 24 and 25 nanada tena brahmandam praijad bhu-khanda-mandalam hastabhyam sangrihitva tam baladevo maha-balah bhu-prishhe pothayam asa murcchitam bhagna-mastakam

punas tatada tam daityam mushina hy acyutagrajah nanada sounded; tena by that; brahmandam the universe; praijat shook; bhu-khanda-mandalam to the earth; hastabhyam with both hands; sangrihitva grabbing; tam him; baladevah Balarama; maha-balah very powerful; bhuprishhe to the ground; pothayam asa threw; murcchitam fainted; bhagnamastakam his head broken; punah again; tatada struck; tam him; daityam the demon; mushina with a fist; hy indeed; acyuta of infallible Krishna; agrajah the elder brother. With that roar the universe echoed and the earth shook. Then with both hands powerful Balarama grabbed the demon and threw him to the ground. His head broken, the demon fell unconscious. Then Krishna's elder brother, Balarama, punched the demon with His fist. Text 26 tena mushi-praharena sadyo vai nidhanam gatah tadaiva vavrishur devah pushpair nandana-sambhavaih tena by that; mushi-praharena punch; sadyah at once; vai indeed; nidhanam to death; gatah went; tada then; eva certainly; vavrishuh showered; devah the demigods; pushpaih with flowers; nandana-sambhavaih grown in the nandana gardens. With that punch the demon died. Then the demigods showered flowers from the nandana gardens. Texts 27-31 dehad vinirgatah so 'pi shyamasundara-vigrahah sragvi pitambaro devo vana-mala-vibhushitah laksha-parshada-samyuktah sahasra-dhvaja-shobhitah sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhrid dhayayuta-samanvitah laksha-camara-shobhadhyo

'runa-varno 'ti-ratna-bhrit divya-yojana-vistirno mano-yayi manoharah kinkini-jala-samyukto ghana-manjira-samyutah harim pradakshini-kritya sa-balam divya-rupa-dhrik divyam ratham samaruhya dyotayan mandalam disham jagama daityo he rajan golokam prakriteh param dehat from the body; vinirgatah gone; sah he; api also; shyamasundaravigrahah a handsome dark form like that of Lord Krishna; sragvi garlanded; pitambarah dressed in yellow graments; devah the Lord; vana-mala-vibhushitah decorated with forest flowers; laksha-parshada-samyuktah with a hundred thousand associates; sahasra-dhvaja-shobhitah splendid with a thousand flags; sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhrit with a thousand rubling wheels; dhayayutasamanvitah drawn by ten thousand horses; laksha-camara-shobhadhyah splemndid with a hundred thousand camaras; aruna-varnah red; ati-ratna-bhrit studded with many jewels; divya-yojana-vistirnah eight miles long; mano-yayi traveling as fast as the mind; manoharah beautiful; kinkini-jala-samyuktah with a network of tinkling ornaments; ghana-manjira-samyutah with many bells; harim Krishna; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; sa-balam with Balarama; divya-rupa-dhrik a transcendental form manifesting; divyam transcendental; ratham chariot; samaruhya climbing; dyotayan glistening; mandalam the circle; disham the directions; jagama went; daityah the demon; he O; rajan king; golokam to Goloka; prakriteh the material world; param above. Leaving his body, Dhenuka manifested a splendid and handsome dark form wearing yellow garments and decorated with a forest flower garland. Then a chariot, filled with a hundred thousand of the Lord's associates, decorated with a thousand flags, rumbling with a thousand wheels, pulled by ten thousand horses, glorious with a hundred thousand camaras, yellow, studded with many jewels, eight miles long, beautiful, traveling as fast as the mind, and decorated with many bells and tinkling ornaments, suddenly appeared. O king, the demon circumambulated Krishna and Balarama, and then, filling the circle of the directions with light, he ascended the chariot and went to Goloka, far beyond the material realm. Text 32 shri-krishno dhenukam hatva sa-balo balakaih saha tad-yashas tu pragayadbhir babhau gokula-go-ganaih

shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; dhenukam Dhenuka; hatva killing; sa-balah with Balarama; balakaih the boys; saha with; tad-yashah His glories; tu indeed; pragayadbhih singing; babhau was manifested; gokula-go-ganaih with the cows of Gokula. When Dhenuka was killed, Krishna was surrounded by the cows, Balarama, and the boys, who were all singing His glories. Text 33 shri-rajovaca mune muktim katham praptah purvam ko dhenukasurah katham kharatvam apanna etan me bruhi tattvatah shri-raja uvaca the king said; mune O sage; muktim liberation; katham how?; praptah attained; purvam previous; kah who?; dhenukasurah Dhenukasura; katham why?; kharatvam the body of an ass; apanna attained; etat this; me to me; bruhi please tell; tattvatah in truth. The king said: O sage, Why did he attain liberation? Who was Dhenukasura in his previous birth? Why did he get the body of an ass? Please tell me this in truth. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca vairocaner baleh putro namna sahasiko bali narinam dasha-sahasrai reme vai gandhamadane shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; vairocaneh the son of Virocana; baleh of Bali; putrah the son; namna named; sahasikah Sahasika; bali powerful; narinam of women; dasha-sahasrai ten thousand; reme enjoyed; vai indeed; gandhamadane on Gandhamadana Mountain. Shri Narada said: He was the powerful son of King Bali, who was the son of Virocana, and his name was Sahasika. One time he enjoyed pastimes with ten thousand women on Gandhamadana Mountain.

Texts 35-37 vaditranam nupuranam shabdo 'bhut tad-vane mahan guhayam asthitasyapi shri-krishnam smarato mune durvasaso 'tha tenapi dhyana-bhagno babhuva ha nirgatah padukarudho durvasah krisha-vigrahah dirgha-shmashrur yashi-dharah krodha-punjanala-dyutih yasya shapad vishvam idam kampate sa jagada ha vaditranam of musical instruments; nupuranam of anklebells; shabdah the sound; abhut was; tad-vane in that forest; mahan great; guhayam in a cave; asthitasya situated; api even; shri-krishnam on Shri Krishna; smaratah meditating; muneh of a sage; durvasasah Durvasa; atha then; tena by that; api also; dhyana meditation; bhagnah broken; babhuva became; ha indeed; nirgatah left; paduka-arudhah wearing wooden sandals; durvasah Durvasa; krisha-vigrahah very thin; dirgha a long; shmashruh beard; yashi a stick; dharah holding; krodha-punja of great anger; anala with the fire; dyutih glowing; yasya of whom; shapat from the curse; vishvam teh universe; idam this; kampate trembles; sa he; jagada said; ha indeed. The sounds in that forest of the many musical instuments and ankle-bells broke the trance of Durvasa Muni, who in a cave nearby was meditating on Lord Krishna. Very thing, with a long beard, walking with wooden sandals, holding a stick, and glowing with flames of anger, Durvaasa, whose gurse makes the universe tremble, left his cave and spoke (to Sahasika). Texts 38 and 39 shri-durvasa uvaca uttishha gardabhakara gardabho bhava durmate varshanam tu catur-laksham vyatite bharate punah mathure mandale divye punye talavane vane baladevasya hastena muktis te bhavitasura

shri-durvasa uvaca Shri Durvasa said; uttishha rise; gardabhakara O you who have the form of an ass; gardabhah an ass; bhava become; durmate O fool; varshanam of years; tu indeed; catur-laksham four hundred thousand; vyatite past; bharate on the earth; punah again; mathure mandale in the circle of Mathura; divye transcendental; punye sacred; talavane in Talavan; vane forest; baladevasya of Lord Balarama; hastena by the hand; muktih liberation; te of you; bhavita will be; asura O demon. Fool! Ass-like person! Rise! Become an ass! O demon, after four hundred thousand years, in the transcendental circle of Mathura, in the sacred forest of Talavana, you will attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand. Text 40 shri-narada uvaca tasmad balasya hastena shri-krishnas tam jaghana ha prahladaya varo datto na vadhyo me tavanvayah shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tasmat from that; balasya of Lord Balarama; hastena by teh hand; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; tam him; jaghana killed; ha indeed; prahladaya to Prahlada; varah benediction; dattah given; na not; vadhyah to be killed; me by Me; tava of you; anvayah the descendants. Shri Narada said: Because he had given Prahlada Maharaja the benediction, "Your descendents will not be killed by Me", Krishna arranged that Dhenukasura was killed by Lord Balarama's hand.

Chapter Twelve Kaliya-damanam davagni-panam Subduing Kaliya and Drinking the Forest Fire Text 1 shri-narada uvaca balam vinatha gopalais carayan ga harih svayam kalindi-kulam agatya yayau vari-vishavritam

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; balamBalarama; vinawithout; atha then; gopalaihwith the gopas; carayanherding; gahthe cows; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; kalindi-kulamto the shore of the Yamuna; agatyacoming; yayauwent; variwater; vishawith poison; avritamfilled. Shri Narada said: One day, as in Balarama's absence He was herding the cows with the gopas as His company, Krishna came to the shore of the Yamuna, which at that time was filled with poisoned water. Text 2 kaliyena phanindrena jalam yatra vidushitam pitva nipetur vyasavo gavo gopa jalantike kaliyenaby Kaliya; phanindrenathe king of snakes; jalamthe water; yatra where; vidushitampolluted; pitvahaving drunk; nipetuhfell; vyasavahdead; gavahthe cows; gopagopas; jalathe water; antikenear. When they drank the water poisoned by the snake-king Kaliya, the cows and gopas at once fell dead at the water's edge. Text 3 tada tan jivayam asa drishya piyusha-purnaya ardra-citto harih sakshad bhagavan vrijinardanah tadathen; tanthem; jivayam asarestored to life; drishyawith aglance; piyusha-purnayafilled with nectar; ardramelting with compassion; cittahwhos eheart; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrijinafrom distresses; ardanahthe savior. Then with a nectar-filled glance Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the savior from distress, His heart melting with compassion, brought them back to life. Text 4

kaau pita-paam baddhva nipam aruhya madhavah papatottunga-viapat tat-toye visha-dushite kaauat His waist; pita-paamthe yellow sahs; baddhvatying; nipama kadamba tree; aruhyaclimbing; madhavahKrishna; papatadived; uttungaviapatfrom the tall tree; tat-toyeinto the water; visha-dushitepoisoned. Tightening the yellow sash about His waist and climbing a kadamba tree, Krishna dove from that tall tree into the poisoned water. Text 5 uccacala jalam dusham krishna-sanghata-ghurnitam tat-sarpa-mandire nadyam bhringi-bhutam babhuva ha uccacalarose; jalamthe water; dushampoisoned; krishna-sanghataghurnitamby the thrashing of Krishna; tat-sarpa-mandirein the abode of that snake; nadyamin the river; bhringi-bhutambecome a wasp; babhuvabecame; haindeed. As Krishna thrashed about, the poisoned water rose in great waves. Krishna was like a wasp that had entered the snake's river-palace. Text 6 tadaiva kaliyah kruddhah phani phana-shatavritah dashan dantaish ca bhujaya cacchada nripa madhavam tadathen; evaindeed; kaliyahKaliya; kruddhahangry; phanisnake; phana-shatavritahwith a hundred hoods; dashanbiting; dantaihwith many fangs; caand; bhujayawith coils; cacchadacovered; nripaO king; madhavam Krishna. Then the snake Kaliya, who had a hundred heads, coiled himself around Krishna and with many fangs bit Him.

Texts 7 and 8 krishno dirgham vapuh kritva bandhanan nirgatash ca tam pucche grihitva sarpendram bhramayitva tv itas tatah jale nipatya hastabhyam cikshepashu dhanuh-shatam punar utthaya sarpendro lelihano bhayankarah krishnahKrishna; dirghama long; vapuhform; kritvamanifesting; bandhananfrom the bondage; nirgatashgone; caand; tamhim; puccheon the tail; grihitvagrabbing; sarpendramthe king of snakes; bhramayitvawhirling about; tvindeed; itas tatahhere and there; jaleinto the water; nipatyafallen; hastabhyamwith both hands; cikshepathrew; ashusuddenly; dhanuh-shatam two hundred yards; punahagain; utthayarising; sarpendrahthe king of snakes; lelihanahlicking his tongue; bhayankarahterrifying. Expanding His form, Krishna broke free of the snake's clutches. With both hands grabbing its tail, Krishna whirled the snake-king and tossed it two hundred yards away in the water. When the terrifying snake-king rose again, it was licking its tongue. Text 9 vama-haste harim sarpo rusha jagraha madhavam harir dakshina-hastena grihitva tam maha-khalam vama-hastethe left hand; harimKrishna; sarpahthe snake; rushaangrily; jagrahagrabbed; madhavamKrishna; harihKrishna; dakshina-hastenawith His right hand; grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; maha-khalamthe great demon. The snake angrily grabbed Krishna's left hand. Then with His right hand Krishna grabbed the demon-snake. Text 10 taj-jale pothayam asa

suparna iva pannagam sarpo mukha-shatam dirgham prasarya punar agatah taj-jalein the water; pothayam asathrew; suparnaGaruda; ivalike; pannagama snake; sarpahthe snake; mukha-shatamwho had a hundred faces; dirghamlong; prasaryaopening; punahagain; agatahcame. Krishna threw the snake far away, as Garuda would have thrown it. Expanding its hundred hoods, the snake returned. Text 11 pucche grihitva tam krishnas cakarshashu dhanu-shatam krishna-hastad vinishkramya sarpas tam vyadashat punah puccheon the tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; krishnahKrishna; cakarsha did; ashuat once; dhanu-shatamtwo hundred yards; krishna-hastatfrom Krishna's hand; vinishkramyaescaping; sarpahthe snake; tamHim; vyadashat bit; punahagain. Then Krishna grabbed the snake's tail and suddenly threw it two hundred yards away. As it was being thrown by Krishna's hand, the snake bit the Lord again. Text 12 tatada mushina sarpam trailokya-bala-dharakah krishna-mushi-praharena murcchito vigata-smritih tatadastruck; mushinawith a fist; sarpamthe sanke; trailokya-baladharakahwho had all the strength in the three worlds; krishnaof Krishna; mushi-praharenawith a punch; murcchitahfainted; vigata-smritih unconscious. Then Krishna, who has all the strength in the three worlds, punched the snake. With Krishna's punch, the snake fell unconscious. Texts 13-15

natam kritvanana-shatam sthito 'bhut krishna-sammukhe aruhya tat-phani-shatam mani-vrinda-manoharam nanarta naavat krishno naa-vesho manoharah gayan sapta-svarai ragam sangitam ca sa-talakam pushpair deveshu varshatsu tandave naa-raja-vat vadayan sa muda vinanakadundubhi-venukan natambowed down; kritvamasking; anana-shatamhundred heads; sthitah situated; abhutbecame; krishna-sammukhein Krishna's presence; aruhya climbing; tat-phani-shatamon the hundred hoods; mani-vrinda-manoharam beautiful with many jewels; nanartadanced; naavatlike a dancer; krishnah Krishna; naa-veshahappearing like a dancer; manoharahhandsome; gayan singing; sapta-svaraiwith the seven notes; ragammelody; sangitamsung; ca and; sa-talakamwith rhythm; pushpaihwith flowers; deveshuas the demigods; varshatsushowered; tandavein the agressive dancing; naa-raja-vatlike the king of dancers (Lord Shiva); vadayansounding; saHe; mudahappily; vinavinas; anakadundubhidrums; venukanand flutes. When the snake's heads were down, handsome Krishna climbed on its hundred jewel-decorated hoods. Singing melodies in the seven-note scale and playing the flute, drum, and vina, as the demigods showered flowers, Krishna furiously danced, as does Lord Shiva, the king of dancers. Text 16 sa-talam pada-vinyasais tat-phanan sojjvalan bahun babhanja shvasatah krishnah kaliyasya mahatmanah sa-talamwith rhythm; pada-vinyasaihwith steps; tat-phananthe hoods; sojjvalansplendid; bahunmany; babhanjabroke; shvasatahhissing; krishnah Krishna; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; mahatmanahthe great soul. With rhythmic dance-steps, Krishna broke the many splendid hoods of the great saint that was the hissing snake Kaliya.

Text 17 tadaiva naga-patnyas ta agata bhaya-vihvalah natva krishna-padam devam ucur gadgadaya gira tadathen; evaindeed; nagaof the snake; patnyahthe wives; tathey; agatacame; bhaya-vihvalahovercome with fear; natvabowing down; krishna of Krishna; padamto the feet; devamto the Lord; ucuhsaid; gadgadayawith choked up; girawords. Terrified, the snake's wives came. Bowing to Krishna's feet, with words choked with emotion, they spoke to the Lord. Text 18 shri-naga-patnya ucuh namah shri-krishnacandraya goloka-pataye namah asankhyandadhipataye paripurnatamaya te shri-naga-patnyah ucuhthe snake's wives said; namahobeisances; shrikrishnacandrayato Shri Krishnacandra; goloka-patayethe master of Goloka; namahobeisances; asankhyacountless; andaof universes; adhipatayeto the ruler; paripurnatamayathe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; teto You. The snake's wives said: Obeisances to You, Shri Krishnacandra, the master of Goloka! Obeisances to You, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of numberless universes! Text 19 shri-radha-pataye tubhyam vrajadhishaya te namah namah shri-nanda-putraya yashoda-nandanaya te shri-radha-patayethe master of Radha; tubhyamto You; vrajadhishayathe master of Vraja; teto You; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; shri-nandaputrayato the son of Nanda; yashoda-nandanayato the joy of Yashoda; teto You.

Obeisances to You, the master of Radha, the master of Vraja! Obeisances to You, the son of Nanda, the joy of Yashoda! Text 20 pahi pahi para-deva pannagam tvat-param na sharanam jagat-traye tvam parat parataro harih svayam lilaya kila tanoshi vigraham pahisave; pahisave; para-devaO Supreme Lord; pannagam this snake; tvat-paramdevoted to You; nanot; sharanamshelter; jagatworlds; trayein the three; tvamYou; paratthan the greatest; paratarahgreater; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; lilayawith pastimes; kilaindeed; tanoshimanifest; vigrahamthis form. Save, Save this snake, O Supreme Lord! In the three worlds there is no shelter but You! You are Lord Hari, who is greater than the greatest. As You enjoy Your pastimes You appear in many forms. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca naga-patni-stutah krishnah kaliyam vigata-smayam visasarja harih sakshat paripurnatamah svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; nagaof the snake; patniby the wives; stutahoffered prayers; krishnahKrishna; kaliyamKaliya; vigatagone; smayam pride; visasarjamade; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself. Shri Narada said: When the snake's wives offered these prayers, Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, made Kaliya completely prideless. Text 22 pahiti pravadantam tam kaliyam bhagavan harih pranatam sammukhe praptam

praha devo janardanah pahisave; itithus; pravadantamsaying; tamto him; kaliyamKaliya; bhagavanLord; harihKrishna; pranatambowed down; sammukhein the presence; praptamattained; prahasaid; devahthe Lord; janardanahthe savior from miseries. When Kaliya bowed down and said, "Please save me!" Lord Krishna, the savior from miseries, spoke to him. Text 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca dvipam ramanakam gaccha sa-kalatra-suhrid-vritah suparno 'dyatanat tvam vai nadyan mat-pada-lanchitam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dvipam ramanakam-Ramanaka-dvipa; gacchago; sa-kalatrawith wives; suhritfriends; vritahwith; suparnahgaruda; adyatanatfrom today; tvamyou; vaiindeed; nanot; adyatwill eat; mat-pada-lanchitamMy footprint. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: With Your wives and relatives go the Ramanaka-dvipa. From today on Garuda will not eat you, because you are marked with My footprints. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca sarpah krishnam tu sampujya parikramya pranamya tam kalatra-putra-sahito dvipam ramanakam yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sarpahthe snake; krishnamto Krishna; tuindeed; sampujyaworshiping; parikramyacircumambulating; pranamya bowing down; tamto Him; kalatra-putra-sahitahwith his wives and children; dvipam ramanakamto Ramanaka-dvipa; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After worshiping, circumambulating, and bowing down before Lord Krishna, the snake, with its wives and children, went to Ramanaka-dvipa.

Text 25 atha shrutva kaliyena sangrastam nanda-nandanam tatrajagmur gopa-gana nandadyah sakala janah athathen; shrutvaafter hearing; kaliyenaby Kaliya; sangrastamgrabbed; nanda-nandanamKrishna; tatrathere; ajagmuhcame; gopa-ganahthe gopas; nandadyahheaded by Nanda; sakalaall; janahthe people. Hearing that Krishna was captured by Kaliya, Nanda Maharaja and all the cowherd people came there. Text 26 jalad vinirgatam krishnam drishva mumudire janah ashlishya sva-sutam nandah param mudam avapa ha jalatfrom the water; vinirgatamemerged; krishnamKrishna; drishva seeing; mumudirerejoiced; janahthe people; ashlishyaembracing; sva-sutam his son; nandahNanda; paramsupreme; mudamhappiness; avapaattained; hacertainly. Seeing Krishna emerge from the water, the people rejoiced. As he embraced his son, Nanda attained the highest bliss. Text 27 sutam labdhva yashoda sa suta-kalyana-hetave dadau danam dvijatibhyah sneha-snuta-payodhara sutamson; labdhvaattaining; yashodaYashoda; sashe; suta-kalyanahetavefor the auspiciousness of her son; dadaugave; danamcharity; dvijatibhyahto the brahmanas; sneha-snuta-payodharamilk flowing from her breasts.

When Yashoda attained her son, milk flowed from her breasts. For her son's welfare she gave charity to the brahmanas. Text 28 tatraiva shayanam cakrur gopah sarve parishramat kalindi-nikae rajan gopi-gopa-ganaih saha tatrathere; evaindeed; shayanamrest; cakruhdid; gopahthe cowherd peoiple; sarveall; parishramatfrom exhaustion; kalindithe Yamuna; nikae near; rajanO king; gopi-gopa-ganaihthe gopas and gopis; sahawith. Then the exhausted gopas and gopis napped by the Yamuna's shore. Text 29 venu-sangharshanodbhuto davagnih pralayagni-vat nishithe sarvato gopan dagdhum agatavan sphuran venuof the bamboos; sangharshanaby the fricton; udbhutahborn; davagnih a forest fire; pralayagni-vatlike the fire at the time of cosmic devastation; nishithein the middle of the night; sarvataheverywhere; gopanthe gopas; dagdhumto burn; agatavancame; sphuranmanifesting. Born from the natural fricton of the bamboos, a forest fire like the great fire at the end of creation came in the middle of the night to consume the gopas. Text 30 gopa vayasyah shri-krishnam sa-balam sharanam gatah natva kritanjalim kritva tam ucur bhaya-katarah gopahthe gopas; vayasyahfriends of the same age; shri-krishnamto Shri Krishna; sa-balamwith Balarama; sharanamto the shelter; gatahwent; natva bowing down; kritanjalim kritvawith folded hands; tamto Him; ucuhsaid; bhaya-katarahovercome with fear.

Overcome with fear, the gopas took shelter of Krishna and Balarama. Bowing down and folding their hands, they spoke to Him. Text 31 shri-gopa ucuh krishna krishna maha-baho sharanagata-vatsala pahi pahi vane kashad davagneh sva-janan prabho shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; krishnaKrishna; krishnaKrishna; mahabahahO mighty-armed sharanagatato they who take shelter; vatsala affectionate; pahisave; pahisave; vanein the forest; kashatfrom calamity; davagnehforest fire; sva-jananyour own people; prabhahO Lord. The gopas said: Krishna! Krishna! O mighty-armed one! O Lord affectionate to the surrendered souls who take shelter of You! Save us! Save us, Your own people, from this terrible forest-fire! Text 32 sva-locanani mabhaisha nyamilayata madhavah ity uktva vahnim apibad devo yogeshvareshvarah sva-locananiyour eyes; madon't; abhaishabe afraid; nyamilayataclose; madhavahKrishna; itythus; uktvasaying; vahnimthe fire; apibatdrank; devahthe Lord; yogeshvareshvarahthe king of the kings of yoga. Saying, "Don't be afraid! Just close your eyes", Lord Krishna, the king of the kings of yoga, drank up the forest fire. Text 33 pratar gopa-ganaih sardham vismitair nanda-nandanah go-ganaih sahitah shrimadvraja-mandalam ayayau

pratahearly in the morning; gopa-ganaihthe gopas; sardhamwith; vismitaih astonished; nanda-nandanahNanda's son; go-ganaihthe cows; sahitahwith; shrimatbeautiful; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; ayayaucame. Then, early in the morning, with the cows and the astonished gopas, Krishna went to the pastures of Vraja. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Sheshopakhyana-varnana The Story of Shesha Text 1 shri-vaideha uvaca yad-rajo durlabham loke yoginam bahu-janmabhih tat-padabjam hareh sakshad babhau kaliya-murdhasu shri-vaidehah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; yatof whom; rajahthe dust; durlabhamdifficult to attain; lokein this world; yoginamby the yogis; bahu with many; janmabhihbirths; tatof Him; padafeet; abjamlotus; harehof Krishna; sakshatdirectly; babhauwas manifested; kaliya-murdhasuon the heads of Kaliya. Shri Bahulashva said: After many births even the great yogis in this world cannot attain the dust of the Lord's feet. Still, Lord Krishna placed His lotus feet directly on Kaliya's heads. Text 2 ko 'yam purvam kushala-krit kaliyo phaninam varah enam veditum icchami bruhi devarshi-sattama kahwho?; ayamhe; purvampreviously; kushala-krithaving done a pious deed; kaliyahkaliya; phaninamof snakes; varahthe best; enamthis; veditum to know; icchamiI wish; bruhiplease tell; devarshi-sattamaO best of the divine sages.

What pious deeds did Kaliya, the best of snakes, do in his previous birth? This I wish to know. Please tell me this, O best of divine sages. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca svayambhuvantare purvam namna vedashira munih vindhyacale tapo 'karshid bhrigu-vamsha-samudbhavah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; svayambhuvantarein the Svayambhuvamanvantara; purvambefore; namnaby name; vedashira munihVedasira Muni; vindhyacalein the Vindhya Hills; tapahausterities; akarshitperformed; bhriguvamsha-samudbhavahborn in the Bhrigu dynasty. Shri Narada said: In ancient times, during the Svayambhuva-manvantara, a sage named Vedashira Muni, who was a descendent of Bhrigu Muni, performed austerities in the Vindhya Hills. Text 4 tad-ashrame tapah kartum prapto hy ashvashira munih tam vikshya rakta-nayanah praha vedashira rusha tad-ashrameat his ashrama; tapahuasterities; kartumto do; praptah attained; hyindeed;; ashvashira munihAsvasira Muni; tamto him; vikshya seeing; rakta-nayanahred eyes; prahasaid; vedashiraVedasira; rushaangrily. Then, one day a sage named Ashvashira Muni came to perform austerities at this sage's ashrama. With red eyes staring at his guest, Vedashira Muni angrily spoke. Text 5 shri-vedashira uvaca mamashrame tapo vipra ma kuryah sukhadam na hi anyatra te tapo-yogya bhumir nasti tapo-dhana

shri-vedashira uvacaVedasira said; mamamy; ashramein the asrama; tapahausterities; vipraO brahmana; madon't; kuryahdo; sukhadamgiving happiness; nanot; hiindeed; anyatrain another place; teof you; tapo-yogya sutiable for yoga; bhumihplace; nanot; astiis; tapo-dhanaO sage whose wealth is austerity. Shri Vedashira said: O brahmana, don't perform austerities in my ashrama. O sage whose wealth is austerity, is there no other place where you can happily perform austerities? Text 6 shri-narada uvaca shrutvatha vedashiraso vakyam hy ashvashira munih krodha-yukto rakta-netrah praha tam muni-pungavam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; athathen; vedashirasahof Vedasira; vakyamthe words; hyindeed; ashvashiraAsvasira; munihMuni; krodha-yuktahangry; rakta-netrahhis eyes red; prahasaid; tam to him; muniof sages; pungavamthe best. Shri Narada said: When he heard Vedashira's words, Ashvashira Muni became angry. With red eyes he spoke to the best of sages. Text 7 shri-ashvashira uvaca maha-vishnor iyam bhumir na te me muni-sattama katibhir munibhish catra na kritam tapa uttamam shri-ashvashira uvacaAshvashira said; maha-vishnohof Lord maha-Vishnu; iyamthis; bhumihplace; nanot; teof you; meof me; muni-sattamaO best of sages; katibhihby how many?; munibhishsages; caand; atrahere; nanot; kritamdone; tapaausterities; uttamamgreat. Shri Ashvashira said: O best of sages, this place belongs to Lord Maha-Vishnu. It does not belong to you or me. Have not many sages already performed great austerities here?

Text 8 shvasan sarpa iva tvam bho vritha krodham karoshi hi tada sarpo bhava tvam hi bhuyat te garudad bhayam shvasanhissing; sarpaa snake; ivalike; tvamyou; bhahO; vritha uselessly; krodhamangry; karoshiare; hiindeed; tadathen; sarpaha snake; bhavabecome; tvamyou; hiindeed; bhuyatmay be; teof you; garudat from garuda; bhayamfear. You are angry for no reason. You hiss as if you were a snake. Become a snake! You will be terrified of Garuda. Text 9 shri-vedashira uvaca tvam maha-durabhiprayo laghu-drohe mahodyamah karyarthi kaka iva kau tvam kako bhava durmate shri-vedashira uvacaShri Vedasira said; tvamyou; maha-durabhiprayah don't understand anything; laghufor a slight; droheoffense; maha-great; udyamahendeavor; karyarthiwishing to do; kakaa crow; ivalike; kauon the earth; tvamyou; kakaha crow; bhavabecome; durmateO fool. Shri Vedashira said: Fool, for a slight offense you plot a great revenge! On this earth you are like a crow. Fool, become a crow! Text 10 shri-narada uvaca avirasit tato vishnur ittham ca shapatos tayoh sva-sva-shapad duhkhitayoh santvayam asa tau gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; avirasitappeared; tatahthen; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; itthamthus; caand; shapatohof the two cursing sages; tayoh

of them; sva-sva-shapateach from his own curse; duhkhitayohunhappy; santvayam asacomforted; tauthem both; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Then Lord Vishnu appeared and consoled the two sages, who were now unhappy with their curses. Texts 11-14 shri-bhagavan uvaca yuvam tu me samau bhaktau bhujav iva tanau muni sva-vakyam tu mrisha kartum samartho 'ham munishvarau bhakta-vakyam mrisha kartum necchami shapatho mama te murdhni he vedashiras caranau me bhavishyatah tada te garuda-bhitir na bhavishyati karhicit shrinu me 'shvashiro vakyam shocam ma kuru ma kuru kaka-rupo 'pi su-jnanam te bhavishyati nishcitam param trailokikam jnanam samyutam yoga-siddhibhih shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yuvamyou both; tuindeed; meto Me; samauequal; bhaktaudevotees; bhujauarms; iva like; tanauon the body; munisages; sva-vakyamown words; tuindeed; mrishafalse; kartumto make; samarthahable; ahamI; munishvarauO kings of sages; bhaktaof a devotee; vakyamthe words; mrishafalse; kartumto do; nanot; icchamiI wish; shapathahas a vow; mamaof Me; teof you; murdhni on the head; heO; vedashirahVedasira; caranauthe feet; meof me; bhavishyatahwill be; tadathen; teof you; garuda-bhitihfear of Garuda; na not; bhavishyatiwill be; karhicitever; shrinuhear; meMe; ashvashirahO Asvasira; vakyamthe words; shocamlament; madon't; kurudo; madon't; kurudo; kaka-rupahthe form of a crow; apialthough; su-jnanam transcendental} knowledge; teof you; bhavishyatiwill be; nishcitamindeed; paramgreat; trailokikamin the three worlds; jnanamknowledge; samyutam with; yoga-siddhibhihthe mystic perfections. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: You are both equally devoted to Me. O sages, you are like the two arms of My body. O kings of the sages, I can make My

own words false, but I do not wish to allow the words of my devotees to become false. That is My vow. O Vedashira, I will place My footprints on your head. Because of them you will never fear Garuda. O Ashvashira, hear My words. Don't lament. Please don't lament. You will have the form of a crow, but you will have transcendental knowledge. You will have yoga-siddhis and the highest knowledge in the three worlds. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca ity uktvatha gate vishnau munir ashvashira nripa sakshat kaka-bhushundo 'bhud yogindro nila-parvate shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said: ; itythus; uktvasaying; athathen; gategon3; vishnauLord Vishnu; munir ashvashiraAsvasira Muni; nripaO king; sakshatdirectly; kaka-bhushundahthe crow Bhushunda; abhutbecame; yogindrahthe king of sages; nila-parvateon Mount Nila. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, Lord Vishnu departed. O king, then the sage Ashvashira became the crow Bhushunda on Mount Nila. Text 16 rama-bhakto maha-tejah sarva-shastrartha-dipakah ramayanam jagau yo vai garudaya mahatmane ramaof Lord Ramacandra; bhaktaha devotee; maha-tejahvery powerful; sarvaof all; shastrascriptures; arthathe meaning; dipakaha lamp; ramayanamthe Ramayana; jagaurecited; yahwho; vaiindeed; garudayato mgaruda; mahatmanethe great soul. He was devoted to Lord Ramacandra. He was very powerful. He was a lamp shining on the meanings of all the scriptures. To Garuda he recited the Ramayana. Text 17 cakshushe hy antare prapte dakshah pracetaso nripa

kashyapaya dadau kanya ekadasha manoharah cakshushethe Caksusa-manvantara; hyindeed; antarein; prapteattained; dakshahDaksha; pracetasahto the prajapati; nripaO king; kashyapayato Kashyapa; dadaugave; kanyadaughters; ekadashaeleven; manoharah beautiful. O king, during the Cakshusha-manvantara Prajapati Daksha gave his eleven beautiful daughters in marriage to Kashyapa Muni. Text 18 tasam kadrush ca ya shreshha sadyaiva rohini smrita vasudeva-priya yasyam baladevo 'bhavat sutah tasamof them; kadruhKadru; caand; yawho; shreshhathe best; sa she; adyanow; evaeven; rohinias Rohini; smritais known; vasudeva-priya dear to King Vasudeva; yasyamin whom; baladevahBalarama; abhavat became; sutahthe son. Kadru was the best of them. Today Kadru is Rohini. She is dear to Maharaja Vasudeva. Lord Balarama was born as her son. Texts 19 and 20 sa kadrush ca maha-sarpan janayam asa koishah mahodbhaan visha-balan ugran panca-shatananan maha-mani-dharan kamshcid duhsahamsh ca shatananan tesham vedashira nama kaliyo 'bhud maha-phani sa-she; kadrushKadru; caand; maha-sarpangreat snakes; janayam asa gave birth; koishahmillions; mahodbhaanvery powerful; vishapoison; balan strong; ugranhorrible; panca-shatfive hundred; anananheads; mahagreat; manijewels; dharanhaving; kamshcitsome; duhsahamshinvincible; caand; shatananana hundred heads; teshamof them; vedashiraVedasira; nama named; kaliyahKaliya; abhutbecame; mahagreat; phanisnake.

Kadru gave birth to many millions of great, powerful, invincible jewel-decorated, and very poisonous snakes, some having five-hundred heads, and others having a hundred heads. Among them Vedashira became the great snake Kaliya. Text 21 tesham adau phanindro 'bhuc chesho 'nantah parat parah so 'dyaiva baladevo 'sti ramo 'nanto 'cyutagrajah teshamof them; adauthe first; phanindrahthe king of snakes; abhut became; sheshah anantahAnanta Shesha; paratthan the greatest; parah greater; sahHe; adyanow; evaindeed; baladevahBalarama; astiis; ramah Rama; anantahlimitless; acyutaof the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; agrajahthe elder brother. Ananta Shesha, the king of snakes, who is greater than the greatest, was the first of them. Today Ananta is Balarama, the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 22 ekada shri-harih sakshad bhagavan prakriteh parah shesham praha prasannatma megha-gambhiraya gira ekadaone day; shri-harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; prakritehmatter; parahbeyond; sheshamto shesha; prahasaid; prasannapleased; atmaat heart; meghacloud; gambhiraya deep; girawith words. One day Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the worlkd of matter and is always happy at heart, with words like the rumbling of clouds, spoke to Ananta Shesha. Text 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca bhu-mandalam samadhatum

samarthyam kasyacin na hi tasmad enam mahi-golam murdhni tvam hi samuddhara shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhu-mandalam the earth; samadhatumto hold up; samarthyamability; kasyacitof someone; nanot; hiindeed; tasmatfrom that; enamthis; mahi-golamthe earth; murdhnion the head; tvamYou; hiindeed; samuddharaplease hold. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: No one else has the power to hold up the planets of Bhu-mandala. You please carry these planets on Your head. Text 24 ananta-vikramas tvam vai yato 'nanta iti smritah idam karyam prakartavyam jana-kalyana-hetave anantalimitless; vikramahpower; tvamYou; vaiindeed; yatahtherefore; anantalimitless; itithus; smritahknown; idamthis; karyamduty; prakartavyamshould be done; janaof the people; kalyana-hetavefor the welfare. Your power is endless, and therefore You are known as Ananta (the endless). Please accept this duty for the welfare of the people. Text 25 shri-shesha uvaca avadhim kuru yavat tvam dharoddharasya me prabho bhu-bharam dharayishyami tavat te vacanad iha shri-sheshah uvacaShri Shesha said; avadhimlimit; kuruplease do; yavat as; tvamYou; dhara-uddharasyaof holding up the planets; meof Me; prabhah O Lord; bhu-bharamthe burden of thre worlds; dharayishyamiI will hold; tavat so; teof You; vacanatfrom the words; ihahere. Shri Shesha said: O Lord, please put some limit on how long I must hold the world. Then, according Your word, I will hold up Bhu-mandala.

Text 26 shri-bhagavan uvaca nityam sahasra-vadanair uccaram ca prithak prithak mad-guna-sphuratam namnam kuru sarpendra sarvatah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nityam always; sahasra-vadanaihwith a thousand heads; uccaramholding up; caand; prithak prithakspecific natures; mad-guna-sphuratamthe manifestation of My qualities; namnamof names; kurudo; sarpendraO king of snakes; sarvatahin all respects. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O king of snakes, with Your thousand mouths always chant My names, names that reveal My transcendental qualities. Text 27 man-namani ca divyani yada yanty avasanatam tada bhu-bharam uttarya phanis tvam su-sukhi bhava man-namaniMy names; caand; divyanitranscendental; yadawhen; yanty go; avasanatamto the end; tadathen; bhu-bharamburden; uttaryalifting; phanihsnake; tvamYou; su-sukhivery happy; bhavabecome. When You come to the end of all My transcendental names You can put down the burden of Bhu-mandala and relax. Text 28 shri-shesha uvaca adharo 'yam bhavishyami mad-adharash ca ko bhavet niradharah katham toye tishhami kathaya prabho shri-sheshah uvacaShri Shesha said; adharahholding up; ayamthat; bhavishyamiI will become; mad-adharahholding up Me; caand; kahwho?;

bhavetwill be; niradharahwithout someone to hold Me up; kathamhow?; toye in the water; tishhamiI will stand; kathayaplease tell; prabhahO Lord. Shri Shesha said: I will hold up Bhu-mandala. But who will hold Me up? Without support how can I stand in the water? O Lord, please tell Me. Text 29 shri-bhagavan uvaca aham ca kamaho bhutva dharayishyami te tanum maha-bhara-mayim dirgham ma shocam kuru mat-sakhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ahamI; ca and; kamahaha turtle; bhutvahaving become; dharayishyamiI will hold up; te of You; tanumthe form; maha-bhara-mayimholding a great burden; dirgham long; madon't; shocamlament; kurudo; matMy; sakhefriend. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will become a turtle and then I will hold You up. O My friend, don't be unhappy to hold such a great burden for such a long time. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca tada sheshah samutthaya natva shri-garuda-dhvajam jagama nripa patalad adho vai laksha-yojanam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; sheshahShesha; samutthayarising; natvabowing; shri-garuda-dhvajamthe flag of Garuda; jagamawent; nripaO king; patalatfrom Patalaloka; adhahbelow; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles. Shri Narada said: O king, then Lord Shesha rose, bowed down before Lord Krishna who holds the flag of Garuda, and went eight hundred thousand miles below Patalaloka Text 31

grihitva sva-karenedam garishham bhumi-mandalam dadhara sva-pane shesho 'py ekasmimsh canda-vikramah grihitvaholding; sva-karenawith His own hand; idamthis; garishham great; bhumi-mandalamearth; dadharaheld; sva-panein His hand; sheshah Lord Shesha; apialso; ekasmimshin one; canda-vikramahvery powerful. Then very powerful Ananta Shesha picked up Bhu-mandala and held it in one hand. Text 32 sankarshane 'tha patale gate 'nante parat pare anye phanindras tam anu vivishur brahmanoditah sankarshanewhen Lord Sankarshana; athathen; pataleto palataloa; gate went; ananteLord Ananta; paratthan the greatest; paregreater; anyeother; phanindrahgreat snakes; tamhim; anu vivishuhfollowed; brahmanaof Brahma; uditahordered. When Sankarshana Ananta went to Patalaloka, by Brahma's order the other great snakes followed Him. Text 33 atale vitale kecit sutale ca mahatale talatale tatha kecit sampraptas te rasatale ataleAtale; vitaleVitala; kecitsome; sutaleSutala; caand; mahatale Mahatala; talataleTalatala; tathaso; kecitsome; sampraptahattained; te indeed; rasataleRasatala. Some went to Atalaloka and others to Sutalaloka, Mahatalaloka, Talatalaloka, and Rasatalaloka. Text 34

tebhyas tu brahmana dattam dvipam ramanakam bhuvi kaliya-pramukhas tasmin avasan sukha-samvritah tebhyahto them; tuindeed; brahmanaby Brahma; dattamgiven; dvipam ramanakamREamanaka-dvipa; bhuviin the world; kaliya-pramukhahheaded by Kaliya; tasminin that place; avasanlived; sukha-samvritahhappy. Many snakes headed by Kaliya happily lived in Ramanaka-dvipa, the home Brahma gave to them. Text 35 iti te kathitam rajan kaliyasya kathanakam bhuktidam muktidam saram kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi itithus; teto you; kathitamspoken; rajanO king; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; kathanakamthe story; bhuktidamgiving sense happiness; muktidamgiving liberation; saramthe best; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasi do you wish. O king, thus I have told you Kaliya's story, which grants both happiness in this world and also liberation. What more do you wish to hear?

Chapter Fourteeen Kaliyopakhyana-varnana Description of Kaliya's Story Text 1 shri-rajovaca dvipe ramanake brahman sarpananyan vina katham etan me bruhi sakalam kaliyasyabhavad bhayam

shri-raja uvacathe king said; dvipe ramanakeon Ramanaka-dvipa; brahman O brahmana; sarpasnakes; ananyanwithout other; vinawithout; kathamhow; etanthis; meto me; bruhitell; sakalamall; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; abhavat was; bhayamfear. The king said: If only snakes lived on Ramanaka-dvipa, why was Kaliya afraid. O brahmana, please tell me this. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca tatra nagantako nityam naga-sangham jaghana ha gata-kshobham caikadha te tarkshyam prahur bhayaturah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tatrathere; nagantakahGaruda, the killer of snakes; nityamalways; naga-sanghamthe snakes; jaghanakilled; ha Oh; gata-kshobhampeaceful; caand; ekadhaone day; tethey; tarkshyamto Garuda; prahuhsaid; bhaya-aturahfrightened. Shri Narada said: Garuda would go there and kill many snakes. One day, when Garuda was in a peaceful mood, the frightened snakes spoke to him. Text 3 naga ucuh he garutman namas tubhyam tvam sakshad vishnu-vahanah asman atsi yada sarpan katham no jivanam bhavet nagah ucuhthe snakes said; heO; garutmangaruda; namahobeisances; tubhyamto you; tvamyou; sakshatdirectly; vishnuof Lord Vishnu; vahanah the carrier; asmanto us; atsiyou eat; yadawhen; sarpansnakes; katham why?; nahof us; jivanamlife; bhavetwill be. O Garuda, obeisances to you! You are Lord Vishnu's personal carrier. If You eat all us snakes, how will we continue to live? Text 4

tasmad balim grihanashu mase mase grihat prithak vanaspati-sudhannanam upacarair vidhanatah tasmattherefore; baliman offering; grihanaplease accept; ashupromtly; masemonth; maseafter month; grihatfrom the home; prithakspecific; vanaspati-sudhannanamof the nectar of trees; upacaraihwith offerings; vidhanatahaccording to. Please accept from us each month an offering from a different house, an offering sweet as the honey of trees. Text 5 shri-garuda uvaca ekah sarpas tu me deyo bhavadbhir va grihat prithak katham pacami tam rite balim viakavat param shri-garudah uvacaShri Garuda said; ekahone; sarpahsnake; tuindeed; meto me; deyahshould be given; bhavadbhihby you; vaor; grihatfrom the house; prithakspecific; kathamwhy?; pacamiI shall eat; tamthat; rite without; balimoffering; viakavatlike betelnuts; paramgreat. Shri Garuda said: Give me one snake from a designated house. Why should I eat any snake but this offering sweet as betelnuts. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktas te sarve garudaya mahatmane go-pithayatmano rajan nityam divyam balim daduh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astumay be; caand; uktah said; tethey; sarveall; garudayato Garuda; mahatmanethe great soul; gopithayafor protection; atmanahown; rajanO king; nityamregularly; divyam splendid; balimoffering; daduhgave.

Shri Narada said: To Garuda, the great soul, they all said, "So be it." In this way for their own protection they regularly gave a splendid offering. Text 7 kaliyasya grihasyapi samayo 'bhud yada nripa tada tarkshyam balim sarvam bubhuje kaliyo balat kaliyasyaof Kaliya; grihasyaof the home; apialso; samayahthe time; abhutcame; yadawhen; nripaO king; tadathen; tarkshyamto garuda; balim offering; sarvamall; bubhujeate; kaliyahKaliya; balatbecause of strength. When the time came for an offering from Kaliya's house, Kaliya himself forcibly ate the offering intended for Garuda. Text 8 tadagatah prakupito vegatah kaliyopari cakara pada-vikshepam garudash canda-vikramah tadathen; agatahcame; prakupitahangry; vegatahviolently; kaliyopari on kaliya; cakaradid; pada-vikshepamkicking; garudahGaruda; candavikramahpowerful. When powerful Garuda came he was very angry. He forcefully kicked Kaliya. Text 9 garudanghri-praharena kaliyo murchito 'bhavat punar utthaya jihvabhih pravalidham mukham shvasan garudanghri-praharenaby the kicks of Garuda; kaliyahKaliya; murchitah fainted; abhavatbecame; punahagain; utthayarising; jihvabhihwith tongues; pravalidhamlicking; mukhammouth; shvasanhissing.

Garuda kicked Kaliya unconscious. Then Kaliya again stood up, licking his tongue and hissing. Text 10 prasarya svam phana-shatam kaliyah phaninam varah vyadashad garudam vegad dadbhir vishamayair bali prasaryaexpanding; svamhis; phana-shatamhundred hoods; kaliyah Kaliya; phaninamof snakes; varahthe best; vyadashatbit; garudamGaruda; vegatstrongly; dadbhihwith many fangs; vishamayaihpoisonous; balistrong. Then Kaliya, the best of snakes, expanded his hundred hoods and with many fangs savagely bit Garuda. Text 11 grihitva tam ca tundena garudo divya-vahanah bhu-prishhe pothayam asa pakshabhyam tadayan muhuh grihitvataking; tamhim; caand; tundenaby teh beak; garudahGaruda; divya-vahanahthe transcendental carrier; bhu-prishheto the earth; pothayam asathrew; pakshabhyamwith both wongs; tadayanbeating; muhuhagain and again. With his beak the transcendental carrier Garuda grabbed Kaliya, threw him to the ground, and beat him with both wings again and again. Text 12 tundad vinirgatah sarpas tat-pakshan vicakarsha ha tat-padau veshayams tudyan phutkaram vyadadhan muhuh tundatfrom the beak; vinirgatahescaped; sarpahthe snake; tat-pakshan from the wiongs; vicakarshadragged; haindeed; tat-padauto his feet;

veshayansurrounding; tudyanstriking; doing; muhuhagain and again.

phutkaramspitting;

vyadadhan

Escaping from the beak, Kaliya attacked Garuda's wings. Coiling around Garuda's feet, he spat poison again and again. Text 13 kupito garudas tam vai nitva tundena kaliyam nipatya bhumyam sahasa tat-tanum vicakarsha ha kupitahanghry; garudahgaruda; tamhim; vaiindeed; nitvabringing; tundenawith the beak; kaliyamKaliya; nipatyathrowing; bhumyamto the ground; sahasaviolently; tat-tanumhis body; vicakarshadragged; haindeed. Then Garuda became angry. Taking Kaliya in his beak, he threw him to the ground and savagely dragged him here and there. Text 14 tada dudrava tat-tundat kaliyo bhaya-vihvalah tam anvadhavat sahasa pakshi-ra canda-vikramah tadathen; dudravaran; tat-tundatfrom the beak; kaliyahKaliya; bhayavihvalahterrified; tamhim; anvadhavatchased; sahasaquickly; pakshiof birds; rathe king; canda-vikramahvery powerful. Terrified Kaliya ran from Garuda's beak. Garuda, the king of birds, ardently chased him. Text 15 sapta-dvipan sapta-khandan sapta-sindhums tatah phani yatra yatra gatas tarkshyam tatra tatra dadarsha ha

sapta-dvipanthe seven dvipas; sapta-khandanthe seven khandas; saptasindhumhthe seven oceans; tatahthen; phanithe snake; yatra yatra wherever; gatahwent; tarkshyamGaruda; tatra tatrathere; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Wherever he went in the seven dvipas, the seven khandas, and the seven oceans, the snake Kaliya saw Garuda. Text 16 bhurlokam ca bhuvarlokam svarlokam pragatah phani maharlokam tato dhavan janalokam jagama ha bhurlokamBhurloka; caaND; bhuvarlokamBhuvarloka; svarlokam Svarloka; pragatahwent; phanithe snake; maharlokamMaharloak; tatahthen; dhavanruninng; janalokamJanaloka; jagamawent; haindeed. The snake Kaliya fled to Bhurloka, Bhuvarloka, Svarloka, Maharloka, and Janaloka. Text 17 yatraiva garude prapte 'dho 'dho lokam punar gatah shri-krishnasya bhayat ke 'pi raksham tasya na sandadhuh yatrawhere; evaindeed; garudeGaruda; prapteattained; adhahlower; adhahand lower; lokamworlds; punahagain; gatahgone; shri-krishnasyaof Krishna; bhayatfrom the fear; ke apisomeone; rakshamprotection; tasyaof him; nanot; sandadhuhgave. Then he fled to the lower planets, going lower and lower. Wherever he went, Garuda was there. No one saved him from his fear of Lord Krishna's devotee. Text 18 kutrapi na sukhe jate kaliyo 'pi bhayaturah

jagama deva-devasya sheshasya caranantike kutrapisomewhere; nanot; sukhein happiness; jateborn; kaliyahKaliya; apieven; bhayaturahterrified; jagamawent; deva-devasyaof the master of the demigods; sheshasyaShesha; caranantiketo the feet. Kaliya could not find happiness. He was always afraid. Finally he approached the feet of Lord Ananta, the master of the demigods. Text 19 natva pranamya tam shesham parikramya kritanjalih dino bhayaturah praha dirgha-prishhah prakampitah natva pranamyabowing down; tamto Him; sheshamShesha; parikramya circumambulating; kritanalihfolded hands; dinahhumble; bhayaturah frightened; prahasaid; dirgha-prishhahthe snake; prakampitahtrembling. Bowing down before Lord Shesha and circumambulating Him with folded hands, the humbled, trembling, frightened snake spoke. Text 20 kaliya uvaca he bhumi-bhartar bhuvanesha bhuman bhu-bhara-hrit tvam hy asi bhuri-lilah mam pahi pahi prabhavishnu-purnah parat paras tvam purushah puranah kaliyah uvacaShri Kaliya said; heO; bhumi-bhartahmaintainer of the world; bhuvaneshaO master of the world; bhumanO Lord; bhu-bhara-hritO holder of thr worlds; tvamYou; hiindeed; asiare; bhuri-lilahenjoying many pastimes; mamme; pahiprotect; pahiprotect; prabhavishnu-purnahpowerful; parat than the greatest; parahgreater; tvamYou; purushahperson; puranah ancient. Kaliya said: O Lord, O master of the worlds, O maintainer of the worlds, O holder of the worlds' burden, You enjoy many pastimes. You are all-powerful. You are the ancient Supreme Person, greater than the greatest. Please, please protect me!

Text 21 shri-narada uvaca dinam bhayaturam drishva kaliyam shri-phanishvarah vaca madhuraya prinan praha devo janardanah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; dinamhumble; bhayaturamfrigthened; drishvaseeing; kaliyamKaliya; shri-phanishvarahthe king of snakes; vaca with words; madhurayasweet; prinanpleasing; prahasaid; devahLord; janardanahthe savior from miseries. Shri Narada said: Seeing Kaliya so frightened and humble, Lord Ananta, the king of snakes and the savior from miseries, spoke in a sweet voice pleasing to Kaliya. Text 22 shri-shesha uvaca * he kaliya maha-buddhe shrinu me paramam vacah kutrapi na hi te raksha bhavishyati na samshayah shri-shesha uvacaShri Shesha said; heO; kaliyaKaliya; maha-buddhevery intelligent; shrinuhear; memy; paramamsupreme; vacahwords; kutrapi somewhere; nanot; hiindeed; teof you; rakshaprotection; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Shesha said: Intelligent Kaliya, hear My divine words. There is no shelter for you anywhere. Of this there is no doubt.

Text 23 asit pura munih siddhah shaubharir nama namatah vrindaranye tapas tapto varshanam ayutam jale asitwas; purabefore; muniha sage; siddhahperfect; shaubharih Shaubhari; namanamed; namatahnamed; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; tapas

taptahperformed austerities; varshanamyears; ayutamten thousand; jalein the water. In ancient times there was a perfect sage named Shaurabhi Muni who performed austerities for ten thousand years in the waters in Vrindavana. Text 24 mina-raja-viharam yo vikshya geha-spriho 'bhavat sa uvaha maha-buddhir mandhatus tanuja-shatam minaof the fish; rajaof the king; viharamthe pastimes; yahwho; vikshya seeing; gehahousehold life; sprihahdesiring; abhavatbecame; sahe; uvaha married; maha-buddhihvery intelligent; mandhatuhof mandhata Muni; tanuja daughters; shatamhundred. Watching the king of fish enjoy pastimes, Shaurabhi Muni desired to become a householder. He then married the hundred daughters of Mandhata Muni. Text 25 tasmai dadau harih sakshat param bhagavatim shriyam vikshya tam nripa mandhata vismito 'bhud gata-smayah tasmaito him; dadaugave; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; paramgreat; bhagavatimlike the LOrd's; shriyamopulence; vikshyaseeing; tamit; nripaO king; mandhataMandhata; vismitahastonished; abhutbecame; gata-smayah humbled. Lord Krishna gave Shaurabhi divine wealth and opulence. O king, when Mandhata Muni saw that opulence, he became humbled and filled with wonder. Text 26 yamunantar-jale dirgham shaubhares tapatas tapah pashyatas tasya garudo

mina-rajam jaghana ha yamunaof the Yamuna; antahwithin; jalein the water; dirghamfor a long time; shaubharehof Shaubhari; tapatahperforming; tapahausterities; pashyatahseeing; tasyaof him; garudahGaruda; mina-rajamthe king of fish; jaghanakilled; haindeed. As, in the midst of his austerities, Shaurabhi Muni was watching, Garuda killed the king of the fish. Text 27 minan su-duhkhitan drishva duhkha-ha dina-vatsalah tasmai shapam dadau kruddhah shaubharir muni-sattamah minanthe fish; su-duhkhitanvery unhappy; drishvaseeing; duhkha-hathe destroyer of unhappiness; dina-vatsalahkind to the unhappy; tasmaito him; shapama curse; dadaugave; kruddhahangry; shaubharihShaurabhi; munisattamahthe best of sages. Seeing the fish stricken with grief, the great sage Shaurabhi Muni, who was kind to the suffering and eager to stop their troubles, became angry and cursed Garuda. Text 28 shri-shaubharir uvaca minan adyatanad atra yady atsi tvam balad dvi-ra tadaiva prana-nashas te bhuyan me shapatas tvaram shri-shaubharir uvacaShri ShaubhaRI SAID; minanthe fish; adyatanatfrom this day on; atrahere; yadiif; atsieat; tvamyou balatviolently; dvi-raO king of birds; tadathen; evaindeed; pranaof life; nashahdestruction; teof you; bhuyatwill be; meof me; shapatahby the curse; tvaramat once. Shri Shaubhari said: O Garuda, O king of birds, if from today on you eat the fish here you will die at once. That is my curse. Text 29

shri-shesha uvaca tad-dinat tatra nayati garudah shapa-vihvalah tasmat kaliya gacchashu vrindaranye harer vane shri-sheshah uvaca Shri Shesha said; tad-dinatfrom that day; tatrathere; nanot; ayaticomes; garudahGaruda; shapabecause of the curse; vihvalah agitated; tasmattherefore; kaliyaO Kaliya; gacchago; ashuat once; vrindaranyeto Vrindavana; harehof Lord Krishna; vanethe forest. Shri Shesha said: Afraid of the curse, from that day on Garuda has not come there. O Kaliya, for that reason you should go at once to Lord Krishna's forest of Vrindavana. Text 30 kalindyam ca nijam vasam kuru mad-vakya-noditah nirbhayas te bhayam tarkshyan na bhavishyati karhicit kalindyamin the Yamuna; caand; nijamown; vasamhome; kurudo; madvakya-noditahon My instruction; nirbhayahfearless; teof you; bhayamfear; tarkshyangaruda; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; karhicitever. By My order make your home in the Yamuna. There you will be fearless. You will never fear Garuda. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca ity uktah kaliyo bhitah sa-kalatrah sa-putrakah kalindyam vasa-krid rajan shri-krishnena vivasitah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktahaddressed; kaliyah Kaliya; bhitahfrightened; sa-kalatrahwith his wives; sa-putrakahwith his children; kalindyamin the Yamuna; vasa-kritmasking his home; rajanO king; shri-krishnenaby Shri Krishna; vivasitahsent away.

Shri Narada said: When he was told this, Kaliya went with his wives and children to the Yamuna, where he lived until Shri Krishna sent him out. .pa

Chapter Fifteen Shri Radha-Krishna-premodyoga-varnana Description of Shri Radha-Krishna's Falling in Love Text 1 shri-narada uvaca idam maya te kathitam kaliyasyapi mardanam shri-krishna-caritam punyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamtold; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; apialso; mardanamthe defeat; shri-krishnacaritamShri Krishna's pastimes; punyamsacred; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto her; icchasiyou wish. Shri Narada said: I have recounted to you Shri Krishna's sacred pastime of crushing Kaliya. What more do you wish to hear? Text 2 shri-bahulashva uvaca shri-krishnasya katham shrutva bhaktas triptim na yati hi yathamarah sudham pitva yathalih padma-karnikam shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; kathamthe topics; shrutvahearing; bhaktahthe devotee; triptimsatiation; na not; yatiattains; hiindeed; yathaas; amaraha demigod; sudhamnectar; pitvadrinking; yathaas; aliha bee; padmaof a lotus; karnikamthe whorl. Shri Bahulashva said: As a demigod never tires of drinking nectar and a bee never tires of drinking from the whorl of a lotus, so a devotee never tires of hearing Shri Krishna's pastimes.

Text 3 rasam kartum harau jate shishu-rupe mahatmani bhandire deva-vag aha shri-radham khinna-manasam rasamthe rasa dance; kartumto perform; harauwhen Lord Krishna; jate was manifested; shishu-rupein the form of a child; mahatmanithe Lord; bhandirein Bhandiravana; devaof a demigod; vakthe voice; ahasaid; shriradhamto Shri Radha; khinna-manasamwho was unhappy at heart. When Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was a child, and Shri Radha was unhappy at heart because She yearned to enjoy the rasa dance with Him, in Bhandiravana forest a divine voice said: Text 4 shocam ma kuru kalyani vrindaranye manohare manorathas te bhavita shri-krishnena mahatmana shocamlamentation; madon't; kurudo; kalyaniO beautiful one; vrindaranyein Vrindavana forest; manoharebeautiful; manorathahdesire; te Your; bhavitawill be; shri-krishnenawith Lord Krishna; mahatmanathe Supreme Personality of Godhead. O beautiful one, don't lament. In beautiful Vrindavana forest Your desire to enjoy with Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will be fulfilled. Text 5 ittham deva-gira prokto manoratha-maharnavah katham babhuva bhagavan vrindaranye manohare itthamthus; deva-giraby the divine voice; proktahaddressed; manoratha of desires; mahaa great; arnavahocean; kathamhow?; babhuvabecame; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; manoharebeautiful.

After the divine voice spoke these words how did the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is a great ocean of fulfilled desires, come to beautiful Vrindavana forest?? Text 6 katham shri-radhaya sardham rasa-kridam manoharam cakara vrindakaranye paripurnatamah svayam kathamhow?; shri-radhayaShri Radha; sardhamwith; rasa-kridamthe rasa pastime; manoharambeautiful; cakaradid; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself. In beautiful Vrindavana forest how did the Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoy the rasa-dance pastime with Shri Radha? Text 7 shri-narada uvaca sadhu prishham tvaya rajan bhagavac-caritam shubham guptam vadami devaish ca lilakhyanam manoharam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sadhuwell; prishhamasked; tvaya by you; rajanO king; bhagavac-caritamthe Lord's pastimes; shubham auspicious; guptamsecret; vadamiI tell; devaishby the demigods; caand; lilakhyanamthe story of pastimes; manoharambeautiful. Shri Narada said: O king, you have asked well. I will tell the Lord's beautiful and auspicious pastime, which is hidden even from the demigods. Text 8 ekada mukhya-sakhyau dve vishakha-lalite shubhe vrishabhanor griham prapya tam radham jagmatu rahah

ekadaone day; mukhya-sakhyauthe two most important friends; dvetwo; vishakha-laliteVishakha and Lalita; shubhebeautioful; vrishabhanohof King Vrishabhanu; grihamto the home; prapyaattaining; tamto Her; radham Radha; jagmatuwnet; rahahin private. One day Her two most intimate friends, beautiful Lalita and Vishakha, went to Maharaja Vrishabhanu's palace and approached Radha in private. Text 9 shri-sakhyav ucatuh yam cintayasi radhe tvam yad-gunam vadasi svatah so 'pi nityam samayati vrishabhanu-pure 'rbhakaih shri-sakhyau ucatuhthe two friends said; yamwhom; cintayasiYou meditate; radheO Radha; tvamYou; yad-gunamwhose virtues; vadasiYou say; svatahHimself; sahHe; apiaslo; nityamalways; samayaticomes; vrishabhanu-pureto the palace of King Vrishabhanu; arbhakaihwith many boys. The two friends said: He on whom You meditate and whose virtues You praise, with many boys again and again comes to King Vrishabhanu's palace. Text 10 prekshaniyas tvaya radhe darshaniyo 'ti-sundarah pashcimayam nishithinyam go-carana-vinirgatah prekshaniyahshould be seen; tvayaby You; radheO Radha; darshaniyah should be seen; ati-sundarahvery handsome; pashcimayamin the west; nishithinyamin the evening; go-caranafrom herding the cows; vinirgatah returning. O Radha, in the evening He comes from the west, returning with the cows. You should see Him. He is very handsome. Text 11

shri-radhovaca likhitva tasya citram hi darshayashu manoharam tarhi tat-prekshanam pashcat karishyami na samshayah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; likhitvahaving drawn; tasyaHis; citram picture; hiindeed; darshayashow; ashuat once; manoharamhandsome; tarhi then; tat-prekshanamseeing Him; pashcatfrom the west; karishyamiI will do; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Radha said: Draw a handsome picture of Him. Then I will look for Him in the west. Of this there is no doubt. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca atha sakhyau vyalikhatam citram nanda-shishoh shubham nava-yauvana-madhuryam radhayai dadatus tvaram shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; sakhyauthe two friends; vyalikhatamdrew; citrama picture; nandaof Nanda; shishohof the son; shubhamhandsome; nava-yauvana-madhuryamsweet with new youth; radhayai to Radha; dadatuhgave; tvaramat once. The two friends drew a picture, handsome and filled with the sweetness of new youth, of Nanda's son, Krishna, and gave it to Radha. Text 13 tad drishva harshita radha krishna-darshana-lalasa citram kare prapashyanti sushvapananda-sankula tatthat; drishvaseeing; harshitahappy; radhaRadha; krishna-darshanalalasayearning to see Krishna; citrampicture; karein Her hand; prapashyanti gazing; sushvapafainted; anandawith bliss; sankulafilled. When Radha saw the picture She became very happy. Gazing at the picture in Her hand, yearning to see Krishna, and now overcome with bliss, She fainted.

Text 14 dadarsha krishnam bhavane shayana ghana-prabham pita-paam dadhanam bhandira-deshe yamunam sametya nrityantam arad vrishabhanu-putri dadarshasaw; krishnamKrishna; bhavanein Her home; shayanaresting; ghana-prabhamsplendid as a monsoon cloud; pita-paamwearing yellow garments; dadhanamwearing; bhandira-deshein Bhandiravana; yamunamto the Yamuna; sametyagoing; nrityantamdancing; aratnear; vrishabhanu-putri Vrishabhanu's daughter. As She slept in Her home, Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha dreamed of going to the Yamuna, where She gazed at Krishna, dark as a monsoon cloud, dressed in yellow garments, and dancing in Bhandiravana forest. Text 15 tadaiva radha shayanat samutthita parasya krishnasya viyoga-vihvala sancintayanti kamaniya-rupinam mene trilokim trinavad videha-ra tadathen; evaindeed; radhaRadha; shayanatfrom sleep; samutthita rising; parasyaof the Supreme; krishnasyaKrishna; viyoga-vihvalain the anguish of separation; sancintayantiremembering; kamaniya-rupinam handsome; meneconsidered; trilokimthe three worlds; trinavatlike a blade of grass; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, when Radha rose from sleep, She was filled with the anguish of separation from Krishna. Always thinking of His handsome form, She thought the three worlds had become like a single blade of grass. Text 16 tarhy avrajantam sva-vanad vrajeshvaram sankoca-vithyam vrishabhanu-paane gavaksham etyashu sakhi-pradarshitam drishva tu murccham samavapa sundari

tarhithen; avrajantamcoming; sva-vanatfrom His forest; vrajeshvaramthe king of Vraja; sankoca-vithyamon a narrow path; vrishabhanu-paanein Vrishabhanu's palace; gavakshamto the window; etyagoing; ashuat once; sakhiby Her friends; pradarshitamshown; drishvaseeing; tuindeed; murcchamfainting; samavapaattained; sundarithe beautiful girl. Going to a window and, as Her two friends pointed to Him, gazing at Krishna, the master of Vraja as He walked on the narrow path from His own forest to King Vrishabhanu's palace, beautiful Radha fainted. Text 17 krishno 'pi drishva vrishabhanu-nandinim surupa-kaushalya-yutam gunashrayam kurvan mano rantum ativa madhavo lila-tanuh sa prayayau sva-mandiram krishnahKrishna; apialso; drishvaseeing; vrishabhanu-nandinimthe daughter of Vrishabhanu; surupa-kaushalya-yutambeautiful; gunashrayam where many transcendental virtues are sheltered; kurvandoing; manahthe heart; rantumto rejoice; ativagreatly; madhavahKrishna; lila-tanuhpastime form; saHe; prayayauwent; sva-mandiramto His own palace. Glancing at Vrishabhanu's beautiful daughter Radha, who sheltered a host of transcendental virtues, and deciding in His heart to enjoy with Her, playful Krishna went on to His own palace. Text 18 evam tatah krishna-viyoga-vihvalam prabhuta-kama-jvara-khinna-manasam samvikshya radham vrishabhanu-nandinim uvaca vacam lalita sakhi vara evamthus; tatahfrom that; krishna-viyoga-vihvalamanxious in separation from Krishna; prabhuta-kama-jvaraby the flames of desire; khinnatormented; manasamheart; samvikshyaseeing; radhamRadha; vrishabhanu-nandinim Vrishabhanu's daughter; uvacasaid; vacamwords; lalitaLalita; sakhifriend; varabest. Seeing Her anguished by Krishna's absence and Her heart tortured by flames of love for Him, beautiful Lalita-sakhi spoke to Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha.

Text 19 shri-lalitovaca katham tvam vihvala radhe murcchitati-vyatham gata yadicchasi harim su-bhru tasmin sneham dridham kuru shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; kathamwhy?; tvamYou; vihvala overcome; radheO Radha; murcchitati-vyathamfasinting; gataattained; yadi if; icchasiYou wish; harimto Krishna; su-bhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; tasminin Him; snehamlove; dridhamstrong. kurudo. Shri Lalita said: O Radha, why are You unconscious? O beautiful-eyebowed one, if You wish to attain Krishna, then give all Your love to Him. Text 20 lokasyapi sukham sarvam adhikrityasti sampratam duhkhagni-hrit pradahati kumbhakaragni-vac chubhe lokasyaof the world; apieven; sukhamthe happiness; sarvamall; adhikrityaattaining; astiis; sampratamnow; duhkhaof misery; agnifire; hrit heart; pradahatiburns; kumbhakaragni-vatlike a potter's fire; shubheO beautiful one. O beautiful one, even now that You have found the person that brings all happiness to the world, Your heart still burns like the fire in a potter's kiln. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca lalitayash ca lalitam vacah shrutva vrajeshvari netre unmilya lalitam praha gadgadaya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; lalitayashof Lalita; caand; lalitam eloquent; vacahwords; shrutvahearing; vrajeshvarithe queen of Vraja; netre

eyes; unmilyaopening; lalitamto lalita; prahasaid; gadgadayachoked up; girawith a voice. Shri Narada said: Hearing Lalita's graceful words, Vraja's goddess, Radha, opened Her eyes and spoke in a faltering voice. Text 22 shri-radhovaca vrajalankara-caranau na praptau yadi me kila kadacid vigraham tarhi na hi svam dharayamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; vrajaof Vraja; alankarathe decoration;caranau nawhose feet; praptauattained; yadiif; meby Me; kila indeed; kadacitat some time; vigrahamthe form; tarhithen; nanot; hi indeed; svamown; dharayamiI maintain; ahamI. Shri Radha said: If I cannot attain His feet, which now decorate this land of Vraja, I will not keep My body alive. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vacas tasya lalita bhaya-vihvala shri-krishna-parshvam prayayau krishna-tire manohare shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; tasyaof Her; lalitaLalita; bhayawith fear; vihvalaovercome; shrikrishna-parshvamto Lord Krishna's side; prayayauwent; krishna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; manoharebeautiful. Shri Narada said: Terrified by hearing these words, Lalita went to Krishna by the Yamuna's beautiful shore. Text 24 madhavi-jala-samyukte

madhura-dhvani-sankule kadamba-mule rahasi praha caikakinam harim madhaviof madhavi vines; jalawith a network; samyukteendowed; madhura-dhvani-sankulefilled with sweet sounds; kadamba-muleat the root of a kadamba tree; rahasiin a secluded place; prahasaid; caand; ekakinamall alone; harimto Krishna. Finding Krishna all alone under a kadamba tree in a solitary place laced with a network of flowering madhavi vines and filled with sweet sounds, Lalita spoke. Text 25 shri-lalitovaca yasmin dine ca te rupam radhaya drisham adbhutam tad-dinat stambhatam prapta putrikeva na vakti kim shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; yasminin which; dineday; caand; teof You; rupamthe form; radhayaby Radha; drishamseen; adbhutamwonderful; tad-dinatfrom that day; stambhatamthe state of being stunned; prapta attained; putrikaa puppet; ivalike; nanot; vaktispeaks; kimwhy? Shri Lalita said: Since the day She first saw Your wonderful form, Radha has been stunned. She is like a motionless puppet. She does not even speak. Texts 26 and 27 alankaras tv arcir iva vastram bharja-rajo yatha sugandhih kauvad yasya mandiram nirjanam vanam pushpam banam candra-bimbam visha-kandam avehi bhoh tasyai sandarshanam dehi radhayai duhkha-nashanam alankarahan ornament; tvindeed; arcihthe sun; ivalike; vastram garments; bharja-rajahsparks; yathaas; sugandhihfragrance; kauvatas if bitter; yasyaof whom; mandiramthe placae; nirjanamsolitary; vanam wilderness; pushpamflower; banamarrow; candra-bimbamthe circle of the

moon; visha-kandama pot of poison; avehiknow; bhohO; tasyaito Her; sandarshanamsight; dehiplease give; radhayaito Radha; duhkhaof sufferings; nashanamdestruction. Please know that Her ornaments have become for Her like dazzling suns, Her clothing like a shower of sparks, Her perfumes bitter, Her palace a solitary wilderness, Her flowers sharp arrows, and the moon a pot of poison. O, please give to Radha the sight of You, a sight that will destroy Her sufferings. Text 28 te sakshinah kim viditam na bhu-tale srijasy alam pasi harasy atho jagat yada samano 'si janeshu sarvatas tathapi bhaktan bhajase pareshvara teof You; sakshinahwitness; kimwhether?; viditamknown; nanot; bhutaleon the surface of the earth; srijasiYou create; alamgreatly; pasiYou maintain; harasiYou remove; athahthen; jagatthe universe; yadawhen; samanahequal; asiYou are; janeshuto the people; sarvatahin all respects; tathapistill; bhaktanthe devotees; bhajaseYou worship; pareshvaraO Supreme Lord. You see everything. In this world what do You not know? You create, protect, and destroy the universe. O Supreme Lord. although You are equal to all, You worship Your devotees. Text 29 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva harih sakshal lalitam lalita-vacah uvaca bhagavan devo megha-gambhiraya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; harih Krishna; sakshaldirectly; lalitamgarceful; lalitaof Lalita; vacahteh words; uvacasaid; bhagavanthe Lord; devahthe Lord; meghaof clouds; gambhiraya deep; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Hearing Lalita's graceful words, Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, spoke with words deep as thunder.

Text 30 shri-bhagavan uvaca sarvam hi bhavam manasah parasparam na hy ekato bhamini jayate tatah premaiva kartavyam ato mayi svatah premna samanam bhuvi nasti kincit shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; sarvamall; hi indeed; bhavamlove; manasahof theheart; parasparammutual; nanot; hi indeed; ekatahfrom one; bhaminiO noble lady; jayateis born; tatahtherefore; premalove; evaindeed; kartavyamshould be done; atahthen; mayiin Me; svatahpersonally; premnawith love; samanamequality; bhuviin the world; na not; astiis; kincitat all. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: We both feel this love in Our hearts. O noble girl, it is not that only one of Us feels it. She should love Me. In this world there is nothing equal to the love She bears for Me. Text 31 yatha hi bhandiravane manoratho babhuva tasya hi tatha bhavishyati ahaitukam prema ca sadbhir ashritam tac capi santah kila nirgunam viduh yathaas; hiindeed; bhandiravanein Bhandiravana; manorathahthe desire; babhuvawas; tasyaof Her; hiindeed; tathaso; bhavishyatiwill be; ahaitukamcauseless; premalove; caand; sadbhihby the saintly devotees; ashritamsheltered; tacthat; caand; apialso; santahthe devotees; kila indeed; nirgunambeyond the modes of nature; viduhknow. The desire She felt in Bhandiravana forest will be fulfilled. Saintly devotees take shelter of pure unalloyed love for Me. Saintly devotees know that love for Me is beyond the touch of the matter. Text 32 ye radhikayam mayi keshave manag bhedam na pashyanti hi dugdha-shauklavat ta eva me brahma-padam prayanti tad ahaituka-sphurjita-bhakti-lakshanah

yethey who; radhikayamin Radha; mayiin M; keshaveKrishna; managat all; bhedamdifference; nanot; pashyantisee; hiindeed; dugdhamilk; shauklawhite; vatlike; tethey; evaindeed; meMy; brahma-padamspiritual abode; prayantigo; tatthat; ahaituka-sphurjita-bhakti-lakshanahpure unalloyed devotees. Pure devotees who see no difference between Shri Radha and Myself, Lord Krishna, attain My spiritual abode, which is pure as the whitest milk. Text 33 ye radhikayam mayi keshave harau kurvanti bhedam ku-dhiyo jana bhuvi te kala-sutram prapatanti duhkhita rambhoru yavat kila candra-bhaskarau yewho; radhikayamin Shri Radha; mayiin Me; keshaveLord Krishna; harauLord Hari; kurvantido; bhedamdifference; ku-dhiyahfools; janah persons; bhuviin the world; tethey; kalaof time; sutramthe rope; prapatanti fall; duhkhitamiserable; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; yavatas; kilaindeed; candrathe moon; bhaskarauand the shining sun. Fools who see a difference between Shri Radha and Myself, Lord Krishna, fall onto the string of time. O girl with thighs like banana trees, they are tortured for as long the sun and moon exist. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca ittham shrutva vacah kritsnam natva tam lalita sakhi radham sametya rahasi praha prahasitanana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; shrutvahearing; vacah words; kritsnamall; natvabowing down; tamto Him; lalitaLalita; sakhi friend; radhamto Radha; sametyagoing; rahasiin a secluded place; praha said; prahasitasmiling; ananaface. Shri Narada said: After hearing all these words, and after bowing before the Lord, Lalita-sakhi, her face full of smiles, approached Radha in a solitary place and spoke to Her.

Text 35 shri-lalitovaca tvam icchasi yatha krishnam tatha tvam madhusudanah yuvayor bheda-rahitam tejas tv aikam dvidha janaih shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; tvamYou; icchasidesire; yathaass; krishnamKrishna; tathaso; tvamYou; madhusudanahKrishna; yuvayohof You both; bheda-rahitamwithout difference; tejahpower; tvindeed; aikam one; dvidhain two; janaihby the people. Shri Lalita said: As You desire Krishna, so Krishna desires You. There is no difference between You. You are one. Only fools think You are two. Text 36 tathapi devi krishnaya karma nishkaranam kuru yena te vanchitam bhuyad bhaktya paramaya sati tathapistill; deviO goddess; krishnayafor Krishna; karmawork; nishkaranamcauseless; kurudo; yenaby which; teof You; vanchitam desired; bhuyatmay be; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; satiO saintly one. O goddess, You should serve Krishna without any other desire. O saintly one, by serving Him with great devotion, Your desire will be fulfilled. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva sakhi-vakyam radha raseshvari nripa candrananam praha sakhim sarva-dharma-vidam varam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said: ; itithus; shrutvahearing; sakhivakyamthe words of Her friend; radhaRadha; raseshvarithe goddess of the

rasa dance; nripaO king; candrananamto Candranana; prahasaid; sakhim friend; sarva-dharma-vidamof they who know all the principles of religion; varam the best. Shri Narada said: O king, after hearing Her friend's words, Shri Radha, the goddess of the rasa dance, spoke to Her friend Candranana, the best of the knowers of religion. Text 38 shri-radhovaca shri-krishnasya prasannartham param saubhagya-vardhanam maha-punyam vanchita-dam pujanam vada kasyacit shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; shri-krishnasyato Shri Krishna; prasannamaking happy; arthamfor the purpose; paramgreat; saubhagyagood fortune; vardhanamincrease; maha-punyamgreat piety; vanchitadesire; dam fulfilling; pujanamworship; vadaplease tell; kasyacitof someone. Shri Radha said: Please tell Me what kind of worship I should perform to please Shri Krishna, worship that will bring auspiciousness, piety, and the fulfillment of My desire. Text 39 tvaya bhadre dharma-shastram gargacarya-mukhac chrutam tasmad vratam pujanam va bruhi mahyam maha-mate tvayaby you; bhadreO beautiful one; dharma-shastramthe scriptures of religion; gargacarya-mukhatfrom the mouth of Garga Muni; shrutamheard; tasmatfrom that; vratamvow; pujanamworship; vaor; bruhitell; mahyam to Me; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. O beautiful one, You heard the religious scriptures from Garga Muni's own mouth. O noble-hearted one, please tell Me what vow or what worship I should perform.

Chapter Sixteen Tulasi-pujana The Worship of Tulasi Text 1 shri-narada uvaca radha-vakyam tatah shrutva rajan sarva-sakhi-vara candranana pratyuvaca samvicarya kshanam hridi shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; radha-vakyamthe words of Shri Radha; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; rajanO king; sarvaall; sakhifriends; varathe best; candrananaCandranana; pratyuvacareplied; samvicaryaconsidering; kshanamfor a moment; hridiin her heart. Shri Narada said: Hearing Radha's words, and reflecting on them in her heart for a moment, Candranana, the best of all friends, replied. Text 2 shri-candrananovaca param saubhagya-dam radhe maha-punyam vara-pradam shri-krishnasyapi labdhy-artham tulasi-sevanam matam shri-candranana uvacaShri Candranana said; paramgreat; saubhagya-dam giving good fortune; radheO Radha; maha-punyamvery sacred; vara-pradam granting blessings; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; apieven; labdhy-arthamto attain; tulasiof Tulasi; sevanamthe service; matamis considered. Shri Candranana said: O Radha, service to Tulasi gives the greatest piety, the greatest good fortune, and the greatest benediction. It gives Lord Krishna's association. Text 3 drisha sprishathava dhyata kirtita namita stuta ropita sincita nityam

pujita tulasisha-da drishaseen; sprishatouched; athavaor; dhyataremembered; kirtita glorified; namitabowed down; stutaoffered prayers; ropitaplanted; sincita watered; nityamalways; pujitaworshiped; tulasiTulasi; ishadesires; da granting. You should always gaze on Tulasi, touch her, remember her, glorify her, bow down before her, offer prayers to her, plant her, and worship her. Then she will grant Your desire. Text 4 navadha tulasi-bhaktim ye kurvanti dine dine yuga-koi-sahasrani te yanti sukritam shubhe navadhanine kinds; tulasi-bhaktimdevotional service to Tulasi; yewho; kurvantido; dineday; dineafter day; yugaof yugas; koiten million; sahasranithousands; tethey; yantiattain; sukritampiety; shubheO beautiful one. They who day after day serve Tulasi in these nine ways attain the result of pious deeds performed in many thousands of millions of yugas. Texts 5 and 6 yavac chakha-prashakhabhir bija-pushpa-dalaih shubhaih ropita tulasi martyair vardhate vasudha-tale tesham vamsheshu ye jata ye bhavishyanti ye gatah a-kalpa-yuga-sahasram tesham vaso harer grihe yavatas; chakhabranches; prashakhabhihand sub-branches; bijaseeds; pushpaflowers; dalaihleaves; shubhaihbeautiful and auspicious; ropita planted; tulasiTulasi; martyaihby human beings; vardhateincreases; vasudhataleon the surface of the earth; teshamof them; vamsheshuin the families; ye who; jataborn; yewho; bhavishyantiwill be; yewho; gatahhave gone; a-

kalpa-yuga-sahasrama thousand kalpa-yugas; residence; harehof Lord Hari; grihein the home.

teshamof

them;

vasah

A person who who plants Tulasi liberates his family. As many branches, subbranches, seeds, flowers, and leaves as are on the Tulasi he has planted, so many ancestors and descendents in his family for thousands of kalpa-yugas will go to Lord Krishna's transcendental abode. Text 7 yat phalam sarva-patreshu sarva-pushpeshu radhike tulasi-dalena caikena sarvada prapyate tu tat yatwhat; phalamresult; sarva-patreshuon all leaves; sarva-pushpeshuon all flowers; radhikeO Radha; tulasi-dalenaby a Tulasi leaf; caand; ekenaby one; sarvadaalways; prapyateis attained; tuindeed; tatthat. O Radha, by offering Lord Krishna a single Tulasi leaf one attains the result of offering Him every flower and leaf that exists. Text 8 tulasi-prabhavair patrair yo narah pujayed dharim lipyate na sa papena padma-patram ivambhasa tulasifrom Tulasi; prabhavaihgrown; patraihwith leaves; yahwho; narah a person; pujayetworships; harimKrishna; lipyateis touched; nanot; sahhe; papenaby sin; padma-patrama lotus leaf; ivalike; ambhasaby water. A person who with offerings of Tulasi-leaves worships Lord Krishna is not touched by sin as a lotus-leaf is not touched by water. Text 9 suvarna-bhara-shatakam rajatam yac-catur-gunam tat-phalam samavapnoti

tulasi-vana-palanat suvarnaof gold; bharabharas; shatakama hundred; rajatamsilver; yaccatur-gunamfour times; tat-phalamthat result; samavapnotiattains; tulasiof Tulasi; vanaof a forest; palanatfrom protection. By protecting a Tulasi forest one attains the result of giving in pious charity a hundred bharas of gold or four hundred bharas of silver. Text 10 tulasi-kananam radhe grihe yasyavatishhati tad-griham tirtha-rupam hi na yanti yama-kinkarah tulasiof Tulasi; kananama forest; radheO Radha; grihein the home; yasya of whom; avatishhatistays; tad-grihamthat home; tirthaof a pilgrimage place; rupamteh form; hinot; naindeed; yantigo; yamaof Yamaraja; kinkarahthe servants. A home in the midst of a Tulasi forest is a sacred pilgrimage place. Yamaraja's servants will never enter that home. Text 11 sarva-papa-haram punyam kamadam tulasi-vanam ropayanti narah shreshhas te na pashyanti bhaskarim sarvaall; papasins; haramremoving; punyamsacred; kamadamfulfilling desires; tulasiTulasi; vanamforest; ropayantiplants; narahpeople; shreshhahthe best; tethey; nanot; pashyantisee; bhaskarimYamaraja. They who plant a sacred Tulasi forest, which fulfills desires and removes all sins, are the best of people. They will never see Yamaraja. Text 12 ropanat palanat sekad

darshanat sparshanan nrinam tulasi dahate papam van-manah-kaya-sancitam ropanatfrom planting; palanatfrom maintaining; sekatfrom watering; darshanatfrom seeing; sparshananfrom touching; nrinamof men; tulasi Tulasi; dahateburns; papamsin; vakwords; manahmind; kayabody; sa{.sy 24citamaccumulated. For persons who plant, protect, water, see, or touch her, Tulasi burns the sins committed with the body, mind, and words. Text 13 pushkaradyani tirthani gangadyah saritas tatha vasudevadayo deva vasanti tulasi-dale pushkarawith Pushkara Lake; adyanibeginning; tirthaniholy places; ganga the Ganga; adyahbeginning with; saritahrivers; tathaso; vasudevawith Lord Vasudeva; adayahbeginning with; devaDeities; vasantireside; tulasi Tulasi; daleon a single leaf. On a single Tulasi leaf the holy places beginning with Pushkara, the sacred rivers beginning with the Ganga, and the Deities headed by Lord Vasudeva reside. Text 14 tulasi-manjari-yukto yas tu pranan vimuncati yamo 'pi nekshitum shakto yuktam papa-shatair api tulasi-manjari-yuktahwith a Tulasi-ma 24jari; yahone whop; tuindeed; prananlife; vimuncatiabandons; yamahYamaraja; apieven; nanot; ikshitum to see; shaktahis able; yuktamendowed; papaof sins; shataihwith hundreds; apieven. Even though stained with a hundred sins, a person who touches a Tulasi-manjari as he leaves this life does not see Yamaraja.

Text 15 tulasi-kashha-jam yas tu candanam dharayen narah tad deham na sprishet papam kriyamanam apiha yat tulasiTulasi; kashhawood; jamborn; yahone who; tuindeed; candanam sandal paste; dharayenwears; naraha person; tatthat; dehambody; na not; sprishettouches; papamsin; kriyamanamdoing; apieven; ihahere; yat which. Sin does not touch the the body of a sinner anointed with Tulasi-paste. Text 16 tulasi-vipina-cchaya yatra yatra bhavec chubhe tatra shraddham prakartavyam pitrinam dattam akshayam tulasiof Tulasi; vipinaof a forest; chayathe shade; yatra yatrawherever; bhavecmay be; shubheauspicious; tatrathere; shraddhamsraddha; prakartavyamshould be performed; pitrinamto the pitas; dattamoffered; akshayamakshaya. Wherever is the beautiful shade of a Tulasi forest, there shraddha should be offered. There akshaya should be offered to the pitas. Text 17 tulasyah sakhi mahatmyam adidevash catur-mukhah na samartho bhaved vaktum yatha devasya sharnginah tulasyahof Tulasi; sakhi) friend; mahatmyamthe glory; adidevash Brahma; catur-mukhahwho has four heads; nanot; samarthahis able; bhavet may be; vaktumto speak; yathaas; devasyaof the Lord; sharnginahwho carries the sharnga bow.

O friend, as four-faced Brahma cannot describe all the glories of Lord Krishna, who holds the sharnga bow, so he cannot descibe all the glories of Tulasi. Text 18 shri-krishnacandra-carane tulasim candanair yutam yo dadati puman stri va yathoktam phalam apnuyat shri-krishnacandra-caraneat the feet of Shri Krishnacandra; tulasimTulasi; candanaihwith sandal paste; yutamendowed; yahwho; dadatigives; puman man; striwoman; vaor; yathaas; uktamspoken; phalamresult; apnuyat attains. A man or woman who offers sandal-paste and Tulasi to Shri Krishnacandra's feet attains the results I have told to You. Text 19 tulasi-sevanam nityam kuru tvam gopa-kanyake shri-krishno vashyatam yati yena va sarvadaiva hi tulasito Tulasi; sevanamservice; nityamregularly; kurudo; tvamYou; gopa-kanyakeO gopi; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; vashyatamto control; yati will go; yenaby which; vaor; sarvadaalways; evaindeed; hicertainly. O gopi, serve Tulasi every day. Then Shri Krishna will always be Your submissive servant. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca ittham candranana-vakyam shrutva raseshvari nripa tulasi-sevanam sakshad arebhe hari-toshanam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; candranana-vakyamthe words of Candranana; shrutvahearing; raseshvarithe queen of the rasa dnace;

nripaO king; tulasi-sevanamthe service of Tulasi; sakshatdirectly; arebhe began; hari-toshanamto please Lord Hari. Shri Narada said: O king, after hearing Candranana's words, Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, in order to please Lord Krishna, began to serve Shri Tulasi. Texts 21-25 ketaki-vana-madhye ca shata-hastam su-vartulam uccair hema-khacid-bhittipadmaraga-taam shubham harid-dhiraka-muktanam prakarena mahollasat sarvatas tolika-yuktam cintamani-su-manditam hema-dhvaja-samayuktam uttorana-virajitam haimair vitanaih parito vaijayantam iva sphurat etadrisham shri-tulasimandiram su-manoharam tan-madhye tulasim sthapya harit-pallava-shobhitam abhijin-nama-nakshatre samahutena gargena dishena vidhina sati tat-sevam sa cakara ha

ketakiof ketaki trees; vanathe forest; madhyein the middle; caand; shata-hastama hundred hastas; su-vartulamround; uccaihhigh; hemagold; khacitstudded; bhittiwall; padmaragarubies; taamsides; shubham beautiful; haritof emeralds; hirakadiamonds; muktanamand pearls; prakarena with an outer wall; mahollasatvery splendid; sarvataheverywhere; tolikayuktamwith gates; cintamaniwith cintamani gams; su-manditamnicely decorated; hema-dhvaja-samayuktamwith gold flags; uttorana-virajitamsplendid with archways; haimaihwith gold; vitanaihawnings; paritaheverywhere; vaijayantamIndra's palace; ivalike; sphuratmanifest; etadrishamlike that; shri-tulasiof Shri Tulasi; mandiramthe temple; su-manoharambeautiful; tanmadhyeinh the middle; tulasimTulasi; sthapyaplacing; haritgreen; pallava leaves; shobhitambeautiful; abhijin-nama-nakshatre the star named abhijit; tatsevamthe service of her; saShe; cakaradid; haindeed; samahutenacalled; gargenaby Garga Muni; dishenainstructed; vidhinaby the rules; satithe saintly girl.

Taking Tulasi, beautiful with many green leaves, to the middle of a ketaki forest, and placing her in a Tulasi-temple that was round, tall, a hundred hastas in size, beautiful with walls of gold and rubies, splendid with an outer wall of emeralds, diamonds, and pearls, decorated with cintamani gems, arched gateways, gold flags, and gold awnings everywhere, and glorious like Indra's palace, at the time of the star abhijit, saintly Radha, following Garga Muni's instructions, served Shri Tulasi. Text 26 shri-krishna-toshanarthaya bhaktya paramaya sati ishu-purnam samarabhya caitra-purnavadhi vratam shri-krishna-toshanarthayatom please Shri Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; satithe saintly girl; ishaSeptembehOctober; purnamfullmoon; samarabhyabeginning; caitraMarch-April; purnafull moon; avadhi until; vratamvow. Beginning with the full moon of the month of Ashvina (September-October), and ending with the full moon of the month of Caitra (March-April), to please Shri Krishna, saintly Radha followed a vow with great devotion. Texts 27 and 28 kritva nyasincad dugdhena tatha cekshu-rasena vai drakshayamra-rasenapi sitaya bahu-mishaya pancamritena tulasim mase mase prithak prithak udyapana-samarambham vaishakha-pratipad-dine kritvadoing; nyasincatwatered; dugdhenawith milk; tathaso; caand; ikshu-rasenawith sugar-cane juice; vaiindeed; drakshayawith grape; amrarasenawith mango juice; apialso; sitayacool; bahu-mishayawith many sweet liquids; pancamritenawith pancamrita; tulasimTulasi; masemonth; maseafter month; prithak prithakindividually; udyapanasamarambham vaishakhaof April-May; pratipad-dineon the first day after the full moon.

Month after month She sprinkled Tulasi with milk, sugar-cane juice, grape-juice, mango-juice, pancamrita, and many kinds of sweet and cool juice. On the first day of Vaishakha (April-May), She ended the vow. Text 29 garga-dishena vidhina vrishabhanu-suta nripa sha-pancashattamair bhogair brahmananam dvi-lakshakam garga-dishena vidhinawith the rules given by Garga Muni; vrishabhanu-suta Radha, the daughter of KIng Vrishabhanu; nripaO king; sha-pancashattamaih with fifty-six; bhogaihkinds of food; brahmananamof brahmanas; dvi-lakshakam two hundred thousand. O king, following Garga Muni's instructions, King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha then pleased two hundred thousand brahmanas with a great feast of fifty-six courses. Text 30 santarpya vastra-bhushadyair dakshinam radhika dadau divyanam sthula-muktanam laksha-bharam videha-ra santarpyapleasing; vastrawith garments; bhushadyaihand ornaments; dakshinampriestly reward; radhikaRadha; dadaugave; divyanamsplendid; sthula-muktanamof great pearls; laksha-bharama hundred thousand; videha-ra O king of Videha. O king of Videha, then Radha gave them dakshina of a hundred-thousand splendid large pearls and many costly garments and ornaments. Text 31 koi-bharam suvarnanam gargacaryaya sa dadau shata-bharam suvarnanam muktanam ca tathaiva hi bhaktya paramaya radha

brahmane brahmane dadau koi-bharamten millions bharas; suvarnanamof gold; gargacaryayato Garga Muni; saShe; dadaugave; shata-bharama hundred bharas; suvarnanam of gold; muktanamof pearls; caand; tathaso; evacertainly; hicertainly; bhaktyadevotion; paramayawith great; radhaRadha; brahmane brahmaneto each brahmana; dadaugave. Radha gave ten million bharas of gold to Garga Muni. With great devotion She gave a hundred bharas of gold and pearls to each brahmana. Text 32 deva-dundubhayo nedur nanritush capsaro-ganah tan-mandiropari surah pushpa-varsham pracakrire devaof the demigods; dundubhayahthe drums; neduhsounded; nanritush danced; caand; apsaro-ganahthe apsaras; tan-mandiropariover the temple; surahthe demigods; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; pracakriredid. The demigods' drums sounded and the apsaras danced. The demigods showered flowers on the Tulasi-temple. Text 33 tadavirasit tulasi hari-priya suvarna-pihopari shobhitasana caturbhuja padma-palasha-vikshana shyama sphurad-dhema-kiria-kundala tadathen; avirasitappeared; tulasiTulasi; hari-priyawho is dear to Lord Krishna; suvarna-pihoparion a golden pedestal; shobhitaglorious; asanaon a throne; caturbhujawith four arms; padma-palasha-vikshanawith lotus-petal eyes; shyamabeautiful; sphuratglittering; hemagolden; kiriacrown; kundala and earrings. Then, seated on a glorious throne on a gold pedestal, her eyes lotus petals, and her gold crown and earrings glittering, beautiful four-armed Tulasi, who is dear to Lord Krishna, appeared. Text 34

pitambarac chadita-sarpa-venim srajam dadhanam nava-vaijayantim khagat samuttirya ca ranga-valli cucumba radham parirabhya bahubhih pitambaratby a yellow cloth; chaditacovered; sarpasnake; venimbraids; srajamgarland; dadhanamwearing; navanew; vaijayantimvaijayanti; khagat from the sky; samuttiryarising; caand; ranga-vallibeautiful as a flowering vine; cucumbakissed; radhamRadha; parirabhyaembracing; bahubhihwith four arms. Descending from the sky, Tulasi, beautiful as a flowering vine, with her four arms embraced and then kissed Radha, who wore a new vaijayanti garland, and whose snake-braids were covered with a yellow cloth. Text 35 shri-tulasy uvaca aham prasannasmi kalavati-sute tvad-bhakti-bhavena jita nirantaram kritam ca loka-vyavahara-sangrahat tvaya vratam bhamini sarvato-mukham shri-tulasi uvacaShri Tulasi said; ahamI; prasannapleased; asmiam; kalavati-suteO daughter of Kalavati; tvatof You; bhakti-bhavenaby the devotion; jitadefeated; nirantaramalways; kritamdone; caand; lokavyavahara-sangrahataccording to the activities of the world; tvayaby You; vratamvow; bhaminiO beautiful one; sarvato-mukhampresent everywhere. Shri Tulasi said: O daughter of Kalavati, I am pleased with You. I am eternally conquered by Your loving devotion. O beautiful one, as if You were an ordinary human being, You very carefully followed this vow. Text 36 manorathas te sa-phalo 'tra bhuyad buddhindriyaish citta-manobhir agratah sadanukulatvam alam pateh param saubhagyam evam parikirtaniyam manorathahthe desire; teof You; sa-phalahfulfilled; atrahere; bhuyat will be; buddhiby the intelligence; indriyaihand senses; citta-manobhihby the

heart and mind; agratahin the presence; sadaalways; anukulatvamlove; alam great; patehof the Lord; paramgreat; saubhagyamgood fortune; evam thus; parikirtaniyamshould be said. The desire that fills Your heart, mind, intelligence, and senses, will be attained. Lord Krishna will be kind to You. You are very fortunate. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca evam vadantim tulasim hari-priyam natvatha radha vrishabhanu-nandini pratyaha govinda-padaravindayor bhaktir bhaven me vidita hy ahaituki shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vadantimspeaking; tulasim to Tulasi; hari-priyamdear to Lord Krishna; natvabowing down; athathen; radhaRadha; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; nandinithe daughter; pratyaha replied; govinda-padaravindayohfor the lotus feet of Lord Krishna; bhaktih devotion; bhavetmay be; meof me; viditaknown; hyindeed; ahaituki unmotivated. Shri Narada said: To Tulasi, who has spoken these words and who was dear to Lord Krishna, Radha, the daughter of King Vrishabhanu, bowed down and said: May I have unalloyed devotion for Lord Krishna's lotus feet. Text 38 tathastu cokta tulasi hari-priyathantardadhe maithila raja-sattama tathaiva radha vrishabhanu-nandini prasanna-citta sva-pure babhuva ha tathaso; astube it; caand; uktasaid; tulasiTulasi; hari-priyadear to Lord Krishna; athathen; antardadhedisappeared; maithilaO King of Mithila; raja-sattamaO best of kings; tathaso; evacertainly; radhaRadha; vrishabhanu-nandinithe daughter of King Vrishabhanu; prasannahappy; cittaat heart; sva-purein Her own home; babhuvawas; haindeed; Saying, "So be it", Krishna's beloved Tulasi disappeared. O ruler of Mithila, O best of kings, then Radha, King Vrishabhanu's daughter, went home happy at heart.

Text 39 shri-radhikakhyanam idam vicitram shrinoti yo bhakti-parah prithivyam traivargya-bhavam manasa sametya rajams tato yati narah kritarthatam shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; akhyanamstory; idamthis; vicitramwonderful; shrinotihears; yahwho; bhakti-parahdevoted; prithivyamon the earth; traivargya-bhavamthe three goals of life; manasaby the mind; sametya attaining; rajanO king; tatahthen; yatigoes; naraha person; kritarthatamto success. O king, a devotee who hears this wonderful story of Shri Radha attains first the three goals of material life and then the supreme spiritual goal of life. .pa

Chapter Seventeen Shri-Radha-Krishna-sangama The Meeting of Shri Radha-Krishna Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca radha-krishnasya caritam shrinvanto me mano mune na triptim yati sharadah pankaje bhramaro yatha shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; radha-krishnasyapf Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; caritamthe pastimes; shrinvantahhearing; meof me; manah the mind; muneO sage; nanot; triptimsatiated; yatigoes; sharadah autumn; pankajeto a lotus flower; bhramaraha bee; yathaas. O sage, as a bee never tires of autumn lotus flowers, so my mind does not tire as I hear the pastimes of Radha and Krishna. Text 2 raseshvarya krishna-patnya

tulasi-sevane krite yad babhuva tato brahmams tan me bruhi tapo-dhana rasaof the rasa dance; ishvaryawith the queen; krishna-patnyaKrishna's wife; tulasi-sevanein the service of Tulasi; kritedid; yatwhat; babhuvawas; tatahthen; brahmanO brahmana; tanthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; tapodhanaO sage whose wealth is austerity. O brahmana whose wealth is austerity, please tell me what happened after Lord Krishna's wife Radha, who is the queen of the rasa dance, served Tulasi. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca radhikayash ca vijnaya tulasi-sevane tapah pritim parikshin chri-krishno vrishabhanu-puram yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; radhikayashof Radha; caand; vijnaya understanding; tulasi-sevaneservice to Tulasi; tapahausterity; pritimlove; parikshitexamining; chri-krishnahShri Krishna; vrishabhanu-puramto Vrishabhanu's palace; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: Understanding the austerity Radha had undergone in Her service to Tulasi, and wishing to test Radha's love, Shri Krishna went to King Vrishabhanu's palace. Texts 4-9 adbhutam gopika-rupam calan-jhankara-nupuram kinkini-ghanika-shabdam anguliyaka-bhushitam ratna-kankana-keyuramukta-hara-virajitam balarkata-tanka-lasatkabari-pasha-kaushalam nasa-mauktika-divyabham shyama-kuntala-sankulam dhritvasau vrishabhanosh ca

mandiram sandadarsha ha prakara-parikha-yuktam catur-dvara-samanvitam karindraih kajjalakarair dvari dvari manoharam vayu-vegair mano-vegaish citra-varnais turangamaih hara-camara-samyuktam prollasan-mandapajiram gavam ganaih sa-vatsaish ca vrishair dharma-dhurandharaih gopala yatra gayante vamshi-vetra-dhara nripa adbhutamwonderful; gopika-rupamthe form of a gopi; calan-jhankaranupuramwith tinkling anklets; kinkini-ghanika-shabdamthe sound of tinkling bells; anguliyaka-bhushitamdecorated with rings; ratna-kankana-keyurawith jewel bracelets and armlets; muktapearl; haranecklace; virajitamsplendid; balarkatarising sun; tankasword; lasatglistening; kabari-pashabraids; kaushalambeautiful; nasanose; mauktikapearl; divyabhamsplendor; shyama-kuntala-sankulamwith dark hair; dhritvamanifesting; asauHe; vrishabhanohof Vrishabhanu; caand; mandiramto the palace; sandadarsha saw; haindeed; prakarawith walls; parikha-yuktamsurrounded by a moat; catur-dvara-samanvitamwith four gates; karindraihwith the kings of elephants; kajjalablack kajjala; akaraihwith forms; dvari dvariat each gate; manoharam beautiful; vayu-vegaihby teh breeze; mano-vegaishas fast as the mind; citravarnaihcolorful; turangamaihwith horses; harawith necklaces; camaraand camaras; samyuktamendowed; prollasan-mandapajiramsplendid pavilions and courtyards; gavamof cows; ganaihwith multitudes; sa-vatsaihwith calves; ca and; vrishaihwith bulls; dharma-dhurandharaihthe maintainers of religion; gopalacowherds; yatrawhere; gayantesing; vamshiflutes; vetraand sticks; dharahholding; nripaO king. O king, transforming Himself into a wonderfully beautiful gopi decorated with tinkling anklets, bells, rings, jewel bracelets, armlets, pearl necklaces, and a splendid nose-pearl, and with beautiful dark braids like a sword with the glory of sunrise, Krishna gazed at King Vrishabhanu's beautiful palace, which was surrounded by walls and a moat, which had four gates, each guarded by regal elephants black as kajjala, which had many colorful horses that could run as fast as the wind or the mind, and which had many necklaces, camaras, splendid pavilions, courtyards, cows, calves, saintly bulls, and cowherds that held flute and sticks and sang very sweetly. Text 10

vrishabhanu-varasyaivam pashyan mandira-kaushalam maya-yuvati-vesho 'sau tato hy antah-puram yayau vrishabhanu-varasyaof King Vrishabhanu; evamthus; pashyanseeing; mandiraof the palace; kaushalamthe glory; mayafalse; yuvatiof a young girl; veshahappearance; asauthen; tatahthen; hyindeed; antah-puraminside the palace; yayauwent. Magically assuming the appearance of a young girl, Krishna gazed at the glory of King Vrishabhanu's palace, and then entered the women's quarters, . . . Text 11 yatra koi-ravi-sphurjatkapaa-stambha-panktayah ratnajireshu shobhante lalana-ratna-samyutah yatrawhere; koiten million; ravisuns; sphurjatshining; kapaadoors; stambhaof pillars; panktayahrows; ratnajewel; ajireshuin courtyards; shobhanteshine; lalanawomen; ratnajewels; samyutahwith. . . . where there were many columns and doors splendid as ten million suns, where there were jewel courtyards in which many jewellike women glistened, . . . Text 12 vina-tala-mridangadin vadayantyo manoharah pushp